Henry Ford Trade School - Craftsman Yearbook (Dearborn, MI)

Text from Pages 1 - 134 of the 1927 volume:

Volume I Henry Ford Trade School. October 8, 1926 Number 1 Boys See Exhibition Foundry Show Held at State Fair Grounds Players Needed Boys who would like to have a part in the plays which are to be ; produced in the Trade School this year should at once get in touch with Winston Leighton of the Exploration club. Three plays are being cast at present. Those who get in early will naturally have first choice. Redford Defeated in First Game of Closely Contested Game Goes to Trade Stonewall Defense Prevents Redford Touchdown Season School— On Thursday and Friday of last week the Trade School boys work- ing in the foundry were taken for a trip to the American Foundrymen’s Association’s 13th annual convention held this year at the State Fair Grounds. The boys spent a very instructive and' interesting afternoon under direction of Mr. Hawkes. They were made acquainted with the various time and labor saving de- vices -iavcntcd or.-perfected during the past year, used in connection with foundry work. Among the interesting exhibits were automatic riddles, molding ma- chines, sand guns, and patented uten- sils used in the foundry. The Osborn Manufacturing Co. had a machine which held particular interest to the boys. This machine riddled the sand and made a new mold every 56 sec- onds. Such speed! Well now, it’s up to our foundry boys to invent some- thing better. Who knows but what the Trade School Foundry twill have an exhibit next year. Exploration Club Guests at Party On September 24 the Exploration Club held a party at Mr. Bratton’s home in North wood. The party was attended by club members and friends. Supper . was served, after which games were played and a few’ musi- cal selections rendered by Mrs. Brat- ton at the piano, accompanied by Ray Weilding on the violin. Sarah Gru- ber also played a few’ popular num- bers on the piano. A good time was had by all and the club looks forward to many such parties in the future. Trade School Boys Hi-Y Visitors at Camp On September 17, Winston Leigh- ton, Eddie Vanasse and Earl Tank, accompanied by Mr. Bratton and Mr. Tripp, Y Director, departed for camp Ohiyesa, on Fish lake, to attend the Hi-Y conference and consider the ad- visability of organizing a club in the Trade School. The boys were hilarious )at the thought of fleeing far away from the maddening throng, out into the great open spaces, where men are men, etc. But when they discovered that they wrere going in the direction of Pontiac a dark suspicion entered Tank’s mind, and he was heard to w’hisper, “Do you suppose they are taking us to Pontiac.” From that time on the uneasiness of the boys grew until it almost became a panic when the car turned into a lane be- yond Pontiac, at the other end of which loomed large red buildings. The asylum!” someone gasped. But just then the car turned and rolled away into the country beyond, and the boys sank back into their seat with a sigh. It was now growing late. From the farm houses the fragrant aroma of hot coffee and ham and eggs filled the nostrils. Here and there was an orchard of inviting fruit and an oc- casional field of mellons. Now and then a plump chicken crossed the road. Big juicy roasting-ears were on every hand. Low murmers, sighs and groans began to be heard from the back seat. Suddenly a timid hand was laid on Mr. Tripp’s arm, and (Continued on Page 2) The Henry Ford Trade School played the Redford High School foot- ball team on Saturday, October 2, and beat them to the score of 3 to 0. The teams were evenly matched, and the game throughout was excit- ing. Each team made sensational plays. The passing and punting w’ere good on both sides. Perham, Trade School quarterback, made the only points in the game, which won the game for us. He was cool and col- lected throughout the game. Nagel kicked no less than 30 yards each time he was called upon. Stein, Ballsley and Nagel were pretty good line-plungers. The cheer leading for the Trade School was effectively taken care of by Libby, one of the best in the; city. He knew when and what kind of cheers to use at the right moment. The line-up for the Trade School was as follows: Ends, Fitzgerald and Marschan; tackles, Winchell and Kopack; guards, Casey and Hos- worth; center, Captain Grose; quar- terback, Perham; halfbacks, Nagel and Stein; fullback, Ballsley. The crowd went wild near the end when Redford was on the Trade School’s two and then one yard lines. The final whistle, however, prevented any scoring they might have done. The game quarter by quarter: First Quarter The first quarter saw more line- plunging and end-running by each team than any other kind of play. They seemed to be feeling each oth- er, finding out what the other could do. At the end of the quarter the score was 0-0. Second Quarter This part of the game had the longest gains for either team. Red- ford had to punt three times to pro- tect themselves from a touchdown. A forward pass by Perham, assisted by Marschan, netted our team 20 yards. Redford rooters went up in the air when one of their players went through our line for a 5-yard gain. Neither team scored in this quar- ter. Third Quarter The Trade School team kicked off. Redford was downed on its 20-yard line. They tried an end run and a line plunge, but it only gained them one yard. Redford then punted 35 yards, but Perham fumbled the ball and an opposing player fell on it. They made 10 yards on an off-tackle play. The Redford team was stopped three times and then tried to kick. But our players got behind the line and rattled the punter so much that he misjudged the ball and it hit the mass of players in front of him. (Continued on Page 4) Orchestra Begins Year’s Activities The Henry Ford Trade School Or- chestra held its first regular rehear- sal in the auditorium, Friday, Sep- tember 24. Thirty-five prospective members were present, but on ac- count of the inexperience of many of the aspirants it will be necessary to cut the number to about eighteen players. According to Director Johnson there is still need of the following players: Flute, E-flat saxaphone, cello, clarinet and banjo. Here is an opportunity for students with fore- sight to improve their musical edu- cation and show their school loyalty at the same time. All boys who are gifted with the ability to play should hearken to the cry of our musical director and help make our Trade School orchestra a success. 2 October 8, 1926 3K CtriiAcvn 3%eCMi afi Official Publication of the Students of the Henry Frod Trade School. Highland Park Mich. Vol. 1. No. I. October 8. 192« Published semi-monthly SI.OO per year Single copie� 7 cent� STAFF James Humberttone. John O’Connell..... Aloysius Mauszewski. Earl Tank Phillip Zoufal ....Circulation Manager Louis Garden The Artisan After many years of contemplat- ing ami dreaming, the students have made the Trade School paper a real- ity. The school has increased in such numbers that such an activity as a school paper should receive the wholehearted support of the stu- dents. We want you to feel that this publication belongs to you. There- fore help it to be a success by read- ing it regularly, by contributing news to its reporters, and by patronizing the dealers who advertise in the pa- per. Our name “The Artisan,” was sug- gested by Frank Berto, the varsity athletics reporter, and was unani- mously selected by the staff as the most appropriate name for a Trade School publication. Heretofore, the city papers referred to the Trade School boys as “toolmakers.” Why not be known as “artisians”? An arti- san is a skilled craftsman, the name not being restricted to any one trade. A toolmaker is one who works at one branch of machine shop science. The Trade School education does not limit us to this, so therefore we feel that Artisan is the ideal name. Let’s have your opinion on your paper’s name. _________________ — J. H. Athletic Association The Athletic Association was or ganized to defray varsity expenses during the various seasons, by sup- plying enough money to pay for ex- pert officials to referee or umpire the games played by the team repre- senting the Trade School. The Ath- letic Association also pays for the transportation of our team to the various games away from home. This year the Athletic Associa- tion fee has been reduced to fifty cents. This was made possible by the greater enrollment, jso there is no reason why we cannot have a 100 per cent membership in this associa- tion. Last year ‘W” section led the membership drive with a percentage of 99 4%, so in order to raise this mark the other sections should come through with 100%, as “W” expects to beat its last year’s mark. Look what we get for our fifty cents: We go to all home games and feel that we have taken a part in helping our team. Besides, we get to our basket ball games free, and also get a con- siderable reduction on our excursion tickets to Bob-Lo. What could be better? WE WOJNDER Mr. Hillson—We wonder what beer tap wrenches are used for. We won- der ? ? ? Mr. Coady—We wonder how many flat tires there are in the Trade School 'garage. We wonder ? ? ? We wonder where Jimmie Humber- stone gets his tonsorial work done? and also— We wonder if the boys can play football as well as they can cut hair. We wonder ? ? ! We wonder why the new boys think Searle is a breakfas food. We won- der ? : ? We wonder how long the Detroit News will con.-.iue business after our first issue. We wonder ? ? ? We wonder if it is true that Mr. Crowley gets up at 4 o’clock on Sat- urday mornings so as to have more time to loaf. We wonder ? ? ? Officers Elected The Exploration Club held its monthly meeting on September 14 at which time the officers for the year were elected. Max Schneider was chosen as the new president, George Harris vice- president, A. Mauszewski treasurer. Alex Allie secretary. Trade School Boys Visit Hi-Y Camp (Continued from Page 1) Earl Tank, pop-eyed with excitement, said “If we don’t finish this trip pret- ty soon I believe Vanasse is going to slobber himself to death.” Arriving at camp the boys carried Vanasse into the great dining hall and placed him beside a table loaded with roasting ears, steak, butter, milk and eggs. Taking an ear of com in each hand he fell happily to work. There were also some 50 or 60 other boys in the room, from the 17 or 18 Hi-Y clubs of Detroit, also very busy. Supper over, the group adjourned into the next room, where a great log fire was roaring around which the boys quickly gathered of one accord to snooze. (Outside, the shades of night hail fallen, but not very heav- ily. Overhead, a full moon shown down, its silvery beams dancing away across the rippling lake that lay at the foot of the club house hill. All nature seemed to be saying “Peace be still,” or so it seemed to the weary, overstuffed .lads, drows-l ing around the great friendly fire on the hill. But the boys were told that mess- engers had come from the Trade School who wanted to know what they meant by hi-Y, and what its purpose is. For the next couple of hours they talked of the clean, wholesome fellowship and sports, for body, mind anu soul, they had found in their Hi-Y clubs—organized as Y. M. C. A. clubs in the Detroit High schools. The meeting that night was a boys' meeting, led by boys, who were thinking in a straight line. No one had to tell they were leaders there that night, in the discussion of important moral and social questions of the 'day. At 10 o’clock the meeting adjourn- ed and the boys trailed off along the lake shore to their bunk houses. Her. and there a group broke into song. A few went canoeing. The spirit ol romance hung heavy in the air—and one of the Trade School group was heard to sigh: “Oh, if she were only here.” 'Early next morning the call came “All out for the morning swim.” With sighs of joy each boy immedi- ately leaped from his bunk rushed to the lakeside and plunged within its warm embrace. Conference met again at 9 o’clock and questions raised the night before were assign- et! to various groups for detailed dis- cussion and report back to the gen- eral conference. The conference then divided into the various groups, and discussions followed. The next event of importance was dinner. The afternoon was largely taken up by ball games. The Trade School delegates, assisted by the Eastern High, won their first game in a very spectacular fashion, ending the game with a triple play. After supper conference again con- vened. The committees reported and discussion of the reports followed. Meantime, wood had been prepared for a tremendous bon-fire on the lake shore, and at 8:30 conference ad- journed to that place. The moon was again on hand adding to the beauty of the scene. A fitting ceremony was held and the boys were told of a similar meeting, of an internation- al group, in Europe, recently. A young man who had brought back a brand from that fire then lighted our fire, symbolizing the spread of good will throughout the world. The meet- ing over, the boys again adjourned to their bunks, for the unfinished busi- ness of the night before. The outstanding events of the last day were a talk by the Boy’s State Y secretary, and a big chicken din- ner. At 2:30 P. M. the Trade School boys departed their several ways—j full, but happy. | THE UNKNOWN (By the Green Author) CHAPTER I On a warm summer day in fJune two old men were sitting on a pine log on the top of a wooded hill in the uplands of Kentucky. They were surrounded by the luxurious vegeta- tion which flourishes in the south- ern states during the summer months. The immense plants, green shrubs, towering trees and the glow of the setting sun, form- ed a picture to delight the eyes of an artist. The singing of the brilliantly plumaged birds and the murmur of a distant waterfall all syncronized in a wonderful symphony of melody. The two old men had been hunting, and tired out by the long walk which I hey ,'had taken, had sat down to rest. The valley lay spread out be- fore them; its;farms and the village of Bingville assuming the dimen- sions of toys. As they sat drinking in the beauty of the scene the oldest, whose name w'as “Old Luke,” turned to his friend, Jed Pierson, and remarked: “Pears as somebody’s coming this here way.” Jed looked down in the valley where f.uke was pointing and saw a man on horseback approaching. The two men watched his approach and as he drew closer Jed exclaimed. “Why Lt looks like your boy, Luke.” “Yep, it is,” replied Luke. “He always comes up here to watch the sunset” “He sure is an odd lad,” said Jed. “Did you ever find out who he is?” “Nope, I dunno where he came from. We found him on our door- step sixteen years ago, and he’s been with us ever since. He sure is a good lad. Honest as the dickens and smart as a whip.” As they were talking the boy had been passing below them, and he now began to climb an adjacent hill. He rode his steed like a Centaur, and as his horse was fast and surefooted he reached his destination in a few mo- ments. From the peak of the hill he made his way to the western side. Here the hill ended in a precipice about two hundred feet high, 1 ,and this precipice afforded a magnificent view of the country below. He made a handsome picture as his figure was outlined by the crimson glow of the setting sun. The old men saw the horse suddenly leap as if it had been stung, while a whisp of white smoke ascended from the brush about a hundred yards from the precipice, and to the ears of Jed and Luke came the sharp deport of a rifle. While they watched horror stricken, the horse swayed a moment, and then, as its rider frantically tried to disen- gage his foot from the stirrup, the horse and its rider toppled over the i precipice. 1 (To be continued in next issue) October 8. 1926 3 Section Football Teams Show Fight Y Wallops M—Then M Drubs T The first game -.e inter-section | football schedule was played at the | Ford Field gridiron on Friday, Sep- tember 24. Capt. French of W Section won the toss and took the east goal while M kicked off, the ball reach- ing W s ten-yard line. Both sections made several plunges and end runs, W being the most successful. The first quarter ended with neither side scoring. The second quarter was more prof- itable for W, one of whose men made a very good end run and carried the ball to M’s one-yard line. After two attempts they scored a touchdown but fumbled the drop kick. The third and fourth quarters end- ed with the same score, although M in the last quarter, after a little en- couraging from Captain Wizinski, al- most made a touchdown, but failed because of a fumble. In this quarter the M players showed some very snappy line plunging, thus getting the hsfroit the W ten-yard line where it was lost on a fumble. W section punted and got the ball back to the center of the gridiron where it re- mained till the end of the game. M’s Revenue The “M eleven defeated “T” by a score of 26 to 0 in!a very good game of football at the Ford Field Grid- iron, Friday, October 1. Captain Wizinski of “M” won the toss and took the west goal. “T” re- ceived the kick and ran to their 20- yard line, the kick being a very long one. Laslo of “T” made some very good line plunges with gains, which were lost when “M” started with their very successful line plunges and Capt. Wizinski scored a touchdown but the team fouled the drop kick. The first quarter ended a short time later. In the second quarter “M” kicked again. “T” carried the ball to the center of the gridiron where they lost it on a fumble. Captain Wizin- ski made a long end run up to “T’s three-vard line and then “M” scored another touchdown, failing again in their dropkick. The second quarter ended there and the third began with “M” kicking again to “T” 25-yard line when it | was almost lost on a fumble. Here “T” started making some line plung- es and gained ciuite a bit but when I “M” recovered the ball on a fumble | it started to batter down towards I «2?e(Mi cwi “T’s” line and continued to move down the field with great speed, scor- ing a touchdown once more. This time they didn't kick a drop-kick but they made an extra point by a line plunge over the “T” line. The fourth quarter started with “T” holding their line better and making better gains, but as before, “M” started with her heavy line plunges and they scored their final touchdown with an extra point by a line plunge from the 10-yard line. “M” inflicted a worse punishment on “T” than “W” did on “M” with its 6-0 score. The future looks dark for “T.” If they do not acquire a heavier line they will never have a chance before the other sections’ heavy line. Another handicap was that the field was wet and slippery. This was the cause of all the fumbling and falling. There wasn’t one pass thrown throughout the whole game. SALVAGE SCRAP Salvaged Scrap Fables Johnny, ten years old, filed his ap- dication in the H. F. T. S. Mr. Edwards wanted a serious nindetl youth, so he put Johnny to i little test. “Well, my boy, what vould you do with a million dol- ars?” he asked. “Oh gee! I don’t know,—I wasn’t xpectirtg so much at the start.” Good Example Mr. Sanders: So you’ve stopped swearing since you took charge of the shapers? Harold: Yes—small boys in my department you know. Mr. Sanders: Well, it is a bad example to set. Harold: It wasn’t that; I just couldn’t competo with ’em. Libby Bruce Libby A Little Birdie Bruce, this soup Is spoiled. Who told you? A little swallow. Animal Crackers Mr. Murray: I wonder what makes at pulley squeal so? Mr. Ebeling: It’s made of pig iron. Spelling. Mr. Bridge to Mr. Watkins: that w typewriter you got me the other y— Mr. Watkins: What about it? Mr. Bridge: The trouble with the ing is it can’t spell any better than can. ---- He Deserves It Suitor: Mr. Smith, I have courted ur daughter for fifteen years. Smith: Well, what do you want? Suitor: I want to marry her. Smith: Oh, I thought you wanted tension. • •mill l l il l: i i I I il ii-l il ii i i iniliiliilinni il ■ i I illiliil I i i i l l i .. I I I i i i i I v 1 I We Congratulate | the students on the new I publication | THE ARTISAN I Wishing you every success : Highland Park State Bank ■ t • I i| lini1 I I iuli Ii ■ 'I II' Ii |il|u|illiilU l!lli I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I • I I || I I I I I Illlllilllluf |il|li|ll|'i|il|li|illlilM|lll'i|l'|:ia llillllliiliilillilllill'lill'iliil1: I il III lull lll'l ill I I I I Mill I'M I I I I I I i Highland Park [Paint Glass : 13521 WOODWARD '■SPORTING GOODS BUILDERS HARDWARE RADIO Opposite Ford Athletic Field CONFECTIONERY 15861 WOODWARD Sodas Lunch Ice Cream Candies Magazines Stationery i u nii m ii in m i mi ii i i i i iii h i mu iiiiniiiiiiiimniiuiNiiiiiiiitiiiiiiiuiniiii' iiiiiiiHiBiniriiiiuii I III: I I ill l I il Inl 'li I Hill' Il I I : 11' 11 I I I I ll I. I I :■ I I I I il I I 1 IMI'MU'IMM I HI I II I� DETROIT CREAMERY € fcc( iecunv II .....Ill............MU || Ml...........•••Ill'..............I I II I I M I M I M II I I Mill-Hull!I I III I Imilii I I I UM Mini I I I I II III III I I I I'MIIUI I'I'HIIIIIIIII I l| FRANK S. TOBIAS, Inc. CARS—TRUCKS—TRACTOR3 16428 WOODWARD AVE. LONGFELLOW 7900 HIGHLAND PARK. MICHIGAN M I I I I II I I ■ I I I II I M I I I I I | I M I I I I • I I I I I I • • • ■ '• I I • ■ 4 5Ke GMiAcmi October 8, 1926 Red ford Defeated in First Game (Continued from Page 1) A grand mixup resulted, bui as the players fell away it was found that at the bottom of the pile a blue and white player was wrapped around the ball. Nagel cnen made a fine 30-yard punt. The Redford receiv- er was downed in his tracks by win- chell, our six-foot tackle. In the next play Hosworth, Trade School guard was hurt. “Doc” Bla- ney went to his assistance, and he was revived, and joined in the fray once more. Redford puttied again and Perham ran the ball back two yards. A few plays were called and then Nagel kicked. Captain Grose, center, got down the field fast and dropped on the ball, the result of a fumble by the Redford safety man. The whistle sounded and the quar- ter ended, the score still 0-0. The ball was on Bedford’s 30-yard line. Fourth Quarter Perham passed but the play was incomplete. The Trade School gain- ed ithree yards on two line plunges. Nagel punted 35 yards. Redford ran the ball back four yards. They punt- ed and Perham received but gained no ground. Ballsley then went through the line for four yards. Nagel carried the ball in the next play but was hurt. “Doc” to the res- cue with water. Ballsley place-kicked but the ball failed to go over. Red- ford then punted from their one-yard line. Perham ran the ball back four yards. Nagel was stopped on a crossbuck play and Stein gained two yards off guard. Nagel was substituted by Sleep. Redford also put in a sub. Perham then put the crowd in an uproar when he place-kicked squarely be- tween the bars, scoring three points. Ballsley was then taken out and Da- vidson put in his place. The Trade School kicked off and the ball was run back five yards. Sleep knocked down a Redford pass in a business-like manner. Redford got off for a long end run which netted them 15 yards before being finally downed by Davidson. Perham intercepted a pass and ran it back three yards. Sleep made one yard off tackle, but was stopped on the next play. Pope then took Stein’s place in the backfield. He punted, but the ball went too high to go far and they only gained 15 yards. The Trade School dropped on the ball. Pope made one yard on an off tackle play. Redford got the ball and completed two forward passes which placed them on the Trade School’s two-yard line. They tried a line buck which put them one yard from our touch- down line. Another line plunge was met by a reinforced concrete wall, a wall which only “Artisans” can build. The whistle was heard above the shouting of the rooters and the game ended with a score of 3 to 0 in fav- or of the Henry Ford Trade School. Friday Entertainments With the view of furnishing whole- some entertainment in Friday Audi- torium periods, the Dramatic Club was organized by Mr. Bratton at the beginning of this term. The great success of the production “The En- chanted Island” given by the Explor- ation Club boys last spring at the Bonstelle Playhouse, ’s proof enough of the real talent possessed by the students of the Trade School. The Dramatic Club will under- take stage productions equal if not superior to “The Enchanted Island,” as well as contribute weekly enter- tainments to the school auditorium programs. Thus its purpose will be two-fold, and the amusements fur- nished the student body week by w'eek will serve the purpose of giv- ing the actors experience and skill for the greater outside perform- ances. The school as a whole will profit greatly by the activities of the club. Some novel sort of clean, wholesome entertainment was long felt to have been the need of the Friday periods. There is no more suitable time dur- ing the class week for providing stu- dent expression of school spirit than these periods. The entertainments proposed will supply this need in an ideal way. One of the first plays to be pro- duced wiu be a one-act comedy en- titled “The Coontowm Thirteen Club,” whose rehearsal and production will be managed by Charles Turner, who will be remembered as one of the leading actors of “The Enchanted Island.” New stage equipment will be provided in the near future. To have entertainment it is of course necessary to have entertain- ers. There is room in the club for additional talent, and also opportu- nity for the development of talent not yet apparent. Boys ambitious to participate should see Mr. Bratton any evening at 4 p. m. on the fourth floor. Pathfinders Active With the opening of the school year the Pathfinders have begun their third year of teaching in the Trade School. The student body, as a whole, is very glad to welcome Mr. Robson and Mr. Crecelius, the Pathfinder instruc- tors, on their return, because of the interest they arouse in the w’ork. Mr. Bittikofer, who was also with us last year, has been transferred to Cleve- land. Advanced instruction has been in- augurated for the A and B classes. C, D and E classes have the prepara- tory work as formerly. TOOLS I SPORT GOODS RADIO You will find it at 1 FROMM’S 1397S WOODWARD ii l Ii i i I III ili i ii i ilii m i in iii (iii Ford Trade School Students A discount on all athletic goods as well as tools you may need if you are a stud- ent of the Trade School. Just get a card from your Mr. Edwards. LARGEST ATHLETIC OUTFIT- TERS IN THE STATE. ALSO V COMPLETE LINE OF MECHAN- ICS TOOLS. u 335 Gratiot Ave. Open Evenings i i i i i m i i i i i i i i i ii i i i i i i i i in iliiliiliiliiini i i i in | m ii , | , i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i .i i i i i ■ i • i i i t No Better Than Right Now — This Fall—to Learn to Play One of These Fascinating Small— Musical Instruments SAXOPHONE E-fiat Alto “Wolverine” Silver plated, gold bell. Case and six C11 a reeds included «pilU C Melody same as above .. $115 Ukuleles Banjo likes Music Bags and Brief Cases CLARINET Fine imported Albert system. 15 keys 4 rings and rollers. Complete with case, six j-a reeds, etc...«pJc.OU CELLO Good quality. Nicely shaded brown color. Full, three-quarters and one-half sizes. Com- plete with Bow' and tosh eover $37.50 TRUMPET Fine imported French Trumpet. In B flat with change to A. Com- plete with waterproof cover. School i o special .......«p 10 TROMBONE Brass finish. Perfect slide action. Water- proof cover. Very special FLUTE 8 keys, imported. Com- plete with plush lined case (til at ............$ 1 1 DRUM Professional model, all metal Snare Drum, complete with sticks. School rf. -i q special ........ «plo $16 Complete Drum Outfits $57.50 This handsome well made outfit includes everything for orchestra work. Bass Drum 12x26 inches Snare Drum 5x14 inches Ludwig Junior Pedal Bass Drum Spurs Wood Block and Holder Bass Pedal Cymbal Easy Terms Arranged GRINNELL BROS. o £icttttvay f{cprcscntatnxs 1515-21 WOODWARD AVE.. DETROIT 40 Slora—9 Duron Branthts ORTHOPHONIC VICTROLAS RADIOS iiitiniiiiiiiiiiiii hi 1 1 1 inn i'ii hi 1 1 in.inn min 11 .mu :ini if iii; ■ in 1 in 1 iiinniiiiiiiiiuMiii ini ■ iiuiiiiiiiiiiini Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, October 29. 1926 Number 2 Students See Fordson Plant Ore-Smelting Operations Studied by Class in Metallography The A class as part of their metallography program visited the Fordson plant and followed the purification process of the iron ore into the making of cast iron. Th2y also visited the by-products build- ing and saw the coke ovens. The boys followed the ore from the unloading docks wher? it was taken from th? boats by a Huelot unloader. From there it was con- veyed to the separate bins and then to the loading hoppers where it was weighed and put in definite pro- portions in the skip bucket. This bucket taking the ore, coke and limestone to the top of the Blast Furnace. These charges were then put in the feeding hopper and a the furnace charge diminished th bell spreader would be opened al- lowing the charge to enter the furnace to be reduced to the forma- tion of carbon mon-oxide gas. The boys then entered the furnace house and witnessed a pour. The slag was first drawn off through the slag knotch and taken to the cement factory. The metal entered runways that led it to the ladles. It was then conveyed to the pigging machines where it was poured into molds and cooled. (Continued on Page 5) Future Trips Planned to Study Metallurgy The classes in Metallurgy and Metallography are making their study trips to the Fordson plant. On these trips the boys are en- abled to see at close range the great Blast Furnaces, the coke ovens, the ore docks, methods of handling material, the complet? process of the transformation of iron ore to pig iron. This is followed by a visit to the foundry, where the successive oper- ations are carried on converting pig iron and scrap to castings. Further trips are being planned for the study of the conversion of iron into steel, and the study of the open heat furnaces and the rolling mills. FOOTBALL SCHEDULE 1926 : 4 OCT. 2—REDFORD AT BEDFORD I I OCT. 8—BIRMINGHAM AT BIRMINGHAM I I OCT. 15—COMMERCE AT NORTHWESTERN FIELD ? | OCT. 22—PLYMOUTH YT PLYMOUTH 1 - OCT. 30- -.MICHIGAN SCHOOL OF DEAF AT FLINT I - NOV. 5—ST. BENEDICT S AT H. F. T. S. I i NOV. 13—WILLIAMSTON , AT H. F. T. S. - NOV. 20—OPEN NOV. 25—PENDING I 0iiiii0iiaiiiiiaiiairaiiaiiaiiti!auaiiaiiaiiiiiauaiiaiiaiiiii0ii0iii:iaitiiiaiiiiiiiiiiigiigii|iianaiiai,g,la,,g, ( a. , a,,a„ai.a Exploration Members Build Live Club in Tw o ears On March 24, 1924, the Explora- tion Club, then called the Garden Club, was organized with 25 mem- bers. Th? club first did some experi- menting with soils in room 207 un- til the planting season came, when the club garden was hoed, iaked, lined off, ar.d planted, ihe garden was watched and worked from day to day until the vege- tables were ripe. The boys were allowed 20 cents an hour credit for their work. They were permitted to take as much as they wanted and charged to their accounts. This garden had a very good season and a profit of about 3300 was made on vegetables. The following fall the real work was started on building a club room in the barren attic of the school building. Some of the ma- terial was furnished by the school and the rest by the club. The boys would go' up after school or come on Saturdays and work on the club room, laying the floor, building the walls and ceil- ings, making the tables and other things that can be seen there now. All the actual work was done (by the boys. They then elected officers for the club and drew up a constitution. Adolph Eckert was elected the first president; A. Mauszewski, vice- president; Winston Leighton, secre- tary, and Charles Turner, treasure.-. In the next issue of the Artisan we will tell of purpose and merit system of the club. A mans “ideas” don’t indicate much in his favor unless ha thinks them up himself. Unknown Author Contest Announced This contest is held in connection with the serial story, “The Un- known,” written by a sixteen year old Trade School student. Th? pr.ze, a five dollar gold piece, will be awarded to the boy who guesses the name of the author and who send in the best book report on th? story. The following rules will govern the contest: 1. No member of th? staff of the Artisan is eligiole to enter. 2. All reports must be in not later than one week after the last installment of the story has bee.i published. 3. The instructors of the Eng- lish department will be the judges of the book reports. More Opportunities For Entertainers It is disappointing to notice how eager boys are to be entertained but not to entertain. All boys want to see plays put on for their en- tertainment, but plays are impos- sible without players. Just think what a help dramatics would be to you in the world, you could dramatize your ideas and make them clearer and also develop an imaginative mind which is! necessary for a leader among men. There are opportunities for boys in every section. T section will put on a play to be directed by Max Schneider who played the part of ignorance in the “Enchanted Is- land.” All boy's in T section wish- ing to take part in this play should see Schneider in the Exploration Club room. Plymouth Falls Before Artisans Spectacular Plays Bring Trade School Eleven Easy Victory Plymouth was defeated in an in- terested game by the Henry Ford Trade School, 43 to 0, at Plymouth, October 22, 1926. The Trade School team ran away with the game, but, at that, it was a thrilling game, both to the spectators and players. Many wonderful end runs and line plung- es were featured in the game. First Quarter Plymouth kicked out of bounds. Kopach received second kick, buo gained nothing. After many plays, Trade School, without losing the ball, gained 65 yards for the first touchdown of the game. The extra point was kicked by Marshand. Plymouth received Trade School’s kick without a gain, and whil? the ball was theirs, lost 7 yards. No scoring was done during the re- mainder of the quarter. Score at end of quarter, 7-0. Second Quarter The ball was on Trade School s 10 yard line. In four plays Trade School made another touchdown, but lost extra point. Plymouth kicked to Trade School’s 30 yard line, and after re- (Continued on Page 6) Wool Preparation is Seen on Shop Trips Shop trips are conducted by Mr. R. E. Bell to give the boys of the Henry Ford Trade School a general knowledge of the Ford Motor Com- pany in its different departments. The Woolen Mills shop trips in- clude: (a) Washing and dyeing. (b) Mixing, carding, spinning, weaving. (c) Completing operations, washing, inspecting, shrinking. (d) Using the material for trimming cars. As a preparation for the trip the M section will put on a play to picture “Little Bo Peep” is shown, be directed by George Harris who This picture shows all the opera- played the part of Rastus in the tions of woolen textile manufac- “Enchanted Island.” ture. 2 October 29, 1926 Ofluial Publication of the Student of the | Henry Ford Trade School. Highland Park. Mich. ________ VOL. I. NO. 2. October 29. 1926 PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY $1.00 Per Year Single Copie . 7 Cents STAFF: Editor in Chief........James Humbcr tone News Dept................John O’Connell Assistants: Frank Berto Allex Ellie William Vance William Toth Joseph Kisil Norman Grahn Bernard Konapka Herman Jackson Publication Dept.. . . ... .Adolph Eckert Assistant : Mike Borushko Victor Riti Robert Leiaey Louis Straka William WinstanJey Buxines Manager................Earl Tank1 Advertising Manager......Robert Harrison Circulation Dept............Phillip Zoufal Assistants: Arthur Brook David Kay Steve Szalni Samuel Schmidt Ray Wills Faculty Adviser.............Louis Gardens Sportmanship The purpose of all school and college athletics and games, apart from the physical benefit they bring to those who participate, is to teach those virtues enumerated above under the title of “Sports- manship.” Recently there has been a great deal of interest in the question whether the emphasis placed on football in modern col- leges is in the best interests of stu- dents. Some college professors feel that the academic features are made to suffer, ami many student bodies who have expressed them- selves have declared firmly that the great interest that has built stad iums where thousands might see such encounters is harmful. In fact there is a movement for fewer star players and more students taking part, with less—much less—public interest. Interest and participation in sports of various kinds grows every year. Big stadiums are being built to witness contests, and the skill of the players participating is de- veloped to the highest degree. With the increased interest is 'bom a keener sense of good sportsman- ship, which is the chief reason why educational institutions devote so much of their thought and energy to the promotion and supervision of spyrts. What is this good sports- manship? The Code of the Mis- souri Public Schools declares that a Good Sportsman. . . . 1. Does not misrepresent his eligibility. 2. Will avoid unnecessary rough- ness that might injure an opponent. 3. Plays fair at all times. 4. Plays his best to the end whether he is winning or losing. 5. Plays for the fun of playing and the success of his team. 6. Regards visiting contestants as guests and treats them accord- ingly. 7. Is courteous to officials, ac- cepts adverse decisions graciously and expects them to enforce the rules. The Artisan 8. Congratulates the winners, gives them full credit, does not ex- plain or make excuses. 9. Is modest in victory; does not brag or “rub it in.” 10. Observes training rules and seeks in all ways to represent his school worthily. 11. Among his fellows is fair, courteous and determined. Above all he is a gentleman. Faculty Support The interest of the faculty in our school paper was shown when 90 per cent of the entire staff of in- structors subscribed to the Artisan before the first issue appeared. The class instructors responded practically 100 per cent. The list was headed by an unusually large signature which no doubt you have seen at one time or another, Colin C. Crawford. Next came Mr. Searle's name, followed by the class instructors. Across the bridge Mr. Harris started the ball rolling with his subscription. Mr. Smith proposed that the yearly subscription be paid on the installment plan, 10c down and 10c a week. However, he was con- vinced that it was more advisable to pay the dollar in advance After paying for his subscrip- tion, Mr. Maconchie stated that it is pretty hard to get a dollar from a Scotchman, so it seems that a year’s subscription to the Artisan is a good buy. Opportunities The growth of industry has de- veloped a great complexity in the (.peration of manufacturing estab- lishments. These modern develop- ments have created the need for especially trained men of broad education to control and direct such operations to the best advant- age. Not only do they call for a basic technological training in the sciences upon which these opera- tions rest but also, and particularly, for an understanding of the finan- cial, economic, and human problems which are all-important. Men are required who understand what problems arise in industrial operations and who have been es- pecially educated in the sciences and technique which underlie their solution. These men differ from those engineers who must deal more with the design and research requirements of industry and whose training is provided for in the older and more common form of en- gineering courses. As their practi- cal experience accumulates such men will find positions of varying degrees of responsibility, depend- ing upon their capacity for leader- ship, from that of minor assistant to a more responsible executive, up to the ultimate direction and con- trol of the enterprise as a whole. Are you working for these ends , or you letting the opportunities • you have here pass by. Loyalty Every fellow knows what loyalty is, or if he doesn’t he’d better step right off the front porch and hunt him up an education on that point. Loyalty is like good health —you can’t have too much of it, nor too many varieties. And there are such a great many varieties. There is loyalty to your country. There is loyalty to your family. There is loalty to your friends. There is loyalty to yourself. And there are more kinds of loyalty, if you want to go and nose them Everybody admires loyalty, and rightly. Even history admires it, and the ancient loyalty of Damon and Pythias is one of the finest things that ever happened in the world. Even folks who haven't loyalty seem to admire it in others. I| is such a splendid thing that even people who stand outside the law and are looked upon as being very wicked hold loyalty a virtue. It seems as if some folks wh : haven’t any other virtue at all find it necessary to hold to loyalty, and that makes it look pretty import- ant, doesn’t it? Loyalty is a sort of mortar hold- ing together the bricks and stones that make up the edifice of life. If it were not for it, the whole build- ing would come tumbling down, and there we would be up to our necks in rubbish. Loyalty and selfishness will not ride in the same wagon. They arc not on speaking terms. If you are the sort of fellow who is always cut for himself, you want to stay as far away from loyalty as you can because it will cramp your style. A little bit of loyalty has ruined any number of men who have set out to establish a record for selfishness. The thing to do is to take your pick. If you want to be the sort who always plays his own game and works for his own advantage and never cares a rap for what happens to anybody else —then see to it that you eliminate every scrap of loyalty in your system. If, on the other hand, you want to be the sort other men tie to, then reduce your selfishness to as small a pimple as you can. In any event there will be some selfishness left. We can’it get away from it. Probably a tincture of selfishness is necessary. So is a tincture of vanilla necessary in ice cream, but if you pour in the whole bottle you make a pretty bit- ter dish. In this world every fel- low must do a certain amount of looking out for his own interests. Or, at least, we have grown to think it necessary. But the man who was most loved of all the men we ever knew of was one who seemed to have no idea at all of getting things for himself. Hi never got rich, and mostly he was pretty poor—if you don’t count as an asset the fact that every man or woman he ever came in contact with loved him. Ybu can’t b� genuinely poor when people feel that way about you. WE WONDER We wonder if Mr. Washington ever drew flies. We wonder ? ? ? We wonder how long the “Free Press” will continue to carry the slogan, “Michigan’s Greatest News- paper.” We wonder ? ? ? Mr. Hawkes—We wonder how much halitosis there is in a bushel of onions. We wonder ? ? ? Mr. Edwards—We wonder how much longer a steam engine would live if it didn’t smoke so much. We wonder ? ? ? Mr. Ostenfeld—We wonder if re- versing a screw machine would cause the soda water to run back- wards. We wonder ? ? ? Mr. Hamilton—We wonder if shifting sand makes people shift- less. We wonder ? ? ? We wonder if the originator of all the Scotch jokes known Mr. Crawford. We wonder ? ? ? We wonder if Mr. Scott will tell us why the sum of the included angles of a square right triangle equals the circumference of a boa- constrictor’s neck. We won- der ?? ? We wonder if Mr. Wallman and Mr. Roberts get their permanent waves at the same beauty parlors. We wonder ? ? ? We wonder if the heat will bother Mr. Hamilton as much after death as before. We wonder ? ? ? After Mr. Hollis’ too-weak va- cation, we wonder why he said “Back to the mill.” We also wonder why Mr. Sulli- van said “Back to the grind.” Still wondering, we wonder what Mr. Buttener said. Mr. Machoniche—We wonder if annealing will cure arterioschler- isis. We wonder ? ? ? We wonder where Mr. Day’s mustache has disappeared to. We wonder ? ? ? (It has been rumored that Mr. Andrews appropriated it and dyed it black). DO IT NOW By FLOYD J. PATTON If you have a job to do, Do it now! Make a start and see it through, Do it now! Jump right in with all your might, Show some ginger! Show some fight! Take ahold! The thing won’t 'bite! Do it now! There’s a lesson to be done, Do it now! Go right after it—it’s fun, Do it now! If you once begin to lag You’ll be sure to strike a snag. And you’ll have some load to drag; Do it now! if you're asked to do a thing, Do it now! “After while” ain’t worth a ding. Do it now! Up and at it! show some spe?d! Get agoing! Quick! Proceed! For the fel ows who succeed 1 Do it now! October 29, 1926 The Artisan 3 . THE UNKNOWN By the Green Author CHAPTER TWO The two men watched, horror- stricken, as the boy and his mount toppled pver the precipice. Finally rousing themselves they snatched up their rifles and ran down the hill side. They uttered no sound as they went, but on their grizzled and weatherbeaten countenances was written the grief which they bore for the boy whom hey be- lieved to be dead. There also was the dread of the unknown in their minds, for they knew not who the boy’s mysterious assailant was. But predominating over ail was anger, stark and terrible, which had transformed these gentle old men into beasts of passion, silent passion it is true, but all the more terrible. When they reached the bottom of the hill they were torn between two emotions, anger and anxiety. In their minds they saw two pic- tures, first the boy's assailant gloating over his dastardly deed and making his way home—safe from trial; and the other picture, the 'boy in excruciating agony, cry- ing out for help which does not come, or perhaps already silent in death. Each guessed what was in the mind of the other and at last Jed with the light of determination shining in his eyes said, “Luke, you look after the boy while I search for the fellow who shot him, and God grant that I may find him.” As he spoke these words his eyes grew blea and cold and his voice rang with a passionate and stern determination. For old Jed Pearson, the patriarch of the vil- lage, had loved the young lad well. Old Luke gazed into his friend’s eyes a moment and then with a convulsive movement seized the other's hand, gripped it, and turn- ed abruptly toward the path which led to the bottom of the precipice, while Jed turned to the path on the right which led to the hill from which the boy’s foe had fired. Old Luke’s heart was sore with- in him and the wo. Id which had se.med so bright and cheery just a short time before was now dark and gloomy. To add .to his des- pondency the shades of night be- gan to drop slowly upon the earth. -Already the forest beyond the hills was in the deep shadows which soon would pitch dark until the moon rose. The sound of the breeze among the tree tops, the chirping of the birds and crickets, all of which had been as music in his ears, now sounded harsh and discordant to Luke. The one great joy of his life was gone. He quickened his stride. Perhaps there was a chance of the boy’s having survived that ter- rible fall from the precipice. Hop- ing against hope he hurried along the rock-strewn path until he came to the bottom of the cliff. Here everything seemed quiet and peace- ful and there was nothing to indi- cate that a tragedy had ocourrel but a short time before. Luke made his way to the base of the precipice. Following its rugged wall he suddenly turned a sharp corner and met a sight which filled him with horror. There Jay the horse which the boy had rid- den that day, stone dead, its neck broken. But young Luke was no- where in evidence. He seemed to have vanished into thin air. Old Luke gazed helplessly at the surrounding landscape, and as he raised his eyes they were attracted by the peculiar position of a young tree which grew on a ledge which jutted out from the face of the precipice, about one quarter of the distance from the top. This tree, which ordinarily grew in an up- right position, was now bent and sagged, as though it carried a heavy burden. Luke hurried to the base of the cliff and made an effort t o climb the precipice. It was possible to do so, but only by the expenditure of much energy and time. So he went around to the other side of the hill and climbed to the top. When he reached the edge of the preci- pice he eagerly looked over, and there, spread among the branches of the tree lay young Luke, uncon- scious. He realized that it would be im- possible for him to carry the un- conscious boy up the steep side of the cliff alone. What was he to do ? If he waited for help, the lad, rousing to consciousness, might slip from the tree and be dashed to his death hundreds of feet be- low. As the ok! man stood, his mind wrung by the terrible per- plexity, he heard a hail from the bottom of the draw, and upon look- ing down he barely made out the figure of Jed in the gloom. He motioned for Jed to join him, and when Jed appeared on the top he inquired, “What luck?” “He was gone,” answered Jed. “When I got there I could not fol- low his tracks because of the stony ground.” “That’s all right,” said Luke, consolingly. “Help me gelt the boy up there.” So they both set to the task of getting the lad to the top of the hill. Tt was a dangerous job, for a single mistep meant death. At last the boy was raised over the edge of the cliff. Examination found his injuries slight, thanks to the tree, but they needed imme- diate attention. The dusk was al- ready about them, and the village was all of five miles away. They decided to take the boy to the cabin of “Old Lonesome,” an old hermit who made his home in an old shanty about a mile away. Old Lonesome had the reputation of being not entirely sane. In silence they went down the hill with their burden. The boy was quite heavy, land the way rough, so they frequently rested, then pressed on again. They some ! times stumbled in the increasing gloom, but they doggedly kept on until they saw the twinkling light of a candle. Just as they reached the front of the cabin they heard a cracked voice chuckle gloatingly, and as Luke put out his hand to knock at the door it opened. Be- fore they could move, a six-foot black snake was flung in their faces. (To be continued). SALVAGED SCRAP SOS YOUR OLD MAN “Papa,” said the small boy, “what do they mean by college bread? Is it different from any other kind of bread?” “My son,” replied the the father, “it’s a four year loaf.” GRAMMAR “Our geometry teacher doesn’t use correct English, does he? ’ “Why?” “He says, pie are square, and should say pie is round.” FINAL Mr. Crowley: “I won’t ask an- other girl to marry me.” Mr. Day: “Why is that?” Mr. Crowley: “The girl I asked last night accepted me.” HOOF Perham: “Hey, wait a minute, there's something in my shoe that hurts.” Stein: “What is it?” Perham: “My foot.” MOONSHINE Mr. Scott: “Which does the most damage, fire or water?” Mr. Crowley: “Both.” “Howzat?” “Firewater.” H. Wilson: “I’ll give you a dime if you’ll get me a lock of your sis- ter’s hair.” Bethuey: “Make it a quarter and I'll get you the whole bunch, 1 know where she hangs it.” We’re intellectual opposites. Be explicit. I’m intellectual and you’re the opposite. Baby Lincolns Win Over Grand Trumbulls Last week marked an early vic- tory for the Baby Lincolns over the Grand Trumbulls, with a score of '13 to 0. The game was played at Northwestern field. Baby Lincolns kicked off, Grand Trumbulls losing the ball of the B. L.’s 30 yard line. The B. L.’s worked it down to the G. T.'s 20 yard line where Plotzke passed to Vanasse who carried it over for a touchdown. Honstain kicked a successful field goal for the extra point. In the second quarter G. T. put up good defense for a while, but a pass from Proctor to Hunter brought another touchdown. In the third quarter B. L. kick- ed off, but quickly gained the ball, and after much passing, the oppos- ing line was broken by Ludwig who made the third touchdown. Again B. L. kicked off, and again recover- ed the ball. This time Plotzke took it for an end run and a touchdown. Collings kicked the extra point. G. T. started the last quarter with a number of end runs, but lost the ball on their own 30 yard line. Shaft made an end run for a touch- down, and Liske kicked the extra point. The remainder of the game saw much line plunging, but no further scoring. Don’t Be What You Ain’t By DE VERB DEWEY. Don’t be what you ain’t, Just be what you is, Caze if you is not wrhat yo’ am, Den yo’ am not what yo’ is. If you is just the tail, Don’t try to wag the dog, If you is just a tadpole Don’t try to be the frog. You can always pass de’ plate, If yo’ can’t exort and preach, If you is just d’ pebble, don’t try to be d’ beach. Don’t be what you ain’t, just be what you is. For d’ man that plays it square Am gwine to git his. It ain’t what you Ls has been, It’s what yo' now am is. MORE SCRAP Mr. Ford: “Tommy, can you tell me how iron was discovered?” Tommy: “Yes sir; papa said the other day that they smelt it.” Mr. Rogers: “The new cook says she wants to be treated as one of the family.” Mrs. Rogers: “Good, then we can tell her what we think of her.” Mr. Weaver: “Where I spent Christmas last year the thermome- ter dropped to zero.” Mr. Glassley: “That’s nothing.” “What’s nothing?” “Why, zero.” Mr. Spalding: “There’s a fellow that plays on a musical saw.” Little Spalding: “What kind of a saw does he use?” Mr Spalding: “Well, I guess he must have a band-saw, or maybe a jig-saw.” Farmer (Who had bought a tire cover a few days before): “Looky har! I want my money back.” Salesman: “What is wrong with the tire cover?” Farmer: “Why, I haven’t driven over twenty miles on it before it wore out, and another thing, it didn’t pertect that thar tire a bit.” 4 The Artisan October 29, 926 Trade School Defeats Commerce High 28 to 0 Walleck, Stein, Balsley Display Skill Commerce high school was beat- en by the Henry Ford Trade School by a score of 28 to- 0, at South- western Field, October 15. The game was featured by long end runs by Walleck, and good line plugging by Stein and Balsley. Commerce was outplayed from start to finish. They punted often, while the Trade School punted but twice. Commerce did not make over three first downs. In the last quarter they were playing better but only three of our regulars were still playing. The game was wit- nessed by one of the largest crowds at a Trade School game. First Quarter The first quarter was taken up by a series of line plunges. When Trade School had the ball, Stein, Walleck, and Ballsley went through repeatedly for long gains on line plunges. Commerce tried a punt which was blocked by Kopach. Com- merce got the ball and they were tackled behind the goal for a safe- ty. The ball was placed on the 20 yard line. Balsley then went through for 15 yards on line plung- es. Stein went through for a touch- down, and tried a place kick, but failed. Score: .Trade School 8, Commerce 0. Second Quarter Commerce brought the ball to their 20 yard line. Kopach then broke through twice in succession to tackle men behind the line. Commerce punted on last down. Stein went through for 26 yards on a line plunge. Then he went over for a touchdown, but failed to kick the point. Commerce received, but after a few plays Trade School got the ball. Walleck ran 50 yards for a touchdown, and Stein kick- ed the extra point. Score: Trade School 21, Commerce 0. Third Quarter After a series of plays, Walleck again made an end run of 40 yards for a touchdown, which did not count because the Trade School was offside. Stein then punted for the first time. After the Trade School recovered the ball, Walleck made 20 yards on end runs, which ended the quarter. Score: Trade School 21, Commerce 0. Fourth Quarter Walleck opened the quarter with a 40 yard run. Balsley went through for a touchdown. Stein plunged through for an extra point. There was iK) more scoring after that by either team. Coach Broker, of the Trade School, then put in his second team, whereupon Commerce began to play better. Berhman, the big halfback of Commerce, carried the ball to the 30 yard line. This was the biggest gain Commerce made during the entire game. After a few plays Trade School received the ball again. On the fourth down Stein punted for the second time. They were now playing in the cen ter of the field. Paholeck, Com- merce quarterback, ran for a 15 yard loss. The whistle then ended I the game. Final score: Trade School 28, Commerce 0. LINEUP Trade School Commerce F.tzgerald .... L. E. Hoffman Winchel I,. T. Behm Casey .L. G. Willi Grose, C ...C . Scarpace Houswirth .... R.G. ...Romanchalk Kopach R. T. Hildreth Marshand ... Ii. K. Eadv, C Davidson Q. B. Pahoiek i tein .L. H. ... Ball Walleck -R. H .Packman Balsley .F. B. Berhman Trade School ...8 13 0 7—28 Commerce ...0 0 0 0—0 Touchdowns : Stein 2, Walleck 1, Balsley 1. Goals after touchdown: Stein 2. Safeties: Trade School 1. Birmingham Edges to Victory Over T. S. The Artisans tasted their first defeat of the season, Friday, Oc- tober 8, at the hands of Birming- ham High School. Our gridiron heros started val- iantly and fought their way through the Birmingham eleven for the first touchdown of the game, but the Trade School’s over- confidence gave Birmingham a touchdown on the next play. On the kickoff that followed the ball touched Pcrham who was forced to take it. He was tackled behind the goal line giving Birmingham the two points that won the game. Score: Birming, 9; Trade School, 7. STARTING LINEUP H. F. T S. Birmingham Fitzgerald L. E. Brown Winchedd f....!,. T. Stieb Hauswerth .. .L. G. Stalker Grose C .... ......C. .. Casey R. G. Henry Kopach .... R. T. Kamin Marchand R. E. Gafill Perham ... Q. B. Bailey Nageley R.H.B Cooney Stein L. H. B. Doherty Balsley F. B. Bell laiiliiaimiaimiailliilimiinauililiilimilimmmmmmiiu Men’s Wear GEORGE M. BEEBEl = 13963 Woodward Ave. - m Highland Park, Mich. ■ i'll Hull 11II Ii; 11 ill ili II il li.li ill: I ii 11.1 i HI Hi IIII IU 11 HI iliilhi • i i I • i i • i a i i i i • • i i i • i i i a - FOR QUALITY I PRINTING and DEVELOPING | | See A. ECKERT, 1851 T. S. | | I • ■ 1111:11 ■ ai a lauii a iana at a iauai m m I COMPLIMENTS OF 1 MATHEMATICS DEPT. : ■ T. J. C. : E. W. D. I iiiiaimiliiiimmiiiiiiiiimiiiiliiliilimiliilimilimiaimiaj [Ford Trade School: Students ? A discount on all athletic | Z goods as well as tools you f - may need if you are a stud- = ■ ent of the Trade School. | Z Just get a card from your jjj f Mr. Edwards. - I LARGEST ATHLETIC OUT-1 - FITTERS IN THE STATE.- - ALSO A COMPLETE LINE OF ? - MECHANICS TOOLS. i I 335 Gratiot Ave. Open Evenings- •_i ■ 11 ■ 11111 ■ i i i unii i ii ii i i ii | mini i i Colored -Minstrel Show: • I Will he held for benefit of ? I BRIGIITMOOR METHODIST I EPISCOPAL CHURCH | At Community Hall on | THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 4 - 5 at 8 p. m. = m ? 25 Cents Admission i iiii mu miiiiiniimiauiimiiiiiiiiimmmmiiiii f ii ■ nm i ii i i ii ■imimiimiriaiiiimiiimiiiiimr - 25 Per Cent Discount on - BROWN AND SHARPE, AND : STARRETT TOOLS j RADIO SPORT GOODS I You will find it at ; FROMM’S 11 3 9 7 5 WOODWARDf Branch Stores: ■ = 14042 WOODWARD 1 ■■ 1442 BROADWAY z 7701 JOS. CAMPAU | main nmmiii i iimmmmmmmii iimmmiiiii.ii ■ ■ i in ii i ■ i ■ i i i mmmmu in ■ mu ■■ i i i mnn n i i i i mi m ima tiiiiiiaiiinii Compliments of I Morris Mitchell 1 m 5 = m Lunch m m m Company October 29, 1926 The Artisan Foundry Receives New Electric Bronze Furnace Great Efficiency Realized by New Unit A bronze furnace has recently been installed in the foundry of the Trade School shop. This fur- nace is a type L. F., 260 lb. Detroit Electric Furnace. The charge most commonly used in this furnace is the “Z” Bronze (Ford Standard Bronze). It is composed of 87 per cent copper, 8 per cent tin, 2 per cent lead, and 3 per cent zinc. In placing the charge in the furnace, scrap bronze !to be remelted is put in first, then the copper, followed by the tin, lead, and zinc. The reason for this or- cer of charging is that tin, lead, and zinc have low melting points, and if they are put in the furnace first, by the time the copper is put in much of the lead ami zinc would be lost, going off as a vapor. After the charge is put in, the furnace door is sealed with clay. The electrodes, which furnish th2 heat by an electric arc, are then adjusted. Then through the use of the automatic electrode control they are further adjusted to give the proper heat. This arc gives oft heat from 4,000 degress to 5,000 degrees F.. In an electric furnace the speed of melting is greater than any other brass or bronze melting fur- nace, coke or oil fired, resulting in a much greater rate of production. In some factories as many as 20 jours are made in a 9 hour day. It takes about 20 minutes for the melting of one charge. The automatic reversing switch, which had been developed for these furnaces provides for rocking the furnace, during the entire melting period. Bronze melts at 1,855 de- grees F. After the furnace has used about 20 kilowatt, hours, it is locked until 35 kilowatt hours have been used, and then the bronze is poured into the moulds. Metallic losses are lower in the electric furnace than in any other type of furnace, these losses in the average being less than of 1 per cent, as compared with losses of from 3 per cent to 10 per cent in fuel fired furnaces. The simple cylinderical shape of the lining of the furnaces provides an easily cleaned melting chamber. Con- sequently the alloy may be changed with each heat if so desired. The simplicity of the lining effects a long lining life. Through the electric furnace the necessity for the old time skilled brass melter is eliminated. Bet- ter working conditions are insured because of the absence of dust, smoke and fumes, as well as the elimination of the handling of fuel, ashes, or the pumiping of oil. The rocking of the furnace, in addition to producing a charge of homogeneous metal of uniform temperature throughout, also re- sults in long lining life, since no part of the refractory is subjected to any higher temperature than any other part. As a matter of tact, the lining of this electric fur- nace is never more than 2.00 de- grees of 300 degrees hotter than the temperature of the batch. This uniformity results in extremely long lining life with a minimum of repairs or attention required. i ■ i i mu m i • i i i i i t i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i ■ i ■ i i : :i i i i i i ■ • ■ Many New Books Found in Library Among the books recently re ceivecl at the library you may like to know of these: “The Boy’s Book of Physics;’ which is a simple explanation of modern science; with easily made apparatus and many simple ex- periments. Many of you are fond of mys- tery tales. “Mystery Tales for Boys and Girls,” is a collection from among the best of the stories of this type. “Beau Sabreau’’ is a sequel to “Beau Geste,” that de- lightful mystery story. “On the Plains with Custer,” “Buffalo Bill and the Overland Trail,” and “Ungava Bob,” stories of adventure are known to many of you. While the days are pleasant and you are enjoying the out-of-doors you may like to look over, “Do It Yourself,” a woodcraft book by Dan Beard. Enos Mills, who lived for many years in the Rocky Mountains and ! studied the wild life, also wrote “The Story of Scotch, the dog that was his companion for eight years. If you did not read “Today and Tomorrow',” by Mr. Henry Ford when it appeared in the newspa- pers, you will enjoy looking over the book. “Roaming Through the West In- dies,” is by Harry Franck, a Mich- igan man, who at one time lived in Detroit. He has become famous for interesting travel books. Working without saving is time wasted. Highland Park State Bank j ni i ■ .i 1.1 i i i ■ iii mil i ii ii. i mu 11 ii JOHN BRIGHT SHOES MEN’S — ALL ONE PRICE — BOYS $3.50 Three Fifty” j You will save money without sacrificing quality or style the first time you buy from a JOHN BRIGHT SHOE STORE 14041 WOODWARD 9.136 JOS. CAM PAD 128 MANCHESTER ; i i i i i ■ ii mu i i ■ mu i ii i ni ii i iininii i i i i iii ■ • t i i ■ ■ n ■ ■ i ■, ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ( ■ Highland Park Paint Glass 13521 WOODWARD m {SPORTING GOODS m BUILDERS HARDWARE - RADIO Students at Ford son (Continued from Page 1) These pigs were then transported to the loading platform where it was charged into the Cupola Fur- nace with coke and flux to be further refined. The boys then visited the foundry where they saw the metal tapped from the cupola and poured directly from the ladles into the cylinder block and other molds on a production scale. The boys then saw the coke oven and the process of making coke from coal by taking off the volatile substances which are taken to the by-products building and various by-products are reduced as tar, io- dine, ammonium sulphate and many others. This trip proved to be of high educational value and the boys hope to take many more. A. P. Stevens Optical Parlors 14049 Woodward Ave. Eyes Examined Glasses Fitted Upstairs over Ford Market Arcade No Charges for the Adjustment of Your Glasses ! FRANK S. TOBIAS, Inc. [ CARS—TRUCKS—TRACTORS 16428 WOODWARD AVE. LONGFELLOW 7900 I I HIGHLAND PARK. MICHIGAN ? 6 October 29, 1926 Sections Continue Intense Fight in Football T Loses to Both Other 1 Rival Teams M Section swamped T 21 to 0 in the game of October 21. M scored early and kept it up through tne entire game. The purple team was not the same team that held M to a tie in the game befor Even if they had played as well as before it is. doubtful if they could have beaten or tied M. The green eleven was not to be denied. They tackled hard, and their running with the ball was a sight for sore eyes. Early in the first quarter Bera, the outstanding halfback of the game, got away for a 20 yard run before he was tackled by Secora. Secora got hurt by this tackle, an i was taken out Brokenhuizen then went over for a touchdown. Bera kicked the extra point. In the second quarter, the ball came to T’s 20 yard line. On the third play, Brokenhuizen went through for a touchdown. They failed to make the point on an end run. T Section made only one first down during the half. Early in the third quarter M Section scored on a fake criss cross. They again failed to make the point. T Section again made a first down. The green and white eleven then punted for the first time. Teichert, fullback of T Sec- tion, sustained a broken ankle on a line plunge. Laslo came back into the game in the last quarter, and the purple team was penalized 15 yards. Laslo had been taken out after the half had started. By this time M was on T’s five yard line. They would have gotten a touchdown, but were penalized 15 yards for tripping. T then got the ball, and tried a punt, which was blocked. T recovered it behind their goal. This counted as a safety, two points. Final score, M 21, T 0. W-T flame W section won from T with a score of 6-0, in an interesting and exciting fotball game at Ford Field Gridiron, on Monday, October 18. In the first quarter T won the toss and defend ad the east goal, with the wind against them. W kicked and T caught the ball on their own 30 yard line and then started with their heavy and suc- cessful line plunges. Teickert was the outstanding line plunger of T and made the most and best gains. When W got the ball a little later —after T had failed to gain their 10 yards—they made up what T had gained and gained on T rapid- ly. When they were on T’s 15 yard line Watt of W caught an excellent pass and scored a touchdown, this being the only one made in the en- tire game. Bucking up after tnis ana getting down to business, T broke thru W’s line easily, almost scoring a touchdown. But when W got the ball they punted anu •being with the wind got the ball to the center of the gridiron. After the first quarter W never got the ball farther than T’s 20 yard line, while T had the ball constantly in W’s territory. Throughout the last three quar- ters it seemed many times that T would score a touchdown, but W always punted to safety. W had to use its utmost force to hold T, for T was aroused and was plajing their hardest. Near the end of the game T was very near W’s 10 yard line ar.d they stayed there until the final whistle. When T lost this game it lost chance for the championship. They can only win the second place if they win their four remaining games and M lose their four, which «eems impossible. ■ iit ■ i i i DETROIT CREAMERY FOLLOWING DIRECTIONS Mr. Bell: “What on earth are y u wearing all those coats for?’’ Mr. Coady: “Well, I’m going to paint my car, and the directions say to get the best results, put on three coats.’' Plymouth Falls to Artisans (Continued from Page 1) ceiving the ball Trade School gain- ed steadily, making a touchdown. They also made extra point. No more goals during the rest of the quarter. Score at end of quarter, 23-0. Third Quarter Several substitutes were made. Plymouth received Trade School’s kick. Rambo, Plymouth’s player, made a run of 45 yards while the ball was Plymouth's. He was knocked out when tackled. They tried to punt on last down, but were blocked. No more gains dur- ing rest of quarter. Fourth Quarter Walleck made a touchdown fo; Trade School after a number of steady gains by himself and Stein. Walleck made the next touchdown after a number of exciting plays by both sides. Sleep carried over the final touchdown after much good playing by Walleck and Humber- stone. Final score, 43 to 0. STARTING LINEUP Plymouth Karney ....... Carmychel .... E. Foster .... Partridge .... Wood ....... Tilson ....... Layles ....... Hickey C ..... C. Foster L. Ford .......R Rambo ........ Trade School L. E. ...Fitzgeraild L.T. ......Winchell L. G..........Casey .C..........C Grose R. G......Hauswirth R. T.........Hopach R. E.......Marchand Q. B........Davison II. B. .......Pope H. B........Wallsk F. B..........Sleep mu i ■ in 11ii:■ iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiamiin i i i; i in iii ■ i ■ ni i ■ i i i. i i i ■ i 'll i-i|:'i ■ ■ ■nani a ■ a iiiiiiiiiia laiima iaii i iii i i i i ianiiaiii ii a i i iii i aii Special Priced SMALL MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS Complete Assortment for School Orchestras and Bands VIOLIN OUTFIT Remarkable Values Stradivarius mo (T� del violin, red brown color. Good ' % grade o f wood, _ nicely poliahed. W k Complete with 1 Q Brazil wood bow, 1 canvas ca e and f extra et of Hiring . SAXOPHONE TRUMPET E-flat Alto, “Wolverine” Sil- Fine imported French r ver plated. Gold Bell Case and six Reeds 11 1 O included pi lU C MELODY Same finish ...$115 CLARINET Fine imported Albert system. 15 keys, 4 rings and rollers. Complete with case, six Reeds, d OQ50 etc............ CLARINET, Albert Sys- tem. 15 keys, 2 rings. Excellent for beginners ................ S22.5D CELLO Good quality. Nicely shaded brown color. Full three-quar- ters and one-half sizes. Com- plete with Bow ami £0 750 Mackintosh cover pet, “Cuesnon” make, in B flat with change to A. Com- plete with water proof cover. tf 1 OOO Only......... $18 TROMBONE Brass finish. Perfect slide action. Water-proof cover. Very d 1 iJOO special ..... $16' FLUTE 8 keys, imported, complete with good d 1 1 00 case ........... $11 DRUM Professional model, all metal snare Drum, complete with Sticks, £ “I O 00 only ..... q) 1 O Other Drums...$10 up KING BUESCHER BAND INSTRUMENTS EASY WEEKLY OR MONTHLY PAYMENTS “The Musical Center of Detroit” Grinnell : Steinway Representatives 1515-21 WOODWARD AVENUE 40 Stores—9 Detroit Branche i i o i i i a a ■ i i a a iim a ■ i i i i ..a a a ta a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, November 12, 1926 Number 3 M Wins Championship in Section Football Contests Overbey’s Team Keeps Championship Won Last Year All Section Squad Chosen by Coach Broker Will Play Varsity Second Team M section came from behind and won the section championship in the season which has just been com- pleted. After losing the first game to W by the score of 6 to 0, the M section team worked hard and late, with the determination to win the championship for the second time. Captain Wizinski proved to be a good leader as well as ball toter, and had hearty co-operation of the the gun that made the most holes through the line. Fields, quarter- back, was responsible for directing all plays, and the scores indicate that he usually called the right sig- nal. The line, with Rakick at center, Gran and Grietsell at guards, Spies and Calcaterra at tackles, Ingram and Swiatek at ends, was a forward wall that enabled the backfield to move the ball forward, and on de- fense was a terror for the opposing backs. Mr. Overbey wears two smiles now, one for last year's champion- ship, and one for this year’s. W section started the season look- ing like a winner, and enjoyed lead- ing the league the first half of the season, but was forced to step down and give place to the green and white. The good defensive work of the red and white coupled with the ground-gaining of Locke, Hoetger, and Glance, gave pride to its lead- er, Captain French, and its coach, Mr. Rogers. T section, under the leadership of Captain Cecora, presented a team that played hard every game, and gradually came to the front to win their last game from W by the score of 6 to 2. Eric Teichert at full- back gave the crowd a thrill by his line plunging, as did Cecora by his end runs and good defensive work. Mr. Domico and Mr. Scott have put pep into the players that they will carry on to the varsity and still fight with the same good spirit. How they stand: Team Games Won Tie Lost Pet. Pts. M 7 5 1 1 .857 87 W 6 3 0 3 .500 39 T 7 1 1 5 .143 13 The All Section Squad” has been selected by Coach Broker for the present season, as a result of the completion of the sections’ football schedule in which M section won the championship. Coach Broker, who has refereed all of the section contests this year, is perhaps in the best position to compare the works of the various players. Here is the result: Centers: Rakicki, M. Reitmeyer, W. Guards: Good, W. Grietsell. M. Kline, W. Bukovich, T. Tackles: Abraham, T. Kuty, W. Calcaterra, M. Spies, M. Ends: Swialek, M. Hoga, T. Laslo, T. Backs: Bera, M. French, W. Wizinski. M. Fields. M. Broekhuisen, M. Martin, T. Cecora, T. Glance, W. Hoetger, W. The ‘‘All Section” first team will be given an opportunity to prove its mettle on the field of battle. The Varsity second team has been selected as the victim, and Novem- ber 19 the date. The last issue of the Artisan told of the beginning of the Exploration Club and its purpose. In this issue we will tell you about its merit sys- tem. For every hour of work the boys are given ten merits and for all spe- cial assignments, book reports and various other club work the boys are also given merits. These mer- its are totaled every three weeks. In order to have a vote in the club a member must have 400 merits and for every 400 merits he receives a silver bar. Five bars entitle him Classes at Court The A” classes visited the Cir- cut Court of Wayne County in con- nection with their civics class. The boys were privileged to hear a num- ber of interesting and instructing cases and from their observations learnt the proceedings of the court. In the near future Judge Dinge- man of the Circuit Court will give a short talk to the Trade School boys. We all look forward to hear- ing Judge Dingeinan as we feel he can give us an interesting bird’s eye view” of the various cases that come before him, their cause, and the result. Halloween Party Given J Explorers at Home of Mr. Bratton On Friday night, October 29, 1926, The Exploration Club members and their girl friends attended a party at the home of Mr. Bratton in Northwood. The party began with an intro- duction to the witch's den. where the members received several thrills particularly the girls. The boys re- ceived some real thrills when they joined the Royal Order of Siam, where the boys experienced some paddling, being branded by a red hot iron, and also being butted by Mr. Carle’s pet goat. They were also given the emblem of the black eye. When the party was in full swing a few of the boys were noticed to leave and go around the back of the house. Then Mr. and Mrs. Bratton announced that a gallon of cider was missing, so Mr. Carle went to the rescue. With a flash- light in his hand he went across the street to a big tree where the jug was found half empty. A little later Alphonse Bethuy and Alex Allie complimented Mr. Bratton on his large trees. (Continued on Page 6) to a star and five stars to an eagle which represents the highest stand- ing of the club. The constitution provides that a member must be among the six highest in standing to be eligible for president or vice-president and that the secretary and treasurer must be a star boy. Terms of of- fice are for two months and the officers cannot hold office for more than two terms in succession. In the next issue of the Artisan we will tell more about the Explora- tion Club. T. S. Defeats St. Benedicts Saints Unable to Retard Artisan Offense in Friday’s Contest Fighting gamely throughout four quarters of play, St. Benedicts went down to defeat before the Artisans on Ford Field last Friday. Novem- ber 5th, by the score of 25-0. At no time were the Parochials able to gain consistently enough to threaten the T. S. goal. Balsley’s line plunging featured the Artisans’ attack, his consistency enabling him to crash the goal line for four touchdowns. Sayers and Capt. Hughes per- formed great work for the Orange and Black on both offense and de- fense. First Period Marchand kicked to 15 yard line. Storen was stopped on the 20 yard mark. The Saints were stopped for no gain on an end run. Sayers kick- ed to the T. S. 45 yard line, David- son returning the ball to the Paro- chials’ 45 yard line. Three plunges gave T. S. first down. Walek made 9 yards through tackle. T. S. fum- bled on next play and St. Benedict recovered. T. S. held and the Saints kicked to their 40 yard line. Four plays through the line netted T. S. first down. Third down of the next series of plays brought the ball to St. Benedicts’ 25 yard line. Mar- chand dropped back for a field goal, but missed, the Artisans recovering on the Parochial 15 yard line. Three plays gained 10 yards and Balsley tore through guard for eight yards and his first touchdown. Marchand kicked extra point. T. S. 7, St. B. 0. Marchand kicked to 30 yard mark. St. Benedicts returned 5 yards. The Orange and Black lost 10 yards on a fake punt. Quarter ended with ball in Saints’ posses- sion of their own 25 yard mark. Second Period On next play T. S. was penalized 5 yards for offside. St. Benedicts punted to midfield. T. S. then start- ed a series of line-smashing plays by Walek, Pope and Balsley, ter- minating into a second touchdown by Balsley. Marchand failed at the extra point. T. S. 13, St. B. 0. Nagel went in for Walek. St. Benedict took Marchand's kick-off on their 10 yard line to their 20 yard chalk mark. Stein went in for Pope for T. S. On third down Sayers kicked 30 yards. Three plays put the ball on St. Benedicts’ 40. (Continued on Page 4) entire team. Adam Bera, left half- back, gave the crowd a thrill in every game by his spectacular punt- ing, end running, and tackling. Johnnie Broekhuizen, fullback, was Merit System for Explorers 2 The Artisan November 12, 926 3K£ Cfeti cwi Official Publication of the Student of the Henry Ford Trnde School, Highland Park, ______Mich._______________ VOL. I. NO. 2. October 29. 1926 PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY $1.00 Per Year Single Copies, 7 Cents STAFF: Editor in Chief......James Humberstone News Dept...............John O’Connell Assistants: Frank Berto Allex Allie William Vance William Toth Joseph Kisil Norman Gmhn Bernard Konapka Herman Jackson Publication Dept..........Adolph Eckert Assistants: Mike Borushko Victor Ritz Robert Leisey Louis Straka William W'instanley Business Manager.............Earl Tank Advertising Manager....Robert Harrison Circulation Dept..........Phillip Zoufal Assistants: Arthur Brooks David Kay Steve Szalai Samuel Schmidt Ray Wills Faculty Adviser............Louis Garden T. S. Progress October of this year was the tenth anniversary of our school. Beginning with six boys, we have grown to an enrollment of 1,550 boys at the present writing. Mr. Wilson, now of department N-160, and Mr. Edwards were the first instructors. They were later joined by Mr. Searle, then Mr. Tel- lefer and, when the enrollment reached 45 boys, some few months later, the writer came into the school. Hundreds of our boys wlio have graduated are now in the various Tool Rooms of the Ford Motor Company as Tool and Die Makers. Some of them are foremen, others in the Laboratories. Drafting depart- ment, etc., and just last w’eek we sent two boys out to the Experi- mental Laboratory at Dearborn. Some of our boys are in various Universities, U. of M., Annapolis, U. of D. A short time ago one of our old graduates Varnel Tomkins, now a first class machinist in the Navy, ran across two other of his class- mates in Hong Kong, China. They are also in the service. Owing to the rapid growth of our school in the past few months we are asking the full co-operation of the instructors and older students in assisting us to teach the younger boys safety, cleanliness, thoughtful- ness and accuracy. Read your card. boys, that you received when you enrolled, note what safety means to you. Do not wear long ties, or rings, and have your sleeves rolled up, and good soles on your shoes; do not scuffle or wrestle (do this at the gym) or throw at another boy. Be neat and clean at all times, both with your machine and person, remember that cleanliness and neat- ness make the better man and these, with much thought, will lead to accuracy. Get out in the athletic field during recreation period, put lots of pep into your playing, go into it with the intention of making all the big teams. Keep Mr. Edwards and Mr. Broker busy finding clean sports for you. Do not be backward in asking questions, boys. We, the instruct- ors, are here to answer them. Give us a chance to help you. Let us in on your class and shop troubles no matter how small they may seem. Try to stick Mr. Crawford on a problem. Let Messrs. Murray and Mahoy know what they are here for. All these things will go to make our school a big success. Mr. Ford is back of us; let’s make him doubly proud of the fact that he started the Trade School, and let us not forget the F. M. Co. will be drawing executives from former students of the Henry Ford Trade School year after year. J. F. EBEL1NG. Library Notes Marco Polo, the most famous per- haps of all travelers, was born in Venice, about the year 1250. His father, Nicola, a man of noble rank, was engaged in commerce. He and his brother, Maffeo, went to Con- stantinople on a business trip, then decided to go over into Asia, and finally found their way to Persia. Here they fell in with certain en- voys who had been on a mission from the Great Khan Kublai to his brother in Persia, and by them was persuaded to make the journey to Cathay in their company. And thus the first European travelers of whom we have any knowledge reached China. The brothers returned to Venice and. after about two years, resolved on starting again for the East, tak- ing young Marco with them. The youth entered the service of the Great Kahn, and traveled ex- tensively through China and the neighboring regions. The travelers were finally desirous of return, and were allowed to accompany an em- bassy to Persia. Thence they made their way to Venice. Later Marco commanded a fleet in a war with Genoa, was captured and held a prisoner for two years. At that time he dictated to Rus- tigielo de Pisa the work of travel known as The Book of Marco Polo. Though his narrative made a great sensation, it was for many years regarded as a mass of fabrications and exaggerations. It had an un- doubted effect, however, upon ex- plorations; and later researches have confirmed the truth of many of the author’s descriptions. Recent- ly a magazine published an article proving that at last all his state- ments were found to have been cor- rect. It encouraged the Portuguese to find the way to Hindustan round the Cape of Good Hope, and it aroused the passion for discovery in the breast of Columbus, thus leading to the two greatest of modern dis- coveries. It was long the sole au- thority possessed by Europe on the people of the Far East. There are now' about 60 translations in vari- ous languages. The Library has recently received a new edition of “The Travels of Marco Polo.” One of the Chinese students from the Ford Service School saw the book in the display case and took It home to read. He said he had read it in Chinese and was inter- ested in reading it also in English. Who’d Have Thought It Mr. Scott; When I realize the wonders of radio, it makes me think. Mr. Crowley (absent-mindedly): Yes, isn’t it wonderful what radio can do. OH, PHIL ! ” A Story of Football and School Spirit Editor's Note: This story has been contributed by Mr. Robson, of the Pathfinders of America. Phil was certainly a sight—mud from head to foot, and wet through, but happy—why, he was in the pro- verbial seventh heaven. And why shouldn’t he be; was not his the winning touch-down, and didn’t his best girl see the magnificent play he made that enabled his school to capture the much coveted silver cup? It meant the place of honor at the banquet which wras to follow: the recipient of lusty yells from his class-mates, and after that—well, who knows but perhaps a few well- chosen words of approbation from— yes. she saw the game. The banquet, the superintendent of the school, all instructors, the captain and his victorious team, father and mother, and just the very special friends. Speeches—that is the worst of banquets, for his own part. Phil would much rather play another strenuous game than be in the midst of such a function. He felt rather hungry, too. hut he knew even with all the food that was in front of him, he would only be able to take a nibble of this and that, and when he arrived home, he Would have to make a raid on the pantry to satisfy the inner man. Now they are givfng the cup to the captain of the team; and the cheer leader is on his feet. Guess he didn’t eat much either, or ho wouldn’t be so hungry looking. Phil’s name is mentioned; they want a speech, but what in the world is the matter with his tongue? It won’t leave the roof of his mouth. Oh. for the feel of that old pig-skin right now. anywhere rather than a speech, but it has to be done. He mumbled something, and tried to smile, but it was the same kind of a smile he used when he had to put his last dime into the collection plate. All eyes are now glued on the Superintendent: his. of course, is the main speech of the evening. A man usually of few words, but the few he uses count a whole lot more than the average year’s supply in our National Senate Chamber. He is talking about football: let us hear what he has to say: “THE HONOR OF THE PLAYING FIELD” “Many of the great lessons of life come from the games we play in our youth. The first considera- tion in all games is to lay the foundation for a full and splendid manhood. We should keep as one of the mottoes of our outdoor life, the thought that a noble mind lives in a noble body. “We should play the game for its own sake, never spoiling the spirit of all true games, nor lowering the dignity of all true manhood by playing for profit at the expense of somebody else. “Our games are our own lessons in noble things. The playing field is in truth the High School of Life. It is there we find the great distinc- tive qualities that mark the men of the English-speaking races all over the world. No American boy can be healthy and whole and miss the laws of honor; they ring through every school that is worth the stuff it is built of; they are blazoned on every playing field worth walking on. They are among the oldest things in the world and they will last as long as the human race. We must think of the game and not ourselves. The game is lost in which one member of the team seeks his own glory. The unity of all for a single cause, each playing his part, for the general end is the condition without which no game is ever won. Chivalry, the surren- der of self, obedience to the law that holds the team together, these things grow naturally with every game we play and we should cherish them as a part of ourselves. We should be staunch and loyal and true, our comrades must be able to rely on us. Especially should we be good losers—we should yield the palm with grace and cheerfulness to a victor who has played the game, leaving haggling, grudging and quareling to meaner souls, and not spoiling the temper of a game by claiming doubtful points or in- sisting on little rights. We must not strain the rules of a game so that THROUGH THE KEEPING OF THEM WE BREAK THE SPIRIT OF THEM. We should be willing rather to lose a thousand games than win one by the shadow of unfairness. “The sad side of human life, made up of cunning and intrigue, of seeking selfish ends at any cost to others, of preferring vain glory rather than the achievements of common good, of shutting our hearts to the troubles of others so long as we are prospering, lias no encouragement on the playing field, where only the flower of life, and not the weed, can grow. We must be loyal or the game is lost. We can never be mean enough to with- ; hold applause that rightly belongs to the victor. “The life of the world itself calls « for those qualtties in us which spring from our holding together as a team. If we hold together as a nation as we hold together as a team, we shall give back to the nation a hundred fold the talents entrusted to us. Thus there grows up in most of us with our play that part of our life which makes a difference, as the years go by, be- tween the men who help a nation, and the men who hold back. If we are loyal to our team, we shall be loyal to our city, and to our country.” Deserved continued ap- plause. “Oh, Phil! I am real proud of you you are loyal to your team, you are loyal to your dear parents, to your class-mates, to your dear country, and Phil. I am especially proud of you because you are clean and loyal to me.’ ___________________ Some Engineer Canadian, to Mr. Bell: The Cana- dians have the best individual road builders in the world. Mt. Bell: Why, the two Americans —Lincoln and Dixie—make wonder- ful roads, but thatblinkety ?! x ! blank Frenchman, Detour, makes ! ? ! • ?♦! terrible roads for us. November 12, 1926______________ Basketball Season Near, Crawford Made Coach With the approach of the basket- ball season. Trade School has issued a call for candidates for the varsity squad. A good coach has been found In Mr. Crawford, who has been helping Mr. Broker. At the Ford School gym. Mon- day, Nov. 8. 19 boys reported for the first practice of the season. This is not a good showing for a school of 1.600 boys. Mr. Crawford urges that all who have the desire to play basketball, whether with the varsitv or section, should report for practice this week. Only one last year's man is back this season and Coach Crawford says that no posi- tion on the team is definitely de- rided. Let's come out and build a real, live Artisan team! The Artisan SALVAGED SCRAP INSIDE DOPE (By Philosopher Al) It is reported that a sad looking Hindu has arrived in the United States to tell Americans how to be happy. We wonder who it was that said, “The more I see of man, the more I admire dogs.” One thing the world needs is bigger and better waist-baskets for sensational magazines. “Say, want to go swimming?” “Naw, I don't swim.” “Want to go bathing?” “Naw, I don't—aw shut up. The vocation of every man and woman is to serve others. (Tolstoi). Just about the time a person learns how to get the most out of life he finds that the most of it is gone. The real color of pure gold, metallurgists say, is a deep orange, not yellow. Ground into a fine powder gold becomes a ruby red. Bragging about what you have to do leaves only little time for ac- complishment. The fellow who is content with little usually gets less. The time has now arrived when you can start making faces at the ice man. Why stop at saying virtue is its own reward? Isn’t it true that everything is its own reward? The dictionary defines a “flapper” as being “a duck not yet able to fly.” Then why call the girl of to- day a flapper? Are her aspira- tions so low that she can waddle to her destination. One way to lose a good job is to feel you are too good for it. 1 Wonder Mrs. Day: I can’t find a single pin anywhere. Where do they all go (o? Mr. Day: It’s hard to tell, because they are pointid in one direction and headed in another. His 50% Pat was taking his first flight in an airplane. The pilot was faking him over New York city. When they were up about 3,000 feet, the plane suddenly went into a nose dive. ‘Ha, ha,” laughed the pilot, shout- ing to Pat. “I’ll bet fifty per cent of the people down there thought that we were falling.” “Sure,” admitted Pat, “and I’ll bet fifty per cent of the people up here thought so, too.” Swiss Movement , A man went into a clock store ind handed out the pendulum of a dock, which he wished to leave for epairs. The watchmaker asked him vhy he didn’t bring the whole clock. The clock is all right,” was the reply. “It is the pendulum that won’t go. As soon as I pulled that nit the rest went like the dickens.” Vacuum Mr. Hawkes: A vacuum is lighter than any gas known. Steyskal: Why don’t they fill dir- igibles with it, then? Not So Dangerous Hey, you two handle that gun- powder carefully.” Why?” they asked. “Don’t you know' that some of that stuff exploded last month and killed seven men?” “Well,” one of the two replied, “That can’t happen now; there are only two of us here.” U. R. 2 Ys Bill Grose: What is Na-2-0-7? Mr. Overbey: Never heard of it. Bill: Isn't it borax? Mr. Overbey: I thought you wrote borax Na-2-B-4-0-7. Bill: Well, that's what I said— Na-2 before 0-7. Clear Fitzgerald: Your answer is as clear as mud. Mr. Glassley: Well, that covers the ground, doesn't it? O That Coupe Mr. Blainey: Well, Mr. Edwards, you’ve got to paint your car red. Mr. Edwards: Who said so? Mr. B.: It’s the law . Mr. E. (very angry): What's the new idea now again? Mr. B. (smiling): Why, any old tin can that carries gasoline has to be painted red. A Unit of Measure Mr. Bratton: Now tell me how you could ascertain the height of the Woolworth building with a pocket barometer. Mr. Rivers: Lower it from the top with a string and measure the string. ------—---------- No Chance John O’Connell: Aren’t you afraid, Mr. Scott, that your theory will be misproved? Mr. Scott: How can it be, my boy, when no one understands it? Case Witnessed The A class of M section took a trip to the circuit court as part of their civics work, for the purpose of studying the procedure of the county court. A civil suit was in progress. The court was opened by the sheriff, who repeated the prescrib- ed words: “Hear ye! Here ye! Here ye all! The circuit court of Wayne County is now in session. A young man was sueing a pat- tern works for compensation for in- jury to his fingers. While in their employ the boy was only a minor, seventeen years old. He had cut his index, first, and second fingers on a band saw. During the time he was out of work because of his mangled fingers, he was paid nine dollars a week. At the end of three months the boy quit the pattern works, and signed a settlement for the money he received. After an examination of a number of witnesses, the court took a recess. The period for the stay of the class had now ended, so the class returned to the Trade School, in ignorance of the outcome of the case. Men's Wear GEORGE M. BEEBE 13963 Woodward Ave. Highland Park, Mich. 25 Per Cent Discount on BROWN AND SHARPE, AND STARRETT TOOLS RADIO SPORT GOODS You will find it at FROMM’S : 1 3 9 7 5 WOODWARD Branch Stores: ; 1 4042 WOODWARD 1 442 BROADWAY 7701 JOS. CAMPAU Plant: Pina and 5th St. Phone Glendale 5680 ONE DAY SERVICE OFFICES 14041 John R ? 13734 Woodward 16221 Woodward i OBTWOiT CREAMERY FRANK S. TOBIAS, Inc. CAR S—TR U CK S—TRACTORS 16428 WOODWARD AVE. LONGFELLOW 7900 HIGHLAND PARK, MICHIGAN 6 November I2t 1926 FOUNDRY NOTES Officers Retained by Club Members auaiiaiiiiiauiiiaiiaiiaiiiiiiiiiiiiiiaiiaiiiiiaiiiiiaiiriiiiii.iiiii i iaiia' araiiaiianaiibiiiiiii:iiiimii i:iiiianaiiiiia:ianaiiaiiatiaii | | Aluminum is not melted in the same manner as iron or bronze. The aluminum is put into large iron pots and heated by a gas fire. The pot used in the school foundry holds about 225 lbs. Owing to the relatively low strength and melting temperature of aluminum it is not a commercial practice to use pure aluminum for casting purposes, except in cases similar to that of cooking utensils where purity and freedom from cor- rosion are of more importance than strength alone. The addition of some hardener, such as copper or zinc, is necessary. The grade of aluminum now used In the school foundry is known as No. 12 com- mercial aluminum. The utmost purity of any metal added to aluminum is most essen- tial, especially so in the case of zinc which must be absolutely free from lead. The soundness of aluminum cast- ings depends largely on the temp- erature to which the charge is heat- ed and this should never exceed 1400 degrees F. The higher the temperature in the furnace the more unsound will be the casting. The higher temperature tends to form blowholes and the higher the tem- perature the greater becomes this tendency. Most of the common alu- minum alloys should be poured not hotter than 1290 degrees F. Should a charge become overheat- ed it is best to cast it into ingots or allow it to solidify in the crucible so as to permit the escape of ab- sorbed gases. Remelting to the cor- rect temperature will then give sat- isfactory results. Since aluminum melts at such a low temperature it is difficult to estimate its temperature by the ap- pearance of the melt. The use of a pyrometer is most essential for the best class of work and is invariably used in both large and small found- ries. Orchestra Plans In the first number of “The Ar- tisan” an article was published con cerning the Henry Ford Trade School Orchestra. It was told how the organization began its growth. Each week sees noticeable results in its progress. The orchestra is meeting three times a week for practice and with this strenuous program hopes soon to be able to give a concert. However, the or- chestra is still in need of certain instruments, namely, violins, reed instruments, flutes and brass (bass). With the addition of these the orchestra will be greatly strengthened. Mr. Johnson hopes to be able to give a program in a short time or at the first opportunity which pre- sents itself. Can you answer the following scientific queries ? 1. Why are Sunsets Red Some- times? 2. How is Alcohol Solidified? 3. How is Air Liquidified? For answers see Science and In- vention for November, 1926. On Monday, November 8, the Ex- ploration Club held its monthly meeting, at which time the election of officers was held. The members rewarded their present officers for their efficient service by reelecting Max Schnei- der, President, George Harris, Vice- president, A. Iauszewski, Treas- urer, and Alex Allie, Secretary. All elections were unanimous. Halloween Party (Continued from Page 1) Many games were played and stor- ies told, but the last and best event was the serving of the cider and doughnuts. At midnight the lights went out, a gong tolled the hour. Chains were heard rattling in the attic, and an illustrated ghost story was on. Soon the ghost appeared In the form of a grinning skull, which came floating through the darkness. The boys and girls went home in half frightened state of mind, but all had an enjoyable evening. MORE SCRAP FISH STORY Right after their marriage the gold fish took his bride for a trip around the globe. He Didn’t Noah Lot Mr. Shaffer: When Eve plucked the apple why didn’t Adam raise Cain? Mr. Carle: Simply because he wasn’t Abel. “I love to hear the Professor lec- ture on chemistry. He brings things home to me that I have never seen before.” “That’s nothing; so does the Stu- dents’ Laundry Agency.” Mr. Carl: “I take pleasure in giving you 80 per cent in mathe- matics.” Student: “Make it 100 per cent sir, and thoroughly enjoy yourself.” Mr. Overbey: “Kindly indicate some of the properties of metal.” Sleep: “Lead sinks, copper coils, gold rings, brass bowls.” CUT THIS OUT FOR THE NEXT GAME Hit Em Hard, Hit Em Low, Yea Team, Lets Go A Henry Ford Trade School Fight Henry Ford Trade School FIGHT (faster) Henry Ford Trade FIGHT FIGHT, FIGHT who fight we fight Henry Ford Trade Schol Fight, Fight, Fight. Start out slow. H-E-N-R-Y F-O-R-D T-R-A-D-E S-C-H-O-O-L RAH Sky Rocket Sohhhh Boom (Whistle) Yea Team Let’s Go. Blue and White Fight Blue and White Fight, Fight, Blue and White Fight, Fight, Who Fight, We Fight, Blue and White, Fight, Fight. Systematic aving pells uccess You will appreciate these words | a few years from now. f Highland Park State Bank j Tiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiairaiiaiiaiiaiiaitaiiaiiii riaiiBiiiiiaiiiiiBiiiiiaiiaiiiiiaiiiiiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiiiitiiaiiriajianaiiNiaiiau� i 'i!iaiiBiiaiiaui:iBuatiaiiana!iBiiaiianBitaiianaiiiiia:iaiiaiiaiiai i iiiieiiaiiaiiiiiiiurniiiininininiiaiiawititiiaiitiitiniiaiiau Learn to Play this Fascinating Instrument BANJO; A few evenings of practice with our £ free instruction book will soon make ? you a proficient player. Come in and | let us demonstrate the banjo for you. = A well made Tenor Banjo, 10 book- | lets, maple shell case and resinator. | All makes, $15.. = Weyman Banjo, $35 to $350 Gibson Banjos, $50 to $250 Paramount Banjos, $150 to $375 I Saxaphone E flat Alto. Silver plated, gold bell, pearl fingering, case and six extra reeds in- cluded............................... $110 C Melody same as above, $115 VIOLINS, CELLOS, TRUMPETS TROMBONES, UKULELES MUSIC BAGS, ROLLS, BRIEF CASES 1iiiiiiiii!iiiiiiaiiaiiaiiiiiaitaitiiiai;rni:i:.ii:B:iiiia!'aiiaiia:iaiiai;BiiaiiaiiBni[Tai!a:;Bi!aiiBiiaiiaiiai:anaiiaiin!ai]|iiaiiBii All prices and styles. Prices commence at $1 Brief Cases, $4 up Cowhide, nickle lock, two pockets, in brown, black or tan leather GRINNELL BROS. oJStcinway Representatives 1515-21 WOODWARD AVE.. DETROIT 40 Stores—9 Detroit Brandies Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, November 26, 1926 Number 4 Sanitation Dept. Added at T. S. Will Give Boys Increased Responsibility for School’s Care A new department has been in- troduced into the Trade School— Sanitation. The object of this de- partment is not, as has been com- monly supposed, to furnish a penalty for the boys, but to give them added responsibility in the maintenance of their school’s physical plant. It will operate, as does every other depart- ment, on the merit system. As a rule, work in the Sanitation department will follow work in the Car Parts department for new boys entering the Trade Scool. Then, after completing their sanitation work, they will advance into tool work. In former days a boy who start- ed “serving” a trade faced a much harder undertaking than a boy in similar position today. His tasks were varied and uncertain, and often included the following: carrying the boss’s lunch, cleaning machines, sweeping the floor, helping the blacksmith, and, in general, making himself useful as possible. In those days the boss seldom had time to give instruction in the main work, and these odd jobs were considered the proper thing for the boys. Contrast with this the conditions today for boys working in the (Continued on Page 4) — All Section Defeated by Varsity Reserves The All-Section team was de- feated by the Varsity Reserves on Ford Field, Thursday, November 18, the score being 6-0. The field was in no condition to play fast football, but, notwithstand- ing, both teams battled hard throughout the game, and braved the mud baths, which none escaped. Bera’s remarkable kicking offered the best offensive weapon of the green and white, one punt netting 40 yards, and rolling 30 more. The All-Section backs gained good ground around the Reserves’ ends,, Lbut could not get through the sec- ondary defense. Pope made lone Cartoonist Contest This contest is to promote school spirit (which is making a more spectacular appearance every week) among the Artisans and to bring out talents of originality as well as that of a humorous nature and to encourage an interesting study on the part of the contestants. The cartoons may represent ac- tual or fictitious happenings in the shop, class room, on the field or any social gatherings of the Artisans. Of course, there is no rule regard- ing the exclusion of instructors in these cartoons. (Continued on Page 5) Metal Analysis In addition to the regular analy- sis of cast iron heats from the Trade School Foundry carried on by the Metallurgical Laboratory, the work of brass bronze and aluminum analysis has been as- sumed. Samples from each pour in the different foundries are sent to the laboratory for an analysis, and a report on the same is sent to the foundry as a guide and check on the castings made. A Special Feature introduced in connection with the Analysis of Brasses and Bronze is the separa- tion of Copper and Lead in the al- loy by the Electrolytic Method. This particular method employs the Solonoid and Electrolyzing Device. In the separation by this method the solution containing the metals to be separated is kept in motion I by the counteraction of magnetic flux passing from the Solonoid with I the current running between the electrodes. This avoids the necessity of a motor to rotate one of the elect- rodes and the attendant troubles of. a complicated apparatus in which a motor circuit is maintained, say- ing nothing of the much greater cost of the mechanical method of agitation. The point of importance in all this is that the better class of boys can carry on this work success- fully under the supervision and di- rection of an instructor—and there- by give a commercial as well as an educational value to this depart- ment of Chemistry. Wil liamston Overwhelmed by Artisan Grid Warriors Last Home Game an Easy Victory for Blue and White. Stein Makes Spectacular Sixty Yard Run for First of Six Touchdowns The Varsity demonstrated their football ability to a home crowd on the last home game of the season at Ford Field, Saturday, November 13, defeating the Williamston eleven 42-0. Martin, of Williams- ton, played a fighting game but his team mates could not offset the plunging of the Blue and White’s backs and steady playing of the line. Captain Grose won the toss and chose to kick. Marchand kicked to Linn, who was downed on the 28 yard line. Williamston fumbled but recovered without gain. Shcp- erd was stopped at tackle. Linn fumbled but recovered, losing 5 yards. Martin kicked to T. S. 40 yard line. On the first scrimmage Stein, behind fine interference, broke loose for 60 yards and touch- down. Marchand drop-kicked extra point. T. S. 7, Williamston 0. Marchand kicked, Gubrcy was tackled on Williamston’s 40 yard line. A lateral pass, Kitchen to Sheperd, gained 2 yards. A pass was incomplete on third down. Martin made 6 yards through the I line. Martin kicked to Perham, who was pounced upon at T. S. 40 yard line. Nagel was stopped off tackle. Stein made 1 yard on an end run. Balsley made 4 yards through guard. Nagel punted, the oval rolling out of bounds at Wil- liamston’s 22 yard line. A lateral pass, Kitchen to Martin, resulted in a fumble, T. S. recovering on Williamston’s 15 yard line. Nagel slashed offtackle for 6 yards. Stein made 2 yards off opposite tackle. Balsley made it first down on Wil- liamston’s 5 yard line. Nagel went 1 yard off-tackle. Stein circled end for second touchdown. Marchand kicked goal again. T. S. 14, Wil- liamston 0. Gubrey received kickoff on 25 yard mark and ran it back 10 yards. Linn fumbled. Hill recovered after 5 yard loss for Williamston. An incomplcted pass made it third down as the quarter ended. T. S. 14, Williamston 0. Second Quarter Walck and Pope replace Stein and Nagel. Martin kicked and Walek was downed on Williamston’s 35 yard line. Balsley made 5 yards through the line. Pope toted the oval for 2 more at tackle. Balsley made first down on Williamston’s 22 yard line. Pope circled end for 5 yards. A criss-cross, Walek to Pope, gained 12 yards. Balsley plunged the run- ning distance for a touchdown. Marchand kicked extra point. T. S. 21, Williamston 0. Williamston ball oh 40 yard line pass made fourth down. Martin’s made 2 yards at guard, 2 yards more at center. An incomplcted (Continued on Page 4) Orchestra Appears in First Public Program Four weeks ago an article ap- peared in the Artisan concerning the Henry Ford Trade School Or- chestra. The orchestra was then being organized under the leader- ship of Mr. Johnson and Mr. Bal- lard. This orchestra is now fully or- ganized and was able to give its first entertainment Friday, Novem- ber 12. The first selection was “The Naval Cadets.” After that Mr. Roberts sang a song entitled “The Horn,” accompanied on the piano by Mrs. Glassley. The or- chestra then played our favorite song, namely, “Let Me Call You Sweetheart.” All the boys in the audience joined in singing the chorus. Earl Tank rendered a very fine selection on the piano. The orchestra then played its last selec- tion on the program. The program was repeated Fri- day. November 19, for the benefit of W section. 2 The Artisan November 26, 926 3R d U ctrfi Publication of the Student. of the Henry Ford Trade School, Highland Park. Mich. VOL. 1. NO. 4. November 26. 1926 PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY $1.00 Per Year Single Copies. 7 Cents STAFF: Editor in Chief......James Humbemtone Associate Editor...................John O’Connell New Department: Frank Berio Alex Allie William Vance William Toth Joseph Kisil Arthur Schultz Bernard Konopka Duane Mulvc.v Basil Benson Publication Dept.........Adolph Eckert Assistants: Mike Boru«hko Robert Leisey William Winttanley Howard Hoeft Rn«in«'«« Manager............Earl Tank Advertising Manager......Gordon Rivera Assistants: Robert Harrison Bernard Konopka Circulation Dept.........Phillip Zoufal Assistants: Arthur Brooks David Kay Steve Szalai Samuel Schmidt Faculty Adviser...........Louis Garden Wasted Energy There are innumerable ways in which one can spend his time to profit, whether working, studying, or playing. But, despite the ever present occasions for doing some- thing worth while, people can al- ways be found wasting their time and energy, apparently careless of the negative outcome of their efforts.. These persons are a pest to so- ciety, whether they realize it or not. Failing at self discipline, imposed discipline is distasteful to them, but none the less a frequent neces- sity which they themselves incur. The responsibilities that go with sharing civilized social life are real and exacting, to be met only by a considerable amount of properly directed effort. They arc not to be dodged by the wastrel without caus- ing friction and unhappiness. How much more desirable is the flood turned into proper channels and serving the world by driving turbines, carrying ships, and irri- gating fields, than the uncontrolled flood laying waste the land and homes of all in its destructive path! The energies of a human life arc as forceful as a flood, and like it can be either directed to service and happiness, or left undirected to result in destruction and misery. It is not the part of common sense to belittle the application of any large fact such as this to the •daily details of life, small and un- important as they may seem. In the classroom, for instance, one troublesome boy undermines the «fforts and aims of the whole class, lowering noticeably its reputation, though the boy himself, perhaps, does not see it or care. Often the only thing necessary to bring about a condition approaching Utopia is to eliminate or cure a single troublemaker. In our school it is necessary to direct all our energy into worth while channels. You can help by refusing to pay attention to the “bright guy.” BANKING FROM THE BEGINNING Courtesy of Highland Park State Bank Safety Notes Safety—How many know what that word means? Why, we all do. but some of us treat it like an enemy instead of a friend. The safety man and safety rules are not only friends, but friends whose ser- vices may prove priceless. Sooner or later we will all learn this, as a boy who worked on a shaper did. He had been sent down to the safety office for wearing his goggles on his forehead instead of in front of his eyes. He thought that the instructor was mean and was trying to impose his authority for doing that. The following morning, before he had worked one hour, a chip flew up and broke his glasses. He took the glasses in to Mr. Sanders, and said, “Mr. Sanders, how thankful 1 am that you made me wear gog- gles.” Let us not wait to learn our les- son. Let us practice safety now. Some important rules to remem- ber are: Paper towels only should be used on mills. No heavy lifting is to be done by students. Machines must come to a stop before handling work. Dr. Blaney compliments the boys for having their cuts taken care of, because out of 1500 boys in the school he has no infection cases now. He wishes to stress that boys must not remove bandages under any circumstances; and all redress- ings must be done between 9 and 11:30 o'clock. Library Notes • Books recently received at the Library: A Soldier of Manhattan, Alt- sheler. Full-back Foster, Barbour. The Quest of the Golden Valley. Browne. Frank Brown, Sea Apprentice, Bullen. The Boy Scouts of Woodcraft Lamp, Burgess. The Boy Scouts on Lost Trail. Burgess. Don Strong of the Wolf Patrol, Hcyliger. The Flamingo Feather, Munroe. so far, Frankie Damico, Johnnie The Voyage of the Hoppergrass, Pearson. The Talking Leaves, Stoddard. Two Arrows, Stoddard. Circuit Troubles and Testing, Croft. Elements of Electrical Design, Still. Spalding’s Official Baseball Guide for 1925-1926. A Guide to Good Golf, Barnes. Essays, Robert Louis Stevenson. The Civilization of the Ancient Egyptians, Gosse. Eminent Chemists of Our Time, Harrow. ! The Birth of the English National Debt, and the Founding of the Bank of England The banker of today may well find it a curious and interesting di- version to consider how much he owes to the tyrants of the past. It is a common-place, in all na- tions derived from English stock, that existing political and legal in- stitutions represent mainly the outgrowth of the struggle of pop- ular rights against the absolutism of kings. Rut in some curious ways this is also true of banking and currency, even to the institution of bank-notes having the backing of the national government. Without pushing the parallel too far. it may nevertheless fairly be said that such standard features of the modern banking world as the central bank of issue and the na- t’onal debt came to Americans as almost the direct fruit of the Di- vine Right of Kings, as this right was applied by two Stuart kings of England, Charles I and Charles II. It was due particularly to the lawlessness and corruption of the second of these kings that Eng- land created a national debt and a central bank of issue. The supreme crudity of the de- vices which served England in place of a banking system in the Middle Ages—almost incredible to the modem mind—made possible the forays of the Stuart kings; and by making these raids possible drove home the necessity of regulating the financial relations between the Government and the people to whom the Government looked for funds with which to carry on. Charles I set unfortunate prece- dents for his immediate successor by twice losing his head. The sec- ond loss, as is well known, was fatal to Charles. The first time he lost his head he merely raided the Exchequer or Government Treas- ury (then housed in the Tower of London), causing a loss to the merchants who had deposited their money there of about 120,000 Eng- lish pounds. This was the pre- cedent which the second Charles followed, on a ten times larger scale, with results probably much more than ten times as far-reaching. In the simple days of Charles I the methods of both hanking and taxation were crude and confused. For nearly five hundred years be- fore his time the mint had been a place of deposit for merchants. On account of the worn condition of the coins, which made them of un- equal value, the officials weighed each man’s deposit and recorded the amount of the deposit by notches on the side of a willow tally stick, which aftedwards acted as ledger and passbook. According to Sir John Lubbock, president of the Bankers’ Institute of London in 1879, it was not until 1826 that the old wooden tallies entirely passed out of use in England. ‘‘The tally,” says Sir John, “was a willow stick about five feet long, an inch in depth and thickness, with the four sides roughly squared. ” The amount of the deposit was recorded by means of notches on one side of the tally stick, and a description inscribed on the two sides adjoining the notched side. The tally stick was then split in half through the notches, one-half going to the depositor, the other half being retained by the bank as its record. Cromwell, who sanctioned the beheading of Charles I, and who ruled England as “Protector,” had a hand in devising the effective and productive system of monthly taxes which enables the Parliamen- tary Government to get through some very hard times. And this new system was largely continued under the second Charles. But Cromwell, like the king be- fore him, had to take in his pocket Parliament’s authorization for a loan and dicker with the money lenders when in need of funds, the security offered being repayment out of the proceeds of the author- ized tax-levy. By this time the former money-lending supremacy of the Jews had passed to the gold- smiths who came to England from Lombardy, and who have left their own monument in modern London in the shape of Lombard Street— the Wall Street of the British cap- ital. With the Exchequer raid of Charles I, the confidence of the merchants in government deposi- tories began to weaken and they gradually turned to the goldsmith’s strong boxes for a safer depository for their funds. On short time de- posits, the goldsmiths levied a small charge for the accommodation; but they paid as high as six per cent interest on deposits placed with them definitely for a year or more. It was these Lombard goldsmiths (the most important of whom came to be called bankers) to whom Cromwell had to turn to anticipate the returns of taxes voted by Par- liament. The charge they made for loans to the Govcrment was generally eight per cent, leaving for themselves, as bankers, a profit of two per cent. Another installment of this series will appear in the next issue. Nervous Passenger (in air taxi about 5,000 feet up): Ww-w-what are you laughing at. driver? Driver: I’m just laughing at the superintendent. About this time he’ll be searching for me all over the lunatic asyhim. November 26, 1926 The Artisan 3 P THE UNKNOWN By the Green Author SYNOPSIS Young Luke rides up a hill in Southern Kentucky and as he and his horse are outlined against the sett ng -mil. his horse is struck down h .i bullet from an unknown enemy's weapon. The boy and his horse then topple over the precipice, to what se:ms certain destruction. This has been observed by two old men, one of whom is Luke's fosterfather. They hasten to th? scene and there find young Luke saved from death on the rocks be- low, by the intervening branches of a tree jutting from the side of the precipice. They carry the boy through the descending gloom to the cabin of Old Lonesome, whom they find gloating over the dying strug- gles of a large black snake. Old Luke and his companion, Jed Pear- son, carry the boy into the cabin where he becomes conscious, eats some broth and then falls asleep. As Jed, Lonesome and Luke are grouped about the little sheet iron stove a bullet shatters the one win- dow of the cabin and the lamp upon the table, thus plunging the room into darkness. CHAPTER IV The men sat still for perhaps the space of one minute, dumbfounded, then they pressed as close to the ground as was possible. They wa ted breathlessly for matters to develop, each minute seeming an hour. Ten minutes passed and no sound broke the quiet of the night. Cold clammy sweat stood upon the rifles, hade Lonesome boodbve, and foreheads of each of the old men. After thirty minutes of waiting they were unable to stand it any longer. They cautiously raised themselves and discussed the situation. They finally decided that caution was the best policy to follow. The men kept watch during the night, each taking turns, so that they all received a few hours’ sleep. The li ght watch gained them noth- ing, for the remainder of the night raised uneventfully. The boy dreamed on unaware of the developments of the last few hours. Fate was against the lad it seemed, for wherever he was there was danger. What evil influence was working against the boy? He. had never harmed anyone, but here his 1 fe bad been threatened several times. This is a situation I wlrch would baffle more capable bra’ns than those possessed by these simple woodsmen: therefore it is not to be wondered at that they could find no solution to the prob- lem which confronted them. The day dawned at last and the three men gathered their rifles and went out to see if there were any indications as to who the mystcri-1 cus marksman was. They could not I find any evidence which proved anything. Several bushes along the path were bent and twisted, but probably had been made that way by the passing of Jed and Luke earlier in the foregoing evening. They soon gave up hope of finding anything out in the open and re- turned to the cabin for breakfast. The hoy awoke about ten o'clock in the morning and opened his eyes slowly. Wonderingly he gazed about the room until returning memories helped him recognize the cabin. The door of the cabin stood open and the sunFght streamed through, lighting up the interior of the cabin and making the drab furnishings appear cleaner and br ghter. From outside the cabin drifted in the odor of the ipines and of the green ver- dure, in whi;h the region about the cabin abounded. The whis- pering of the trees, the singing of the birds, the sigh ng of the wind and the low voices of the three men talking outside the cabin, all merged into one, to form an ex- quisite mcdly of harmony which be- lied the grim events which had hap- pened in the last twelve hours. The boy lay on the cot for a few min- utes lost in retrospection. In his own mind lie went back over the years as far as he could remember, but be could find no reason for the sudden attempt on bis life. Shaking his head in futile wonderment, the boy got up from the cot, slowly dressed, and stretched himself. Young Luke was a handsome lad. His brown hair, laughing eyes and flashing smile were the envy of all who surveyed them. Only about 17 years of age, the hoy stood five feet eleven inches in his stocking feet and weighed 175 pounds. Luke ex- celled in sports and was well known throughout the hills as an athlete. Luke felt as well as ever after the long sleep which he had just enjoyed, and as he stepped out of the doorway he surprised the others by the vitality and pep which he displayed. They greeted h’m boisterously, but made no reference to; the hap- penings of the night. They talked about other things until Jed said: “Well, I low its time we were get- ting home. My wife, she’ll he pretty worried over me. I'll bet.” “Yes, we might as well leave now,” an- swered Luke. They picked up their herded down the valley to Bings- ville. (To be Continued) LAFF THIS OFF Mr. Edwards, while interviewing! a prospective football player, said, “I want a boy who doesn’t smoke, swear, gamble, chew, or read dime novels.” The student promptly replied, “Mr. Edwards, you don’t want a hoy. What you want is a girl.” Reading Game to End T.S. Football Season The Trade School Varsity squad plays the final game of the season Thanksgiving Day, at Reading, Mich. The holiday encounter promises to he one of the out- standing games of the year. Reading has always produced a fast, heavy team, and will offer the Varsity a fighting game. According to news via the hidden channel, the Reserves will confis- cate the first squad’s dessert if they should he scored upon. Very interesting, indeed! Therefore, you have enough reasons to see this game. You will enjoy the 90 mile trip to Reading, you will demon- strate your school spirit, and also help to save the first squad’s des- sert at the Thanksgiving dinner at Reading. Artisans, be thcrcl ALUMM CORNER The Baby Lincolns finished their football season with six victories and two defeats, scoring a total of 109 points to their opponents’ 13. One of the defeats was caused by a tumble, and the other by an inter- cepted pass, both occurring during the last thirty seconds of play in the period. The boys are now- working hard to raise enough money to purchase themselves sw-eaters, and there seems no doubt of their success. Meanwh le they are turning their energies to the organization of a basket hall team, and have signed, S3 far, Frankie Damico, Johnnie Cragg, Bob Monro, Tom McKay and Bill Donnelly. They are con- fident of a winning combination that will uphold the reputation that the grid ron w:arriors earned. AI Gordon was in the other day and stated that he certainly was surprised to see that the school had increased to 1,500 students and added so many new phases of shop work. Jim McCarthy wras here and stated that he had just returned from Battle Creek. He generally, returns from all his trips, but not like Casey. We just received a card from him stating that he was on his way from Texas to Florida via steamship—worker, not passen- ger. B II Barsanti is holding down a good position in the Highland Park office of the Ford Motor Co., and getting along nicely. His little (0l i ft.) brother Hugh is married now. Did you know' that Wee Willie Teeple is kept busy nights rocking his daughter to sleep. We asked Bill Donnelly wrhy his football team lost a week ago and he said that they were outplayed— “Red” Knight and Ray Maurer were on the other team. WE WONDER This time our title should be “We Wander,” or “The Wanderings of the Three Musty Steers.” Their names were Sullivan, Mahoy, and Ostenfeld, and, despite the risk incurred by so doing, they got together. Comparing notes they agreed on having nothing to do and two days to do it in. Let’s do it together, and far aw'ay from the city I The very idea! With such a wonderful project to impel them, they wasted no time in starting, and wrere gone F'riday im- mediately after wrork. Speeding away, the two laziest fell asleep in the back seat. But the driver was not to be im- posed on. so, after beading bis car southward, he too fell asleep. We Wonder—What is the mar- velous intuition that keeps four wheels in the road! (We Wander?) Awakened in the morning by an omnipresent policeman, they found themselves in the city. NO! A new, strange city, of which they were the discoverers, like Colum- bus. Enraptured, they named the city in honor of this explorer, and the policeman immediately affirmed it as the city’s name. It wras a city of swrarming traffic, yea, unbelievable; so they followed the swarm, and believed nothing. The swarm becoming ever denser, they did not even believe they were awake. Finally, when it condensed them into a huge stadium they did not even believe they were alive. Correct! They w'ere now in heaven. A game of the gods was in progress. The game at last! The goal of all the’r wanderings reached!! Their highest, final goal!!! We Wonder—if at any time you see Messrs. Sullivan, Mahoy, and Ostenfeld standing in a corner with their heads together—we win- der if you will kindly and quietly bust them up, thereby to prevent some future disaster. Wc Wonder. Needed Inventions A berry box which will prevent all the best berries from staying at the top. A telephone ring that will tell us who is on the other end of the wire before we answer it. A golf ball with a gramophone attachment that w ill sing out, “Here I am.” An adjustable ring that will fit the usual number of girls you be- come engaged to during the sum- mer. An angler’s scales w'hich will corroborate the fisherman’s story. A piano that will sound the same to the girl playing it as it does to the neighbors.—Buckncll Belle Hop. 4 The Artisan November 26, 926 Polar Bear Reserves Defeated bv T. S. j Reserves 6-0 Second Team Displays Artisan Spirit Playing in a sea of mud our Trade School Reserves emerged victors by a lone touchdown over the Highland Park High School Reserves, 6-0, at Thompson Field, Monday, November 15. The Artisans proved themselves the better mud toters, and were al- ways in the aggressive, forcing the ball into Polar Bear” territory at all times. Our Reserves scored their lone touchdown in the first quarter. An exchange of punts gave the Trade School possession of the ball on the Highland Park 36 yard line. A cr'ss cross, Walek to Pope, placed the oval on the Bear” 6 yard line. An offtackle plunge by Walek, and another thrust at the opposite tackle by Pope, carried the pigskin over. Several times another score seemed certain but the breaks of the game intervened to stop the attempts of the Artisan Reserves. The running of Pope and Walek on short end runs, and their dash- ing on offtackle plays, featured the offense of the Artisan Reserves. The defensive work of the team also stood out. II F.T. S. Res. H. P. H. S. Res. Sherenco LE Finley Shillum LT Swanson Marshall EG Luzmoor Youngerman C Griffin Gerhard RG Fisk Evans RT Witter Beck RE Hallas Davidson QB Glazcr Pope LHB Lewis Walek RHB Zalac Sleep FB Johnston INVICTUS Out of the night that covers me, Black as the pit from pole to pole, I thank whatever gods may be For my unconquerable soul. In the fell clutch of circumstance I have not winced nor cried aloud. Under the bludgeonings of chance My head is bloody, but unbowed. Beyond this place of wrath and tears Looms but the horror of the shade. And yet the menace of the years Finds and shall find me unafraid. It matters not how strait the gate, How charged with punishments the scroll, I am the master of my fate; I am the captain of my soul. William Ernest Henley (1847-1903). Williamston Loses to Artisan Warriors (Continued from Page 1) pass made fourth down. Martins kick went out of bounds on Wil- liamston's 45 yard line. Walek gained 5 yards through tackle. Pais- ley hit center for 2 yards. Pope made 5 yards, and first down. A criss-cross, Walek to Pope, was good for 15 yards. Walek made 5 yards, but the Artisans were penal- ized 15 yards for holding. Sleep went in for Balsley. Sleep made 2 yards. Walek made 7 yards on criss-cross. Williamston was pen- alized 5 yards for off-side play, T. S. delivering penalty. Sheperd intercepted T. S. pass and made 35 yards as the half ended. T. S. 21, Williamston 0. Third Quarter Marchand booted to Linn on 20 yard line, who returned 5 yards. T. inn made 1 yard at center. Mar- tin circled left end for 6 yards. A 5-yard penalty was inflicted for backfield being in motion. Martin kicked 40 jrards to T. S. 40 yard mark. Stein circled left end for 35 yards. Nagel hit off-tackle for 8 yards. Balsley smashed center for 8 yards more and first down. Stein made one yard, at tackle. Nagel got 6 yards more on a short end run. Ste'n slashed offtackle lor 8 yards and first down. Balsley tore through the Inc for remaining dis- tance and touchdown. Marchand kicked goal. T. S. 28, Williams- ton 0. Marchand kicked to Martin, who was tackled on 25 yard mark. Shep- erd was stopped for no gain, also Martin. Martin kicked to T. S. 35 yard line. Pcrham skirted around left end for 25 yards. Stein took the oval 8 yards off-tackle. A pass was incomplete. Nagel made 3 yards and first down on next play. Stein got 4 yards off-tackle; Nagel 4 yards around end. Stein dupli- cated for 4 yards more. T. S. pen- alized for off-side. Nagel made 6 yards on criss-cross as the third quarter ended. T. S. 28, Williams- ton 0. Fourth Quarter An attempted pass grounded. Marchand dropped back for a field goal, the ball going wide. Wil- liamston’s ball on their own 20 yard line. A lateral pass failed, losing 5 yards. Martin punted 30 yards, the oval was fumbled but re- covered by T. S. at midfield. Nagel slid off-tackle for 8 yards. A criss- cross, Nagel to Stein, gained 12 yards. Walek replaced Nagel. A criss-cross pass, Walek to Sherenco, ! was completed for 20 yards. Walek ; shoots off-tackle for touchdown. . Marchand kicked the point. T. S. j 35, Williamston 0. The reserves replaced the T. S. regulars. Youngerman kicked to j WilliaiAston’s 30 yard line. The I green and white fumbled, T. S. re- j covered on Williamston’s 28 yard i line. Walek made 4 yards around end. Sleep hit center for 3 yards. Pope slid off-tackle for 8 yards and first down. Walek made 1 yard, and Sleep, on two tries, made it first down on the 8 yard line. Pope plunged off-tackle for a touchdown. Davidson rounded end on a fake punt formation. Martin kicked to T. S. and the game was over. Williamston 0 0 0 0—0 Trade School 14 7 7 14—42 Williamston Trade School Rennert LE Fitzgerald Gubrcy LT Winchcll 1 .ay LG Casey Maher Capt. C Capt. Gros? Vos RG Hauswirth Barber RT Kopac Hill RE Marchand Sheperd LH Stein Linn RH Nagel Kitchen QB Perham Martin F Balsley Referee—Bleid, Wisconsin. Umpire—Cotta. Ypsilanti. Head linesman—Spears. Lunch Room Moved to New Location in r A ' Building The new lunchroom, under the management of Mr. Edel, is stead- ily becoming a reality. It is sit- uated in the “A” building on the fourth floor, bays 36-40, making it possible to seat approx:mately 700 boys, an increase of 200 over the seating capacity of the present lunchroom. As the side walls of the lunch- room are practically all windows, there will be much more light. This also provides a better ventilation system. There will be a nine foot aisle running through the center of the room, and more space between the tables than in the present lunchroom. Students will be able to get seated sooner and will be much more comfortable. Boys Urged to See Educational Film Boys in Metallurgy are advised to see if possible, the great film, “Men of Steel” in which Milton Sills stars as the leading man. The Metallagraphic Department is becoming a place of importance in its relation to the plant in the submitting and settlement of Met- allurgical doubts on many steel and non-ferrous products that some- times cause trouble and can only be settled under the microscope by observing its micro-structure and consequent properties. The well directed and maintained laboratories of the Trade School are a source of great interest and wonder to the visitors that tour the school daily. New Department Is Organized (Continued from Page 1) Henry Ford Trade School. The foreman take time to explain every- thing to the boys. Perhaps Sani- tation will be an exception, for out- side of general instructions, direct contact with the duties will teach the boys sufficiently the practical side of the subject. Let all critics of this department remember that Cleanliness is next to godliness.” FELL OW WORKERS OF 1 TH E FORD TR A DE I SCHOOL WISH TO EX- 3 TEND THEI R HEART- 1 FELT SYMPATHIES TO 1 JOHN FRENCH AT HIS 1 BEREAVEMENT BY HIS § WIFE’S DEATH. • i i ■ i i i i i i i i i i i i j THE TOOL SHOP HARDWARE CO. I “Save on Sporting Goods” f 463-65 MICHIGAN AVE., DETROIT I Your Team : Wears Our - Equipment. Spec'al Discount m I to Students Cadillac 4555 Open Evenings : ICE SKATES SHOES SWEATERS I m mini.mini ii i. i n j i i mu i i i mummnm .ipiiumi November 26, 1926 The Artisan 5 Exploration of Life is Purpose of Club's Activities In the last issue we told you of ihc merit system of the Exploration Club. We will now tell about its activities. The purpose of the Exploration Club i' t« explore life, to set our goal and to make a plan so that we niay be able tv attain our goal. The dub enters into sports, indoor games, dramatics, and various lines of school activities. The boys do woodwork and plaster work, such as making pictures, jewel boxes, and table lamps. One of the latest things the club has undertaken is dramatics. In the later part of 1925 Mr. Bratton wrote the play “The Enchanted Isle”. The boys immed- iately started practising on it. They secured the help of Miss Bonstcllc and her staff in putting on the play. The play was put on at the Bon- stcllc playhouse with much success. Through the above and other activities the club is helping to make a bigger and better school and create a better understanding with the faculty. The requirements for mem- bership arc that a boy must be between the ages of 14 and 17, and have an average of “B” in hi9 school work. A new member is required to stay on probation for two months, after which time, if he has proven himself satisfactory, he is voted in, and given the first degree. The Club has four degrees (and we will remark that there is no play in them). Any boy who thinks he can fill the above requirements is invited to join. Call is Sounded for Basket Ball Players Mr. Crawford, and his assistants, Mr. Cragg and Mr. Shafer, are still urging fellows to report for basket ball practice. Boys that have had any or no experience are requested to attend practice in the Ford School gym. More real live players are needed to come out and build a real team. The coach wants the older fel- lows to report for practice. There is no position on the quintet cinched, so everybody has as good a chance as the other. They are having light practice now and will gradually work up to harder. So everybody come out for practice at the Ford gym from 4 to 6 each night. Show your school spirit by telling others to report. This $7 fountain pen you sold me for 99 cents leaks. Ah, yes, you need one of our pat- ented rubber writing gloves. 35 cents, please. SALVAGED SCRAP So’s Our Team Referee: (Blowing whistle). “Foul.” Spectator: “Where are the feathers?” Referee: “Ain’t any, this is a picked team.” Paternal Style “Now, my little man,” said the barber to a youngster in the bar- ber's chair, “how do you want your hair cut?” “With a hole in the top, like dad’s,” was the reply. Origin of Words “How did there come to be so many words in the world?” asked little Lola, who was turning the leaves of a dictionary. “Oh,” replied her thirteen year old brother, “they came through folks quarreling. One word brought on another.” Only On “What are the three rules of success?” “Three? There’s only one.” “What is it?” “Make good.” Customer: “You’re sure one bot- tle will cure a cold?” Assistant: “It must do, sir—no- body's ever come back for a sec- ond.” Cartoonist Contest (Continued from Page 1) These comics may be in the form of a strip or on just a single plate and to be put on a certain grade of paper furnished by the Artisan available at the school store at some date in the near future. This contest will be conducted by a professional cartoonist now em- ployed in the photographic depart- ment. or by an editor of the “Ar- tisan” and he will judge the comics for originality, hqmor, quality of suggestiveness and other desirable qualities in a comic strip or plate. A very important item must be kept in mind, i. e., the cartoons must be turned in one week prior to publication. Of course, last but not least is the subjects of awards given by the “Artisan” for the three best cartoons. Cash prizes are as follows: 1st prize____________$5.00 2nd prize ........... 3.00 3rd prize ............ 2.00 This editorial is merely a warn- ing and an invitation to the stud- ent body to share the honors of the editorial staff and we hope the re- sponse of the Artisans to this plea will he a great one so that the school paper will be able to offer a ‘‘big kick” in this line of work. There will be more regarding this subject in the next issue so in the mean time “jar” your memory for some funny incident or dust off your imagination, whet down the old graphite and show the organization what you, as an individual can do. Remember the pen is mightier than the sword. •■i itiiiti:iiiiaiiaiiaiiiiiiiia iiiiaiiiiia!iiiiaiiaiii!iit( itiniiii' iiiii i a i um i m i ian:iii h i '■ • ■ ■n I Ford Trade School 1 1 Students m | A discount on all athletic | goods a� well as tools you § a may need if you are a stud- = 2 ent of the Trade School. - | Just get a card from your g f Mr. Edwards. ; I LARGEST ATHLETIC OUT-1 I FITTERS IN THE STATE.- i ALSO A COMPLETE LINE OF’ I MECHANICS TOOLS. 1 lam!Tereu I 335 Gratiot Are. Open Evenings’ mm aa _ i II Illini‘II i i III i i I I II IIIHIII I I III “ • i i ifi’iiiiiiiui i i i • i hi ■ '■•iiiiiiiiiia i n 1111 • 11 aj «■ Opposite Ford Athletic Field - - I CONFECTIONERY I: • g m : 15861 WOODWARD I : Men’s Wear iGEORGE M. BEEBEl | I I 13963 Woodward Ave. I — m — Highland Park, Mich. aa ? - m I ■ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I III llllllllllllll'l Weyhing Bros. Mfg. Co. Makers of emblematic goods, class rings and pins, metals, badges and trophies. Makers of Henry Ford Trade School rings. Mfg. Plant, McDougall at Grat. 1507 WOODWARD AVE. 3rd floor Annis Fur Bldg. Detroit. Randolph 9840-9841 I I I I'll I I I I Hill I I I |i I; mil I III .Hill liil.'iliill I limi I I I ■; |:i|iil I il I I ■ i:i| i i l • I l. FRANK S. TOBIAS, Inc. j m m CARS—TRUCKS—TRACTORS m aa 16428 WOODWARD AVE. LONGFELLOW 7900 HIGHLAND PARK, MICHIGAN | i I ;|i liiljiliiliili I: il il 11'11'Ii 11 I ir I ■ ili milii 11 I i|i I li11: iuli I' ■'1 IMMiil ii I i:|i ili 11''11 i|i i| i ■I’l'ilii imuli i ■ ni ii ini 1111111 -; ■ r ■ 111 iiliiliiinliiliil I iininiri muri: iini::i i li iliiKiltiiiti m till mu •iil;i ;ili;l.ii!!i i|i:ii:| i|;i|iiiii Plant: Pine and 5th St. Phone Glendale 5680 ONE DAY SERVICE OFFICES 14041 John R 13734 Woodward 16221 Woodward = :l|ll|lllll|llllll lllll I I I1 1111 ‘ I' 11 I I III IMI!' 11T11 1111111' I.: I I 111:1 I'll I 'll I III I I llr|:i|ll|ll|ll|l lllllll yiiiiiiiiiiiniiiliiiHinvi i .n i uni: i iitfiHitii ill■lllIl■ll■1l■ll|:llll■ll■lllll|ll■ll■lilniHiriiiiiiiiitiiiiniTfiiiiffii■ « DETROIT CREAMERY mnd.L eattyJ Triiililliilllliilillltliililliiliilii|iiliiluiitiii|iiiiiiiiiui:iiiiii-|iiiii|ii|iiiNiiiiniiiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii|iiiiiiiiiii«tiiiiiiiiiil (Leii cwi November 26, 1926 FOUNDRY NOTES To most of the boys the sand in the foundry is just plain sand. They do not realize that because of its importance this sand must be care- fully selected, and to do this, much experience is required. The mould- ing sand used conies chiefly from along lakes and rivers, the princi- pal sources being Albany, New York, Hudson River, Sandusky, Ohio, and Ottawa, Canada. Moulding sand must possess cer- tain properties. When properly moistened and rammed it must be cohesive enough to withstand hand- ling. It must be tough enougt to allow the metal to run over it and not cut it, also refractory enough to withstand the heat of melted cast iron, 2500 degrees F. It must also be porous enough to allow gases and steam to escape. A good sand will bake a little under heat. Moulding sand should consist of from 80 to 90 per cent silica (SiOz), 10 to 20 per cent of clay, with a small amount of lime, magnesia and metallic oxide. Sand should be spread out and sprinkled so that the moisture will penetrate evenly through the sand. Mixing the sand with shovel or machinery unifies the moisture and tends to equalize any difference in sand quality. The hand test is the oftenest used, and a foundry man can tell very well the fitness of the sand by the way it leaves the fingers and 6ticks together. Sand weakens by daily use. The clay or binder burns out. Good sand should have sharp edge grains, but these become rounded by use, causing poor co- hesion. New sand added to worn out sand rejuvenates it and makes it fit for continued use; in fact, old sand maintained in this way makes better and smoother castings than new sand. There is no essential difference in the sand used for brass and iron moulding. For-steel, the silica con- tent must be higher. It should be about 98 per cent in order for the 6and to be refractory enough to resist the intense heat of the metal. The smoothness of the casting depends largely upon the size of the grain of sand used. A smaller grain sand is used for finer work. Core sand is selected the same as moulding sand. The composi- tion of the core sand used in our foundry is 30 qts. of lake sand, 30 qts. of river sand, 1 qt of linseed oil, which acts as binder, and V 2 qts. of cordex. AN AWFUL THOUGHT When the golden sun is sinking And my mind from care is free, Comes a thought that sets me think- ing Of tomorrow’s geometry. ERVIN POPE. Tool Exhibition Shown Students in Shop Talks Dept. Interesting Micrometer Gauges Among Starrett Tools An exhibition of Starrett tools has been received by the Henry Ford Trade School, and is now being shown in the Shop Talks depart- ment. Some of the more interesting of the tools on exhibit are the United States Micrometer Caliper Gauges, which were designed to meet the requirements of the government. A queer tool in the display is the Inspectors Micrometer Caliper Gauge. Among other interesting tools or devices are the Toolmakers Buttons, used for jig and die work, and a pin vise which may hold a victrola needle and is used as a scriber. The Trade School is very thank- ful to Mr. Findlay and Mr. Leidey, the representatives of the Starrett Company, who gave us the oppor- tunity to display these tools. The Trade School, at various times, has also displayed Brown and Sharpe, Lufkin, and Slocum tools. iiimiii ystematic aving pells uccess You will appreciate these words a few years from now. Highland Park State Bank j 5 illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllHIIHIIIMlIlllllllllllllllimilllllllllllllllllllHlllllllililllHllllHllllllllllilll� ■IHIHIll!IIIIIIIIIIIIIIUIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIM|llllllllllllnllllM|llllllll|ll|M� IHII|IHII|ll|!llll|lllll«ll|IIIIHIIIHIIIIMIII|IHII|IHIHI | JOHN BRIGHT SHOES j MEN S — ALL ONE PRICE — BOYS I $3.50 “Three Fifty” $3.50 m- | You will save money without sacrificing quality or style every ; time you buy from a JOHN BRIGHT SHOE STORE | DETROIT STORES: 14041 WOODWARD—128 MANCHESTER { I 9336 JOS. CAMPAU STORES EVERYWHERE I ■ Tiiiiiiaiiaiiaiiai!iHiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiBiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiMBiiaiiiiiaiiiiiiiiiH� niMitiBiiiiiaiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii(iniiiiiiiiiaiiiiiif Bniiiiiiaitaiiiitiiiaiia iiiiaiiaiiaiiaiiBiiatiaiiaiiBiiatiairaiiBfiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiauaiiaiiai 111111:11111 1 1 ami 1 ;aiia:iaiiaiiawai:a :aiii main iai:aiiaiia iaiiaiia:iafuiiBMaiii!ianBiiaiiaua iaiif Violin Outfit This fine Stradivarius model violin. Red brown color. Nicely polished wood. Complete with Brazil wood how, canvas case and extra set of string. Real special .................. -........... «}) • I D Other violin outfits from $10.00 up. SAXAPHONE E-flat alto ‘‘Wolverine” silver plated. Gold beil. Case (J 1 1 A and 6 reeds included . «P 11U C Melody, same finish, $115 TRUMPET French “Cuesnon” make. B-flat, with change to A. Water- fljl O proof cover included-«p 10 VIOLIN Strad. model Brazil wood bow, canvas case and extra set of strings ......... Complete with 5 $9.75 ! Others at $12.50, $18, $25 and up to $300 Self Instruction Book FREE with every violin Music Rolls and Bags Brief cases and Looup TROMBONE Brass finish. Perfect slide action. Waterproof cover. $16 DRUM All metal Snare Drum (IQ with Sticks ............«plO Others, $10 up. CELLO Good quality. Full 4 and l sizes. Complete with bow and Mackintosh cover ....... CLARINET Fine imported Albert system. 15 keys, 4 rings and rollers. W’ith case and 6 (TOO CA reeds ...........}jZ.DU FLUTE 3 keys. Imported. With good case.......... $37.5« 1 $11 { GRINNELL BROS. I Steinway Representatives _ m 1 1515-21 WOODWARD AVENUE, DETROIT 1 m - 40 Store� —9 Detroit Branche� - m — •iiiaiiaiiaiiaiiB..aiiBiiaiiBiiauaiiai:anauaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiBi:BiiaiiBiiaiiaiiaiiBiiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiBi:aiiaiiaiiaiiBi:i «BiiaiiBiiaiiBiiBiiBiiBiiBiiBiiaiiBiiaiiBiiaiiBiiBiiBiiBiiBiiBiiBiiaiiaiiBiiBiiaiiaiiaiiaiiaiiBiiBiil Volume I Number 5 P R O M O T E D HARRY BARKLEY Popular Instructor Transferred to Dearborn Trade School Graduate Has Enviable Record of Promotions Harry Barkley has left the Trade School to take charge of the ex- perimental department’s tool room, at Dearborn. Harry came to the school in 1918, and was 14 years old at the time. From the very first it seemed that he had caught the spark of am- bition, because he received good marks in all his subjects. In 1922 he graduated, and his merits being recognized, he was made an in- spector in the shop. However Har- ry was not satisfied to get stuck on one machine. He insisted on being moved around from one de- partment to another, and in that way became very adept at all branches of tool making. Follow- ing are the departments in which Harry has .bean an instructor: Ma- chine Construction, Lathe, Shaper and Grinder. Not satisfied with his duties in the shop, Mr. Barkley took a four year night school course consisting of business and factory manage- (Continued on Page 6) Henry Ford Trade School, December 10. 1926 New Artisan Office The, Artisan has moved into its private home way up in the world: directly at the head of the North stairway, on the fourth floor, of the school building. We hereby extend a hearty welcome to all the students, to come any after- noon after school and get acquainted with the staff and the location of the office, so that at any time you have any news, comments, personal anec- dotes or criticisms you will know whom to give them to. In this way the students co-operating with the staff of the publication will cause a vast improvement in the kind of ma- terial you would like to read in your paper. For your convenience a contribu- tion box has been put in a conven- ient place.in the study hall so that at any time you have any jokes, sayings, poems, or news to contribute to your paper you can put them in this box. Basketball Season Opens With Call for More Star Players Hurry up, fellows, report for practice! Coach Crawford cut the basket-ball squad down to thirty men on December 6, 1926. The average turnout each night before was sixty. If you are a player of more than ordinary ability, report, —it’s not too late. The present candidates have plenty of pep, but pep alone will not win games. They need some shining stars to follow. The hopes of the team are very bright. Combine them with hard work and you have a very promis- ing future. A few football men are expected to report as soon as they recuper- ate from their strenuous and suc- cessful season. Season Ends With Victory Reading High Outclassed by Artisan Warriors on Thanksgiving On Thanksgiving Day the Henry Ford Trade School defeated Reading High School by a score of 18-0 in an exciting game of football at Read- ing. Michigan. Wonderful playing was displayed by both teams during the game. Steady gains were made by the Artisans in whose possession the ball was kept most of the time. Read- ing tried desperately to make a touch- down in the last quarter of the game, but was unsuccessful. First Quarter Capt. Stanfield won the toss and chose to defend the west goal. Mar- chand then kicked off for the Arti- sans. Reading received the ball but made no gain. A punt by Stanfield was caught by Nagel, but the Trade School was unable to make a gain on it. Nagel then punted to Stanfield, after which Reading gained steadily but finally had to give up the b’ll The Artisans then made several large gains and Balslcy went through for the first touchdown of the game. Reading caught the hall on their thirty-yard line and returned ten yards. Casey recovered a Reading fumble as the quarter ended. Score: T. S., 6; Reading, 0. Second Quarter Steady gains were made by the Artisans at the beginning of this quarter, but an incompleted pass and a penalty cost them quite a bit. Read- ing was unable to gain and punted. Behind splendid interference, Pope made a thirty yard run for touch- down. Reading then received the ball (Continuel on Page 6) Rales for Cartoon Contest As announced in th e last issue, boy cartoonists now have a chance to be- come rich by winning prizes in a con- test which is open to all Trade School boys. The following rules must be ob- served : 1. All drawings must be in not later than Friday, December 17th. 2. They must be drawn with India ink on a high grade of paper supplied by the Artisan. Cash prizes offered are: 1st prize .................$5.00 2nd prize .................$3.00 3rd prize..................$2.00 The cartoons may suggest some humorous incident connected with the school or an original idea suggesting something educational or a personal funny strip of a series of events con- cerning Trade School happenings, etc. Let your conscience be your guide. JOSEPH WALEK Next Year’s Captain Deserves Honor of Team Walek's Election Creates Great Enthusiasm On December 2, the varsity foot- ball squad of 1926 gathered for the purpose of electing a new captain. Bill Grose, the 1926 Varsity captain passed over his leadership to Joe VValek. Walek has been a brilliant player the entire season and certainly . deserves the honor which his team- mates have bestowed upon him. We regret the passing of Bill Grose from the Varsity line-up, for his wonderful playing ability, aided tby his unfailing cheerfulness, helped Coach Broker build a team which worked as a team and not as eleven individuals. The prospects of next year’s eleven is still unknown, but it is hoped that the Varsity men who have another year on the team aided by the material from the various sections will uphold the school’s record of producing a good team. Walek was captain of the MT’’ section team last year and has proved himself a very capable lead- ex on the gridiron. 2 December 10, 1926 3K£ GMi arfi Publication of the Student of the Henry I Ford Trade School, Highland Park. Mich. Vol. 1. No. 5 December 10, 1920 PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY $1.00 Per Year Single Copies, 7 Cents STAFF: Editor in Chief........James Humhcrstone Associate Editor..........John O'Connell News Department: Frank Berio Alex Allie William Vance William Toth Joseph Kisil Arthur Schultz Bernard Konopka Duane Matvey Publication Dept........ ....Adolph Eckert Assistants: Mike Borushko Robert Leisey William Winstanley Howard Hoeft George Steyskal Cari Kurz Business Manager...............Earl Tank Advertising Manager... Bernard Konopka Circulation Dept...........Phillip Zoufal Assistants: Arthur Brooks David Kay Steve Szalai Samuel Schmidt Faculty Adviser............Ix um Garden Classics or Jazz ? It was interesting to watch the re- action of “W” Section, on Friday, November 19, to the musical pro- gram given by our orchestra. This reaction showed distinctly the atti- tude of the American young folk of today toward music. The first program was classical with the exception of a lew popular numbers, and to all appearances it was a success with the student body. The second entertainment was planned as a combination of jazz and classical music with the classical music at the beginning of the program and the jazz following. It was very evident from the applause that the latter was by far in greater favor. It is not always best to give a per son exactly what he desires. It is true that to satisfy one’s immediate longing, one must have what one wants. Is it the thing, however, that is good for him? To cite one case of a great many like cases—Must one let small boys eat green apples if they cry for them? Darwin, though his theory is ques- tioned, was undoubtedly a great thinker and a man of superior intel- lect. It is he who once said if he had his life to live over he would spend a portion of each week read- ing good literature and listening to good music. A noble idea is ex- pressed in these words. To live a truly worthwhile life one must seek and enjoy the pleasures that embody the most beauty. The average Amer- ican who is always in a hurry is very prone to look at the sensational thing: and lose sight of the really big ones. True it is that jazz is a component part in modern civilization, but it is sensational and has no real substance. A person can listen to jazz over the radio for hours and receive no lasting impression while, on the other hand, a person who Ins found a liking for good classical music can be enrap tured by a good symphony orchestra and the results live a long time after- ward. Do s it have a lasting goed The Artisan effect, is a tost of the worthwhile things about us. The Trade School Orchestra is en- deavoring to be at its best by play- ing good, substantial music waltzes, the better popular pieces, and the lighter classics. The boys have labor- ed hard to elevate the standard of the school in this respect. It is for you that they are doing this. A Man and His Reading By Harry Emerson Fosdiek Something very significant has hap- pened to a man when he realizes that in books the greatest souls of the world will come to call on him as though there were no one else on earth whom they had to call upon. “What do you read, my lord?” said Polonius, and Hamlet answered, Words, words, words.” Many4 a modern victim of the invention of printing might say the same. With all the reading that is done, how few people know the experience which made Mrs. Browning say, “No man can be called friendless who has God and the companionship of good books.” Some books are our servants. They run errands for us. They are men- tal drudges. They bring us- informa- tion ; they tell us news; they keep us up-to-date; they equip us for our trade. But the great books are not our slaves; they are our masters; we sit at their feet to learn. Ix ok, ’ they say, and looking, we catch new visions of life’s significance. “Con- sider,” they say, and considering, we are captured by a new truth and our spiritual power is multiplied. A man’s life is made by the hours when great ideas lay hold upon him and except by way of living persons there is no channel down which great ideas come oftener into human lives than by way of books. Said Charles Kings- ley. “Save a living man, nothing is so wonderful as a book. Many people shrink with a kind of modest reticence from claiming the greatest books as their own. They think that the great books are for scholars and specialists, not for plain people. Upon the contrary, the spec- ialist has his library of learned mes- sengers to run errands for him and for him alone, the engineer his books on engineering, the economist his books on economics, but the great books are for us all. They spring, not out of specialties, but out of the depths of the human heart. When Macbeth sins and his conscience faces remorse like a tide returning to a shore, wc all know what that means and whenever a great creative book strikes a deep note it is sure to be dealing with an elemental experience which is shared by us all. A signi- ficant day dawns in a man’s life when he says to himself, “The supreme books of the world belong to me.” Illuminating The Law The supreme penalty is called for when the car carries no head- light and the driver is all lit up. HANKING FROM THE BEGINNING Courtesy of Highland Park Slate Bunk The Birth of the English National Debt, and the Founding of the Bank of England (Continued from Last Issue) In January. 1672, when the Mint contained some 1,328,000 English pounds of bankers’ funds advanced to the Government, Charles II acted on the precedent set up by his father. In the pay of the King of France and conspiring against England’s safety, he had promised by way of repayment to produce a war between England and Holland. Like many another spendthrift he ran out of funds, and, completely losing his head (in the common metaphorical sense), executed his most brilliant raid upon the Mint, seized the funds, and closed the Exchequer, prohibiting its rc-open- ng in order to prevent the mer- chants from cashing their tallies. This famous raid has been known in history ever since as “The Stop of the Exchequer.” This seizure proved to be a seri- ous matter for all concerned. The money, though advanced by the bankers to the Government, repre- sented the fortunes of some ten thousand individuals who had en- trusted their funds to the gold- smiths. The bankruptcy and ruin which followed Charles’ raid was therefore widespread, and so serious that an attempt was made at par- tial reparation—an attempt which resulted in the birth of the national debt of England. Charles, in his proclamation closing the Exchequer, declared that the money he had taken would be retained for only a year, but his promise failed to come true. The Government paid six per cent interest in the seized funds for six years, from 1677 into 1683, after which these interest pay- ments stopped. No interest was paid during the following short reign of James II, and it was not until another revolution put Wil- liam of Orange on the British throne that real reparation came into sight. An attempt by the Government’s creditors to get restitution by action through the courts at first came to nothing, since it was ruled that Charles II. and not the Govern- ment headed by William, had made the seizure. Years later the House of Lords upset the court decision and partial restitution was made. Before the end of the litigation was in sight a plan of settlement, based on the creation of a regular Government debt and a bank of issue, was put before Parliament by an obscure Scotchman named William Patterson, who was backed in h's efforts by a number of rich London merchants. Taking advan- tage of the need of the Govern- ment for money, Patterson, in 1692, offered a plan whereby the credi- tors or their assignees would fore- go the interest on 1.340,000 English pounds owed them, and would ad- vance another sum equal to their principal if six per cent should be secured by act of Parliament, and the bills of the company be made legal tender up to the total amount. Parliament objected to the legal tender feature and nothing was concluded for a year or more. The plan was revived, however, by Charles Montague, Lord of the Treasury, who sent for Patterson, to whose assistance later came the astute Michael Godfrey. A loan to the Government of 2.000,000 Eng- lish pounds at seven per cent in- terest was contemplated at this meeting, but the low rate of inter- est seemed so preposterous to royal ministers accustomed to waste. nearly half the proceeds of a loan in extravagant commissions, that they turned from Patterson’s plan to other ways and means. Two years later the Patterson- Godfrey plan, revised, was carried through a scantily attended session of Parliament as a rider to the Ways and Means Bill. It emerged May 4, 1694. as the charter of “The Governor and Company of the Bank of England.” under the terms of which charter the company was al- lowed to lend the Government 1,- 200.000 English pounds, was auth- orized to issue notes, deal in bul- lion, and to make advances on mer- . chandise. Because the bill to which the Bank Rider was attached levied tunnage duties, the hank itself was long known as “The Tunnage Bank.” Thus England acquired a na- tional debt and a central bank of issue—unforeseeable fruits of the tyranny of the Stuart k'ngs. Another installment of this series will appear in the next issue. ■iiiiiaiiaiiinaiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiigiiaiia ■ ■ |Skates and Shoe; Outfits I $4.95 and up | ! FROMM’S ! : 1 3 9 7 5 WOODWARDl Branch Stores: I 14042 WOODWARD I 1442 BROADWAY 7701 JOS. CAMPAU I I II II I i: |r I'llli H I I ■ I l I ■ i: II11' I ■ I i 11 it • i i iii 'i i ai i iiMi'ii '|m|ii|i.| ii i nuam lainn i Opposite Ford Athletic Field f i CONFECTIONERY j : 15861 WOODWARD iianauaiiaiia n auaiiananai a iaiiaiiaoaua m guana ■ ■ 7 December 10, 1926 The Artisan 3 SAFETY NOTES WE WONDER Boys Learning Work In Commissary Department Another deplorable accident oc- cured just a few weeks ago. One of our new students, strolled from his lob on the bench: in his wandering he tried to operate an arbor press. He placed his finger on the rack in the back, pulled down the handle and nearly severed the end of his finger. On Tuesday, another student strolling away from his job used a wood-chisel to pry a piece of leather from a wooden soled shoe, while holding shoe in his hand, the chisel slipped cutting a very ugly wound. Boys working on grinders should always wear goggles for their own. safety. It is especially dangerous to work without them on cutter or tool grinders. Always be sure you have a guard on your machine and that it is in the right place. It is not permissible to wear rings, gloves, or neckties while- working around any machine that is in motion. Frequently boys who dis- obey these rules are hurt when their hands or their personal attire are- caught in revolving gears or mechan- ism. Shoes with thin or worn soles are frequently the cause of cut and in- fected feet. It is a dangerous act to throw broken glass and bottles in the kitchen, and boys in there who do not think of those things at the time often receive- cuts, and must be treated at the hospital. Every month two or three boys come to the hospital as a result of running and tripping in the hall ways. The hospital treats an average of three hundred and fifteen cases a day. By being careful we could make less work for the First Aid Doctor. Always let an electrician do all electrical work; and when repairing or cleaning machines always pull the plug and place a danger sign on it until you are through. Boys working in the foundry Should never get their faces near the sand. Blow it away with the bel- lows, for it is liable to get in your eyes and cause infection. Don’t use mushroom headed tools while working. When entering a new department, get exact information regarding the fire exit, fire extinguisher and fire blanket. Always smother an elec- trical fire; do not use an extinguisher. In case anybody’s clothes catch fire wrap the blanket around him from head to foot, not from foot to head, or you will send the flames into his face, thus burning him severely You can ask any safety man how to fold the blanket again. These arc some of the elementary rules of safety. Watch this column next issue and learn more about safety. Le Pages Mr. Edwards: Do you use tooth- paste? Stular: No! None of my teeth are loose. WE WONDER, if the instiuctors in the Trade School were to receive a k-nickle every time they smiled, how many millionaires would be created—WE WONDER. WONDERING FURTHER—if ail the instructors north of the bridge would then be as hard up as ever. Here Is The Plan Instructors that never smile but frown instead would be permitted to contribute k-nickles instead of receiving them. In this way the Four Trade School boys, be- ( tween the ages of seventeen and eighteen, are now working in the; Commissary Department of the Ford Motor Company. The pur- pose of this is to give the boys clerking experience and to enable them to come in contact with the general public. Mr. Saunders states that all boys who wish to get experience in this line, will be given a chance to work- in the commissary. fund for those that smile would be kept up. Some instructors would be broke all the time. The staff doesn’t like the idea because it claims that there are too many profiteers among the faculty. Mr. Crawford would be smiling IMAGININGS OF SCIENCE Chapter I We live in a world in which cer- tain conditions of the atmosphere and the so-called elements sur- rounding our daily existence are all the time. Of course if this is given the in- structors to vote upon it would not go through, because it would revol- utionize their ideas as to how school should be taught. A few of the instructors have been interviewed and some of them threaten to hold out for ten cents. All suggestions on this matter should be signed and given to the parties to whom they pertain. Vareitv Boys Celebrate Birthday of Teammate Football Team Explores Reading, Michigan The Varsity football team en- joyed their rec.nt automobile trip to Reading very much. It seems that certain members of the team received warm recep- tions by their zealous team-mates, who, noon celebrating the birth- days of VOTS (coach) and PER- II AM (director) w'ielded the little paddle which now hangs in the “hall of fame” (in other words, the display cases on the third floor in Mr. Crawford’s office). After amusing themselves in this way for a time, the boys felt the exploring instinct and set out to discover things concerning the town, in behalf of the old inhabi- tants. They divided up into groups some of them going down one street and some down another, (two groups). A few of the more ven- turesome breke away from the main groups and began their tour of exploration alone. Of these, two of the boldest, Stein and Marchand wandered to the edge of the city and got lost in the corn- stalks. The police and fire de- partments searched 14 days and nights before they finally located the wanderers. (Watch for Next Installment) en‘irely familiar to us. From force of habit we are likely to forg;t that had Nature, for instance, been plann d under a different range of livable temperatures all the famil- iar objects of our daily existence would have existed under ent rely different forms. For instance, if the normal tem- perature had been 2700 degrees F. instead of 70 degre s F. and we had been constructed so that we cou’d comfortably endure that degree of temperature, we cou’d have gone sailing on a sea of molten iron in boats built of graph t? cr plumbago and have used oars of silica brick. Under these delightful conditions wo could place frozen lumps of cur sea of iron in our ice box s for refrigeration. Flat irons and stove lids worn Id therefore have been the products of the ice-man. The water with which we now are familiar, of course, could not exist in a liquid form, or even as steam, but instead, as a highly gas- eous state which we would probably be called upon to breathe. Certain other substances with wh;ch we are familiar in our daily life such as common stick sulfur, for in- stance, would exist in an ent'rely different physical state, although their ch?mical proper t;es wou’d be completely unchanged and we would be given to understand that an “allotropic” formation had tak n place. If we can now imagine ourselves as existing under the relative con- ditions described above, which arc “natural” conditions of some other world, it will be easy for us to un- derstand quite clearly some of the other allotropic forms of iron and steel than those with which we are familiar. Another of this series will appear in the next issue. Fistic Art Sleep: Fighting is all right, pro- viding you do it intelligently. Libby: Yes, but you can’t al- ways find a smaller man. MORE WONDER It was one week ago t’day, gen- tlemen, and it happened much in this manner: Twas after work and 13 hood- lums from the foundry were do- ing the chain walk down the main aisle. From the actions of the boys one would judge that they had been reading up on the lives of great men. Such as Jesse James and Dutch Anderson. Mr. Ebeling, whom it appears has a sense of humor, witnessed this (ir.mati? act of the foundrymen and got a huge laugh out of the oc- casion. Sh! Now com?s the villian and his henchman. Messrs. Crammer and Wilson see the boys enjoying themselves and immediately haul them into Sanders office and send for Ebeling to baul them out. Enter Oblong! WrIADS WRONG HERE? Cramm.r recites. His main objection being that it is Friday and there are 13 boys (Superstition). Ebeling turned to th? rowdies, “WELL WHADDA YA GODDA SAY FER YERSELF?” Libby said he thot it was good practice because they all expected to be prisoners some day. Grammcr said he had never been a prisoner and so he couldn’t be ex- pected to appreciate such tactics. Ebeling said, “Keep on. We all have the same chance.” A Hie claimed he had seen Cram- mer doing the same thing by him- self last Tuesday. So Oblong had to keep Crammer. Harold Wilson said he thot Cram- mer was getting a raw deal. And so he got to stay too. Note—Hamilton was in the line- up too, but he ducked when we saw Crammer coming. WE WONDER if: These boys from the foundry had really ap- plied themselves, for the 8 hours, previous to the aforenamed affaiir, they would have been so full of pep as they were. Monkey Business John O’Connell: It’s too bad Bryan died without seeing you. Jimmie H: Why do you say that? John O’Connell: He would have admitted his mistake about the evo- lution theory. Mr. Hawkes: “What are the constitU2nt of quartz?” Bright student: “Pints.” When a man brags of his hones- ty, it is always good policy to de- mand a receipt signed in ink when paying him money. I The Artisan December 10, 1926 Editors Visit Highland Park High and U. D. Publications On Tuesday, November 2.?, James Humberstone, the editor of The . Irtisan, and John O'Connell, asso- ciate editor, visited the Spectator, which is the school paper of the Highland Park High School. The following Tuesday, November 30, they visited the Varsity News, which is the University of Detroit publica- tion. While at the university they were taken to the U. of D. High School, where they met Jack Britt, editor of the Cub, the U. of D. High (taper, and spent a very profitable hour with him. They then went back to the U. of D. and remained until two o,clock with Mr. J. M. McGarry, who is the university Professor of journalism. The object of these visits was to get information concerning newspaper work from older publications. The Spectator was chosen for a visit be- cause for the last three years it has won the cup award to the best school paper in Michigan by th? Michigan Inteinat cnal Press Asso- ciation. LEAVE OUT THE JOKER Everyone knows the pestilent I “humorist whose delight it is to pass ou.t the explosive cigar, who pulls the chair from ur.d r any un- wary person foolish enough to re- gard him as grown up, and who fleds +he baby pepper-leaded fudg?. This joker is everlastingly in evi dence. Machine shops, power plants, foundries—wherever men work to- gether—know the breed. In in- telligence, the j k: r ranges from the pest who sends the apprentice for lef handed monkey-wrench to the murderous nitwit who s'nours ai a mechanic working in close and dangerous quarters. Were the jckjr a hazard to him- self alone it might be a service to the country to encourage him. He wou d very'likely be less a liability were a crippled body added to his crippled mind. But he is a stand- ing threat of injury to those around him, who are less gifted and iess original, perhaps, but who give their major attention to their Jobs. So there is just one thing for the wise foreman to do with the joker the instant he discovers him, and that is to havo a service-man escort him, as rapidly as practicable, to; the door. (Adapted from Asceyalyne Tips). Perpetual Motion Dodrs are made out of trees, trees; grow out of doors. Beauty Treatment Bill Gipse: Did you ever take the Carlsbad mud-bath treatment? Walek: No. but I played on Fcrd F eld a couple of times. CRITICS COLUMN In helping along the cause of the Artis ah and to fill space in th? critic column, I cannot help but comment on the harmony and good will shown by the instructors of the Trade School. They always seem fo remind me of the 57 Heinz vari- eties. . Perhaps it is because you can mix the 57 all in the same can and still have a fine relish. Thstt Is also an outstanding feature among the instructors. Altho each cne has a different duty to perform, ne wcu'd be useless without the other in the school of this kind. For his reason we are glad they har- monize as they do. But It would not be advisable to mix them in a can unless you had a tight cover and a rubber in between to keep cur heat treat instructor from Fak- ing out. Now that I have picked on Mr. Maeonackie, I will try to smooth things over by saying this for him, that he is a very capable instructor. Small grievances are sure to oc- cur once in a while, and it is an easy matter for one to be misled. For instance, a boy operating Hendy lathe in the gauge depart- ment reported a loose dog on the dutch of his lathe. The instructor had the boy issue an order to have it repaired. Where it reads “Na- ture of trouble,” the boy wrote, “loose dog, please rush,” and as- signed the order to Mr. Adams. The boy finally found Mr. Adams on the second floor quite busy with another machine, although not too busy to resist the. opportunity tJ bawl some one out. After reading the order he hot-footed it up the two flights of stairs three steps at a time, even forgetting that we have elevator service, which is rare for him. He went over to the in- structor and blabted out, “Listen here, Mr. Deitsch. I want you to understand I am running the ma- chine repair and not a dog pound, and if you have any loose dogs around here, send for clearing-house Smith. He gathers up all the loose things around here.” As I happened to overhear th? argument, I proceeded to be the fixer, and explained it to Mr. Adams that even he could under- stand that this dog happened to be a part of the machine, and Mr. Deitsch would likevte have him re- pair it. But he wa£,so; riled up that all he could cfjjake faces and could not ge| hi§ tongue in shape to say anything -, which seldrm hap- pens to - Mr- Dsit?ch. So Mr. Adams apologized and endeavorci o fix the dog. So you see, outside of a few inci-1 dents like this. I am glad to say the instructors get along very nicely together, which means a lot to the Henry Ford Trade School. ’ “Well,' I came, down with flying colors, anyhow,” said Jimmy, the painter, who fell from a scaffold with a pail of pairit in each hand.’ Shop Instructor Goes to Company Tool Room Mr. Howarth Draves, the popu- lat young shop instructor, has left the Trade School to study tool- making methods in the tool-rooms of the Ford Motor Co. He will later return to the Trade School richer in experience and training which he will in turn endeavor to g vc to the student's. Mr. Draves is a graduate of the Trade School and within the last year has been an instructor in the Machine Con- struction Bench, and Milling de- partments. New Lunch Room Formally Opens The opening of the new lunch room was celebrated with a big chicken dinner. Spaghetti a la meate, cake a la mode, aqua milk, ani fruit cock ail were served. Most of the boys had to walk only a short distance to the new lunch room, such as the boys on the mills and lathes and the boys in class having to walk only a quarter of a mile up and the same distance hack. Several of the boys fainted from salvation on the way to th£ lunch room. Several excellent speeches were mad? by some of the most promi1 nerit men. Mr. Sanders' speech was short but snappy. It is con- tained in these few words. “Up this aisle, boys. Hey, you, take this seat. Wa s youh number. Three twenty-eight? Don’t forget to clean this table before you leave.’’ -— - • Bruce’s speech was also sweet. “Hey, put the other apple back. Say, your face is familiar. Isn’t this the third time you’re here in the last five minutes?” If you believe this we’ll tell you some more in the next issue. Faculty Organizes Team Large Turnout Expected The members of the faculty are organizing a basketball team among themselves. This is an effort to spend a part of their wintry nights on a gym floor keeping themselves in fits for the hazards they encounter while dealing with the poor innocents. We wand r if this gym business is just an excuse to get out. Bye the bye, as a matter of information, there is plenty of opportunity for the rest of the athlefc members of the faculty to meet at the Willard School gym at Hamilton and Davi- son. on Tuesday and Thursday nights. Don’t forget your gym shoes. (Don’t forget your dress suit). ALUMNI CORNER The alumni Basketball squad is practicing regularly and appear to be a fast aggregation, one that will give the opponents a busy even- ing. There is still a vacancy on the squad, if you know of a fast player. Keith Davis and Peter Blok were recent visitors and enjoyed a visit thru the school. The Baby Lincolns will be guests of the Varsity football squad at the fifth annual banquet on December 9, 1926. Chuck Dunbar strolled in the other day and said that he had eight months more to do on his Navy enlistment, and said, “Never again.” A1 Brady and friend loaded up their Ford and camped out in the Upper Peninsular on the trail of all wild deer. Good fortune being with them, they both got a buck, Al’s weighing about 125 pounds dressed, which isn’t bad for the first time. They had quite an interesting experience, being snow- ed in, but A1 stated that while the big cars were held in the woods their Ford bucked the drifts and they arrived home with the eany ones. Harry Barkby was promoted and transferred to the experimental tool room at Dearborn. Wilfred Modjeski and Morman Klein have been transferred to the experimental laboratories at Dear- born. ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION The season of 1926 is about end- ed and the Athletic association is .now offering the 1927-1928 tickets to the students at the reduced price of fifty cents. The Athletic Association tickets more than pay for themselves throughout the year. It permits you to witness all home basketball games, and gives a reduction on your excursion ticket to Bob-Lo on the annual field day. Besides helping to support your varsity team by getting the serv- ives of competent referees and um- pires and paying their traveling expenses it gives you who are rep- resented by the team the feeling that you are doing all in your power to help athletic contests in your school. Buy a ticket. Employer: “The position re- quires a great amount of mechani- cal experience.” Applicant: “I have owned a second hand automobile for two months.” Employer: “Accepted.” Father: “Son, what does this 60 on your report card mean?” Son: “Don’t know, father, un- less it’s the temperature of the room.” December 10, 1926 the unknown By the Green Author SYNOPSIS Young Luke was shot at by a mysterious stranger while standing on a hill in Southern Kentucky. JIc then tumbled over an adjacent precipice and was luckily caught by a jutting tree. He was unconscious when rescued by his foster father and his companion. Luke was car- ried down the trail to the home of “Old Lonesome.” While the boy was sleeping in the cabin the lamp on the table was shattered by a rifle bullet. The rest of the night passed uneventfully, however, and next morning the trio departed to their homes in the village. CHAPTER V The estate of Major Wolfe was a spacious one. It encompassed many acres of fields, hills, valleys, and forests, and it had belonged to the Major's family for many years. The white frame building, which was the home of Major Wolfe, his wife, foster daughter, and a few faithful old servants, was hardly discernible from the highway be- cause of the pines which partially obscured it. The estate had once been a wealthy one, but the poor business management of the Major, and his craving for alcohol, had al- lowed the value of the land and buildings to deteriorate almost to worthlessness. The Major needed money badly but his pride would not allow him to sell his birthright. The Major was gazing moodily over the lawn, his face a picture of worry and discouragement. He realized that he was a failure. The estate which had been his father's pride had fallen into ruins because of his lack of will-power and busi- ness acumen. He transferred his gaze to the flower garden, and his face softened as he watched the figure bending over the bushes and shrubs. The person turned, walked up the gravel path to the back of the house, and then came around the opposite side to the front. The Major had sunk into his revery again when a pair of cool hands were pressed over his eyes. He jumped and irritably turned around to meet a pair of laughing, brown eyes. He tried to maintain a grumpy expression but failed. Laughing, he linked arms with the I girl and led the way into the house for noon-day lunch. The Major was seemingly happy I and gay all through the meal, for under no conditions whatsoever j would he allow it to be known that he was in need of money. Mrs. Wolfe was a small, white- haired, gentle-faced, old lady, who believed implicitly in her husband and his business ability. The fost- er daughter was a tall, beautiful Vrl of perhaps fifteen years of age. She had brown hair, dark brown eyes and regular features. Al- T he Artisan 5 though she did not know it, she was only the Major’s foster daugh- ter. No one knew who her parents were or where she came from. Martha, as she was called, sus- pected that the Major was worry- ing over financial difficulties, but knowing that he would be embar- rassed it she disclosed her suspic- ions, she kept them to herself. After lunch she went for a walk among the trees, searching her mind for a solution to the Major’s worries. While walking she noticed a figure in front of her sitting on a log. When she neared the log she found the figure to be Young Luke. (To be Continued) SALVAGED SCRAP A Block of Land Mr. Crawford: My client is su- ing you for injuries received from a dangerous obstruction on your property. Owner: Why, howr did he get hurt? Mr. Crawford: He fell from an airplane and your land blocked his fall. Listen To The Bed Tick Mr. Ostenfeld: Did you hear j about the murder? Mr. Murray: No? Mr. Ostenfeld: The paper hanger hung a border and when they tried to investigate they found it was only a rumor. Alarming Mr. Ebeling: Which one of these clocks is right? Mr. Edel: I don’t know, we have, five clocks. When we want to know the time, we add them to- gether and divide by five—and even then we are not certain. Right Mr. Ford: Spell Eutectic. Frank Faust: Utet-err. Mr. Ford: Spell the syllables, Eu. Frank: Er-r-uh—Y-o-u. Strange Jimmy: “What’s the matter with my wrist watch?” Mr. Sparks: “It needs cleaning. Jimmy: Cleaning? How can that be? I’ve kept it on my wrist every time I’ve taken a bath.” An employe fell from the fourth floor of a building, but caught the wires as he came down. Another employe ran for a lad- der to get him down, but when he got it the first employe was lying on the ground. And why,” he asked, ‘ didn’t you hold on till I could help you ? The first employe replied, “I was afraid the wire would break.” Tan Him Mr. Overbey: (To inattentive pupils): Is leather an organic or inorganic compound? Hoga: Er—Inorganic. Mr. Overbey: Then give me the chemical name? Hoga: Ox hide of beef. Now We Won’t Even Smile Mr. Bell: What causes laughing? Mr. Hawkcs: A laugh is a pe- culiar contortion of the human countenance, voluntary, super-in- j duced by a concatenation of extern- al circumstances, seen or heard, of a ridiculous, ludicrous, jocose, mirth- ful, fully, facetious of fanciful na- ture and accompanied by a cackle, chuckle, chortle, cachinnation, gig- gle, gurgle, guffaw or roar. First Student: My hither is a fine artist. With one stroke of the ' brush he can turn a laughing face ! nto a sorrowful one. Second Student: So can mine but he uses a stick. | Men’s Wear iGEORGE M. BEEBE 13963 Woodward Ave. ■ — Highland Park, Mich. : Weyhing Bros. 1 : Mfg. Co. j - Makers of emblematic goods, - “ class rings and pins, metals, ? - badges and trophies. I Makers of Henry Ford Trade = - School rings. I Mfg. Plant, McDougall at Grat. I I 1507 WOODWARD AVE. | 3rd floor Annis Fur Bldg. | “ Detroit. Randolph 9840-9841 i iri i ili i i i i i mu i i ■ ini iiit ; FRANK S. TOBIAS, Inc. f CARS—TRUCKS—TRACTOR3 I 16428 WOODWARD AVE. LONGFELLOW 7900 m Z HIGHLAND PARK. MICHIGAN 6 Secret Ceremonies Attend Exploration Club Initiation On Friday evening, November 19, the senior members of the Trade School Exploration Club, aided by the club mentor, Mr. Bratton, ini- tiated several of the probationary members. Among the recipients oi some very mysterious hazing were Zoufal, Spaulding, Gourley, and the diminutive L. Sweet. Friday evening was a dark, damp night and the wind howled fitfully about the corners o the school build- ing. Within the auditorium nervously sat a group of boys, each anxiously poring over his instruction sheet for each knew that on the floors above preparations were being made for their discomfort. The minute hand of the clock in the long, silent corridor moved upon the hour of eight, and simultaneously with the click of the functioning mechanism the door of the auditorium swung open. A figure stepped through the doorway, beck- oned to one of the boys and silently led the way up the stairway. The • others waited for their com- panion to return to the auditorium but they waited in vain. One by one they too were led away—up the stair- way toward the mysterious upper chamber—until finally the lower floors were deserted and silent. An hour or two later the boys came scampering down the stairway chat- tering, laughing and seemingly none the worse for the events of the eve- ning. They were joined by the sen- ior members at the exit and the en- tire group then proceeded on their way home. Prominent Instructor Is Sent to Dearborn (Continued from Page 1) ment. He recently graduated with honors. Read what the following men think of him: Mr. Searle, “One of the most persistent boys we ever had in the school, especially in the pursuit of education.” Mr. Ebeling, “In losing Harry w’e are losing a good student and a good instruc'or. He could take criticism and benefit by it.” Mr. Edwards, “Harry was one our best students, he always gave his best.” Mr. Sanders, “Many progressive ideas — applies himself — and is bound to succeed.” Crowley and Day, “Harry is a fine fellow and we’re mighty glad to s«e him getting along because he deserves it.” This is the kind of student the school is proud of and never for- gets. UNDERSTOOD “Your answer is as clear as mud.” “Well, that covers the ground, doesn’t it?” (XrtiScwi December 10, 1926 Instructor Comes Back After Absence in Plant Mr. Anderson, a former Trade School instructor, has returned to the school. Mr. Anderson will be remembered by the older boys as a lair and capable instructor who strived his utmost to impart to the students the best training which was possible for him to give. The youngest students who have re- cently enrolled in the Trade School will soon have an opportunity to learn lathe work under Mr. Ander- son’s supervision. Mr. Anderson had been a Trade School instructor for four years when he was selected to go to the copper-wire making de- partment because of his former ex- perience in wire making. Football Season Ends in Victory at Reading (Continued from Page 1) but lost it on a bad pass. Though there was splendid play neither side scored during the rest of the quarter. At the end of the half, Score:— T. S., 12; Reading, 0. Third Quarter The Artisans kicked off but Read- ing failed to get the ball. Small gains were made by the Trade School. A twenty-yard pass failed. The Ar- tisans punted to the Reading forty yard line and Reading then punted back to their own forty yard line. Large gains brought the Artisans the final touchdown of the game, which was made by Balslcy. Reading made gain after gain at the end of the quarter but not enough for a touch- down. Score:—T. S., 18; Reading, 0. Fourth Quarter Reading failed to gain on first play of quarter. Several substitutions were then made for the Trade School. Steady gains by Reading brought the ball to the six-yard line. Reading was unable to get through for a touchdown and Nagel punted the ball to the Trade School twenty-five yard line. Reading played hard though unsuccessfully for the remainder of iii i til iii i i i ni i ■ ■ ii i ii . iui ■■ ystematic aving pells uccess You will appreciate these words a few years from now. : Highland Park State Bank Tiauii.a ■ i :iiiaiiaiiaiiaiiiiianiiiii:iiiaiiiiiiiiaiiaiiii i ;■ i m ii aiimanaiii; i • aiiBiieiieiiaiiauainiiitiiiiBiiiiiBi ■ i i i ■ i i i main ii i i ■ i i i i n i i i imi ■ i i n i i:ii i 'll i n imi n • ■iiiiiaiimmiiii the quarter. Score:- -T. S., 18; Reading, 0. LINEUP Trade School Reading Fitzgerald . ...L. E. Towers Winchel ... ...L.T. . T rager Casey ...L.G. . Severs Grose, Capt. C. Willets Hauswirth . ...R. G. Higba Kopach ... ...R. T. Kinney Marchand ...R. E. Durfey Perham ... Q. • Stanfield, C. Stein ...L. H. Miller Nagel ...R. H. Outlaw Balscly .... ....F. .. Reading . .. 0 0 0 0—0 H. P. T. S. 6 6 6 0—18 Touchdowns: Balslcy 2, Pope 1. Substitutions: Trade School — Pope for Stein, Cain for Kopach, Davidson for Perham, Sherenco for Fitzgerald. Reading—McClean for Severs, Brennan for Willets. Violin :: Banjo Saxophone or other small musical instrument They are easily learned, and at the House of Grinnell you will find a stock whose immensity and variety afford you unequaled advantages in selection . . . Those mentioned will give you some idea too of the remarkable values we offer. SAX.VI HONE E-flat alto “Wolverine” silver plated. Gold bell. Case iin and 6 reeds included.y 1U C Melody, same finish, $115 TRUMPET French “Cuesnon” make. B- flat, with change to A. Water proof cover, in- cluded........... $18 TROMBONE Brass finish. Perfect slide ac- tion. Waterproof cover.......... $16 DRUM All metal snare drum dji o with sticks............y 0 Others, $10 up VIOLIN Strati model. Complete with Brazil wood bow, Canvas case and extra set of 71- strings.............«O Others at $12.50, $18, $25 and up to $300 CELLO Good quality. Full i £ and sizes, complete with bow and Mackintosh 17 CA cover....................jU CLARINET Fine imported Albert system 15 keys, 4 rings and rollers. With case and 6 £ 19 Cft reeds.. ............ FLUTE 8 keys. Imported. With go d case.......... $11 Cundy Bettoney Silver Clarinets Buescher and King Band Instruments Mandolins, $12.50 up Ukuleles, $2.25 up Banjos. $15 up Guitars, $12 up Banjo Ukes, $5.50 up Instrument cases Music Stands Music Rolls and Bags Easy Payments arranged on Any Instrument “The Music Center of Detroit” GRINNELL BROS t .Stanxvay Representatives 1515-21 WOODWARD AVE., DETROIT 40 Stores—9 Detroit Branches III 11 i|r 1 11 t|iimiiimmiiiiH«iuii|iniiiiimm«i:mi ■ • “ «1 auiuiiiai'iiiiiiaiiiiimmiiimi'iiiii :i'ii ii ii i:iii i|:i;ii 1 • 1 1 ■■ vim Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, December 24, 1926 Number 6 Section Team Get Sweaters Champs Make Colorful Showing in Kelly Green and White M section football squad, win- ning the championship, received the honor of attending the annual ban- quet held on December 9, 1926. The T and W sections football men do- mesticated themselves and served a good meal to those who attended the banquet. The M section champs for 1926 decided to purchase sweaters. The colors of the team being kelly green and white, they therefore decided that the sweaters would be of the same colors. They received their green sweaters with white trimmings in time to wear them at the ban- quet. The entire M section squad was present in fighting colors. They enjoyed the banquet very much and it is hoped that the cream of the section team will be present at the banquet as members of the varsity squad of 1927. I I I I I J I I I I I I I I I I.........................................I I .1 I I I ■ I I II I I I I I: I II I I I ■ I I S I J ■ • The Staff of the Artisan Wish the Faculty and Students inaA ulit Cf V)]Lrr,| QUUt Cf rXaop;, Commerce Defeated By T. S. Quintet Score 18-16 Basketball Season Opens With Victory For Artisans Orchestra Program Features Soloists On Friday, December 17, the Henry Ford Trade School Orches- tra gave an excellent program in the school auditorium. M section was the recipient of the orchestra’s tal- ent and enjoyed the program im- mensely if the amount of applause the orchestra received indicated the audience’s enthusiasm. The orchestra first presented a few classical selections. Then Mr. Ballard and Mr. and Mrs. Glasslep also rendered a few selections, Mr. Ballard and Mr. Glassley playing violins with Mrs. Glassley accom- panying them at the piano. Mr. Glassley then played a few classical selections on a saxaphonc, accom- panied by Mrs. Glassley at the piano Earl Tank, a member of the or- chestra, rendered a solo at the piano. He played the selection very well and was generously applauded by the students. ► The orchestra then played the (Continued on Page 6) eyes For the first game of the basket hall season the Henry Ford Trade School invaded the High School of Commerce gym on Thursday after- noon of December 16, and emerged with an 18 to 16 victory. Commerce, with Capt. Schwartz in the lead, showed the way in scor- ing with four points for the losers by the long tom route. Frankow- ski cut this considerably by hooping in a field goal and then followed it up with a successful free throw. From this point on the 'Trade School went into the lead and kept it. The halt ended with the Ar- tisans holding a three point lead. In the second halt the winners added enough points iu the third quarter to give them a lead of six points hut this was reduced when Commerce registered their only earned basket by going through Trade School’s defense, and sinking a long one from the center of the floor that took the crowd out of their seats. The last part of the third quar- ter and the beginning of the fourth found Bcnko, who had replaced Frankowski, shaking off his man for necessary points to keep his team in the lead. (Continued on Page .3) Banquet Held By Varsity Many Prominent Guests at Annual Affair of Team Class King Chosen By Seniors of 27 The representatives of the senior class of this year met Wednesday December 15 in room 504 to choose the class ring for the year of 1927. A very appropriate design was chosen. It has a fine mannish ap- pearance with the old English scrip “F” on it. The seniors look forward with anticipation to the month of Feb- ruary’ when they will receive these rings and graduate from the aca- demic work with all the glory’ of the scholar. Annual Holiday Party Held by Club The Exploration Club enjoyed its second annual Christmas party on December 22, 1926. This party is a stag affair. The. members usually’ tell stories and discuss the various things that oc- curred in the past y’car. Then the usual question will he asked. “Where will wc he .this time next’ year?” The club has at last received its radio cabinet from the woodshop, and has fitted a three-tube set and , loudspeaker into it. Thus the club members may enjoy radio music at their spare moments. The annual football banquet, held in the new school dining room, November 9. 1926, was a huge suc- cess. About 175 persons attended, including the Baby Lincolns,” “M” section football champs, and the instructors. The section player? served as waiters. After the completion of the din- ner, Mr. Eheling, the toastmaster, opened the ceremonies by a short talk on the growth of the school in the past year. Mr. Searle, the first speaker of the evening, spoke about our school, the largest and best of its kind. He mentioned that people arc looking to this school for edu- cational methods. Plans are now under way to start a branch at F'ordson and 150 boys are to he en- rolled as soon as possible. Coach Broker, the next speaker, gave a short talk on the team. He spoke of the team’s need for hack- ing by the instructors and the stu- dent body. He said that the suc- cess of the team was due to the team-work and co-operation of everyone on the squad. The next speaker was Captain Grose of 26. He thanked the squad for putting their confidence in him during the past season, and for their support during the strenuous football campaign. Captain Joe Walek of ’27 fol- lowed, expressing his appreciation to the fellows for conferring the honor of captain upon him. Mr. Adams then gave a short talk. He asked Mr. Hollis about the missing locks on his head. Mr. Hollis wouldn’t explain, so Mr. Adams told the story. It seems (Continued on Page 8) ‘Heap on more wood!—the wind is chill; But let it whistle as it will, We’ll keep our Christmas merry still.” —Sir Walter Scott. Boost The Artisan You can help boost The Artisan by patronizing our advertisers, and when doing this, mention that you are a student of the Henry Ford Trade School. This will prove to the advertisers that when they ad- vertise in The Artisan they get results. 2 The Artisan December 24, 1926 History of Christmas Customs Publication of the Student of the Henry Ford Trade School. Highland Parle. Mich. VOL 1. NO. 6 December 24, 1926 IM BI.ISIIKD SEMI-MONTHLY SI.00 Per Year Single Copies, 7 Cents STAFF: Editor in Chief. .. Associate Editor . . Managing Editor. . . Art Editor . .James Humbcrstonc William Cain News Department : Frank Berto William Vance Joseph Kisil Alex Allie William Toth Arthur Shultz Duane Muhoy Phillip Youngermar Publication Dept... Assistants: Mike Borushko Robert Leiscy Howard Hoeft Carl Kurz Mike Kosteeki Business Manager. . Advertising Manager. .. .Bernard Konopka Circulation Dept Phillip Zoufal Assistants: 8teve Szalai Arthur Brooks Samuel Schmidt Faculty Adviser. . . . I-ouis Garden Leisure It is no longer necessary to spend all of our waking moments in the struggle to provide for our animal existence. Man power is giving way to the heat engine, steam, and electricity. Mere muscle is becom- ing less important. Tractors drag our plows through the soil deeper and faster than the ox or the horse. Much of the farm work is done by machinery. The farmer has more leisure. In our homes electricity has mo- torized the house work. Washing machines, vacuum cleaners, and electric irons have speeded and lightened the daily routine. By the turn of a switch we flood the house with the light of a hundred candles. Women have more leisure. In our factories huge presses do in a few moments the work of a man for a full week. Overhead cranes lift the burden from a thou- sand men and give a better service. The worker has more leisure. A day’s journey is no longer measured by the strength of a horse. The radius of our daily world has been greatly lengthened. Trains, automobiles, and airplanes are making distant cities and even other continents our neighbors. Seeing the orchestra as wc hear it playing in a distant city will not astonish us. We are in a measure losing our capacity to experience new thrills. 1 his lessening of the hours of needful toil and the transfer of the luxuries of yesterday to the neces- sities of today is making for us a very different world. As the work period shortens, leisure time length- ens. Less than a quarter of our time is now required in business and this is quite likely to be further reduced. Leisure time, that period in which the individual must choose his activity, is becoming a matter of the greatest importance to the person and to the nation. Until recently a man’s occupation determined to a great extent his place in the community and his value to it. Now, more and more, the manner in which he uses his leisure will determine his character and his place in society. It will even change the character of so- ciety. Unless each one consciously strives to use this increased leisure to develop himself physically, men- tally, and morally, society will not benefit by the change. Leisure used for selfish pleasure has brought proud nations to disaster. Some think that our country is now at the height of its develop- ment. Whether it goes on to greater achievement or crumbles as have other nations will depend largely on the way we as individ- uals use our leisure time. —F. E. Searle. December December, the twelfth and last month of the year, is often repre- sented pictorially by a very old and feeble Father Time, leaning on a staff. The decern of its name seems strange as applied to this month, for it means ten; but in the old Ro- man days before the reform of the calendar, December was the tenth month. For centuries December had but twenty-nine days, but Caesar added two,, making it one of the longest months. Winter commences on the twenty- second of December, the day on which the sun reaches the solstice and turns back for its northward journey. Though December is fre- quently spoken of as the frosty month.” it is not usually the cold- est month, nor is it the most cheer- less, for the good will, the crack- ling fires and the holly of ap- proaching Christmas, seem to shed a glow over all. The Romans made Vesta, the goddess of the hearth, the special deity of December, and this seems appropriate, for there is no time when hearth fires arc more in evidence or when they have a greater significance. The great Christian festival of Christmas. celebrated ion the twenty-fifth, is the chief holiday of the month; indeed, to many it is the chief holiday of the year. The thirty-first, the last day of the year, is known as New Year’s eve. and often partakes of the festivities with which the opening of the new year is celebrated. So now is come our jollicst feast; Let every man be jolly: Each room with ivy leaves be dressed. And every post with holly.” —G. Wither. I heard the bells on Christmas Day Their old, familiar carols play, And wild and sweet The words repeat When man receives a revelation such as that greatest of revelations which was brought to us by a car- penter’s son of Nazareth he com- memorates it with traditions and symbols that go back to the child- hood of the race. These traditions are often violently at variance with the idea they arc sought to ex- press. Many of the customs we now associate with the birthday of the Christ (even the date—the 25th of December—wc are not sure of) come out of an ancient celebration of the turning of the year” or a time when the earth was reborn and assurance was given of another spring, another harvest. Thus our Christmas was a sacred day, long —thousands of years—before it was associated with the founder of our religion. Holly, mistletoe, and Yule log, and other things come from a cele- bration of this kind held by the old German and Celtic peoples which was called Yule. Pope Gregory, in 601 A. D.. gives instance in a letter to Abbott Mellitus how church au- thorities strove to turn the old form of worshipping to new subjects. He says in part, Nor let them now sacrifice animals to the Devil, but to the praise of God kill animals for their own eating, and render thanks to the Giver of all for their abundance.” The Christmas present is still unknown outside of Teutonic coun- tries, as Germany, Holland, Scan- dinavian countries, England, and America. In other countries the day of gifts, in France called jour d’etrennes, most commonly takes place on the beginning of the new year. This custom also comes from a like pagan custom of making gifts to celebrate the new year. St. Nicholas was a real Bishop of Myra, a place now called Dem- bre, in Asia Minor. He became the patron saint of children, vir- gins. sailors, thieves, and of Rus- sia. His day was December 6 and this day is still the date of a mighty celebration in Bari, Italy, where his bones were carried by traders of that town. This custom of carry- ing objects for religious use back home was at one time popular in Italy. St. Mark’s Cathedral in Venice owes much of its decoration to this habit. The English name of Of peace on earth, good-will to men.” —Henry Wadsworth Longfellow. CHRISTMAS “So hallowed and so gracious is the time.” —William Shakespeare. For Christmas comes but once a year, And when it comes it brings good cheer” —Old Carol. “Santa Claus” as applied to this saint comes from the Dutch San Nicolaas and in Holland and Bel- gium his day is the day of re- joicing. In his northward travels he has changed his gray horse or ass for reindeer in the hearts of Northern peoples. So, it seems, we have taken what has pleased us from the cus- toms of immemorial times. And it is good so, for we inherit them all. But let us not lose sight of their real significance in exploiting them for selfish purposes. A Case from Life As the Poets Told of Christmas On Tuesday, December 14, 1926, Mr. Wright, of the Pathfinders, gave a frank and interesting lecture on life. He did not try to avoid issues but told his story in his plain, straightforward manner. He discussed the problems of youth and how to solve some of them. He also warned the boys to be careful in the choice of their com- panions. The story of a youth of nineteen was then related by Mr. Wright. This is the boy’s story in his own words: “In the year 1915 I was fifteen years old and in the army, ready to go across at a minute’s notice. Now there is my first blunder. I lied to fight for my country. I left and went to France, 16 years of age, when I should have been back at school. In FYancc, as you will know, for I am sure there arc many cases of my sort, I learned to smoke, drink and skylark. I loved the colors so much when I return- ed, I re-enlisted. In 1921 I was discharged—and came home, ruin- ed. I say that, for I was not fit for the so-called place in society. I wish to say at this time, that I had the best of parents and my brothers and sisters are very well liked. My father who is past the eighty mark is very well thought of. My mother died after I was here but a short time. Cancer was the cause, but in truth it was of a broken heart. “Liquor got the best of me, be- ing so young and gay, running around to night parties, etc., but here is a surprising fact, I never cared for it when I was alone, and to this very day. no one can make my dear Dad believe that one of his children ever was inclined to follow that strain. “On one of my wild nights with another lad. we held up and killed a neighbor of ours. I use the word neighbor for he was a very dear friend of my people. Not realizing the crime we had committed till after it was over, and in the stupid drug of liquor wc fled and were caught in a distant town. What were we to do. Plead guilty and ask for mercy was the only thing to do. Although I know even be- fore the eyes of the court, that I (Continued on Page 6) December 24 1926 3 The Artisan Then he offered to shine the apples. heroes of the past season. Perhaps these hoys are not de- serving of this honor, but by being generous, The Artisan hopes to build up a huge circulation, and so this column is to he used solely for their benefit. It seems that Mr. Fitzgerald got a rough look from one of his op- ponents during the Reading game, because he fainted. All the time he was unconscious (quite a while), he kept saying. •Thass alright, thass alright.” However, he did not have his hand on his head at the time. Libby, our cheer leader, also wenr to Reading, but the only thing he did during the whole trip Was ride in an automobile. It is peculiar yet true, Libby was inveigled by some fair damsel to spend a few of his precious mo- ments on the Reading side of the gridiron. He forgot himself and stayed over there until the last two min- utes of play. Suddenly waking up, and at the same time remembering his object in going to Reading, he gave a rousing cheer. But alas, for Reading! Poor Libby! He soon regretted his terrible mistake. The team met him in the shower room and there was a reckoning. What happened at this reckon- ing will never be known, for it's a secret. Yet we do know this much: for one week Libby ate his meals standing up. During the past season, “Speed” Youngerman (Harold Teen), an- other one of our star players, has worn three pairs of socks every time he was on the gridiron. (Cold feet.) By so doing he was enabled to wear his father’s football shoes. He’s following in his father's foot- steps. It's cheaper. We know Youngerman isn’t Scotch because he came from Pennsylvania. Mr. Kopac has gone? into busi- ness for himself. It happened much in this manner. A bunch of fel- lows from the squad went to the Capitol one night. After paying his carfare, Kopac didn't have enough money to go to the show and his credit was no good. But this didn't phase Kopac a '(it. He happened to have his top along, and so he swapped it for a News, which he sold, therefrom re- ceiving the required two cents. ♦ ♦ ♦ Another star (not star man), one Shercnco, is awfully free-hearted. In fact, he'll borrow anything you'll lend him. One night, after football practice, there were some extra apples. Shercnco dusted off the lockers and shined the coaches’ football shoes. The coach caught him sneaking out the door with a bag under his arm and asked him where he was going. Whereupon Sherenco said he was taking some fruit home to his mamma. (We wonder which one.) After the Varsity vs. St. Ben's game, a bunch of Varsity men went out for a feed (at least, they worked up an appetite). Of course each fellow had to foot his own bill. YVe wonder if there is any con- nection between this and the fact One of the first physical changes which we would discover in our changed condition of existence, as mentioned in the last chapter, would be that when we desired to freeze a pailful of our liquid iron, we could do so much more easily if it were in its absolutely pure state than if it were mixed with some other element as carbon. Of course, we have long known that this is the case with water and salt, and just as it becomes harder and harder to freeze water with greater and greater amounts of salt mixed with it, so the freezing of iron with greater and greater amounts of carbon mixed with it would also occur at lower and low- er temperatures. If we started to add salt to a pail of water we would, of course, have different degrees of brine. Just so with the addition of car- bon to a ladle or crucible of pure iron, we would likewise have differ- ent degrees of the resulting mix- ture. In adding the salt to a pail of water there would come a time when the water would take in or dissolve no more salt at room temperature. If we added a little less salt we would have free water in excess of salt, and if we added that Nagel, Gerhard, Humberstone and Beck disappeared. While speaking of Jimmy, we might mention the fact that he got a haircut this year (one). It happened somewhat like this. He was passing a barber shop and he saw a sign which read, “Haircut 25c, Shave 15c.” To be economical he got a shave on top. While he was in the chair (bar- ber), he asked if it were possible to get one side of his face shaved for half price. Upon being assured that it was, he requested that the outside be shaved. The barber refused, saying he feared arrest for taking money un- der false pretenses. a little more salt it would have been impossible for the water to dissolve it. This is the point of saturation. For convenience, we will call the mixture, above mentioned, at which the water will not hold any more salt, Cementite,” because this is the name which our friends, the metallurgists, have given to a sim- ilar mixture of iron and carbon. They call the water, ferrite,” the salt, “Carbide,” and the resulting mixture of brine, “Cementite.” This mixture of iron-carbon always exists in exactly the same propor- tions, namely, 93.4 per cent iron and 6.6 per cent carbon, and is ex- pressed chemically by the cymbol Fe3C, which means, in other words, that three atoms of iron have united with one atom of carbon to form the chemical compound, “iron car- bide,” which the metallurgists, as above mentioned, desire to term “cementite.” Now let us go back to the brine solution with which we are already familiar, and suppose that we add a little more salt than the water would absorb and which would therefore exist in a “solid solution,” and then bring this mechanical mix- continued on Page 7) G K E E T 1 ;V (r S OF TH K S E A S O N : We Wish ! A Merry Christmas :: Ay D .. I A Happy New Year ] To All The Hoys —THE FACULTY I :|| I I I'll I ■' I mi ■ii|illiiliilllii|il|il:illi|itliil IMAGININGS OF SCIENCE SAFETY NOTES The Trade School now has its own Safety Committee of ten boys It came about in this way. Mr. Day suggested to Alex Allic, the Safety Editor, that the school have its own safety committee, so Allic worked it out in detail and had Mr. Ebeling look it over. Thinking it a good idea, Messrs. Murray. Sanders, and Ebeling picked ten junior boys and Alex Allie as the senior representatives for the com- mittee. The boys are: Hans Wuer- ker, Leon Casper, Earl Tank, Thco. Nicklcs, Stephen Stromayer, Nor- man Meyers, Frank Faust, Harvey Clark, Frank Berto and Joe Bir- inger. v To be a member of this commit- tee, the boy must be 17 years of age and have a very high standing. The term is for six months. The duties of the committee arc to keep its eyes open for all safety and sanitation notes. Every two weeks there will be a meeting to discuss these notes and bring them to the attention of the boys. ♦ This column is open for suggestions from instructors, students, and any- body who is interested in safety. Drop all suggestions addressed to the safety editor in the contribution box cf The Artisan. Commerce Defeated by Artisan (Quintet (Continued from Page 1) The main factor in the School’s victory was the great defense which was lead by “Al” Johns and ably assisted by Capt. Marchand. The Trade School team as a whole showed a surprising lack of team play which was evidenced by the fact that in the first half they had only two shots at the basket in ad- dition to the two that counted. The Trade School tradition of be- ing clean, hard players was upheld by the boys, who committed but two fouls to their opponents four- teen. This point alone should make the school proud of them. Summary: Trade School Tesner L. F. Novack R. F. Frankowski C. Johns L. G. Marchaqd(c) R. G Commerce Madigan Thorsen Walser Schwartz(c) Cohen Score (first half), H. F. T. S. 9; Commerce 6. Goals: Tesner. Frankowski 3, Renko 2, Cohen 2, Schwartz 3, Berger, Thorsen. Points after fouls: Novack, Bosan- ko, Tesner, Frankowski, Johns, Marchand, Cohen, Walser. Sub- stitutions: Bosanko for Novack. Rowe for Tesner, Benko for Fran- kowski, Berger for Schwartz, Slo- bin for Thorsen, Thorsen for Madi- gan. Referee, Thierry (Cass). 4 The Artisan December 24, 1926 Brilliant Season is Record of 1926 Varsity Team j Hack Row: F. W. Edwards, I’opc, Sherenco, Gerhard, Coach Rorrin, Coach Broker, Evans, Walek, Weidling, J. Blainey. Middle Row: Marshall, Reinke, Beck, Stein, Perham, Nagel, Balslev, Cain, Shillum, Youngerman. Front Row: Davidson, Marchand. Ivopac, Hauswirth, Capt. Grose, Casey, Winchell, Fitzgerald, Sleep. The Trade School Varsity Foot- hall team has tucked away its togs in mothballs for a long rest. Coach Broker is well satisfied, as well as the School, with the teams perform- ance for the 1926 season. With a hard schedule facing them the team waded in and trounced all but two of the opposing teams. With a few players from last year on hand, a few section players and other recruits, Coaches Broker and Merrin developed a wonderful team that possessed a rythrii ol unity. The centers were Capt. (irose and Youngerman. Guards Casey and Hauswirth, Marshall and Gerhard, Tackles Winchell, Ko- pac, Cain, Shillum and Evans, Ends Marchand and Fitzgerald, Sherenco and Beck. The right halves were Nagel and Walek, left halves Stein and Pope, quarter hacks Perham, Davidson and Weid- ling, and fullbacks Balsley and Sleep, Vots and Reinke as utility linesman. The first game of the season was with Bedford. Most of the fellows were playing their first game, but played well. FIRST GAME Nagel kicked some fine punts which helped keep the ball out of dangerous territory. The spectac- ular ending of the game was quite close but an Artisan line with a good hackfield kept Redford from scoring. Balsley seemed to have a sting like J nesting which featured. Perham played well at quarter and kicked a field goal which was the only score of the game. Trade School 3, Redford 0. SECOND GAME The second game was with Bir- mingham. Trade School made a touchdown in less than four min- utes of play, with much see-sawing back and forth over the field. The game ended with score weighing heavy f(Sr Birmingham. A touch- down for both teams and a safety for Birmingham made the score: Trade School 7. Birmingham 9. THIRD GAME The third game was with Com- merce. The Trade School played a fine game and scored frequently. Thru good interference and block- ing, Walek romped playfully thru the entire Commerce team for long gains. The first teams line and the second teams backs worked fine. Davidson at quarter displayed good field generalship. Capt. Grose and the rest of the forwards had an easy time breaking thru and throw- ing the opposing hacks for many losses. Gallopin Eight Ball Stein earned this name by numerous long gains. Stein and Walek displayed good broken field running. During the game, Commerce didn't have the Artisans guessing for one mo- ment. Trade School 28, Commerce 0. FOURTH GAME Trade School made their highest score at Plymouth. Again Stein and Walek with the aid of Pope made the numerous touchdowns. Davidson also played well at quar- ter. using his football sense thru- out the game which the score in- dicates. Winchell and Kopac were making holes large enough to drive a hay wagon thru. Marchand kicked off well and scored the ma- jority of points after touchdown. FIFTH GAME Another out of town game was held at Flint, but it was not in any way as easy as preceding games. Capt. Grose pierced the opposing forwards frequently and was just in time to get Flint fullbacks by his trousers and was then drafted to the line of scrimmage. Kopac played his best and when he broke a finger, he refused to leave the field and with Hauswirth stopped the Flint hacks frequently. The fine spirit displayed by Perham who had just left his sick bed after two weeks’ illness will remain with the Artisan teams always. Davidson again played well at quarter and made many fine tackles. Rocca fullback, was the hulk of Flint’s at- tack. Both teams fought hard but did not score. SIXTH GAME St. Benedicts were hard fighters but they were defeated by the Blue and White. Stein, Balsley, Walek and Kopac were the outstanding players for Trade School. Balsley was a battering ram and gained much thru the line, while Walek and Stein skirted the ends for long gains. Artisan linesmen stopped the Saints from gaining so they rplayed a defensive game while Trade School scored touchdowns. Marchand executed fine kickoffs and points after touchdowns. Trade School 2, St. Benedicts 0. SEVENTH GAME Expecting a hard game Trade School found that Williamston were easy opponents. Stein, Walek, Nagel, Bopc and Balsley were ground gainers and took turns mak- ing first downs and touchdowns. Winchell made fine low tackles that stopped opposing backs from gaining and Casey, the alert guard, recovered fumbles many times for Trade School. Cain also broke thru for numerous tackles if Capt. Grose didn’t heat him to it. Mar- chand again played wonderful and must he given credit for his place and drop kicking. Davidson and Perham displayed their prowess as broken field runners. Trade School 42, Williamston 0. EIGHTH GAME With the ending of the Reading game came the end of a successful season. Reading fought steady but failed to check the onslaught of the Artisan warriors. Being the last game of the season, meant that it was the last game tor the majority of the players and they put their all up against Reading. In an ef- fort to knock down a forward pass Stein and Nagel collided with a loud thud and Stein dropped. But only for a second did this hard playing half back lay on tlu ground. Had he layed their which an ordin- ary person would have done, in such circumstances. Trade School would have been penalized five yards. Ten minutes later the game ended and in the midst of the yell that brings up the end of a game Stein dropped unconscious, and for half-hour knew nothing. Fellow Artisans, that’s the spirit that’s wanted and you are the ones to display it. Most of us haven’t seen one of these instances written above, but you can conic out next season and give your best sup- port, if you aren’t in there playing. December 24, 1926 The Art is ah 5 Popular Student Held Responsible Position “Personality plus, leadership, sportsmanship and assurance made Lionel Libby the excellent cheer leader that lie is. One doesn't have to be his most intimate friend to realize that he has a very distinctive personality. It asserted itself as soon as he ap- peared at the games and to judge from the noise that he was able to evoke, the crowd seemed to like him very much. Libby’s position demanded lead- ership. for the individual cheers must not be taken too seriously. And of course it required assur- ance. There was no doubt in the mind of the cheerleader what yell to give and how to lead it. He helped to win many games in the past year by his excellent cheer leading. Every cheer put renewed energy into the players. The right cheer, just when the fellows were beginning to feel downhearted helped the players to expend their last atom of strength in an effort to secure success instead of the bitter dregs of defeat. ALUMNI CORNER Many thanks to the varsity for the invitation to their Annual Ban- quet, the Baby Lincoln squad surely enjoyed it. The squad had two members, Gil Plotzke and Bob Turner, picked on the all-city, Class B, team and what puzzles us is how they overlooked a couple of others on our squad Ray Maurer and George (Red) Knight, both members of the Robert W. Ford, Class B, City champions,' and Trade School Alumni, were also picked for the All-City team. The first basketball game of the Baby Lincolns will be played Jan- uary 5, 1927 and they are looking for a good following from you fel- lows. The place and time will be announced in the papers about Jan- uary 4. Who should stroll into the office Monday, but George Belanger, he of wavy hair fame. When asked why his hair had lost a good deal of its color he replied, Yours probably yould too if you were married two and one-half years as 1 have been. Apparently there arc plenty of responsibilities to married life. George is now living in Jack- son and following his trade. Someone asked: Who is the smiling gentleman working on the opposite side of the desk from Mr. Crawford? None other than Frank Damico. A tall distinguished looking gen- tleman arrived and introduced him- self as Joe Me Bride, an Alumnus of the Trade School. He explained Leadership Shown By Captain Grose ■ - ■ - Courage, ability, determination j and confidence are the qualities which are necessary to a competent football captain. These qualities were possessed by Bill ( Leaping I Lena ) Grose, captain of the 19261 squad. That he made good use of j his talents is shown by the good record which the squad made. Grose played his last game at Reading, Thanksgiving Day. That game ended his brilliant carreer. Gros played three years on the varsity eleven and received a letter each season. The center always bears the brunt of the opposing team’s power, therefore one would naturally ex- pect the t enter to be a hulking fel- low. Bill Grosefi the center, while above the average in height, is slim and weighs only 145, but every ounce of his weight carries behind the determination to win. Grose's slimness helped him rather than being a drawback. Often when the Trade School ap- peared on the gridiron the oppos- ing team would remark about the slimness of the center and when his long absence was caused by a trip to the wild and woolly West, North Dakota and Montana. In Montana, Joe became an expert cowpuncher, but we were unable to find out whether it was from the back of a horse or a milking stool that he gained all his experience. Anyway he looks fine after his so- journ on the ranch. CAPTAIN GROSE the game started would disregard the center. Before the first quarter was up, they usually noticed Bill Grose and before the end of the half they usually began to worry and then put all their effort into stopping Grose’s terrific defensive attack. But it was impossible. Grose’s calmness and steady in- fluence helped the team many a time when they were in a critical situation. When a player became discouraged and tired, he merely had to glance at Grose hunched over, his body tense, and every muscle surging with determination to win and he was sure to plunge into the game with more pep, know- ing that with Captain Grose in the line-up there was a chance left. We hope that the determination to win which brought about his success o:i the gridiron will help him to the same success in life. Trade School Alumni Baby Lincolns” Squad of 1926 Back Row: F. YY. Edwards, Shaft, McKay, Ludwig, Plotzke, Colling, Hon stain, Dravos, J. Blainey. Bottom Row: Vanas.se, Buchheim, Dealing, Turner, Proctor, Kline, Snyder, Jones, Hunter. 6 The Artisan T 11 K IJ N k IN O W N By the Green Author SYNOPSIS Young Luke was shot at by a mysterious stranger on a hill in Southern Kentucky, and narrowly escaped death from a fall over a cliff. He was rescued by his foster- father and companion, who took him to the cabin of “Old Lone- some.“ While there the lamp on the table was shattered by a rifle bullet. There were no more events that night, and in the morning the trio went to the village. The foster daughter of Major Wolfe, the owner of the white man- sion on the. hill, meets her friend Luke while strolling in the forest after lunch. CHAPTER VI Martha halted, surprised, for she had not seen Young Luke for many days. She was very glad to see him for she had been looking for some one to whom to confide her fears concerning the Major. Has- tening forward she uttered a glad cry. Luke, who had escaped to the forest to think over the events of the past few days, turned at her call. Recognizing her immediately, he sprang to his feet with a snnle and a cordial “Good afternoon, Martha.” The two chatted happily for a few moments, and then Martha, re- calling the thoughts which hafl troubled her. asked, “Luke, did you ever notice anything wrong with the Major?” Luke answered, “No,” but, hesi- tating a moment, he added, “Well, perhaps he has been acting a bit different lately. He seems to be worried about something or other.’ I think,” returned Martha, “that he has money troubles. “Nonsense,” laughed Luke. “Why he's the richest man in the village.” “He was, but I think that he lost it all. Mysterious strangers come to the door every night, and the Major lets them into the library and they talk far into the night.” “It will come out all right, promised Luke. “He probably has fallen into a little business difficulty and he will soon be all right again. “Let’s forget it. suggested Martha, “and talk about something else. How are you and the family, Luke?” Luke had forgotten his own troubles while comforting Martha. But he now related his experience of the past few days, the girl lis- tening eagerly and occasionally- breaking in with gasps of excite- ment or horror as the tale unfold- ed. As they talked‘they strolled along the path to tfie village. The story was at length finished and , all their speculations gained them nothing. They w;alked on silently, | each busy with his own thoughts. Suddenly Martha turned to Luke and said, “Do you suppose that this plot concerns both you and me, and the Major also?” “It might, answered Luke, “but I doubt it very much.” Martha persisted in her belief, however and said, “Why is it that your life is threatened at the same time that the Major begins to re- ceive mysteries visitors at the house? And I believe that these visits concern me, for the Major seems to have suddenly become worried about my speaking to you. and be always spoke well of yon before.” Luke shrugged his shoulders helplessly, and remarked, It is more than I can figure out at the present time, and the best course to pursue is the one of doing nothing, and waiting tor developments to ap- pear. Martha sighed and remarked dis- couragedly, “Yes, I suppose that is the best thing to do. As for me. I am going home and try to forget the whole affair. “That’s the best thing to do,” repeated Luke, “Well, 1 must be getting home or the folks will be getting worried about me. As Luke strode along the path his mind played with the ideas which Martha had just expressed. Perhaps the Major was connected with the scries of misfortunes which had fallen on his own head. The shadows were already begin- ning to fall, so he hurried along so as not to cause alarm to his folks by his long delay. Before reaching the village he had to cross a small stream. The only method of traversing the stream at this point was a foot- bridge perhaps twelve inches wide. Upon reaching this bridge he set about to cross it very carefully. He had advanced about three- fourths of the width of the stream when the mysterious stranger who had been seen around the Major's home made his appearance on the bridge. He was already on the bridge when he perceived Luke. He first decided to go back but up- on noticing Luke’s evident youth he tried to force him hack across the bridge. Luke resisted strenu- ously and the two figures swayed for a moment when the stranger fell into the stream. (To he continued.) “The Christmas fires brightly gleam And dance among the holly boughs. The Christmas pudding's spicy steam With fragrance fills the house, While merry grows each friendly soul. —Anne P. L. Field. Java Oil Fussy Student: Say Bruce, what’s the matter with this coffee? It looks like mud. Bruce: Well it was ground this morning. Orchestra Program Features Solists (Continued from Page 1) popular piece, “That’s Why I Love You,” and the entire audience joined in on the chorus, everybody seeming to enjoy it very much. Mr. Johnson, the director of the orchestra, and Mr. Fell, of Michigan State Normal College, a personal friend of Mr. Johnson’s, played a few selections on string instruments. Their talent was received with en- thusiasm, and only the fact that tlie auditorium period came to an end, saved the two performers from complete exhaustion. Mr. Johnson gave a short speech I after the performance and the gist of what he said is this: “1 know the boys prefer popular music to classical music and I shall endeavor to have our programs in- clude more of the better grade of popular music in the future. December 24, 1926 A Case From Life (Continued from Page 2) had not taken a human life, for I did not strike the blow, I was as guilty as my partner in crime. We received twenty-five to thirty years. To a boy who has not reached the age of twenty-one, what a blow. Just as this boy did, many girls or boys have stepped over the bounds of propriety, not because they as individuals� wished to do so hut because they followed in the footsteps of their companions. Which would you -blame, youth or the system? The youth of toda is as fine as it ever was, but conven- tions have changed and as a result i youth’s freedom has rather intoxi- cated youth with the joy of eman- cipation. Mr. Wright gave a fine axiom to counteract this impulse and here it 'is: Treat the other fellow as you treat your father or your brother.” We hope that this policy is followed by all the boys as much as possible. i i i i • i i i i i i i i itiamiiiiitici ■■■ i in Men’s Wear ;GEORGE M. BEEBE'- - 13963 Woodward Ave. I Highland Park, Mich. • I I I I I I I I I I I l II Hill i II I III.mini • I1'!: I I IIH I I I'llni I i| I II 11'11111. i|: 111111. : Weyhing Bros. : : Mfg. Co. j - Makers of emblematic goods,- I class rings and pins, metals, - badges and trophies. - 1 Makers of Henry Ford Traded - School rings. -Mfg. Plant, McDougall at Grat. I 1507 WOODWARD AVE. 3rd floor Annis Fur Bldg. 2 Detroit. Randolph 9840-9811 • A iflerru fflltratmaa .. anil .. A Hapjuj Nntt f rar Morris Mitchell Co. December 24, 1926 The Artisan 7 Imaginings of Science (Continued from Page 3) lure to such a low temperature that it would actually freeze. For convenience, to agree with the met- allurgists again, let us call the re- sulting structure pearlite.” That is the name which they give to a corresponding mixture of ferrite and cementite. This new constitu- ent, pearlite, contains approxi- mately .9 per cent carbon and con- sists of layers or bands of inter- stratified ferrite and cementite. This pearlite is regarded as a separate and distinct constituent of steel, and takes its name from the fact that under the microscope it has a mother of pearl appearance. It always occurs at a definite range of temperature and always con- tains the above mentioned definite percentage of carbon. From the above it may be sus- pected that a steel containing 90 per cent, carbon, consisting entirely of pearlite, forms rather a special and particular class of steels, which the metallurgists have decided to dignify with the title of eutcctoid steels. Having done this much to properly impress the unsuspecting probers of their secrets, they de- cided to call steels containing less than this eutcctoid rates of carbon (0.9 per cent C) hypo-.eutectoid steels. These steels, of course, contain certain definite amounts of pearlite with other amounts of free or excess ferrite. Likewise, if the carbon content is greater than 0.9 per cent there will be an excess of cementite over the ferrite and we will then have a structure of pearlite plus free ce- mentite. And these steels arc spoken of as hvper-eutectoid steels.” SALVAGED SCRAP H-2-O Fitz: I have to give up dancing because of water on the knee. Libby: Why don’t you get pumps ? ______ Mr. Scott: Who will define a circle ? Pope: A circle is a round straight line with a hole in the middle. _________ Speedy: What is this stuff here? Bruce: That’s cottage pudding. Speedy: Ah, I thought so. I can taste the shingles and the wall- paper. Science Notes Scientists are making an attempt to weigh light. That’s e«asy, the grocers have been doing it for years. Questionable Allie: I can tell you how much water runs over Niagara Falls to a quart. Toth: How much? Allie: Two pints. Safety First Mr. Roberts: Can you tell me what I can do to avoid falling hair? Eckert: Sure, jump out of the way. A Hint Mr. Carle (nervously): There's been something trembling on my lips for months and months. Marion. She: So I see. Why don’t you shave it off. Where Dr. Laird: Tf this chemical ex- plodes we’ll all be blown thru the roof. Now come up dowse so thiat you can follow me. Doubtful. Motorcycle Cop: ‘‘Here, you pull over.” Mr. Bell: “Whasamatter?” Motorcycle Cop: You were do- ing fifty five.” Mr. Bell: “Will you write that down and sign it so I can show it to my friends.” Night Work Walck: I spent hours on my Geometry last night. Mr. Scott: You got to show me. Walek: I put it under the mat- tress and slept on it. Time Mr. Westbrook: Didn’t I tell you to notice when the glue boiled over. Tiny Cain: It was just a quarter past ten. How Old Are You Charles Eschenbach: How long could I live without my brains? Mr. Stanton: That remains to be seen. Why Of Course The old lady was eagerly ques- tioning the parachute jumper about his experiences while falling thru the air. “But what do you do if your para- chute refuses to open while you are falling?” she asked. “Take it back up and fix it. was the laconic answer. Physics Mr. Glassley: Why is it that everything I tell you goes in one ear and out the other? Walter Travis: I didn’t know it did. sir. Voice in back of room: That’s right: it doesn’t. Sound can’t pass thru a vacuum. Poor Men Mr. Scott: f am a man of few words.” Mr. Day: Shake, I'm married too.” And Now He Drinks No More Little Johnny took a drink but now he drinks no more. For what he thought was H-2-G was H-2-S-0-4. Nationality? Ford Dealer (who has been try- ing for three hours to sell car): Now I will throw in the clutch.” Mr. Machonichie: Allright. I’ll take it. I knew that if I held off long enough you’d give me some- thing.” Wishing the Hoys of the Trade School rr a very Merry Christmas with happiness and health for the New Year Highland Park State Bank 1 j FRANK S. TOBIAS, Inc. | — m I I I CARS—TRUCKS—TRACTORS I 16128 WOODWARD AVE. LONGFELLOW 7900 1 1 HIGHLAND PARK, MICHIGAN III! liil •111 II '1 1 Plant: Pine and 5th St. Phone Glendale 5680 ” I ONE DA Y SERVICE OFFICES I I 14041 John R E - 13734 Woodward 16221 Woodward f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i III 1 1 I 1 1 I PLEASE PATRONIZE OUR ADVERTISERS 8 Varsity Banquet (Continued from Page 1) that Mr. Hollis’ ancestors had re- ceived a scalp treatment from Mr. Broker’s ancestors, and since that time no Hollis will take a scalp treatment. Mr. Edwards next presented the players with their letters: 1926 LETTER MEN Bill Grose Hi Kopac Maurice Winchell Jim Casey Bert Marchand Bill Perham Les Stein Frank Nagel Ron Balsley Eddie Fitzgerald Joe Hauswirth Kez Sherenco Bill Cain Dave Davidson Joe Walek Erv. Pope El. Sleep Ray Shillum Harold Beck Phil. Youngcrman Ray Wcidling Mr. H. C. Bayliss. a well-known business man. was the next speaker. Mr. Bayliss is a graduate of Ohio Wesleyan College. He worked in a machine shop and later went through college by teaching school in the evening. His subject was Athletics,” and he compared sports to the game of life. Results count; not activity. One cannot attain success in life without help. We must help each other to get up in the world. He gave this illustration: Two sol- diers had been wounded; one's legs had been shot away, the other’s eyesight had been destroyed. They thought of a plan whereby one could help the other. The man without his eyesight offered to carry the soldier without his legs. The man without his legs could see. So after a painful struggle, they got back to their lines and lived. Jack Blott, former All-American center of U. of M.. talked on the subject, The Game.” He likened a hard battle in life to a football game, where, though you arc be- hind in the first half, yet victory comes if you fight hard enough. He also told about the fellow who had made the squad four years and did not get into one important game. Although he did not have the requirements for a letter, he received one for his four years' service. Wallie Webber, fullback of U. of M. during the past season, talked on The Player.” He said that the scrub who sat on the bench was as important as the other fellow. He also related several stories of the gridiron. After the speeches. Jack Blott, Wallie Webber. Mr. Broker. Mr. Morrin, and Mr. Edwards auto- graphed the squad’s programs. Shocking Doctor: Mr. Brown. I can think of but one thing that will possibly cure you. You must take an electric bath.” Brown: No, suh, Doc. Not this boy. Ah had a friend once that took one at Sing Sing and he got drowned.” 3fi Gkli cwi December 24, 1926 F 0 U N I) R Y The foundry under the instruc- tion of Mr. Hamilton and Mr. Cece, has been progressing very rapidly and new equipment has been install- ed. One installment is the new 500 lb. Electric Mill, having an indirect arc. three electrodes, con- trolled automatically or by hand, two doors, (charging and pouring) and a worm wheel tipper. When automatically run it is controlled by six electro-magnets having four different voltages. 35-65-85 and 10. The furnace is water cooled and capable of turning out nine pours in a working day of eight hours. It holds 450 lbs. at one heat, using up all (cast iron) shop and foundry scrap. Due to the smallness of the foundry, the maximum rate is three pours per day. The new electric mill is the most modern means of bringing metal in- to the molten state. It is the cleanest, cheapest and most effi- cient. It has many advantages over the old style furnace, reduces phos- phorous and does not contaminate the iron. The upkeep is very little and has a loss of only about 5 per cent. Mr. Rivers and the girl of his heart, while taking a walk in the country, had encountered a fero- cious looking bull and had retreated behind a high gate. But, I thought, dear.” ventured the maiden, “that you always said you’d face death gladly for me!” Rivers answered: I would, dearest, but that bull ain’t dead.” Most of the books we read arc like the rain water that fell last night. It is a superficial matter and it soon runs off. But the literature of cre- ative spiritual power is a whole sea —the accumulated spiritual gains of the ages—and to know it and to love it. to go down beside it and dip into it, to feel its vast expanse, the cur- rents that run through it and the tides that lift it, arc among the choicest and | most rewarding privileges that man can enjoy. “Now, Herbert,” said the teacher, “how many seasons are there?” Do you mean in the United States.” Yes, certainly.” Two.” Only two? Name them.” Baseball and Football.” | THE I FACULTY MEMBERS OF THE APPRENTICE | SCHOOL WISH THE SENIORS AND TRADE SCHOOL BOYS : A iHrmt (Christmas ■ + � | : anil s ■ A Happij Nfui $rar Z Opposite Ford Athletic Field 1 CONFECTIONERY : 15861 WOODWARD iriiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii For STUDENTS Notebooks Brief Cases Scrap Books Dictionaries Memory Books Fountain Pens Eversharp Pencils Drafting Material Loose Leaf Covers Bookkeeping Supplies Papers, Pens. Inks, Etc. GEO. A. DRAKE C0. Stationers - Printers - Engravers Office Outiitters i n 619-645 Woodwaid 135 Lafayette i i i i i i i i i i • i � i • ... Ask Father and Mother to Select Your Gift From This Advertisement : Small Musical Instruments GIFTS FOR THE HOME A Piano Player-Piano Player-Rolls Victor Records Orthophonic Victrola No Gift will be so welcome for the boy or girl than a musical instrument. Give gifts that last. Terms gladly arranged to suit. SAXOPHONE E-flat Alto “Wolverine” Silver plated; gold bell; pearl finger- ing. Case and extra reeds included $110 C Melody same as above $115 TRUMPET French model. B flat with chang to A. Waterproof cover and extras included. $18 TROMBONE Brass finish. Perfect slide ac- tion. Waterproof case............. $16 VIOLIN Strad model. Complete with Brazilwood bow and ex- d'Q 7c tra set of strings.™. ) Others at $12.50, $18, $25, etc. CELLO Excellent quality. Full, kt i sizes. Complete with and waterproof cover............ CLARINET Fine imported Albert system. 15 keys, 4 rings and rollers. ; With case and 6 extra reeds. «pJL.DU and bow $37.50 Drums SIS up. Flutes .$11 up. Banjos $15 up. Mandolins $12.50 up. Guitars $12 up. Ukuleles $2.25 up. Banjo Ukes $5.50. In- strument Cases. Music Stands. Music Rolls and Bags. GRINNELL BROS. f Stcmway l{cprc$cniaiivcss' 1515-21 WOODWARD AVE.. DETROIT 40 Stores—' ) Detroit Branches SUPPORT VARSITY QUINTET Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, January 14. 192 BIGGER BETTER ARTISAN Number 7 Sports Success Due to Coaches Broker and Morrin (Qualified by Past Experiences to Pilot T. S. Teams In the last three years the Trade School has become known to such an ex- tent that people oi prominence must recognize it. Success in sports claims the most prominent part in our rccogni tion. The past seasons have been the most successful we have witnessed. For this we can be thankful to Coaches Broker and Morrin. It was in 1910 that Messrs. Broker and Morrin entered the Carlisle University, of Carlisle, Pa. In his first year Mr. Broker «lid not take any active part in athletics, but in 1911 he started to play foottnll, a game lie knew nothing of. He made the second team, and played the fullback position. The following year he made the Varsity, playing both fullback and halfback, altcmatingly. lie was adept at both positions. Coach Morrin played center that year, and made the Varsity the next year. Un«lcr the guidance of Coach Glen S. Warner, now of I.eland Stanford University, Mr. Broker developed into one of the greatest backfickl stars of the Indian race. He played against all lead- ing universities of the Fast. During the World War, as a soldier, he played on the different Service teams, l.ater, after settling in Detroit, lie joined the Ourang Indians, a team composed of former football players of Carlisle University and Haskell Institute. After two years of professional football he returned to Detroit, and was employed by the Ford Motor Company. He was accompanied by Mr. Morrin. He was later trans- ferred to the Trade School. Mr. Broker and Mr. Morrin were'soon appointed coaches of the Trade Scluxil. where they have succeeded in producing good teams in many branches of sports. They have not only succeeded in demon- strating their prowess as ball players, but also a teachers of the knowledge they gained through the interest they took in athletics and the games tliey played. Interesting Talk Given by Director of Library The hoys of the W section had the op- portunity to hear a very interesting talk given by Mr. William Avery Barras. the educational director of reading of the Detroit Public Library. He made a statement upon which his whole talk was based, which was, I have enjoyed a lot of experiences that I never had.” He encouraged the read- ing of good books and biographies, lie-; caiiM ihcrcby wc can understand the other fellow by rca«ling some of his experiences. j Hr made another statement which was.) -We need an education in order that we may understand other people, and can live better with them.” He illustrated these statements by several stories and jokes. 11«' also told some of the high spots of the book, “1 he Royal Road to Romance,” which is a b«x k of the practical experiences of its author, Richard Haliburst. Mr. Barras has looked thru the col- lection of books in our library and is going to prepare a list of the books which he recommends especially. Good fellows ()rganization Contains Number of 'Erade School Boys B ASK ETBAI ,1. SC 11 ED ILF. KEEP FOR REFERENCE The (io«xlfellows Club, the majority oi whom arc Trade School student , held their annual banquet Wednesday evening. January 10, 1927. The hanquet was a great success through the efforts of Mrs. Sanders who conducted the c wking with the aid of three other ladies. The guests and speakers present were: Mr. Edwards, Mr. Sanders, Jimmy Humbcrstonc. Speedy Youngerman, Mr. McClinchy of the Heat Treating Dc- partment of the Ford Motor Company, who is also scoutmaster, aiul Mr. Rod- man, pastor oi the Union Church. The program opened with reading the minutes of the previous meeting by the secretary, Peter Budai. Philip Younger- man then gave a short talk on what ath- letics meant to a club. He also explained the triangle, which is the symbol of the Goodidlows Club, tliat triangle having three angles meaning mind, moral, and muscle. The boy must develop all three of these angles in order to keep the triangle equilateral. Mr. McClinchy spoke on the interest of the club and what lie and the boys 'gained iron� the topics given at the meeting. Mr. Edwards gave his talk on the motto of the Goal fellows Club: Look- up and Lift up. He gave several illus- trations of boys, who needed a lifting hand, and the change in their course of life when they received it. Jimmy Humbcrstonc tlien gave a very good talk on Good Fellowship. The Goodfcllows Club was organized by several boys in 1923 and held its (Continued on Pag«- 1) Government Pictures Shown in Auditorium Educational pictures arc being shown in the auditorium at the scheduled period. Those shown were of Die U. S. Treasury and L S. Postal Service. People often wonder how these Governmental tiepart- rnents are managed. Tfii-pirtiires demondrated the process of redeeming old worn and dcface«l bills, the washing of dirty hills. The U- S. Postal Department pictures demontsarted why wc get a letter in two «lays from two thousand miles away. A very complicate ! machine is used to put the black lines across the stamp, mak- ing it void after delivery of the parcel on which it is glued. It is fortunate that wc arc shown these pictures for they show us how the various departments of the Government arc run. January 7—Fordson at Fordson. January 14—Flint at Detroit. January 21—Williamston at Detroit. January 28—Flint at Flint. February 2—Hazel park at Ford Gym. February 4 -Oxf« rd at Detroit. February 11—Alumni at Ford Gym. February 18—F«irds« n at Detroit. February 25- Hazclpnrk at Hazclpark. February 24 Royal Oak at Royal Oak. February 25— St. Joseph at St. Joseph. March 4—Oxford at Oxford. XI arch 11—Open. March 18 -St. Joseph at Highland Park. Attention Rooters! By the time this issue oi the “Artisan” is in your hands the haskctbal! season will lie in full swing. Full swing in the Trade School means just what is writ- ten. There arc no less than seven teams nude up within the school. There is the varsity team, three sc«-tion teams, the Baby Lincolns, the alumni of the school, and the Instructors have an out- fit entered in the Highland Park Rec- reation League. This week Mr. Mcnold. of the Highland Park Recreation De- partment, allowed Coach Crawfotd to place a team in that league, which lie intends to da With Section league games on Tues- day and Thursday, the Baby Lincolns playing in the Detroit Basket lull League ; on Wednesday nights and the Varsity, Instructors, and Recreation team play- ing on Friday any followers of the win- ter indoor sports should be satisfied. All of these teams Itavc been and arc ! working liard to make showings in their respective classes and deserve the unre- mitting support of the student body. This sport, even to the uninitiated, will prove an interesting as well as an enter taining evening. Ask the “few” that wfinessed the Fordson-Varsity game « r those that saw the Baby Lincolns pull into a substantial lead after being livid to a three-point lead at the end of the half. Tlicrc is plenty of action and not so complicated, but they can appreciate ; the speed and accuracy of the players. — Green Author Contest Do not forget the Green Author Con- test. Rules arc: 1. No member of Artisan” staff is eligible. 2. Book report of the Unknown must be written on one side of paper only. 3. Name of author must appear after the title. Seniors Turn Salesmen To Buy B. L. Jackets charge of the refreshment booth on the Ford Athletic field. The profits derived from this source of revenue will buy the Baby Lincolns football squad their leather jackets. Each member of the Alumni Asso- ciation is requested to work at certain hours yelling hot dogs, chewing gum, pop, candy bars, sandwiches and cof- iee sold here. Whenever you arc skating on the Ford Field ranlc remember our Seniors. Vaporizer Studied On Thursday, January filli, the section in school made a special trip to the Trade School Car Service Department 1 to witness the vaporizing of the gasoline as it passed the hot plate of the new type ' carburetor used on the Ford car. A standard carburetor had a portion of cast iron cut away from over the hot plate, and a piece of pyrex inserted so the liquid gas could be seen bubbling al- most three-quarters of the way up the hot plate, and then becoming a gas ami passing through the intake manifold to the combustion chamber. New Glee Club Developed Under Efforts of Messrs. Roberts and Crowley A Henry Ford Trade School Gle - Club is now being organized to replace the disorganized club that has been prominent in entertaining at the social functions of the past. The new club will lx- restricted to boys oi merit ami vocal talent. Prospective memhers will be required to have at least a BB for the average of the year, and also a good voice. Mr. Roberts, of the drawing depart- ment. has gladly consented to train the Glee Club Imys in their vocal work. Mr. Crowley, of the mathematics department, has consented to act as faculty advisor (pro-tern), having under his jurisdiction the social functions of the organization. The Club will be restricted to twelve boys from each section; three voices to each part (first tenor, second tenor, first Iwss. second bass). Each section will en- deavor to have a pianist. With this ar- rangement each group will be able to en- tertain their respective sections. The social functions of the Club will be the sponsoring of student dances and entertainments. The Club will meet two nights a week. One night for the vocal training, and the other to plan parties and dances for the student body. Any l oy who feels he can live up to the requirements of the Glee Club should write his application ami forward it to Mr. Roberts or Mr. Crowley. Applica- tions blanks may lx- procured from the office of the “Artisan. First Section Contest Won by M Section 16-1 M section won the opening game oi the section basketball season from T at the Liberty School gym on January 11, 1927. The score was: M—16. T- 4. The game was sort of a r« ugh and tumble affair throughout the four frames. Neither team pullcil off brilliant plays. The fellows played liard but «!i«l not play good basketball. The X( section defense | was pretty good although it could hav j been better. The fellows wanted to put the ball in the basket with no though of team play. Shay, of M. scored the most points. He totaled six of M’s sixteen points. The M section only used six men during (he game and would have gone through with the starting line-up, but for Slay living put out in the third quarter on personal fouls. There were three or four substitutions on the T team. The team cannot be judged very well bv its first appearance so wc will look forward to more interesting games in the future. No Pathfinder Exercises For Graduates of “27“ ■ ' The Pathfinders will not conduct the graduation exercises for the three | A classes of this year. The boys received their diploma in Human Engineering last semester an ! for the past year have studied an ad- vanced course in leadership. It will be up to a committee from each class to arrange a graduation program. The class rings will be here Janu- ary 20. Fordson Bested l y Close Score Trade School Ouintet Fights Uphill Contest to Two Point Victorv The If. F. T. S. boat Fordson 27 to 25 at the Miller School gym at Fordson at 8 P. M., Fri«lay, January 7, 1926. The Fordson quintet held the advantage dur- ing the first half by some very good teamwork. At the half Marchand and Johns went into the game and the score began to rise in our favor. Marchand and Johns both played brilliant games at � hc guard positions. Tcsner and Novack both played a stca«ly game and showed the fighting spirit which had been rather lacking in the first half. The corner play of the Fordson team had been effective in the first half but this was now completely smothered l� y the work of Capt. Marchand and Johns. When the Trade School was within two points Testier tied the score with a sliot from the foul throw circle. Wilcox then h«x pcd one to put his team in the lead f«� r which proved the last time. Tcsner again counted from the floor, to make 25 all. With about a minute to go Bcnko shot from a considerable distance, which rebounded to the forwards, Tcsner missed this one but Novack leaped into the air and batted it through the meshes for the winning score. After this Fordson took time out and when play was resume ! Bcnko proccc«led to keep the control of the liall, not allowing the losers to try for another score. The Trade School boy� in tl� c main j� art have to work t« gcthcr better if they hope to win in the future while their ability to shoot was not up to the stand- ard of former Artisan teams. H. F. T. S. Position Fordson Tcsner R.F. Rothcrmcll Frankowski L.F. Wilcox Fields C Podlcwski Sassin R.G. Slota Libby L.G. Jonik Score: T. S. 27; Fordson 25; Field Baskets: Frankowski 2. Benko 2, Johns 2, Novack 3, Testier 4; Podlcwski 4. Jonik 2, Strobcl 2. RothermelJ, Wilcox 3. Points for fouls: E. Podlcwski 1 ;n 1; Novack 1 in 4. lknko lor Iieitls, Novack for Frankowski, Johns for Sassiu, Marchand for Libby; E. Padlcw- -ki for Jonik, Strobcl for Podlcwski, Wallak for E. Podlcwski. The next varsity game is with the Micliigan School f««r Deaf-Mutes from Flint, these players are older ami heavier than ours but we feel confident tliat our team can give a good account of them- selves so come Friday and see the game ..t the Ford schoot gym. Don't fail to be tliere. ________________ Orchestra Entertains T. Sect, with Program Tlic Trade School Orchestra, under Mr. Johnson, gave a fine conception of what orchestra music is to T section, Friday, December 24th. Being the day before Christmas, tl� e majority of pieces were Christmas carols. The orchestra opened with a number of classical pieces, and pictures were later flashed on the scram. These were followed by Christmas songs, the entire audience singing to the orchestra’s ac- companiment. The whole was a complete success. The addition of scenery made an at- tractive setting. 2 The Artisan January 14. 1927 277i£ CMJi awi Publication of the Studento of the Henry Ford Trade School. Highland l’ark, Michigan. VOL. 1. NO. 7. $1.00 Per Year JANUARY II. 1927 PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY Single Copie . 7 Cents STAFF: Kditor in Chief..................................J� ' � Humbcrstone Associate Editor....................................J° m Conn el: Managing Editor.................................... William Cam Art Editor...................................... • X.eorgc Steyskal News Department: Frank Berto, William ance, Joseph Kisil. Alex A Hie, Ervin Pope, William Toth, Arthur Schultz, Duane Mulvcy, Philiip Youngerman. Publication De| artmcnt......................................Adolph Eckert Assistants: .Mike Borushko, Robert Leiscv, Howard Ilocft. Carl Kurz. Mike Kostccki. Business Manager ...............................................Farl lank Advertising Manager.........................................Bernard Konopka Circulation Department......................................Phillip Zoufal Assistants: Steve Szalai, Arthur Brooks, Samuel Schmidt. Faculty Adviser................................................Louis Garden ART ISAS STANDS TOR 1—the promotion of greater school activties. 2 -the rules of the Administration. .1 the encouraging of students for extra high school credits. RESOLUTIONS The hour glass of time has been turned once more—we hail a New Year. The time for Resolutions—the safety valve, it seems, for erring youth and man to resolve to make more resolutions. Resolutions made —Resolutions broken—what matters—they're Resolutions. Such it seems has been the cry as the years roll by! But ah; this is 1927—vet’s make a new resolution—a resolve to keep our resolutions. A new era might awake if we lmt kept our resolutions. Ibis of course, means effort—the victorious attitude—sweeping past small obstacles that seem big—reaching out with the energy tha is wiihin us—gahering the material that is within us, gathering the material that makes for finer living—a revelation to those we chance to meet. Radiating thought waves of ho|xr, of ambition, of determination—lhu establishing condi- tions of success. In its essence, this it seems, in the go wring force of j a good reolution, MADE AND KEPT. Resolve to resolve to keep your resolutions! JANUARY Start The New Year Right The Persian philosopher-poet, Omar Khayyam, said in words of music, “Now comes the New Year, reviving old de- sires.” Wc liavt a blank page before us, hut what letter materials have wc with which to write thereon than wc had last year! It comes in the month of Jan- uary, the namesake of the Roman Janus, , the two-faced guardian of heaven’s door, who looks Kick on the past and forward to the future. Our blank page is not the beginning sheet, I tut a unit of that beautiful, varied, colorful, dull at times, and sometimes ex- citing. book of life that goes on, a year to a chapter, through vicissitudes of hope and despair, love and hate, happiness and misery, to the great climax of death. Wc are co-authors of this book with our Maker We make it dull and drab, or vivid, colorful, and interesting. We arc now left at a point in the web of the story where the interest is held in suspense. Wc do not know yet if it will Ik- a tragedy or a romance. Wc can carry on the story and increase the poig- nant beauty of it under the guidance of the senior-author. Nor can wc re- write any chapter; all that remain to: do when wc write a poor chapter is to profit by the experience and make live next a better one. Wc have not attained the summit of our desires in the last chapter, nor will we in the next. The senior-author has ordained that they will come in the cli- max oi the book if it be written with a spirit of hope and faith and good-will in the pages. Our book, when finished, may be kept by our inheritors for generations and generations, being read more eagerly as time roll� on, or our mediocre or bad manuscripts may never be unreeled, but left to crumble to dust in the darkness.: A new sheet, a blank page, a whole year, another chapter -what will you write there? WORLD’S LATEST INVENTION To operate the nunrlou, power driven eraser fasten cord to hook, open ventilator. The air will strike fan, transmittit powrr thru a eri«« of «rat� . helta. puller , universal Joints, etc. Then grab handle and guide mor to unwanted pencil mark—J. Vneantie. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. KNOW HOW TO— DEFINE YOUR PURPOSE You must know WHAT is to be done before you can know HOW. This is your master task. ANALYZE YOUR PROBLEM Your master task will tiu-n break up into many detail tasks. Con- sider them all- neglect none. SEEK THE FACTS Study every condition governing each task, find the undesirable ele- j ments to be cl .initiated, the desir- able elements to be retained. Then standardize right conditions. UFA ISE THE ONE BEST METHOD Aim to conserve ENERGY—TIME —SPACE—M ATKRIA L. Deter- mine relation of details to MAS- TER TASK. FIND THE PERSON BEST FITTED For each task certain personal qual- ities are essential. In each person certain qualities predominate. Find the person best fitted. SECTION BASKETBALL SCHEDULE Jan. 11.........................M vs. T J 1 - 13.........................M vs. W Jan. 1«........................ T vs. W Jan. 20.........................T vs. M Jan. 25............................W vs. M Jan. 27............................W vs. T Feb. 1.............................M vs. T Feb. 3.............................M vs. W Feb. 8...........................T vs. W Feb. 10............................T vs. M !•« ■ 15..........................W vs. M Feb. 17............................W vs. T Feb. 22............................M vs. T Feb. 24............................M vs. W Mar. I.............................T vs. W Mar. 3.............................T vs. M Mar. 8.............................W vs. M Mar. 10............................W vs. T Section basketball games will be played at 4:30 P. M. on the days sched- uled in the Liberty School gymnasium. ENTOMOLOGY What? No Crowd? Happiness i the hy-product of work well done. ('an t Bo T. S. The “Artisan” has been working for the past six issues under the guidance of green stall members, and hence it lias been with great diffi- culty tliat the paper has appeared on time. As a result of change of form this issue of the “Artisan” lias neces- sarily been delayed, and the editor has made a New Year's resolution with the staff that sparing this one issue the paper will henceforth come out on time. To help make this resolution effective we arc issuing a pica for a larger staff. The boys who have enjoyed the newspaper experience in the publication of the past issues will vow that this activity is extremely I I' : ■•-ting a:. i inratioiial. With the knowledge thov li:iv (_■!«•:'frn n die pages of journalism they will he very adept in breaking in new staff members. Therefore such lx ys who are of good standing in their classes and wish to take part in this educational activity should report to the editor any evening at 4:15. The executives for the coining year have all worked their way up from insignificant jx sitiotts on the staff, and with the possibility of lie- coming an executive of your school paper keen competition on the staff is expected, which will result in a bigger and finer Artisan. EDITORS NOTE From now on this column is to be devoted to the answering • f ques- tions asked the “Artisan by the student body. We hope to bring the stu- dents and the administration in closer relationship by using this policy. COMMUNICATI ' WITH US. By so doing you will l c contributingi materially to the success of the “Artisan by enabling the staff to publish STUDENT OPINION'. It is vour own column in your own paper.! MAKE USE OF IT. THE ALUMNI AND SENIORS EXPRESS HEARTFELT SYMPATHY TO MR. VALLA NCE AT THE DEATH OF HIS WIFE There was an enormous crowd gath- ered in the gymnasium of the Miller school in F'ordson to see the basketball game between F'ordson High and the Henry Ford Trade School on the eve- ning of January 7, 1927. In fact there were '■ many Track School partisans that it was difficult to count them all. At last the great feat was accomplished and the two ambitious fellows who had counted the great mob compared notes and found that there were all of sixteen Trade School rooter . Ton of these rooters were Trade School students. There are 1600 students in the Trade School and as 10 attended the basket- j ball game, a percentage of 5-8 of one j per cent of the total amount of students in the school were there. That is a per- centage to be proud of; few schools se- cure such enormous crowds at their games. A team cannot help but lose when the school turns out in such great numbers. The only reason that the T. S. quintet won is because of the team’s fighting spirit. Why i it that so few -.indents at- tend these games: Is it a lack of school spirit? A team is no greater than the school it represents. If you yourself cannot spare the time to try out for the team come to see the games a least. Give the team your moral support. The basketball season lias just begun, l c sure to he present at the next game. Try to see all the games. Tl� c school fur- nishes you with an education and it is up to you to show your appre- ciation by doing something for the var- ious school activites out of school hours, or by earnestly supporting these activities, whether they be athletics, the orchestra, or the school newspaper. Let’s have more school spirit and try to make this institu- tion our pride. 6. TEACH THE PERSON REST FITTED THE ONE BEST METHOD Not by driving but by thorough patient teaching are understand- ing and skill developed. 7. PLAN CAREFULLY Right planning of arrangement and sequence of work will enable you to accomplish tasks in LOGICAL ORDER ACCURATELY - QUICKLY ECONOMICALLY, j S. WIN CO-OPERATION Co-operation means working togeth er. It cannot be demanded. It must he won. Accept your share of the btkOj. rights- and aspirations of others. W. H. LEFFT NGWELL. In The Survey] December 15, 1929. j LIBRARY NOTES Books recently received at the Library: Guittrau and Webster—The Constitu- tion of the United States. King—Faith and Success. Stevenson—The Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde. Schultz The Trail oi the Spanish Horse. Hough The Story of the Cowboy. Hcndryx—Connie Morgan in the Fur Country. Kcmpton— Phantom Gold. lngcrsi.il -Raisin Creek Exploring (“BUGOLOGY”) Mery few people know much to speak of about insects and, consequently, al- most everything an entomologist tells another person is something new. In iart, few people know what an insect is, though perhaps they think they do. In consequence of this ignorance it is a gen- eral opinion that the study of insects is a dry and uninteresting study. Nothing could be farther from the truth. Those who have been initiated into the realms of this science, either as a profession or a hobby—and it is important that one should have a hobby—are unanimous in proclaiming it the most fascinating of gnTriuht, I l --,--.-------——------ In view of tire above facts, and having studied bugology” for five years, the writer. Geo. Stcyskal (No. 328), an- nounces his intention of forming a club ior the study of entomology as a holiby at a date to l c announced in a future is- mic of the Artisan. You may think that entomology is something that takes a man with a tre- mendous capacity for learning to be- come acquainted with, or in other words, it is as many people think, algebra or Greek or chemistry is. I won’t deny that it is difficult to acquire an ex- tensive knowledge f it, for the reason that it is a very extensive subject. Men have found and described about 400,000 different kinds of insects, or nearly three times as many as all other kinds of ani- Club. mals (this includes fishes, birds, etc.) to- Brown—Archer and the ‘‘Prophet.” gether. But merely prevents the subject Dix—Soldier Rigdak. from becoming '‘stale.” Stoddard -Little Smoke: a Tale of the 1 could write pages on this subject, but Sioux. rfuc to lack of space, 1 will say, in end- Roberts Hoof and Claw. iug this article, tliat in the next issue of Golum- The Golden Fleece. i the “Artisan I will endeavor to tell I niversity Debater’s Annual for 1924- something of the scope of entomology— 2o. what it takes in. I also wish to an- Akcly—In Brightest Africa. nomice that I will very gladly answer The World's Best Short Stories for personally any questions on this subject. 1926. _____________________ Bishop—The Story of the Submarine. Things don’t turn up in this world— McCann- -Ship Model Making. Until somebody turns them up. January 14. 1927 BANKING FROM THE BEGINNING Courtesy of Highland Park State Bank EAltL) MONEY AND COINAGE among the Hittitcs and the British Piets. As individuals we arc grateful enough But no matter what form the carlist wlven an of our immediate ancestors money took among our Aryan forbears, leave us a little money to ameliorate the from Dravidian India through Doric %truCg!e of this complicated modern Greece to pre-Roman Italy, it was curi- world in which we live. Yet we seldom ouslv associated with cattle. The top to consider what a debt of grati- Aryans were nomadic or grazing peoples, tude we owe that dim, remote ancestry before they gathered into cities, with of ours which slowly, after much puz- great herds of oxen. cows, and sheep, zled trial ami error, evolved the system Cattle were what they chiefly had to of money on which our whole modern , tarter for desired luxuries, and so cattle world is based. became the customary, and eventually Money i� a symbol. It stands for a the traditional, standard of value. The thing offered or a thing desired. It i 1-atin word for money, pecunia, derived a standard of value in convenient form from pecus, cattle. and therefore a medium of exchange. From time immemorial in India, Rut in the early days when civilization ,|iroUK|, ,jK. whole Vedie Age (2000 to was just beginning to crystalize from 1400 B C) lhc cow was the chief tarinrism, the things themselves- cattle, through the whole Vodic Age (2000 to duped pottery, weapons woven cloth or A |hc cww ;s thl) nvmjoncd jn the what not—still had to he exchanged d, Vr |as so |lc ox appcars as a unit o{ rcctly Tins was tarter. And from q( |Jw H(1,m.ric ,KK.m8. When the clumsiness and difficulty oi barter. |he dirccl transfer of OXCII was nol Crtn. a clumsiness and difficulty of winch we. venk,|)t f r desirablc amonK „lc Greeks with our bills, checks, notes and ever r Tr(lja„, Homer tclls USf a weight ready change can scarcely conceive, the of tmcoine | Rl 1,| equivalent in value to invention oi money naturally and in- ; an ox was fix d and calk.d a talent.” cvitably developed. ]„ such a primitive society wherever There may have tacn coined money at prcck us meiah wcrc uscd as a mcdium an unsuspectedly early date among the peoples o: the submerged civilizations The Artisan of exchange they were regarded as mer- chandise—more convenient for exchange in many cases, but not in themselves measures of the value of other commod- ities. The ox talents, gradually coming more into use, wcrc finally coined with the head of an ox impressed on one side, and came to be called “oxen.” It was usually thus, as a precious metal, that money came into being. To- ward the end of the Age of the Vedas in India ornaments for the neck were used as money. The word nishka,” which originally was merely the name of such an ornament, gradually acquired the meaning of money. In some pas- sages of the. Sanskrit manuscripts it is impossible to tell whether a neck orna- ment or money is referred to. The nishka appears to have corresponded to the copper anklets or bracelets used by the Egyptians of the Seventeenth Dy- nasty (1600 B. C.) as a medium of ex- change. In the Indian Epic period (MOO to 800 B. C.) the word “nishka had de- finitely come to mean a gold piece: and a silver “karshapana, or coin, is men- tioned in various Buddhist works. Some- what later, metal pieces begin to ap- jiear, marked to show their weight and hence their value. These copjKr coins, which were the basis of value in India in the Seventh Century B. C„ weighed (Continued on Page 1) T H I £ U N K N O W N By the Green Author of antiquity such as that of the Cretans. which flowered at Cnossos. There arc I_______________________________________________ hints of it among tlie records of the ' Sumerians of the First Babylonian Fm- There is no reason why we cannot pirv, in India, and in the half legendary make the Trade School the safest de- histories of early China. But in the part mein in the whole Ford organization. Seventh or Fight Centuries, B. C., vir- We have the help of tlie instructors, offi- cially the whole trade of the ancient cials. and the Safety Committee. They world centering about the Mediterran- all wish the students a happy and pros- can basin was being conducted through porous year in health and safety and tarter, and the former monetary refitn hope to render all the assistance possible moils oi lost empires, if they existed,1 towards making the Trade School 100% tad been forgotten. safe. Barter exists sporadically in the world At a recent meeting of the Safety Corn- today, a� among the Esquimaux and in mittcc some of the more noticeable facts parts of Russia where the organizations brought forth were: of societ) has broken down. As late 1 That boys are neglecting to wear skull as tlie middle of the last century the caps and to roll up their sleeves. British economist Jevons. at one time asttyer S A FE TY DEPART MENT economist Jevons. at one time That boys have to be cautioned of the ...... . ' . of the mint at Sydney, was able j danRcr of’ not shutting down their ma- c £ '' ' “T v the pracliiv ill il most prim-, r|««nr when rlonniiu . ronairincr. or oil- i ! . . age should block up the car that they arc working on before getting under it. Do not flip towels, because they may land in some other boy’s face or eyes. One of the students flipped a towel and it hit another boy in the face; this cer- tain towel had acid on it and, of course, he had to go to the hospital. If the other fellow had thought, there would not have been any cause for such an accident. Joking is all right at certain times, but not while working. Boys out at recreation should not throw snow halls. When going from class to class help the north class and also not push or crowd. Young I.uke, who is attacked and al- most loses his life while out riding, re turns the next day to the village of Bingsvillc, Kentucky, where he lives with his foster parents. The next day, when out in the forest, he meets tlie foster daughter of Major Wolfe, supposedly the rich man of the village. He leaves her and, on his way to the village he has to cross a creek on ' a narrow footbridge. When he is nearly across the stream a stranger, who has j been skulking around the Major s home (on the top of the hill) makes his appear- ance on the opposite side of the foot- j bridge. The stranger tries to force Luke to retreat but Luke resists the attempts bravely and in the struggle the stranger loses his foothold and tumbles into the creek. CHAPTER VII The stream was � xe very deep at this j point. When the stranger first struck the water Ik waved hi. arms and legs in .i frenzied attemiq to swim. Imagiiu- his surprise and mortification when he discovered that there was only three feet of water in the creek bed. He arose' up ! out of the water angrily shouting curses at the boy who tad reached the oppo- site bank and now stood laughing at the ludicrous sight tlie stranger presented. His hat had been lost in the struggle and his hair and clothes wcrc dripping wet and plastered with clay from the creek bed. He was a sight which would ti lc a mummy. Luke was not a mummy, but lie broke out into ringing lieals of laughter which echoed and re- echoed among the green walls of the forest, disturbing the calm of twilight hours and exciting the wild life of the forest. The stranger clambered up on the bank, wrung the water out of his clothes and then stood as if undecided as to whether he should cross the stream again in chase of the boy. He started across the bridge several times but always hesitated and turned to look l ark at the Major's home on the hill. At last he evidently decided to postpone his vengeance until some fu- ture time. Before leaving he shouted at the boy. his voice vibrating with rage. You think you’re smart, but there is a time coming when you won’t bother folks any more. He made an amusing picture as he stood there with mud and water oozing from his clothing, but the threat which he shouted was so earnest and forceful that Luke’s desire to laugh faded away and in its place there came fear, for he could see the eves of the other glowing ith the red light of rage, gleaming with the desire to kill. Controlling his emotions with an effort the stranger turned and walked rapidly towards the Major’s home, leaving Luke behind, thoughtful ami awed. The sun had set and the mantle of night was spread over the forest when the moon appeared lighting up the surround- ing land with its brilliance, bathing the forest and the creek in its silvery glow. It disclosed Luke still sitting on the bank of the creek striving to solve his problems which had been complicated by the threats f the stranger. He sat there a while longer, but still he found no solution. At last the hoy uttered a weary sigh, rose up from the ground, stretched his cramped muscles and wearily walked down the path towards the twinkling lights ot the village. (To Be Continued) GREGORY MAYER JH0M TO. STATIONERY PRINTING - BLANK BOOKS LOOSE LEAF DEVICES LITHOGRAPHING and ENGRAVING OFFICE FURNITURE to study the practice in its most prim- ■ c|,jnC| when cleaning, repairing, or oil-,. . . j-.’ stive form. He cites it amusingly to mR- When you oil vour machine, ask p K r,R your instructor if it is necessary to shut e°inet°n , hop r,'p kecp in,linc . IT the machine, because some oil cups and keep your hands out of your pockets. can be Filled without any danger of mov- Do not tr-v scc lf ’ou can triP thc ! FLINT DETROIT • ■ i i i • • • ■ i LANSING illustrate thc embarrassment of Wallace, the naturalist, in the Malayan archi- •oiago. In some of thc islands.” says Jevons, ;IIR machinery, “where there was no proper currency. fellow in front of you. Walk along “ letters be your own thoughts whether! comments or criticism. You need not difficulty in barter j Just recently we had a ease of a i—- mil ■ • Ilium- .1.1.............................. Lli!.........fc-WilH—M— ually suit each others m and tbc flanic blew into his face and - e- I li nts itili' wnnlinc'. ■ • • • • M O T _ , Goggles must lie worn when chipping ■ gentlemen. Wallace could not procure supplies with- 1 a;m and working around acids. Boys We invite anyone to contribute to this nut a special bargain and much chaffer ' must not that their own glasses I department. Drop your contributions in j ing upon each occasion. If thc vendor ar ? safe cntnigh. because the kind of gla s the Artisan box in thc study hall, ad- ot fish or oilier coveted eatables did ,.M.d for Sbatters and is unsafe. Use dressed lo thc Safety Editor. Let your j not meet with the sort of exchange dc- j ,hc standard Ford goggle and if you can’t sired hr would pass on. and Mr. Wallace scc with them on tell your instructor and an i his party had to go without dinner ,(c wi„ scc that you arc takcn o( tln. sign your name if you prefer not to. ? . . The first ... I.ml I.-V4� E«sessions mutually mts. There may ! e people wanting., ,llirncd his eye badly. After this the glcs when necessary. Never tattoo your hands with ink be -1 - cause it is a very easy way to cause in Z tcction. j “ Do not place too much faith in cranes - or get underneath anything that is' Z so that what is obtained by sale in one u,)portt.d by cranes. Boys in the gar- ! ; ease, may be used in purchase in an- I pthcr. i •''■••••“■ ■•••••««•'•''■■«■ •m •wim iwii� i j a Opposite Ford Athletic Field § i - ■ i ■ ii i ■ ■ “ mi ■ i i i i • i ■ i 'i i i • • ... i ■ i ■ ■ ■ i ■ ■ ■ ■ i ii i i Plant: Pin• and Sth St. Phone Glendale 5680 _ � ii . v'i mj Vjv.v ''son;. iii.a many -possessing the tilings wanted, boys ought to know enough to wear gag- ing to allow of an act of tarter there 1 I( whon nwMun.. must be a double coincidence, which will rarely happen. . . . Seller and pur- chasers can only Ik made to fit by the use of home commodity . . . which all are willing to receive for a time. STUDENTS Almost everything, at one time or an- - Xher, has been used as this commodity j - wampum, or strung shells among our _ jwn Indians and thc primitive Chinese r :o! acco by our early colonists, tattles - af trade gin in West Africa, stamped j “ leather among the Carthaginians, iron CONFECTIONERY 15861 WOODWARD Weyhing Bros. Mfg. Co. Makers of emblematic goods, class rings and pins, metals, badges and trophies. ! j A. J. Marshall Co.] I HOTEL AND RF.STAFR NT v ; EQUIPMENT I - : :SYRACUSE CHINA1. : - Z GL VSSWAKF. SILVERWARE and Z Z Makers of Henry Ford Trade Z • COOKING I IENSILS. SODA - I School rings - FOUNTAIN SUNDRIES and : : I Mfg Plan. McDougall at Grat. Z i JANITORS’ SUPPLIES - - lf%07 WOODWARD AVE. •Ird floor Annis Fur Bldg. Detroit. Randolph 9840-9811 I : “EVERYTHING YOU NEED - - 740-746 Randolph St., Detroit I Noteljooks Brief Ca� es Scrap Books Dictionaries Memory Books Fountain Pens Eversharp Pencils Drafting Material Loose Leaf Covers Bookkeeping Supplies Papers. Pens, Inks, Etc. GEO. A. DRAKE CO. Stationers - Printers - Engravers Office Outfitters 619-645 Woodward 135 Lafayette 13734 Woodward ONE DAY SERVICE OFFICES 14041 John R 16221 Woodward FRANK S. TOBIAS, Inc. CARS—TRUCKS—TRACTORS 16128 WOODWARD AVE. LONGFELLOW 7900 HIGHLAND PARK. MICHIGAN January 14, 1927 TTTie Gr iSan ALUMNI CORNER Here’s hoping that you all enjoyed a Merry Christmas, ami that a happy, i bright and prosperous year is in store for you. Among the future generals, admirals and mechanical engineers to visit during the holidays were Dave White and Nellis j Harrison. Dave is now a senior in An- napolis and. after graduation in June, will start his enlistment of two years, while Nellis is in his junior year at Michigan. “Where d’ya work, John?” is the song that was sung by Harold and Nellis at the postofficc during their vacation. Art Farmer and Carl Hopp were in, I and after looking around remarked, that the present students arc enjoying what the pioneers had made possible. Quite a few of the old fellows have been doing a bit of skating on the Ford rink lately, so why not drop in and meet each other again? The Baby Lincolns, your basketball team, won its first game last Wednes- day night at the Kronk Community House, defeating Grennan Cakes 33-28. Watch for our schedule in the pape - and come and enjoy the games. Recent alumni to join the Baby Lin- coln group are: Joe Housewirth, Lcs Stein, Bill Perium, Myrl Kibby and Ed- die Phillips. Keep the evening of January 21st open, as there will be a dance following the Williamston-Tradc School basketball game at the Ford School corner of Mid- land and Second Avenues, Highland Park. A natty uniformed young man by the name of Malcolm Stewart visited us re ccntlv. and, while not an alumnus, he says ; that the H. F. T. S. holds the biggest spot in his heart, since the death � f his i mother, which left Malcolm an orphan, he has been attending the Randal! Mili- tary Academy in Virginia. Other recent visitors to the school j were James Warworn! and Dave Cogs- well.—Station H. F. T. S. A. SIGNING j OFF. A deben of silver was valued at about $4.00 A common price for an ox was 120 debens of copper, or $6.00; while a bushel of wheat sold for approximately two copper debens, or ten cents. The first actual coins in Egypt seem to have come from the Aegean Islands, perhaps through Minoan traders. The first coins struck within Egypt itself were the silver coins made by the Per- sian conquerors of Egypt (528 B. C.). hearing an owl and flail design. GOODFELLOWS-JCLU B HAS T. S. ROYS (Continued from Page 1) meeting twice a month at the home of Mr. Sanders. The club now consists of thirty members, twenty of whom are Trade School students. The executives of the club arc: Presi dent, Frank Berth; Secretary, Peter Budai; Treasurer. Philip Yotingcrman At meetings the boys discussed as- signed subjects as: athletics, history, finance and commercial geography. The club was given interesting talks by Mr. Bratton, Mr. Broker, and Mr. Sylvester. Mr. Broker gave a fine talk on the In- dian Race and their ways and beliefs. Mr. Sylvester of McGregor Institute gave the biography of Tracy W. Me Gregor, founder ol the institution. SALVAGE SCRAP Officer . Elected The Exploration Club held their monthly meeting un Monday, January- 10. 1027, and new members were voted on. Six candidate were voted into the club. The election of officers then took place. The following boys were elected to of- fice: Wesley Swett, president; William Toth, vice-president; Louis Wicdling. Secretary; and Roland Leonhardt. Treasurer. BANKING FROM THE BEGINNING (Continued from Page 3) about 150 grains and show by their punch marks that they were struck, not by the government, but by private in- dividuals. There were also silver coins in India, oblong or square in shape, and appar- ently cut from strips of metal. They were without inscription except for the rough outlines of natural objects such as the sun, a man. or a tree, which per- haps sufficed to identify the person who issued them. From their shape, no druifit. rjtyr J' f S'V’b Irr 1l vt INDEED IGNORANT Mr. Crowley;- We are getting wiser each generation. I am wiser than my father, and he was wiser than his father. Mr. Day: I dare say your grandfather must have 1 cen ignorant. ROUGH STUFF ON TOUGH There was a you� g chemistry tough, Who insisted on nixing stuff; He heated the 7ial, And after a while They found his front teeth and a cuff. conVs 1,Zafakas’' or “dominoes. Money in Egypt evolved in much the same way. As late as the New King- dom. which dates from 1600 B. C„ there was tu� coined money. Up to that time the value of commodities for purposes of exchange, had been stated in weights of copper. The copper anklet, previously men- tioned in connection with the Indian nishka, weighed a “deben” and was worth about five cents in our money. :-r RATHER SHARP Come, let s get down to brass tack and thrash this thing out. No, let’s use ten-penny nails. It’s easier to see the point with them. ON EARTH OR IN HEAVEN? Mr. Buettner: Are you sure th-at this century plant will bloom in 100 years? Salesman: Certainly, sir. If it doesn’t, bring it Kick and your money will be refunded. THE TRUE ORIGIN What is the composition oi water? Water is composed of two gins, oxy- gin and hydrogin. Oxvgin is pure gin; hydrogin is gin and water. FIRM TERROR Aviator (to colored man). How would you like to have a ride? Colored Man: No, suh; I stays on terrah firntah, and the more firmali the less terrah. VERY PRACTICAL Mr. McMillian: Will you please give me a practical application of the right hand rule? Mr. Cody: To find the direction of the current in the third rail, grasp it with your right hand so that the figures arc curved in the direction of the lines of force, and your thumb will point in the direction the current is flowing. SHORT CIRCUIT John Finch: I-ook. my hair is full of electricity! Mr. Glassley: Wily, of course, it’s connected to a dry cell. PART OF THE RAZOR Bernier: Waiter, there is a piece of steel in this meat. Waiter; I can't help it. sir. It was a razor-hack hog. RADIO OR BABY, OH! Mr. Hawkes: Radio is in ks infancy. Mr. Scott: Yes, I know that by the way it bowls. A SIGHT TO BEHOLD Mckay: Why are you standing be- fore the mirror with your eyes closed? Sullivan: To see what I look like when I’m asleep. NO GRASS ON A BILLIARD BALL Kipplcy: Why haven't you any hair on your head? Wallman: For the same reason that grass won’t grow on a busy street. You know why now, don’t you? Ripplcy: Sure, it can’t get up through the concrete. orris Mitchel Co. FACTORY LUNCH SERVICE £ i|i||iil' I • I • ! i IUI l Transfer-Point; Confectionery; CANDIES | AND LIGHT LUNCHES ;SIX-MILE ROAD: At VAN DYKE ( LOSE THE DOOR Mr. Hamilton: How did the lost heat come out? Weidlincr: Thru the door. NO DOUBT Philip Zoufal: What is the most deadly poison known? Basil Benson: Embalming fluid, t You're dead lie fore it touches you. THE NEUCEUS Casey: Why do I struggle with this punk job? Cain: Don't be discouraged, think of the mighty oak tree they were once a nut like you. SOME DON’T LAY ANY Ray Wiedcroder: Why k C' a hen lay eggs only in the day time? Art Tesner: Because she is a rooster at night. BALLAST Allie: I have proved to you that any- thing filled with hot air will go up. Have you any question to ask? Mr. Hamilton: Yes. What keeps you down ? HELPED HIM KEEP COOL After the alarm of fire had been given in a hotel, one of the guests joined his friends outside and laughed at them for being so excited. “There is nothing. to get excited about. he said. “I took I my time about dressing, lighted a cigar- ette, didn't like the knot in my necktie, J so I tied it over again. That’s how cool I am.” Fine, one of his friends said. “But why didn't you pm on your pants? CURRENT EVENTS Mr. Bell: Why docs a woodpecker usually peek on telephone poles? Mr. Stanton: I suppose they are look- ing for the currents. CANAL BOATS Mr. Harris: See my new shoes? Mr. Mahoy: What kind arc they? Mr. Harris: Footcrafts. Mr. Mahoy: I can see they are crafts, but what tonnage? WE WONDER Now tliat the New Year has rolled around again. We Wonder???— We wonder what the instructors are resolving to do the coming year. It is reported that Mr. Buettner is resolving to get more production for less pay during the year 1927. We Won- der??? Mr. Hollis and Mr. Roberts are going to let their hair grow long. We Won- der??? (It certainly would be a Won- der.) Mr. H. Wilson has resolved to find out what beauty parlor Mr. Winkclman patronizes. We Wonder if he expects to have his face lifted? We Wonder if the beauty expert could lift it without the help of a crane? We Wonder??? We wonder what kind of hair tonic Mr. Edel is going to use on his mous- tache the coming year. We Wonder??? We Wonder if Santa Claus visited Mr. Maconochic’s house. (I’ll say.) We Wonder??? We Wonder if Mr. Bell is going to resolve to stay within the sjx-ed limits this year. We Wonder??? (It would he a wonder if he could exceed them in his car.) We Wonder??? We Wonder if Mr. Crawford expects to take all the good looking visitor� through the school this year. We Won- der??? (But not if Mr. Edwards secs them first.) Is it any Wonder??? No Wonder!! I IS YOUR FURNACE HEATING PROPERLY? If not Drop a card to JACK POT 4751 Toledo Aye. i rrrn � rr r t i ■ I I I I I! I May The Year 1927 j See you grow in the educational z training you are receiving — - Highland Park State Bank j The Popular Fellow at all Parties, Gatherings, etc., is the Fellow that— Plays a Saxophone or other Small Musical Instrument They are easily learned and are a sure means to happy hours without end. We invite your inspection of our Holiday stock. Never was our assortment of «.mall musical instruments so large and complete. The fol- lowing items will give you some idea, also, of the re- markable values von will find here. SAXAPHONE E-flat alto “Wolverine” silver nJatcACold bc!L and 6 reels C Melody, same finish, $115 TRUMPET French “Cuesnon” make. 13- flat. -with change to A. Waterproof cover included......... TROMBONE Brass finish. Perfect action. Waterproof cover............... DRUM All metal Snare Drum with Stacks........ Others, $10 up. 18 slide 16 18 VIOLIN Strnd. model. Complete with Brazil wood bow. canvas extra m 1 jQ TC of strings........ J. I J Others at $12.50. $J8, $25 and up to $300 CELO Good quality, full and Vt sixes. Complete with bow and Mackintosh cover_____ CLARINET Fine imported Albert system. 15 keys, A rings and rollers. XSL ’I8.. 32.50 FLUTE 8 keys. Imported. With good case. ' 37.50 11 Cundy Bettoney Silver Clarinets King and Buescher Band Instruments Banjos, .$1.5 up; Mandolins, $12.50 up: Guitars, $12 up; Ukuleles, $2.25 up; Hanjn likes, $5.50 up. Instrument Cases, Music Stands. Music Rolls and Bags Easy Payments Arranged On Any Instrument The Music Center of Detroit” GRINNELL BROS. «'s-Sfrwwuy lifprc cntalitfesjr, 1515-2! WOODWARD AVE.. DETROIT 4 Slum—y DcIruU -A I M i • REMEMBER CARTOON CONTEST JOIN ARTISAN- STAFF V olume I Henry Ford Trade School. January 28. 1927 Number 8 Artisans Beat Williamston Varsity Plays Super Good Making Game Furious And Interesting The Henry Font Trade School de- feated the veteran Williamston qu n tet in n fast game of basket ball at Ford School gym, Friday evening. January 21, by the score of 24 to 15. Play was fast and furious fr. m the first tip-off, but neither side was able to score raring the first four minuto of play, due to a brand of guarding that prevented either team from get- ting clear enough to try a shot. Finally, Liby was fouled, and he made lus free throw count, giving Trade School first blood. However, Trade School soon com- mitted a foul, and the score was tied when the fouled W illisiTSton player made good on his free throw. Then, after some snappy floor work, the Trade School got the ball within shooting distance, and Frankowski sunk a Very neat phot, which put our boys in the lead. However, Captain Shepler of Wil- liamston, tied the score again when he dropped a short one tn. After mak- ing a substitution, Williamston scored again, puting them in the lead for the first time. Trade School committed another p: r sonal foul, but Williamston missed it. just as the whistle sounded, ending the quarter, and the score stood Trade School 3, Williamston 5. The brief rest between quarters seemed to give the Artisans’' new life, for they played the Williamston (Continued on Page 3) Faculty Organize Team. Play in Highland Park Recreation League All instructor in the Trade School shop or classroom interested in bas- ket ball or swimming are invited t come to the i.Jtrber Sc-hxd gym on Tuesday and Thursday evening from l to 7 o'clock. The Barber School is located on Buena Vista avenue east of Woodward avenue. Friday, January 14, a ’team com- posed of instructors defeated the Highland Park Presbyterian church tea.v, with a score of 15-11. The in structor ’ team plays in the Highland Park Senior Division. Mr. Shafer has been appointed as manager, coach and captain of the faculty team. Some of the instruc- tors who have been turning out are Messrs. Overbey, Rogers, Scott, Carle, Garden, Bridge. Paynter. Pauli. Bus man, Meube and Pickel. AVIATION COI RSE Boys who are interested in avia- i tion should bo on the lookout for no- tices which will be posted in the school i building. These notices will state the time and place that a professor from the Engineer Department of the Uni- versity of Michigan will give lectures | o th? boys who are interested in I aviation. Mr. Bel! is doing his best to got tn -ugh boy for a class. Those eligi ! bio are A, B. C and D class boys, and i all instructors. The classes arc cx- pecfcid t) meet for two hours from t to 6 p. m., twice a week, ami will run for 1C weeks at the Trade Schol. The fee for the course will be $10. All boys who are desirous of entering this class should leave their names and numbers with Mr. Damico at the desk. Only Perfect Record Card pfl,ira|or T-ilLc on T.S. Records Held by IUGcUOI 1 dlKS Archibald Domdd on China Schools Comedy Presented New Die Casting Machine Received For Foundry Orchestra Boys of Merit Have. Received Emblems The players of the Henry Ford Trade School Orchestra have now re- ceived their emblems. These emblems, designed by Mr. Ballard, and select- ed by the musicians as symbol of their organization, are reward for un- usual attendance and behavior. This emblem, picturing a lyre, has on the bottom a scroll with the letter “O, representing Orchestra, ’ and “H. F.” on one sido. and T. S. on the other. The emblem is set off in blue against a white background. To earn this emblem has been the Hnbition of all, but only eighteen, having lived up to the high standards set for the organization by its leader, Mr. Johnson, have received it. Due to the fact that over 90 per cent of aluminum work is die cast, the Trade School was not content until i: had procured a die casting machine This aluminum die casting machine has been in operation for a couple weeks, casting handles for screw drivers. At present it will be used for such jobs as casting handles for monkey wrenches, etc., but later it is expected to do all Trade School jobs, and quite a number of others. This machine has an air-tight iron crucible, which holds about 100 pounds of aluminum. In order to charge it the top must be removed. This top is made air tight by a number of as- bestos gaskets. The aluminum is kept molten by a gas flame under pressure. After holding his ;Anger on the hole for a short time, the operator re moves it and then separates the d:e and takes out the finished casting. Mutt and Jeff, Barney Google and Spark Plug stopped ofr from the comic page onto the stage of the Trade School auditorium the last two Fri- days, January 14 and 21, and gave the school an entertainment at once highly characteristic, realistic and or- iginal. The first performance of the little farce was regretted for being too short, though it was very favorably received. The principals got together, with the help of Mr. Bratton, ami add- id a bit more to the play, so that the second performance left no point of attack for the critics. The following boys starred in the various roles: Mutt—Bill Cain. Jeff—I es Sweet Barney G . gle—George Harris. Sunshine—E. Junnola. Spark Plug (front)—A. Symancek. Spark Plug (back)—C. Berching -r. Witnesses—Norman Grohhv and Wo Sweet. This comedy is the forerunner of others that are to follow, said Mr Bratton at the second performance. Interesting Contrasts Were 11 lust rated hv the J Speaker Imagine a trade school boy working Very few boys ever dreamed that anyone could accomplish a perfect re- port card. This fact was accomplish- ed by Archibald Donald, No. 1007 of the T-H-l class. Archie entered the Trade School last year at the ago of 14. He came from the ninth grade of the Barbour twelve hours a day and receiving only Intermediate School. He is a very stu- , vv !� '• If you can imagine dioua boy and tries hard in all of his t,,: you can get some picture of the subjects. For his first card marking and opportunities of the average he had all B’s ami B pluses, his second I,oor bo ' who is forced to work in he had four A’s and two B’s, and on Chino. In a graphic talk to T sec- his last card he received an A in tion Monday, January 11, Dr. Daily, every one of his subjects including for nian.v years an educational direc- shop work and industry. tor n China, contrasted the edueat on- Many Trade School students hav. al condition of that country with come close to this record but h«veithose of the United Statos in such a failed to make it perfect. The school. Way im )r088 hi listeners with and faculty soon hopes to sc, more thc unrivalcd opportunities that are perfect report canis, now that one thcirs in the Trade School, boy has proved that it is not lip: - A y's future life is determined � ible. more by what he does in his school ___________________ period, said Dr. Daily, than by what he does at any later time in his life. He Bovs Enjoy Acquatic Sports wiu some «lay indeed be thankful if AI Ford pn,d this school period was spent at the 1 Trade School where self support was combined with a practical education. Much interest has bee n diown lately ln China most boys are comp.dial by swimmers of th«- Trail® School,) to help support their families, and who have taken advantage of using thereby lose opportunity for educa- tive Ford School pool on Tuesday and | tion. The country lad is usually ;! re Thursdays, from 1 to ST30. All fellows fortunate than the city boy, due to have the privilege of trying for a Ju- nior Swimmers Red Cross Life Sav- ing emblem. When you have success- fully passed the tests you are given membership in that organization. the more wholesome variety of his work. Tn the city the work is ex- ceedingly monotonous ami tedious, and usually done in undesirable conditions. Chinese educational facilities are Applicants must pass four initial poor, and teaching methods differ tests before they can acquire the cm- widely from those used in the United blem. Trials for the emblems have State . The Chinese arc studious, be, 7i '.r.ade by numerous students -f and «dept at mechanics. There ar ‘ the Trad- School, and many are ex large numbers of Chinese youth in our yected to pass the tests. We have schools ami college and factories re- some fine material for speed swim- eeiving an education to take back for ming. also some fancy divers. , the betterment of their native land. Mr. VaCantie, drawing instructor, is. -------------------- the representative of th- Tmdc neteclive Bureau Scene of .School and supervises the proceedings of students while at the pool. Interesting Glass Trip FORD CARS RECONDITIONED IN T.S. GAR ACM W Has Safety Rally The T-A class ami a few boys of the Exploration Club were given the priv- ilege of visiting the Detective Bureau of the Detroit Police Department on 1 you know that th. tay of mira- ] -ui-plus. which cannot be rcpa'mrl Starters and gantator� are nox: ' 111 li'.t ■ .. br a --f ,r ubi' n trzT.rz- I - « bai, ,Th' � •- -—— arc haulni in (they icry seldom run where the old upholstery ia token. be developed. If not up to standard nrco-tu dnv use in criminal j� kr CW PUtin: !«■ • •— ’� � • 0- and re fd Latidnand£ HTblS� in Cth tin 22L i i • Th - — and behold! they arc turned out in P • . , ' , . , ' ' A. I The «ml radiator arc in- lmg -n rmtit-.g of all ettazens was con- perfect running condition. T : ”n Set a8l, e f°r rrst i f sP«cted for leaks by plugging one hole Uidered. In Argentina every child is Tlu- cars first are taken apart in the U' oar' � «« inserting steato under pressure finger printed, the prints being filed at •m._ 1 — ---•: 1 j_ a, .. . . . . tlM? capiU|, This aoes away with the burial of unknown people. In the United States there are about 40,000 Last Monday the W section had the first of the three safety rallies, one to be given bo each section. The rally was opened by Mr. Smith, one of the officials of the Safety dept. He «poke ol shop safety and hygoine. He also asked the co-operation of th? student body in helping to make the Trade School sate. He also promised the work of the safety comlnittcc of the sch ol. A new safety picture was shown to t.ho boys followed by n talk by Mr. Smith. Tear Down dept which takes out the .’fuh° “is 1 l aiutcd’ SU!’p,ifd in 1118 other� and submerging under motor a,Ml removes the body from the whatever � necessary m wheels. ............. chassis. In this process thc nuts «re bUfbcar,n rs’ sp,n,,,es’ ct?’ usually so rusteel with ago that thsy 11,0 m°tor afw?r b?lr,K lakcn off have to be cut in order to be taken chassis, is sent to the Motor dept water to notice where bubbles of air come from them. Thc carburetor is taken apart. Af- [ unknown burled every year ter a thorough inspection of needle Faculty Defeated out. where everything worn is taken out; volve and seat, spray nozzle, and float, | Th« body is then sent to thc Ding nnd replace! with standard Ford part«.! it is reassembled, but on a gas line, _______ dept, where any bumps are dinged When the’motor is disassembled thc and tested. | The Tra Ie iS(.hc ol infttnictoiv me- out. It is sometimes one of the most crankshaft is tested, and if it Ls one- Th,- battery is also inspected, and j„ 1h -ir second game when difficult operations in thc whole Car half a thousandth of an inch out o. unies� O. K. is tun down and rebuilt. (j,ev fejj j,cfor,. the Pilgrims A C Service. Think of a sedan coming in round, it is pronounced scrap. Th, The Chassis dept, next takes all the quintet «U thc Ferris School gym. Fri- frop. an accident al battered out of, boys must be careful in this operation, units and assemble them. The car day. January 21. , p,e- 1, . ,• department which because if they «lid not notice a thous- is now ready for a general Inspection. The Trade School line-up consisted has to make it look presentable. It island th out the. motor later develop a The final inspection includes a gener- -f Rogers and Paynter at guard, somccimes very difficult because the knock which could n t be repaired ex al tunc up. arid behold! the niracle, Bridge at center, and Shafer ami Scott metal cannot be hit too much in one cept by replacing. The mcd.?r i.- our cur. runs off just like it did in at forward. Pauli substituted at for- placc or it will spread out making a 1 painted ami set aaide. I Nineteen Fifteen. ward, and Busman at guard. 2 7 he Artisan January 28. 1927 G ti cbn Publicat ion of the Students of the Henry Ford Trad� ' School, Highland park, Michigan. DETECTIVE ML’GGELHEIMS'S FIRST CASE By GEORGE STEYSKAL VOL. 1. NO. 8. $1.00 Per Year JANUARY 28. 1927 PUBLISHED SFAIl-MONTHLY S A F E T Y STAKE: Editor in Chief.................................James Humberstonc Associate Kditor......................................John O'Connel Managing Editor.............................................William Cain Staff Secretary.................................Dempster Campbol Art Editor.........................................George Sleyskal .News Department: Frank Be no, Wil.am Yancc, Joseph Kisil, Alex Al.ic, Ervin I’ope, vi!liam l oth, Arthur Schultz, Duane Mulvey. I Mitl ip Youngermau. Publication Department.......................................Adolph Eckert Assistants: Mike Borttshko, Robert Leisey, Howard Hoctt. Carl Kurz, Mike Kostecki. Business Manager...............................................Earl Tank Advertising Manager.........................................Bernard Konopka C irculation Department ...................................Phillip Zoufal Assistants: Steve Szalai, Arthur Brooks, Samuel Schmidt. Kacultv Adviser...................... A 1 ,ud bang woke Private De- of the loss of the necklace ar.d that tective Adolf Mugge.heim from h.ij he would try to keep it from her. G - !ie.-ta. He noted the time on th. ing down the spacious tapestry-hung Single (Copies, 7 Cents j cioek abovi his desk. It was exactly 1 hail they met Mrs. K ). ffsky coming tw.) thirty-three o’clock, Thursday af-1 out of the drawing reefn attired in ternoon. April twenty-first, nineteen a gorgeous creation of pea green twenty-seven. Again a cane strr.ot | poisette, trimmed here and there with the detective’s desk and Muggelheim I dco-dads of a cerisi h-mauve color, turned to the owner of the cane and She was evidently in g:ca. distress. aid, Mr. KolotTsky, your paternal an- “Hippolyte,” she cried, my p:ar!s! Castor had red hair. ’ after which he they are g ne!’’ put Mr. KolotTsky’� card in a vest As of on, accor(| the tntire party pocket. | rushed to the scene of .he crime. Tru? Sos your old man! fiercely re | enough. even the wall safe, where they phed h.s visitor. “But what 1 came wcrc u9ual;y kvp:, was g ne. A yawn- lor is assistance in finding my wife’s pearl necklace which was sto.en las: night.” There were sixty three perfectly, • , . , . . , . j , . . , vicinity surrounding !h? hole where graduated pea greet: pearls in it; th . . . . .... . . , . , ’so recently stood this .reastirc third ones from each end with a slight; ; flaw in each of them? ask.d Ad lf, complacently, twirling his red mous- I -oui� Garden ; l«che. Exactly!” rejoined the Rus ian in ing hole in the wall gr.ettd th m Mr. Adolf Muggelheim the � bc-gn; a thorough examination of the entire TO GRAD I •. I r: ’C CL. 1SSF.S |amazement. “How did you know?’ •t . , , . .... , . “I sold them to her two months ago. 1« '.nose s vs who have completed tiicir academic work in the School ,vh..n , in u M..lir. in jewel.:. He examines the hole. He examines the waifs of the room. He examines the floor. He examines the windows. Ah! he finds a clue! There is a faint trail of plast r down the hard earth walk leading to the road. He wheels suddenly on Mr. Koloffsky, remcmlKT that if he makes the 1km oi his opportunities. lie himself wil be one of those to leave the ordinari ranks. They left the detoc ive’s ffico in th. sk-v Pul,cd « black cuso- Sure enough. Russian’s high-powered limousine, af- infallable reasoning Ad lf |ii ,.(l ...Hir 7v7T7 l( ktm . ter hav.r.g descended thirty flighLs oi 'b.ggdheim bor, fruit and in his HOU Ml ( II I Ml- 10 1 OI 11 AM I: stairs, the worried client desperately ecstoay of joy on r.cov.rtng the pricc- What do wc do when we don’t do anything? This remark was plying Adolf Muggolheim with ques-ile8S om •v,r' Koloffsky presented the passed by the I’athfinders in a talk on eadership given to the older tions all the way. Mr. Mugg: heim in- tw Aawc I pearls to the victoriou- classes, and well might lie passed down t«� the studejit body in the form variably answered: “I. t us hope for detective. • ' i warning. _ _ ija i.he best. I feel sure I will apprehen I Adolf again note! th t.Ge «n h'« Did you ever think of stopping t� think what value, your spare time .ht criminal,” wrist watch. It was exactly three might have? In terms of dollar- and cents it is valueless, but to the After driving over mile of rolling minute-.- after five o'clock. .student--the fellow with the ambition to forge ahead—it mean, hi- .euntry they at last rolled up th- .Mr. Muggelheim afterward cxplaln- . . . , , driveway of the client’s • untry h me, cd that Mr. Ko'offsky h id th? un- Auy number oi tomier 1 rade School boys wlu. have now started Done in the most modern fashion, th? artistic safe removal from its un- on the upward road to success have spent their spare hours in com- building was very impressive with its congenial surroundings and had th peimg their high school work thus enabling then, to continue- their hold pink front flanked on cith r side pearls in h’s packet intending to place education in the iiii.vcrain ,- whue at the same time using their trade with pillars of del.-ale orange sur- them in a � fcy d:p. «jt vault in town '1 ,C St,,IK' . , . . . ... , , . mounted by a cornice of the «nt when a friend who had just arrive! Hardly five per cent of the boys in the school today would real color. Budding Kudxu vines with thrir from Xi .hm Novgorod or some pja :e arul truly consider the trade of a toolmaker the highest life success, bright green leaves completed this nearly as bad met him on the street Many oi you doubtless intend to In- the leaders of tins great organiza- tion. But why not stop to prepare now? (. ► l� i night schoo'. 'l ake up languages, history ami higher English. Hie sc credits added to your Trade School credits mean a high schoo. diploma. Get it. and then -otr.eriimg more, a college education. This, along with your trade, is the most valuable training in the world. What does this mean to you? e 1. the od adage says Knowledge i power. So remember to think of what you do when you don't � lo anything. _______' A 1)1’ICS DRUM A GOOD SOURCE What our future in the vast area of organized mankind mn dis- close cannot lx- foreshadowed. But. whatever it is. we are at every moment the builder- of it. whether wc bui 1 as doers or approvers. Luckily we do not need to build with only the. present's jxvwe.-. To- morrow's task is met not by us of today, but by us of today plus the c 'Uipment added bv today' e nor cnee S� i � w tu-ed s'iMit tear of 'that lies ahead if only we make sure in' help m rightV to direct the !« r� 'c matte daily greater within them by ,i daily worthiness of work Besides making exi-tcncc better for ourselves, we may thus hope to I iillill the wish expressed by President Coo idgi that we assume leadership among the nations in our reliance nj.� � n the goo� l faith of mankind. Whatever outcome loon's, however, the president’s resjxnisi- bility is plain—to seek in useful action the means of increasing our own an� l our neiglflxir’s sense of worth and nohi itv as faithful partner- it the great adventure.” 'Vi III IXG WM I.1AMS, in Mainspring- of Men. ----------o----------- CO-OPIIRATION— TTAL XHCESSJTV Today, wc work in larger groups than our forefathers, becuase no one ] erson, and no small group, can design and make and assemble and test, and finally se'.l. our finished product. ... In the great scheme of modern life, you and I arc doing our ful' part. We arc not parasite- nor slackers. YVe arc usefifl jx-ople. That alone makes our lives worth while. And liecause the work of each of us de] ends ujk u the skill ati«l faithfulness of others no one of us can he sufficient to himself. . . —C. G. DuB( US. ---------—o---------- SAFETY FIRST The munlxr � t times the .-tudents arc fami’iarizetl with this lib rase i.- innumerable. Why? Because—it means their health; their persona’ well-being. What? You say you know all about it? 11a! How come, then, every now and then some careless l oy has to carry a hand in a sling, or go around for weeks with bandages here or there al� out his person? Because—he forgot to retncnil cr” Irving Berlin would say. Therefore, think, then act, Safctv l-'irst, T-ist, Always! color scheme which at once struck any After having a long chat with hi beholder with awe. friend he went home being unable t: Entering the hou o Mr. Koloff� ky remember what he came to town f r told Adolf that his wife knew noshing and found the necklace gone. ENTOMOLOGY (BVGOI.OGY) their respective orders almost at a 1 glance. This system is carried on down by ------ dividing: and redividing groups to th ? As announced in the last iseue I will r°inr V'herc oach insect has � name give a -imple tn-atm nt of the sc pc C0nR 8t‘n8 bc name of vts spc ami me system used in ent 'mo!ogv. iprcced.'d by the name of th to start off 1 will state that an in- cnus to which ir bekm«8- A Fcniu acet is nn animal with six leg-. If ' “P f v r-v ‘‘losely relate� ! ani- t has any other numb:r of legs, it mal an'' is |,he n ‘xt h ghest group is not an insect. How about a spider.: ,ft,r Som ? timeg you «ay, or a “thousand legged worm?” Those animals belong to c5c3 to i ! i- n n varietal name to some th. r classes :n the scheme of classi- ot bc‘lt?l •’•‘■«no 1 varieties. This ficatmn. or. wc might say, th- fly ’,nm ' ,o!,nw the RI rcific name. For that man keeps of all kinds of living a conunion wallowtaU but- things. lerfly is named Pallio Glaucus var. turnus. This just as easy to say as “the Smooth black and yellow swal- You will see that an orderly system must be used to keep account of the 100,000 different kinds (species) of nseetr; therefore a system has been devised by a man named Carolus Linnaeus accomplish this feat. In Linnaeus' system the Class of animals to which insects belong tis ra'lcd Insecta, and the class t: which spiders belong, which have eight legs, is Arachnida. and the “thousand- 'e-rgcfi worms arc Pipolpod- and be- long pi the Diplopixia. A!1 � f these classes an«l a few others ar? grouped into a phylum cnlle l Arthropod;� , which includes those animals which I have no backbone but jointed legs. Going the other way. inaents arc di-' v;ded into a number of orders, suc r as Thor� always a cheap excursion Lepidoptcra. butterflies; Diptera, two for those who wish to go to the dogs. winged flics; and Cole� ptera, or beet- - — __ les. The majority of these larger I sometimes think 'hat some .neo- groups are defined easily and insects pie are like rivers, small at the head ; belonging to them can be assigned to and large at the mouth. lowtaii buUvitfly.” In the next article I will tell f the practical uses of entomology. ADVICE Today is short, Yesterday is gone, Tomorrow may never come, So if you have something to do, I) • it today. Good, better, best. Never let it rest, Till the good better. And the better best. Why is it that the faculty has been giving the Safety Committee Ins ure : ?o-opcration than the students? The L'ommittae is composed of boys, and endeavors to do its work through the boys and for the boys. Perhaps a greater experience f life teaches the faculty to be more careful of safety ; than boys are apt to be. Many Trade ; School boys are still child-dike in hav- ing an innocent faith that they are personally destined to stay whole and found for life despite the dangers that overtake othets. The Safety Committee is c mp sed • f a few of the boys who have leerned th • simple wisdom of c’ mnten sense, and whose concern for a happy future is n serious matter. They are en- gaged in the necessary and laudable work of developing the pr. per habits jef safety among all the .««tudents. As a practical aim they are pressing the older boys to set the right example for the younger ones. At a recent meeting th? Committee end � r.jc;l the late ruling of using the south stairs doing down, a d the north coming up. I: regretted the several accidents lately through running and horseplay, and decided that anyone ; caught either offense henceforth would be severely punished. Serious accidents have occurred late- ly on shapers, lathes and other ma- chines. because of carelessness in fol- 1' wing instructions. Stealing rides on freight cars or trucks he� been condemned and pun- ished time and again in th? past, and will be so more than ever in the fu- ture. for this is a practice that must bo stopped. Most nf the accidents in th« shop happen when the students allow their min is to wander from their work. Th'a was certainly true in the case of a boy who sat down on the revolving per: of :� machine only partially guarded. The result was a very bad brma-. Boys in the garage must always rotect themselves before getting in front of the exhaust of a car. The boys in the A H C depart- ment mu,-: ca r - bru«h?s w'th the handlr- straight up in the air. Hoys in rhr foundry must always have their overalls buttoned while pruning, wear foundry shoes, and keep pieces of metal off the roles of their shoes to prevent a dangerous fall. Drop your suggestions for this de- parftnrnt in the Artisan box in the study hall. V PRECI ATION He was whistling at hi« work With u grin upon his face, a solitary snirtcvr Se:mcd to lo't'r in the place. But this youth who caught my eye Seemed to gl ry in his task. So I stopped to find out why And thL questi n paused to ask: Tell me this, my cheerful lad, A« you whistle at your bench, Why is it you seem so glad As you lift that heavy wrench? Why so «arnestly today Do you labor at your task? And he looked at me as thi ugh to say: “That’s a foolish thing to ask. Then he answered with a grin As he laid aside his wrench: “Just today the boss came in And he stood beside my bench And he spoke to me lik? you, Then took us this work .� f mine. Looked it over, looked it through. Ami then said, “It’s .'imply fine.” You can talk about your pay And th? pleasure of a raise, But l’m telling you today That a little word o' praise. From the mao you’re working for Does a fellow lots of g od, And it makes him' more and more, Want to k-ep on sawing wood. January 28, 1927 T II I U N K IN O W N By the Green uthor Young Luke, who ri attacked and almost loses his life while out riding, returns the next day to the village ot BingviHe, Kentucky, where he lives with his foster-parents. The following day he converses w.th the daughter of Major Wolfe, the sup posedly rich man f the village. Late: he meets a mysterious stranger who has been seen skulking around the Major's home. The two encounter on a narrow footbridge and the stranger, after tumbling into the creek, threat- ens Luke. He then disappears in th • direction of the Major’s home, and Luke continues to the village. CHAPTER 7. Old Luke and his friend Jed were waiting for Luke. Luke’s foster- mother iiad already retired for the night, leaving Oil Luke anti Jci on the ivy-coverej porch at the front ot the cabin. They had not told her of the attack on Luke for they «lid not wish to disturb the white-haired, lit- tle whssp of a woman from whom a lifetime in the mountains had ex- acted its toll. The mountain folk ar« behind She times and: their living methods are crude, so it is only to be expected that a woman of sixty would have become delicate anil fragle o.' health. She kept hold upon life merely through her love for Luke. Luke re turned this love, feeling that there was no one in the world who cared for him as much as his foster-mother. She helped him brave the hostile ccf t enent ot the illiterate mountaineers who thought queer his taking special studies at the small s-ed school hous � 1 the cross-roads just beyond the village. There was one other person who attended these special sessions after school houa.% the foster-daughter of the Major. It was at the little re I •'chool house that they rirst met, and there Their friendship ripened. They found that the possessed an astonish- ing number of interests in common. The teacher was a kindly old man whose education had come mostly from books. What be knew he imparted t them as well as he could. It makes a person feel contented to be understood, but it L a greater joy to know that one is loved, as Luke was loved by his foster-mother—loved for himself alcne, r.o matter what he i ight do. Rather than cause her any worry � ’« decided not to tell her of the experiences which he had gone through. A joyous figure came up the path, passed through the silent village, and approached the cabin of Old Luke. Old Luke and Jed I’earson got up from their bench to greet him. Well, Luke, why so late?” “1 don’t know, answered Luke. “Everything seems to be against me ami trying L knock me down and step all over me all th ■ time. What happened?” “I had an argument with the fel low that has been hanging around the Major’s place lately.” “Tell us about it, suggested Luke. “Perhaps we can help you ” Luke rclcted the adventures of the day u.id they ehuckltd gleefully while he told of the stranger’s fall into th creek and of the sorry sight he pre- sented in his dripping clothes, but they quickly sobered when Luke told of his throat. The two old men wer very much inti rested in the stranger and asked many questions concerning what sort of a p-rs.m hi was, Luke said: “He was a small man of about thirty-five years lot’ age, dressed in a dark business suit. 1 I don't believe he livjs in the country for he looks like one of th se city chaps win cane thr ugh here oc-i casionally.” “I think,” said Jed. “that we ought I to go to the Major’s place and find ou: what the stranger is up to.” “Pine.” said Oi l Luke enthusias- tically. “Wait till I get my c at. And he disappeared into the cabin. “What about you. Luke? Arc you coming V “Sure, I JV.t! 1 wcukl like to see you keep me home.” Old Luke was ready, and the three by comm-oy. consent moved silently ; through the woods in the direction f the Major’s home. (To be Continued). i ERO A UTI C A L LITER VTl RE E LIBRARY Rolt-Whecler. F. W.- The Wor.de. of War in the Air. Shaw. Herman A T.xt-book of Aeronautics. Souther, Henry—Development and Progress of Aviation Engines. Williams. K. P.- The Dynamics of the Airplane. Chatley. H ebert— The Force of the Wind. Aero Digest, a monthly publication. Andrews. S. T. G. and Benson, S.! F.—The Theory and Practice of Aero- olane Design. Bateman. H.—Diagrams of Airplane Stability. Camm, Sydney Aeroplane Con- struction. Chatley. Ht rbert—A Text-book ol Aeronautical Engineering, i Collins, F. A.—The Boys’ Book ol Mode Aeoroplanes. CoMn. F. H. and Colvin, H F. he Aircraft Handbook. Dickir.cn, H. C. and others Gen ai Ana.ysis of Airplane Radiator I roblems. Dunlap. M. E.—Moisture Rcsidcn: Finish� -.'' for Airplane Woods. Jones, T. II. and Frier. J. D. Aeroplane design. Judge. A. W.—Handbook of Modern Aeronautics. Klrmin.- Alexander fe-AeronmiHo-� !1 Engineering. laxi. W. P. -Theory and Operation i t Dr. Zahtn’s Propeller Computer. Mitchedd, William Winged De- fense. Page. V. W. The A B-C of Avia- tion. The Artisan Artisan Quintet Beats W illiainston. Score 21-15 (Continued from Page 1) boys off their fett, scoring 9 points while they held their opponents score- less. To start the quarter. Frankowski took advantage of a free throw award- ed him when hi was fouled. Then h- eounted two points with a field goal, as the result of a top off play, and just, t . show that this wasn’t a fluke, he managed to evade his guard and sink another one. Acting Captain Rowe then looped one in fre .n the middle of the floor, after which Frankowski scored again, just before th«- half ended. Scorn at half, Trade School 12, Wil- liamston 5. Following his usual custom. Coach Crawford changed his entire line-up between the halves, putting an older team on the floor fur the second half. After about two minutes of play in the third quarter, Novack, forward, started the scoring with a short shot. Then, after less than 10 seconds, he scored again. Benko, cent� r, had been playing the ball off the back-board and feeding to his forwards. Now. however, he start ed shooting himself, with the result the-, the Trade School’s total was soon increased four points, putting them 13 points in the lead. Then Maher. Villiamston forward, arched a side shot in from past the middle of the court. Here the third quarter ended with Trade School well in front, 18-7. T« begin the last period, “Louie” Ncvack went on a rampage, sezring three field goals while the Williams ton guards were taking carr t Tesn-r rnd Benko, With the acor?, Trade School 24, Willlamston 7, the visitors shifted into high gear, scoring four field goals within about a minute and a half. However, this last spurt was t� n avail, as the grime was over before the s, i ro was even c'ose. Final score: Trade School 24. Wil- Jiamston 15. KIND HEARTED Mr. Scott (standing in front of M D class)—I want all you dumb guys to stand up. Pete Kraus got up. Mr. Scott (standing)- Why. Kraus. I thought you were a smart hoy. Kraus- 1 am. but 1 hate to see you stand« 5g up aline. Scott—Pope, what art you doing, learning something? Pope No sir; just listening to you. ALU MINI CORNER A Scotchman starved to death in a continuous moving picture show when he got in on a complimentary ticket, and that will probably be happening ___________________________3 Naturalist's Club to be Organized by Students If you are at all interested in Na- ture and the out-of-tdoors you will if some of you fellows don't se. d'in fiml 11 w ,rth -v”ur wW,c “ � « « P a bit of Alumni gossip occasionally. Koom 40� J as soon after school or shop While on my wuy to court the other as possible on Monday, January 31. day I met Alvin Junck, and he said club js being started with the point that but he and the wife were happy. ;n vieW of Urning an appreciation Your 'basketball squad is playing , ... fine ball now and you wculd enj ,y nf mUu,v' 1 watching them. They have won their I study °f insects be stressed in view first three league games, and last Fri- of the fact that so many startling re- velations are brought forth when one becomes acquainted with the alx-fcot- ed inhabitants of exery nook ami day boat the Maybcl's, an unbeaten team at that time. Don Honstain and Harold Rowe have joined, thus bring- ing the squad to ten men. Look in thj ., , , , Sunday pap, rs for standings, and :,n'V ’’“V' cf ou« !id ‘hat place for the games to be played. tht I,erhaP m0re than Valentine Hill was in for a short py other group of animate the strug- gle that is waged by all living crea- tures for existence and the very many i different means that are used t ward this end. One of the reasons why insects art- visit and remarked that ht is sitting on top of the worki a good job—a wonderful wife a three-year old boy and a month ago the picture was I completed wh.-n the baby girl arrived.' 0 ngratulatkms, Val. May you ever specir.ens for study ox these follow the teachings of Teddy Ro .se- phenomena is their great numbers and vel$. ! great variation. A great rcudent of Tom McGinty wants to see Al insect nce noted that ther; were in- Urady, and Andy M rl-1 was inquir ing for Jim McCarthy, so if you see I either of the fellows, let them know, sects smaller than the largest Pro such as germs, and larger than tozoa. or primitive one-called animals, Skinny Monro, captain of your Baby the smallest backboned animals. The Lincoln basketball team, remarked Prot zoa an- the lowest creatures in that it surely helps to sec a few of the fellows attending their games. Happy the sc hi me of classification and t’t . background animals, or Vertebrata, Lineati, Tbmmy McKay (ami Lady � 'c the highest. Friend), Fred Lr.:so. and Bro. Bill, Field trips will b, taken to collect also Ed Sleep, were out last week,, specimens and to enable us to know so join the gang and sec a good nature first hand. On these trip we game. will observe and collect not only in- Did you enjoy the dance la-t week? ‘sects but specimens in other gr.-up� Well, on February 11, the Trad� as well. This will enabL us t get School Alumni gang will be played and a broader viewpoint on the faselnat- we are going to have a dance fell � w- ing world cf creatures other than men ing. so keep the date open, ar.d bring and to see and enjoy the beauties of the Lady Friend with you. th - worki God made f r us. Morris Mitchel Co. FACTORY LUNCH SERVICE Weyhing Bros. Mfg. Co. Makers of emblematic goods, class rings and pins, metals, badges and trophies. Makers of Henry Ford Trade School rings. Mfg. Plant, McDougall at Grat. I.� 07 WOODWARD AVK. 3rd floor Annis Fur Bldg. Detroit. Randolph 9810-98-11 GREGORY MAYER THOM TO. STATIONERY PRINTING • BLANK BOOKS LOOSE LEAF DEVICES LITHOGRAPHING and ENGRAVING OFFICE FURNITURE FLINT DETROIT LANSING r or STUDENTS Notebooks “ Brief Cases I Scrap Books Dictionaries 2 Memory Books I Fountain Pens Eversharp Pencils Drafting Material Loose Leaf Covers Bookkeeping Supplies Papers. Pens. Inks, Etc. GEO. A. DRAKE C0. Stationers - Printers - Engraver Office Outfitters 619.645 Woodward 135 Lafayette Plant: Pint and 5th St. Phone Glendale 5680 ONE DAY SERVICE OFFICES 14041 John R 13734 Woodward 16221 Woodward FRANK S. TOBIAS, Inc. CARS—TRUCKS—TRACTORS 16128 WOODWARD AVK. LONGFELLOW 7900 HIGHLAND PARK. MICHIGAN 1 df ie CfriiActn January 28, I 927 Flint M.S. I). ictim of. Trade School On inlet The Henry Ford Trade School bas- ketball team defeated Flint M. S. D. by the close score of 21-18, on Janu- ary 14, 1927. During the first quarter, the Trade School took the load with a long sho; by Sassin. At the end of the quarter the Trade School was leading, 1-2. At the end of the first half Flint was leading 12-9, through the good floor work of Rocco. Tarson and Bolensk.. In the second half, Coach Crawford sent in an entirely new team. They fought an uphill battle. They gained the lead and kept it the rest of Die game. The Trade School kept up it? reputation of having a clean team by ) only fouling once. SALVAGE SCRAP TURN THE HOSE ON ME John O’Connell (talking of future swimming meet);— Gosh, I haven't much of a chance. I haven’t been in the water for six months!” George Steyskal—By Jove, you ought to take a bath. ALPHA? Mr. Findlay—What stagd is the ir'i. in when you heat to 768 degrees? Chuck Turner It's hot. A PICKUP EDUCATION Bruce claims tiat one of the boys possesses rare intelligence. He picks up easily (especially pies, apples. T. S. LINE-UP FLINT X ANTI-GR V VITATI ON SCREEN A man fell from a six-story window Rowe L. F. Tarsen yesterday and didn't get hurt.” Frankowski: R. F. Bolensk i “What is he. an aviator? Fields C. Rocco “Oh, no; but hq had on a light fall Sassin L. G. Schegel suit. Libby K.G. Kerny Field goals—Frankowski 3, Benko 2, Novak 2, Tesner 2, Sassin 1, Rocco 3, Belenski 3, Tarsen 2, Schegel 1. Points from fouls—Sassin 1. Trad? School Substitutes Novak for Frank owski, Tesner for Rowe, Benko for Fields, Johns for Libby, March nd for Sassin. T Shows Teamwork Trouncing W 21-3 SOMETHING FOR THEIR NECK Mr. Glass-ley (lo class)—The .sub- ject for today is Sodium Stearate.” How many of vu boys have ever heard of it? There was no respon.se. Mr. G.—I kind of thought so. Well, the common name for sodium stearate is soap. A STICKER I can always tell when it is going to rain because this door sticks then. Yes. and in Washington they have a bureau which tells. Davie Scores Often M Loses to T 16-12 T and M section ba ketbailers play- ed the best game of the season so far, at the Liberty School on January 20, 1927. Although the game was close and fast throughout, T managed to win by 16 to 12 score. The game was . pronounced as sensational. T led after the first quarter altbo M started out furious. Davidson of T started the ball rolling by sinking a foul. Then M started and scored eight points in the first quarter. T was close behind with six points. After th • first quarter M fell behind, but was just a p. int .r two behind T at the end of each quarter. Twelve of T’s sixteen points were contributed by Davidson, who lmd an eye for bas- kets. Bosanko scored the other four. M fought hard for the rest of the game, buc could net gain the lead again. They gained most of their points on free throws. They only scored two field gcals. T and M arc tied for first place. The next game should prove more in- teresting, for both teams. - Lineup T M Bosanko L. F. Houtari Rowe R. I’.. Cusomo Davidson C. Shay Roase L. G. Forrer (Capt.) Luttenberger R, G. Wizinski T section showed fine form in trouncing W section basket ball team 21 to 3 on January 18. 1927, at the Liberty School gym The W section scored in the third quarter and then I only to tally three points. T displayed j line team work and dropped the ball . onis; which die young. in many times. The men worked hard and had the ball many times only | to lose it again by a fumble or a foul. The players on both sides d'd not stem to be able to put in any free; 4. ... . .. . , „ . overgrown son into the schoothouse. throws. Many loula were committed but only one free throw was made by each team. Davidson received many free throws, but did not score one of ... —• M. a . up for thi, los. by scoring five field goals. It was a hard game, each man put ..ting out the best that was in him. W __________________ section was on the defense most of the time. Some of the spectators WATCH 01'I and also players noticed that W did “That new boy I hires! is a crystal not stage the comeback against T that K 1 ” remarked the grocer to his it did against M. In fact, nob dy w' °- sored in the last frame. “I® 80 ' PC asked. INNOCENT THING Overbey—What is a pedestrian? Schilenker A mild foi|i. of contor HITTING THE MARK A keen eyed mountaineer, where bittei feuds were common, led his This boy's after learning. What’s your bill o’ fare? ' Well, sir; I teach mathematics, al- That'll do, ‘interrupted the old man, “load him up on trigometry. He's the only poor shot in the family.” T Bosanko Rowe Starting Lineup F. H. R W “Yes. he's contiiually looking at his watch.” Green and hite Defeat Reds, M-16. -9 31 section downed W, 16 to 9, in ; the second game of the season at the Liberty School gym on January 13. ! 1927. The gtimr was fast and furi- ; ou«, neither team keeping the ball for any length of time. The game was not featured with any team work. Captain Forrcr of M was the star of the game, scoring 7 of M’s 1G points. “Sammy” Cusomo of M was rated as a good player by the coaches. W section staged a comeback in the lari frame, but M’s lead was too great to overcome. W substituted a great number of times. Starting Lineup M W Cusomo L. F. French Stone R. F. Brook 5 Shillum C. Harrison Shay L. G. Hoetger Forrer (Capt.) R. G. B?ok My idea of an absent-minded in- structor is the one who kisses the door and slams his wife good-bye. Davidson Boase Schultz C. L. G. R. G. French M.-RriflJ Harrison “ Hoetger' � GlanU. I I I HI I I Illi I II: I.Ill I II I (lit I II I' l I I II I I I These are the Tools that are made for Your Work JTAIUWTT Micro ketibi I STANXETT COMM NAT 10 V 50VASE I AND SAT 1 STAKKETT CYUNDCR OAC , STAVRB7T THICKNESS OAOK t STAKXtrr CXIVMMt. DIAL TS� T INDICATOR STAR RETT CALIPERS AND DIVIDES: Km •� u« Tli :.p« {Xm UI.Um.U.UuWC.. IVNMI, 1 ft MM. .' «7 gnU AlWuiW up. ,l - ••RIGHT, and I MEAN IT The L. S. STARRETT Co. World’s Greatest Toolmakers When you mike your work with a Starrett you know it’s right. That's why you'll find Starretts in the kits of experienced ma- chinists. Vnd the Starrett tools you buy now will give YOU a lifetime of accurate dependable service. Manufacturers of I lack sans Unexcelled. Steel Taper, Standard for Accuracy. ATHOL. MASS. Use Starrett Tools Specially Priced SMALL MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS Complete Assortment, for School Orchestras and Bands siA-KAPHOSS lesson from Poor RicharcLs Almanac : a If You Would Be Wealthy, Think of SA VING as Well as Getting.” DARWINISM hv should 1 swat you. poor little fly r! Prophetic chum of my home on high. For you'll Ik a chipmunk by and by. And years later I can sec, You'll lie a full grown chimpanzee. j Now I see with a prophet’s ken. You'll take your place in the ranks of j r Then in the treat sweet hy and by. I Highland Park State Bank We will be angels, you and I. i ■{ So why should I swat you, i� oor little fly? - Prophetic chum of my home on high, But that’s what Darwin says, not I. ■ i i m m n ■ Ii I I I HI • E-flat ait.o “Wolverine” silver plated. Gold bell. Case ,8110 and G reels includes! I IU C Melody, same finish, §115 CLARINET Fine imported Albert system, lo keys, 4 rings and rollers. With 32 CLARINET, Albert system. 15 keys, 2 rings. Excellent for beginners . §22.50 CELIA) Good quality. Nicely shaded brown color. Full, three-quar- ters and one-half sizes. Com- plete with bow and SQ 7 cn Mackintosh cover O .JU Mr. Ccce—You’re getting sand into | ‘ your ha r. Casey—I always did want t have,, sandy hair. Opposite Ford Athletic Field CONFECTIONERY 15861 WOODWARD Fine imported French Trum- pet. “Cuesnon” make, in B flat with change to A. Com- plete with water 51 proof cover. Only 18 TROMBONE Brass finish. Perfect action. Waterproof cover. Very special slide 16 FLUTE § kevs. Imported, complete with good case I I DRUM Professional model, all metal Snare Drum complete M Q with Sticks, only I 0 Others, §10 up. DETROIT CREAMERY “The Music Center of Detroit” GRINNELL BROS r Suinuay Representatives 1515-21 WOODWARD AVE . DETROIT 40 iiv'c;—y Octroi I (Iruk U •bi aititm b inn REMEMBER CARTOON CONTEST JOIN ARTISAN STAFF Volume I Henrv Ford Trade School. February 11. 1927 Number 9 Shoptrips to Ford Glass Dept. Details of Glass Manufacture Shown l v Chemical m Reactions Safety Bovs See Rubber J J Reclaim Dept. Tlu Glass Depart incut will be the scene of the shop trips for the next three weeks. The three essential ingredients used in glass making are sand, lime and soda. These three materials melted together will give a glass. But this glass, unless cite materials arc extreme- ly pure, will he colored green, and be full oi bubbles and streaks, as is Common bottle gla s. To make plate glass suitable for windshields we use the following ma- terials: Limes tone ('alcium Carbonate CaCO White Sand Silicon Oxide SiO, Soda Ash Sodium Carbonate N'a,CO, Salt Cake Sodium Sulfate Na.SO. Arsenic Arscnious Oxide As,0. Charcoal Carbon (impure) C These materials are carefully weigh- ed. mixed, and led into the furnace and heated intensely hot (2600 F.). Certain changes or chemical reactions then take place. The limestone is broken up into lime (CaO) and car- bon dioxide (CO,)� the latter being a gas which goes out the stack. The soda reacts with the silica, losing car- bon dioxide and forming sodium silicate: Na.CO, SiO, = Na;SiO, CO,. The lime combines with silica to form calcium silicate : CaO -f SiO— CaSiO The sodium sullate melts and floats on the glass until it has been decomposed by the charcoal, somewhat as follows: Xa.SO, f 4C Xa;S -f (Continued on Page 4) Tiros Are Salvaged The Safety Committee took a trip to the Rubber Reclaim Department last week. The purpose of this depart- ment is the reclamation of old tires and inner tubes for the purpose ol | making artificial leather. The tirst operation is the removal of the head as the wire will ruin the blades of the machine in which they are chopped up. Alter the bead is removed the tires are cut into twelve or fourteen-inch lengths. They are then passed between two sets of rollers and ground into pulp. Finally the pulp is put in bar- rels and a sample taken of each barrel. The sample is then sent to the labor- atory and analyzed for fabric, rubber, ash. and moisture. When the report is received other ingredients are added to bring the mixture up to Ford stan dards. The usual additions are fabric, resin and mineral oil. The mixture is then put into a vul canizcr and kept under steam pressure for a few hours. It is then removed and worked into thin sheets. These sheets are again put into the vuleanizer and brought into contact with raw steam, after which it is reworked into sheets about one-sixteenth of an inch thick. It is then put into rolls and sent to the artificial leather department to he worked. The committee looks forward to other trips of this sort with great anti eipation add the members arc very thankful to Mr. Smith for arranging this trip. Cartoonists The Cartoon Contest opened to Trade School hoys will close on Friday, the eighteenth, at 4:30 P. M. The drawings must be drawn in Jn'ia Ink. on special paper, pro- cured at the Artisan Office. 1st Prize..................S5.0U 2nd Prize................... 3.00 3rd Prize................... 2.00 Trade School Quintet Loses to M. S. D. of Flint Our First Defeat Play I)i amatizes Lincoln Crisis Artisan Rinkers Defeated bv C. D. S. Trade School lost a hard battle in the hockey pen last Tuesday to the Country Day School by the score of 1 to 0. C. D. S. had the advantage from the beginning to the end. The Artisans put up a strong defense, but were unable to drive the puck through the other goal. 'Taylor drove through the only goal of the game in the first quarter. Secora blocked the opposition quite often, while Tedoes, MeI.eod and Fergus were good on the offensive. Krickson took good care of the Trade School goal. At one time, when the entire opposite team was determined upon driving the puck past him, he was lying in front of the goal, using his hands, feet, club and the rest of his body to prevent the puck from scoring for the C. I) S. I.incup: On January the 28th the Trade School Basket Ball Team journeyed t« I liu . where they ntet their first dc- ! feat of the season, 30-22, largely ! through the ability of Bclcnski and Rocco to locate the basket from the half way mark. The floor work of M-irchand. I.ihiiv, Testier, and Rowe stood out tor the Trade School, and Bclcnski. Rocco, and Larsen for M. S. D. The line-up was: Trade School Position Rowe r. f. I'rankowski I. f. Fields c Sa.ssin Libby Final score: Flint 30, Trade School 22. Substitutions: T. S. Tesner for Rowe: Novack for Fratikowski; Bcnko for Fields; Johns tor Lilibyp Marcliand for Sassin. r. K I. f. M. S. I). Larsen Bclcnski Rocco Schcgel Kcrny C. D. S. Trade School Jones R.W. Marinucci 1 A-iniliacli LAV. Tedoes Laning c. Secora Taylor R.G. Fergus Senbury L.G. Mel .cod Legal G.G. Frickson Alumni vs. Varsity One of the hardest games that a team look forward to is the Varsity versus Alumni game. Ordinarily, we would think that the Alumni should win. being -older and-more experienced mi the certain sport that is in season. The Trade School Varsity is going to do their lx t and put forth much effort in order to make the above state- ment a falsehood. The varsity prom- ises a good game, so don't make any Hates for Friday. February 11, but come and see the game. Professional Actors Play Reminiscences of Emancipator All the boys and instructors of the school thoroughly enjoyed the Lincoln Day program, given on Wednesday, February 9th. The beginning of the program was a j ten-minute talk on the Reminiscences jot Lincoln. given by Colonel Smith, a former member of President Lin- j coin's personal staff. Next there was a ten-reel picture of the life of Lincoln. In the middle of the picture there was I a dramatization of President Lincoln's I call of volunteers to the Union cause, and the response. ’Thayer Roberts of the Bonstellc I Company portrayed the part of A bra bam Lincoln, while Mrs. Theresa Merrill, a dramatic instructor of this city, portrayed Mrs. Lincoln. Winston (.eighton acted the part of General I Scott, and little Tad Lincoln was acted by Bill Merrill. The boys of the Exploration Club sang during the performance and the music was furnished by the Trade School Orchestra and an Orthophonir Victrola, loaned by Grinncll Brothers. All who took part in the performance should be commended for the wonder- ful way in which they portrayed this -mall part of the life of one of the greatest men the world has ever known. Mr. Bratton has made this program possible by writing the dramatization, and much hard work in getting the auditorium ready for the occasion. Section Graduating Class Air System Improves Foundry Conditions One of the best and most enjoyed improvements in the Trade School in the past month is the blower system installed in the Foundry. A person cannot realize the import- | ! • wcuicm iiylws ioiict. tore the installing of the blower it was quite uncomfortable to work in the foundry, because of the gases gener- ated there when the metal was poured into the molds. These gases wore nlostlv oxides, and. combined with the dust that filled the atmosphere. they seem to tickle the throat, thereby necessitating the drink- ing of much water. Because of the blower system, to work in the foundry docs not injure tile lungs, as before. Green Author Contest The long-heralded closing of the 'Vnknown” story has at last come about and. boys, here is your chance to secure the five dollar gold piece which the Artisan is offering to the person who can guess who the author is. The contestant must turn in his guess as to who the Green Author really is and also a report on the story. The person who hands in the best re port on the story and guessing the identity of the Green Author will win the prize. First row, left to right: Max Schneider, Frank Faust, James Wade. Louis Wcidling, Lawrence Keichmnn. James ilumherstone. Roy Reinke. Second row: Herman Jackson. Joseph Hauswirth, Mike Pavlik, Joseph Beck, Allen Manser, Ronald Balslcy. Third row: John Sanrie, Arnold Wolff. Walter Jozwiak, Norman Meyers. Speaker and Movies Feature Auditorium Hour Mr. William Avery Barr as. Educa- tional Director of Reading, from the Public Library of Detroit, Michigan, gave a talk to the M section students on Friday February 4th, on “The Field .mm, . principally on how to go tliu.ugli ex- perience . which we have not had, by reading books. picture was shown to the students, giving them an idea of the European Corn Borer, an insect that destroys corn and other crops. This picture was procured by the Trade School from the Department of Agriculture. Our next picture, entitled “Watching I the Weather Above.” will he shown on February 28th ami March 5th. It will include the aerial activity, including the army, the navy, the air mail service, forest fire, airplane patrols, and air- planes in insect war, alsso the import- ance of weather forecasting to success- ful aviation and how observations are made for flying weather forecasts. Course Doubtful Mr. Bell believes that the aviation course which is going to lx given .in this school will not start until next fall because the University of Michigan cannot furnish us an instructor until then. The purpose of this course is to teach the hoys the fundamental facts about aviation. 7 he Artisan February II, 1927 G ti CWl Publication of the Students of the Henry Ford Trade School, Highland Park. Michigan. VOL. I. NO. 9. FEBRUARY 11. 1927 PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY $1.00 Per Year Single Copies. 7 Cents STAFF: Editor in Chief..................................jaw� � I lumber-done Associate Editor.....................................John O C onncl Managing Editor.......................................William Cain Stall Secretary................................ Dempster Cantpbe I Art Editor....................................... • •1 ieorge Steyska: Xews Department Frank licrto, Wi liam Vance, Joseph Kisil. Alex Aide, Ervin Pope, William Toth, Arthur Schultz, Duane Mulvcy. Phil ip Voungertnan. Publication Department........................................ dolph Eckert Assistants: Mike Borushko. Rohert l.eisey, Howard Hoe ft, Carl Kttrz, Mike Kostecki. Business Manager ...............................................Earl lank Advertising Manager..........................................Bernard Konopka Circulation Department......................................lMiillip .oufal Assistants: Steve Szalai, Arthur Brooks, Samuel Sclunidt. Faculty Adviser................................................Louis Garden ARTISAN STANDS FDA 1 —the promotion of greater school activities. 2 the rules of the Administration. e -the encouraging of students for extra high schap credits. A PRACTICAL TEACH HR What do educators mean when they talk of practical experience: l it some belated opinion or theory or is it the manner by which one educates himself by personal trial!'' If you have not stopped to consider what part experience plays in your life, submit yourself in your leisure moments to a few ques- tions concerning your Trade School education. The ordinary city high school develops its educational program solely to the stud) of theory (luniks), and upon graduating the boy has still to apply himself to the necessary practical side of his training— experience. Von now understand why a student of this type of school is a few jumps ahead of a high school boy. Because our theory is direct- ly practical in such ways that it applies to the problems we meet in the tool rooms anywhere in the world, and not only in the tool rooms, but in any branch of machine shop industry. Then how much do you appreciate your training? You can show this by adapting yourself to the added experiences you may gain by being connected to the greatest productive organization in the in- dustrial world. There are numberless billions of unsolved questions to be solved in the future in connection with the industry of automobile engineer- ing, and the Ford Motor Co. is depending ttjion the Trade School students to do the solving, as the experiences we boys are receiving through practical application of theory while working in the shop is invaluable and offers such an opportunity because only by such may experience be practical Therefore value your opportunity of re- ictving experience. HABITS As you g along in this world you will have to create or develop good itufgfwnt in small as well as in large rushers.. In fact, you coulcl not tcly on your judgment in large niiitli i - unTT practiced, by exercising your judgment on small matters. It should be your judgment which determines at which hour tn get dressed, how much sugar to put in your coffee, what to read in the newspaper, what time to start for your daily work and which route to take in going there. But as a matter of fact, in how many of these things is your judgment employed? How many of them are decided by habit alone? This is the reason why you should form good habits. Now. you might say. What is habit? Well, in a way. habit is like a cable, we weave a thread of it at a lime and at last we cannot break it. Why do you part your hair in the middle? Why do you carry money in a pocketbook? Why do you wear a red necktie? Largely because you are a creature of habit. We do thousands of things daily as a result of habit without the least exertion of thought. Habit is an excellent servant, hut an inconsiderate master. A good executive delegates much to his subordinates and leaves them free to do their own work; but lie calls on them for results, re- taining to himself the right to revise their methods. In exactly the same way you should «leal with your habits. You cannot attempt to consciously direct all the minor and customary acts of the day. leave that to habit; use your mind for more impor- tant things, but occasionally call on your habits for reports. Ju-t what are they doing? How are they doing it. and what arc the re- ult ? Should some perhaps be done not at all? As the manager you must know what your habits are doing and what results thev are attaining. Hah the secret in success is in keeping oneself in constant trim by careful and sy stematic training —( Clipped) it is perfectly easy to perform habits, mind and muscle agree in readiness to perform what they hare previously done. To prove that: Select for yourself some habit which it would be to your advantage t « have and cultivate it. For example: Hanging youi hat on a certain hook; or adopting a cheery greeting for your friends each morning; or drink a glass of I water at a certain time each morning. Repeat the act daily, and in | a Short time it will he automatic—a habit formed. In this way you I may learn to do a number of little things that you want to do each I «lay through habit. Thus leaving your reasoning powers to grapple w ith larger problems. HEALTH Thrill Elimination is a long word anil Jo Without mo no man has ever the doetor it moans much. So should achieved success, nor has any nation it to every Henry Ford Trade School ever In-come great, hoy. To got rid of the waste product j |WVC j wn ,|u. |,c ! r Kg 4)f t.vorv is to eliminate or cast it out. successful career, and the cornerstone The hotly has three ways of elitni- j of every fortune, nation, and each of us must sec that A|| ,|K. wJr|,[ knows me and most of our processes are kept m working j,|lc wor|,| heeds my warning, order. ..... , „ • The Ik. we Is eliminate the feces and . ,,,,or ,aj l,avc n,c as a' j Industrial and Engineering Chemistry • • - • • .. . me nut. | Industrial Management PERIODICALS FOUND IN THE LIBRARY Aero Digest American Magazine American- Boy American Machinist Asia Boys’ Life Chemical and Metallurgical Engineer- ing ompton's Pictured Newspaper Correct English t urrent Events I)carhoru Independem Education Electrical World Foundry lias Age Record «iood Housekeeping Harpers House and Garden House Beautiful India Rubber World should act at least once in 24 hours ... with ease My power is limitless, niv applica- Coarse foods as potatoes, bran bread, (1 spinach ami similar foods help ease the I Be who possesses me has content- bowel movements. ment in the present and surety for the J'he kidneys eliminate the urine, ntturc. Drinking plenty of water helps this 1 •’,l greater value than pearls, process. rubies and «liamoiids. I'hc sweat pores are the otljct Once voti have me. no man can take method of getting rid of waste Err- ( me away «tuent bathing keeps this process in ( I lift my possessor to higher planes order. of living, increase his earning power. lien the three processes of eltmi and bring to realization the hopes of nation art in good condition your ability to resist disease is high. In other words, you are in good health, so it is up 1«. you to keep your elimina- tions very efficient so you may work easier, play harder and thank God for life, oftencr. To The Students Of The T. S. • i •■■■■■. 1 be knowledge that you get. niv hoy. Depends a lot on you: To work and think and plan ahead The things that you must do. 'Tis true, that you must have the tools To do work at its best. Rut yet it still remains with you. if you will win Success his life. I make a man well dressed, well housed and well led. I insure absolutely against the rainy day. I drive want and doubt and care away. 1 guarantee those who possess ini prosperity and success. , I have ■ salted those of low degrei £ laud those of high degree have found - j me a helpful friend. I To obtain me you need pm out no ■ capital but personal effort, and on all you invest in me 1 guarantee dividend- that last through life and after. I am as free as air. I am yours if you will take me. I am THRIFT. A thousand million things to know About this thing and that. Learn all you can from any man And cram beneath your hat. For in some future day they'll ask- What kind of man is be?'' .superintendent or boss it matters not. A. A. Carroll, superintendent «i police. Grand Rapids.- The strongest preventive of crime is thrift. The youth who is taught the value of mom early and i- encouraged to Imild up a bank account i- bound to become a good citizen. Industrial Arts Index Industry Illustrated Iron Age Iron Trade Review Journal of the merican Chemical Society Ladies' Home Journal Life Literary Digest Machinery Mechanical Engineering Michigan Farmer National Geographic New Technical Hooks—New York Public Library Outlook Pictorial Review Popular Mechanics Popular Science Monthly Publisher's Weekly- Radio Broadcasting News Radio Digest Radio Listener''- Guide and Call Book Railroad News Railway Age Retail Coal Man Retail Lumberman Review of Reviews Saturday Evening Post Science and Invention Scientific American Success Survey Technical Book Reviews—Carnegie Library. Pittsburgh Time Trained Men Pop. I got in trouble in school to- Courtesy of Mr. Mayberry. HighLtn . av and it's your fault. Park State Rank. How's that, son V ------------------- Remember when I ask'd you how Experience cannot be b tight on much a million dollars was? credit. Yes, I remember. man win wants hi? dr aim t Wei!, 'Heluva lot’ isn't the right an- You're 'what you've planned to be. I™™ ,rue W ke ,!� ' u rc jicrtr Industry's modern ways, i To shape and mold the product so Twill stand the future days. ; The same is true of character. No limit o! it- worth. I Will pay the greatest dividends In Heaven ami on earth. 'o mail) trade- a boy can learn. So many things to do. If you can master only one: Then few will master you. Midst anvil’s swing and hammer’- ring. The best that I can tell; Remember, boys, and beta- it is— Master first, one thing well, I’oi after all life's hut a game That every man must play, It's yours to win or yours to lose, Each one the price must pay. So my advice, each little man. That counts the most l v far It isn't what you wish to be. It's what you really arc. - Thomas Roy Elctt. Editor's note: This poem was writ- ten by a stock chaser of the Ford Motor Co. who has observed the work ' of the Trade School boys. iUi First row. left to right: Buddy Czynianski, Mphonxc S yntanski. Max Ketclhut, Russell Meredith. Forest Bernier, William Galesky. Second row: George Harris. Albert Marchand, Herbert Ghinert, Louis Dam man. Norman Grahn. John West. February II, 1927 The Artisan Section Graduating Class W Section Quintet Wins First Game in Over- time Encounter Our School Safety Dept. First row. left If� right: Kllsworth Sleep. Lionel l.ibbv. Edward Fitz- gerald. William Toth. Michael Krassavin. Second row: Karl Tank. Alex llie, Raymond Schmidt, Charles 'I urner Theodore Lynch. T II E U N K N O W Bv the Green Author W scored its first victory of the season at the expense of T, at the Liberty Gym., on January 27. 1927. m a ten-minute overtime game. The score at the end of the fourth quarter was 15-15. The coaches and referee lecided to play another 5 minutes to break the tie. Aftei that they had to play another 5 minutes to break an 1X-1X score. At the end of this 5 minutes found W on the long end of a 2.5 to 20 score. It was unanim- ously stated that this was the best name of the season so far. even ex- ceeding the fast and exciting game staged by T and M on January 20th. H is for Henry Ford our friend. 1£ i� for Edwards a Helper true. N’ is for Nothing wc cannot do. The Ik� vs of tlic M section who had the opportunity to hear Mr. Smith (who is the head of the Safety Depart- K is for Rise in this World, our aim. nicnt of the Ford Motor Company) V is for You the student. talk will understand the true feeling of fellowship and comradeship behind F is for Friends made in our school. it all. O is for Order, a very strict rule. Mr. Smith gave an excellent talk on K is ior Kicltcs, the school helps you ,-afety. laying particular stress on earn. horse play, and running, as these seem D is for Doing each day one good turn, to be the weakest point among the boys who forget that there is a time T is for Trust your Neighbor and for work and play- Yourself. During the last week two boys were R is for Rush your lessons to learn. rather severely cut. One boy used his A i for The Artisan, our school paper, hand for brushing up shavings off the D is for Duty we never betray. lloor with the result that his finger was K is for Kffort to try to succeed. Coach Attdrzcjcwski (W) juggled his j lineup, putting Popofl. former guard. | (. £ cTrV. each' doing'his share. 11 is for Helping, the Artisan Staff O i for Orators, we have quite a few. is for Ourselves, to whom we’ll be true. the latter half there Young Luke, who lives with his, been put to bed .mil a doctor and .. inster parents m the village of Ring-1 nurs. attiml-d to bo needs. Luke ville, Kentucky, is twice attacked by I and tin two old men wearily trod a mysterious -.trangcr who has been back to their home and rest. sct„ about the home of Major Wolfe. F.arly the next morning Luke set whose daughter Martha lias become out to see � f lie could find a trace of the fast friend of Luke. the Stranger who had so suddenly dis- l.ukv returns home after the second I appeared into the night. After search attack on him and tells hi- foster- ing until tin middle of the afternoon, father and Jed Pearson, bis com pan- Luke disconsolately returned over the ion. how he repulsed the Stranger by ro.nl that led to his home I he road throwing him into a creek and how passed through country of ;« rugged the Stranger then threatened him. though picturesque beauty. In places They decide to go at once to the it passed near edges of precipices, and Major’s home and accost the Stranger it at times crossed little rushing nwiiii- thcrc. CHAPTER 1� 'I hey went silently through the for- est. l.uke leading, for he was impa- tain streams. While walking along a portion :ln ro.ol which ran' particularly near a sleep precipice Luke spied a white patch al the bottom oi the gully. The tient and wished to reach the Major's form of the object, which from Luke's home as soon as possible. The others position appear d to be only i patch urged caution, but they might as well have talked to the wind, for Luke would not listen to reason. I hey soon reached the Major’s residence, and stealthily crept up toward the yellow glow is-tiing from the windows ol the library of the old mansion. They as forward, and shoving French back to guard. This change proved the undoing of Coach Damico's boys, flic i q game, figuratively, did not start till the. second half. Front the beginning of was action— j plenty of it! Four men were put out | of the game. Bosanko and Capt. Latham of T and Capt. Stay and lloct- gcr of V for fouling. Many fouls were committed blit only about half of them made to count for the other team Petrie of T section tied the score twice by sinking two free throws. I’opotT was the highest scorer in the three teams for any single game, scoring 1.5 of W's 2.5 points. V did not score at all in the fourth quarter. Popotlf. in the last 5 minutes of the game, scored 2 field goals and 2 free throws. H was the only Y man to score. The rooters of their respective teams went wild in the 10 minutes of over- time. especially so those of W. when I’opoff scored a basket. Starting lineup: W. L. F. K.F. C. L. G. K.G. V severely cut, necessitating a few stitches. He should have used a broom for Safely, one hundred per rent. or 3 brush ior that i why they arc made. Another boy tried to stop a revolving chip on a triple drill which had about the same effect on his hand as trying to stop a band-saw with bis finger, for Loyalty. DEAR SCHOOL r,'iv boy should have shut his machine TO YOU. ! off or used a piece of wood to take it out. It must be remembered that these chip or turnings arc just like so many razor blades and very dangerous. M Defeats - VS 25-16 Stay I ’opoff I larrison JIoetg'T French Substitutions: Section for Stay. McBride for Hoctger. T Sec- tion Mulvoy for Schultz, Schultz for Mnlvey. Luttenberger for Latliau. Petrie for Boa sc. Boasc for Bosanko. Referee: Rowe. FOUNDRY SCRAP of light colpr. so intrigued bis curi- osity that he scrambled will� much dif- ficulty down the side of the precipice, I scattering rocks and gravel as be went. I On reaching the bottom he found, to bis amazement, that the white patch was the mangled body of the Stranger. J reached the ground below the window who bad, no doubt, pitched himself and Luke raised bis head and gazed in- headlong over the precipice as he hur- to the library. • tied along in the darkness. The Major was visible in a room ad Luke then hurried back to the vil- joining the library, which he used as lage and brought his tosier-fathcr to his den. His face, as lie sat in a big tin scene of the discovery. They , leather covered chair, indicated, by it hen. after scachiug the remains for no ™e; every tine, desperate anger. In front � clue of identity, buried the once of th Major stood the Stranger, plain- troublesome Stranger on the spot and . • «-turned to the village mizzled ai rubber mics unless you have a -It ’’’F J' -’- T. Schultz Bosanko Davidson Latham Boasc Brooks Goggles must be worn; this is a sub- ject which is never stressed too much. _____ Wc want the boys to co-operate with i us, if you see something that should On January 25. 1927. M section I |,c fixed. don't Ik afraid to tell us. scored its third victory at the expense I Report all small troubles as well as of W section at the Liberty School |he big ones, for they are the ones Gym. M took .5 out of the 4 quarters : that count. by good margins. Neither leant held Some boys think that if they are the ball very long because when tlu v i)rui,g]„ to task by some member of did get it they invariably threw it wild. (]„. Safety Committer that he is trying Tile first quarter was slow and tin- to show off. or satisfy a personal interesting. Harrison scored W’s 3i grudge Get rid of this v iew of tilings points. Shay. Captain Forrer, and for you are only doing yourselves a Cusamo scored 5 for M. In the second base injustice. quarter the fellows missed many shots. Any suggestions that boys have re- Thc points that were made were far yarding Safety or Hygiene will be between. Harrison was lone scorer gladly accepted and looked into, lxt’s again in the third quarter, scoring one work together and show what ,vvc really can do along this line. Let us take our motto front the illustrious book. The Four Horsemen, “One for field goal. Starting lineup: Y M French K.F. Cusamo Stay (C.) L.F. Forrer ((’.) Harrison C. Shay Popoff K.G VVizin-ki Glance L. G. Grietsell Score by quarters: YV 3 8 2 2—15 M 5 7 X 5—25 Air. Johnson -Is this sentence cor- rect: “1 walk through the camp.” Student—No sir. It should be, ”1 walked through the csviip.” Mr. Johnson Why? Student—It’s past tents. Balslev (to new boy)—Get mo a - pair of rubber mics. - Ely (new boy)—Don't you know t� .e - w rule? Balslcy What rule? Ely That you can't get a pair of bounc I lesson from Poor Richard’s Almanac: “If You Would Be Wealthy, Thrrrk-of SA VING--------------- I une passed ami Luke became hap- Jtlajoh Perhaps the Stranger did not , intend to strike him. but as the Major ’ “ jumped up to defend himself lb ;� ily man wd to the companion ns his ; Stranger gave the Major a blow on the school days and people knew him over • poiir of the taw that struck him un- tin whole country a- a great lawyer. - conscious. I Fortune bestowed it- best gift- � � n him. I l.nkt then broke the window, vault j but one thing wa- lacking His true ; e.l over the sill, and in a second closed jname i as unknown to him as ii ever - with the Stranger They whirled was and to this day he goes through . 1 furiously about the toon for a few mo life with a smile that shows nothing of I Intents until the Stranger managed to i th pains that gnaw.- him whenever - •Imle Luke’s grip and disappeared in- j (hat n unc that is not his i- mentioned - |o the hall, from there making hi- way (The End). the back door of the man-ii � . I iik� « i i � •� � •••• i � � •� •� � ••� ••• � . - , ,i • i- iuinpatiiot - followed him '' IS YOUR FURNACE HEATING I - PROPERLY? : : If not Z j i Drop a card to JACK POT I • as Well as Getting. man s:: they . fji-i as they could, hut when reached the door be had already dis- appeared into tiie dark forest.. After having spent over an hour scorching for the Stranger, they re- turned to the manse and found every j � � • • • • ‘ T ,r thing in confusion. The Major had - 4751 Toledo Ave. More For Men Hats - Shoes Furnishings Special Offering BROADCLOTH SHIRTS : $1.45 I 13800 Woodward Ave. - at Cottage Grove Z Highland Park State Bank j DETROIT CREAMERY Opposite Ford Athletic Field CONFECTIONERY 15861 WOODWARD GREGORY MAYER THOMrO. STATIONERY PRINTING • BLANK BOOKS LOOSE LEAF DEVICES LITHOGRAPHING and ENGRAVING OFFICE FURNITURE FLINT DETROIT LANSING PLEASE PA TRONIZE OUR ADVERTISERS February II, 1927 DETECTIN' E MUGGEI By george .HEIMS’S LAST CASE STEYSKAL XIr. Adolf Muggclheim was in a blue funk, lie was. to say the least, ntcl ancholv. Not even an insurance a Kent crossed the threshold of his office for llie last two months. He observed the idyllic June day with a look of infinite sadness on his face. His tittau hair was already turn- ing pink with worry. Presently the face of Henito. the window cleaner, appeared at tin- solitary office window. He idly watched hint clean the outer surface of the glass. and when the window was opened to admit the swarthy body of Benito. Adolf said. How are the wife and kids, John? Non pailo ringlese.” promptly re- joined the cleaner of the windows, and continued making graceful curves with his Bon Anti. After having counted the number of circles Benito described on the win- dow. and after having read the morn- ing paper through for the sixth time, Adolf heard slow and deliberate foot- steps in the hall outside his office. He listened attentively. They were ap- proaching. Soon his outer door opened and a white haired old gentleman of small stature and not so small breadth passed the slumbering office hoy and greeted the dumbfounded detective. Mr. Muggclhcim. there are no eaves- droppers about?” I assure you. my dear sir. an- swered dolf. “with the exception of that dumb window cleaner and Jim, there isn't a person within two miles of here!” Then I can speak with safety. said the old gentleman, handing dolf his card and breathing a sigh of relief at the same time. Adolf carefully scanned the man's card. His great powers of observa- tion showed him that Ids visitor was none other than the grenl Doctor An- gus Mcl.can Tweedy. M Sc.. I . 1’h , and a lot of other things. Of what service can 1 he to you. Doctor Tweedy? eagerly asked the detective, warmly shaking his visitor’s hand. My name is not Doctor Tweedy, said the visitor, and after fumbling in his pockets for another card, con- tinued. “My name is Faujard. 1 am one of Doctor Tweedy's assistants. 1 have conic to see you on a very im- portant matter. I don't think you have ever had a east- like it. Adolf agreed quietly, ami nodded to his new client to continue. As you no doubt know. continued Dr. Faujard. mv eminent employer is one of the foremost authorities on nar- cotics and poisons. Recently he has With a scream Adolf let off the six ! I shots in the revolver at once, ami the - next thing he knew the Doctor's wife, I __________________________________ i short-Matured woman with an “ abundance of lustrous, bobbed, dark- - been troubled fvith attacks by a person | ,,ze,| hair, was trying to restore him I I ,,r Pcrs°n unknown who have appar j lo consciousness. After lie was laid : I uilly been Irving to get at the Doe- |,y servants on a couch in an adjoin- - t..’ Mon of frug . and only last night rooI11 lhc. Doctor was used from I | ‘he Doctor's laboratory was broken in (|IX), .sfunihcr. and on appearing at 2 I to am! severahthousand dollars' worth ,Cclu. t.xci,cmt.„, |,.t out a yell! - j of n,re narcott s were stolen. Doctor Qf jQy when he examined the hole IS I weedy has ajked me to secure your Adolf shot in one of his laboratory Z help in stopping this.” 'cabinets. For there, having narrowlv r I Mr. Adolf tyiggc-llu-i.il profusely ac-1 missed destruction front Adolf's shot, .■pu d the ca . ami together Doctor • MofM, fivc lK� tl|cjt containing the miss- | Faujard and li left for the great sci- j ;,,K drugs. I e-utisl' ! 'Moratory. When they arrived at their destina- tion the detective made a thorough investigation, and after a long con- ference with parties concerned, our brave dnif decided to keep watch in (lie laboratory the coming night. t ame night. Adolf donned a mas- terful disguise and installed himself carefully in tlx laboratory in a well hidden place next to the great sci- entist’s store of drugs. Darkness en- veloped him and the laboratory as well � s if it were it. the heart of a moun- tain. and. aft -r art hour or s . it was as noiseless Twice his trigger finger marly slipped and caused disaster when a cricket began it,- eerv serenade mg drugs The Doctor then rushed to the safe and. after feverishly twisting the dial, j opened the door, and found, reposing undisturbed on a shelf, five bottles of, pink and blue litmus paper. The li-t of damage included a very 1 lamented piece of ear apparently shot from Mr. f weedy's pet tabby, one I pane of polished glass, and a Ixittle of cpsom salts. Our friend Adolf is now a hermit ; in the mountains of Peru and lives on I ipt-pac and wild potatoes, while Mr. 1'weedy, whose picture adorns Adolfs cave, is now rejoicing over the perfect healing of Eurcka's ear. IT,..... , scratching ««.ml ..... Glass Drill. Scene of Sho,,lri,,s heard near the sate where the Doc-; r 11 tor s drugs were kept. With a ting-1 (Continued from Page 1) ling sensation at the roots of hi- hair. This gas given off when the glass is Adolf turned in the direction of the liquid produces a violent boiling which -omid and grasped his weapon the tighter. Two points of pale greenish- vcllow light- moved slowly about just in front of tin safe. After watching them a tiionuni Adolf perceived that they were -'eidily approaching him. Soon i: seemed as though they would come in contact with him and indeed lie next felt a soft, brushing sensa- tion on the hand that held his gun. serves to thoroughly mix the glass and free it from bubbles and streaks. The arsenic also acts as a cleaning agent and is largely volatilized (driven | off) from the glass. The molten glass flows down through the furnace and becomes clear anil much cooler (2100-2200 F.) be- fore it flows out through the trough at the lower end of the furnace. . ! Morris Mitchel Co. FACTORY LUNCH SERVICE I Weyhing Bros. Plant: Pine and 5th St. Phone Glendale 5680 Makers of emblematic goods, class riags and pins, metals, badges and trophies. Makers of Henry Ford Trade School rings. Mfg. Plant. McDougall at Graf. 1507 WOODWARD AVE. 3rd floor Annis Fur Bldg. Detroit. Randolph 9810-9811 13734 Woodward ONE DAY SERVICE OFFICES 14041 John R 16221 Woodward Transfer-Point Confectionery CANDIES AND LIGHT LUNCHES a SIX-MILE ROAD: At VAN DYKE FRANK S. TOBIAS, Inc. CA R3—TR UCK S—TR ACTORS 16428 WOODWARD AVE. LONGFELLOW 7900 HIGHLAND PARK. MICHIGAN : - These are the Tools that are made for Your Work sT.sRntrr MICKOMKTCM 1 STABBSTT COMBINATION AS ! «T 1 STARRETT CYLINDER CAGE 5 STAKRETT TWICKNEIS CAGE • STARRETT UNIVERSAL 1 !AL test indicator . STAHBETT STEEL. TAMS STARKETT CALIBERS AND DIVIDES'? «TARMtrr HACKSAW TRAV.C , AND BLADES h«. « i... tv. r ..,. r ... ■ ri «m� . pj ttti � « � « “RIGHT, and MEAN IT“ The L. S. STAR RETT Co. World's Greatest Toolmakers W hen you mike your work with a Starrett you know it’� right. That's why you'll find Starretts in the kits of experienced ma- chinists. And the Starrett tools you buy now will give YOI' a lifetime of accurate dependable service. Manufacturer� of Hacksaws I lu xcelh il. Steel Ta ir.%, Standard for Accuracy. VTHOL. MASS. Use Starrett Tools Specially Priced SMALL MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS Complete Assortment for School Orchestras and Hands SAXAPHONE ■ Trfiefl.VioTiTVefl. CmW JT| and 6 reed inchidrd I IU C Melody. pants finish, SI 15 CLARINET Fine imported Albert system. 15 keys. 4 rings and rollers. With case and 6 2 50 CLARINET, Albert system. 16 keys. 2 rings. Exc -Uent for beginners .....822.50 CELLO Good quality. Nicely shaded brown color. Full, three-quar- ters and one-half sizes;. Com- plete with bow and Mackintosh cover. TRUMPET rroily ii Trtim- fat with change to A. Com- plete w.-h wa ; r- -i n or. Only |0 37.50 TROMBONE Bra� .- finish. Perfect -dide ac:inn. Waterproof ,ci cover. Very soccia! 16 FLUTE s kevs. Imported. 1 complete with good ease I I DRUM Pro fossil na! model, all metal Snare'Drum complete Jt Q with Sticks, only...... It) Others, $10 up. “The Music Center of Detroit’’ GRINNELL BROS Sirmuwy RfprcxntatuKSs 1515-21 WOODWARD AVE., DETROIT o Stu'o—y fti Al Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, March 11, 1927 Number 11 Radio Club Organized Faculty Member to Teach Principles of Radio Work The Trade School has progressed to an extent that the student body has decided a radio club to be a necessity. Through the cooperation of Mr. Weaver of the physics department, who has consented to be faculty adviser, plans for the club are becoming steadily more definite. A committee has been appointed to draw up a constitution which is expected to be somewhat novel. Instead of using the parliamentary method of procedure, the committee plans to conduct the club somewhat after the manner of a radio L.o d- casting station. The officers corres- ponding to president, secretary, etc., will be known by names taken from radio language. Radio Education The purpose of the club will be education along radio lines and the development of a radio art. To this end the fundamentals of electricity will be studied in their applications to radio. The lecture periods devoted to this purpose will be made interest- ing both to the beginner and ad- vanced radio enthusiasts as they will be of practical as well as theoretical value. The club hopes to assemble an experimental amateur transmitter in the near future and thus join the legion of “hams.” If at any time the club can render assistance to either students or instructors it will appreciate their attendance at meetings or lectures. Loud Speakers to Be Installed The Trade School, in a short time, will be fortunate in possessing a public address system in the audito- rium. This will be of benefit both to the speaker and to the audience as it will necessitate the expenditure of less effort for both. The public address system is one of the developments of the World War. It consists of three distinct units: the microphone, the amplifier, and the loud speaker. The micro- phone, in the Trade School, will be Trade School Methods Paused in letter from State Official K. G. Smith, State Super- visor of Industrial Education in a letter to Mr. Searle says, in part: “As State Supervisor of Indus- trial Education I have visited the Henry Ford Trade School sev- eral times. In my opinion the school is doing a great and much needed wrork and one which the public schools cannot or at least do not do. “As in any trade school the subjects taught are of a technical and trade nature with the excep- tion of English and Civics. The laboratories and classrooms have the best of equipment and the instruction, in my opinion, is adequate and, what is more, adapted to the needs of the boys. in the course of a year each boy receives 540 hours of class- room instruction and 1,360 hours of shop instruction. As- suming that two hours of shop instruction, requiring no prepara- tion, are equivalent to one hour of classroom instruction, we find that each boy received 540 plus 580 or 1,220 hours of instruction per year. The average public school gives thirty hours of in- struction per week for forty weeks or 1,200 hours per year. “The boy in the Henry Ford Trade School gets as much in- struction as a public school boy and instruction adapted to his needs. Many boys who would waste their time in the public schools find here something of real interest and an education situated in the center of the stage, the amplifier in the radio room just off the stage, and the several loud speakers in various parts of the auditorium. The system operates in much the same manner as a radio set, the voice being picked up by the microphone, amplified in the same manner as the detector signal, and delivered where it is wanted in larger volume. Educator Talks on Ways to Work E. A. Paddock, president of the Intermountain Institute of Weiser, Idaho, spoke to the Trade School students, March 3, on “Work.” He illustrated his talk in a novel way by using the letters of the name “Ford” as the initial letters of four words telling four characteristics of the kind of work that leads to suc- cess: To work “Faithfully” will se- cure for us our employers’ confidence, and we will take pleasure in our work. By working “Observingly” we will know whether the other fellow’s work is better than our own, and we will learn how to improve. To work “Righteously” means to work hon- estly, to enjoy a job well done. To work “Devotedly” means to stay with a job until ifcls completed. Mr. Paddock used a story to illustrate another important means to success. In a small pool there were three fishes named “Wise Before the Time,” “Wise at the Time,” and “Wise After the Time.” A fisher- man resolved to catch them. “Wise Before the Time” seeing him, warned the other fishes of the danger, but they would not leave the pool with him for safer waters. When the fisherman returned with his tackle he saw but two fishes, and resolved to catch them. “WTise at the Time” sensed the danger and after fruitless effort to persuade “Wise After the Time” to leave with him, he made a narrow escape from the shallow pool. When the fisherman caught “Wise After the Time,” and threw him on the bank, the latter saw how foolish he had been. The moral is: It is better to be “Wise Before the Time” than to be “Wise at the Time”; “Wise After the Time” is too late. But best of all is to be “Wise All the Time ” T. S. Represented in State Contest The Trade School will be rep- resented in the Oratorical and Declamation contest being held in the city this month. An oration on the Henry Ford Trade School and a declamation of William Howard Taft’s Lincoln Memorial speech, will be delivered by the school representatives. Cast in New Play Picked His Father’s Son Story of Prep School Activity His Father's Son is the title of the next play to be given by the students of the Henry Ford Trade School. The cast has been picked, and, three nights a week after school, they may be heard rehearsing. Mr. Bratton, of the English department, expects to show the play for the first time Friday, March 25. His Father's Son is a story of scholastic interest. The action takes place in a prep school of the old established type and the moral is found in the relationship between father and son and in the inspiring results thjt may grow out of that relationship. THE CAST W. Lieghton Nathan Doyle R. Harrison Douglas Doyle A. Johannesson Dr. Crane, professor S. Condit Jerry A. Eckert Griffith, reporter J. Casey .....Jim O’Callahan, editor W. Sweet Timothy Glien, office boy P. Sikorski Hiram McBenny C. Brightbill Harry Atkins C. Kurz John Hartwell E. Witzke Horace Russell R. Krappitz Raymond Sears L. Wiedling... Ordway Mitchell J. Berringer Harrison Fisk Stage Manager—A. Eckert Assistant Stage Manager- W. Sweet Property Man—R. Krappitz Scenery, Curtains and Lighting— W. Cain Costumes and Make-up—Mrs. O. S. Bratton Vacuum Is Chief Support of Plane Seventy-five per cent of the power which sustains an airplane is suction on the top surface of the wing, ac- cording to engineers at the govern- ment airdrome in Dayton, Ohio. They explain that the wing acts as a wedge, splitting the air and sending it streaming back and up almost verti- cally. The rush of air creates a partial vacuum above the wing back of the thickest part and it is this vacuum, combined with the pressure of the air beneath, which does three-quarters of the sustaining work, the engineers assert. —Popular Mechanics Magazine. Ckfi cin Triple arc electric furnace with automatic control for melting steel or iron. THE foundry is one of the most inter- esting departments in the Trade School, both to the student and to the casual observer. The work done in the foundry, pouring molten metal, for some reason, seems to have a peculiar fascination. The Trade School foundry is equipped with the most modern devices and ma- terials. On entering, the visitor is im- pressed with the cleanliness and orderliness of the floor, benches, and machinery. There is a vacuum cleaning system being installed to keep the loose molding sand and dust off the floors and the blower system is already installed for ventilation and re- moval of noxious gases. At present the student who enters the foundry is put on cleaning duty with broom and towel. From this he goes to the cast- ing dressing division and in his allotted three or four months he is transferred regularly to the various other divisions so that he will attain a knowledge of the whole field of foundry practice. The student working at casting dressing receives the castings direct from the mold and cuts off the gates, risers, and other excess metal which is later melted and re- cast. He also removes the sand adhering to the rough casting with a wire brush or by means of a blast of sand in a “sand blast” machine. He then grinds off rough edges and the remaining portions of the gates, after which the casting is sent to other departments to be machined. Having progressed thus far, the student will have sufficient knowledge of foundry products to learn molding. Each molder is given a separate steel bench and is supplied with a set of molding tools. In the bottom of each bench is a bin where molding sand is kept. Each molder is responsible for the consistency and “temper,” or amount of water in it. Each student is given his turn at molding for iron, bronze, brass, or aluminum cast- ings and thus learns the differences in molding practice necessary for the different metals. From molding, the student goes to the core bench where he makes sand cores used in molding parts that cannot be made by plain molding. He must keep the boys on the molding benches supplied with all the cores necessary for their jobs. After learning the practice of molding and the other operations necessary to produce castings, the student is given an opportunity to operate the furnaces. The Foundry P Henry For Training in Ge Taught in Four Trade School is equipped with a triple automatic control, electric furnace o! latest design for iron; a single arc, ro type, electric furnace for bronze and b and a gas-heated melting furnace aluminum and its alloys. The boys at the iron furnace weigl charge, usually of scrap iron, charge furnace, and control every opera including the adding of alloying elen until the metal is poured into the la It is here that they learn to apply knowledge of chemistry, physics, metallurgy that they acquire in the c room. They learn how different elen produce different properties in the product and how the results are contro At the bronze furnace the boyi charge weigh the necessary amount copper, tin, zinc, lead, etc., and fui apply their theoretical knowledge. 1 also have charge of the aluminum which is charged with pigs of alumi alloyed with a small percentage of cop The school is also equipped with a Qualitative analysis laboratory, where students determine the proportions in which various elements are present in metals from samples submitted front rhe foundry. Cfiie CI fiAosn ice in the rade School oundry Work Is ’ Intensive Course isting machine for making small castings aluminum. In this machine the metal melted and forced by compressed air to an interchangeable iron or steel die. his chills, or causes the metal to solidify oickly and thus gives the product superior jrdness and finish. This method, ob- ously, is used only for obtaining castings large numbers and one valuable use to hich it is put is casting aluminum handles i screw drivers that formerly had wooden mdles. A test sample is poured from every heat ' all the metals and is sent to the school boratory to be analyzed, where the lalytical work is done by students. A test is run to find the quantities of irbon silicon, phosphorus, sulphur and langanese in the gray iron, and the Z ronze made in the bronze furnace is lalyzed to find the content of zinc, lead, n and copper. By taking these precau- ons a bad heat or one not coming up to le standard can be checked and all cast- igs made from this pour can be remelted necessary. To date it has not been ecessary to scrap castings for these iasons, the work all being up to standard st by the inspectors of the Ford Motor 'ompany. During the month of February, 1927, total of 30,000 pounds of cast iron, ,000 pounds of bronze, and 1,200 pounds 1 aluminum castings were poured in the shool foundry. These castings were of all izes, varying from small castings no larger ban a half-dollar to gray cast-iron castings sighing 650 pounds. : Many of the wood and metal patterns sed are made in the school pattern shop, las, with the aid of all kinds of modern luipment, boys make patterns of all kinds r use in all foundries of the Ford Motor pipany. With the experience in foundry 'ork gained in the school foundry, coupled ith this pattern-making experience, the ■udem obtains the knowledge of the incipies of founding that for broadness ld, •aeticality is hard to beat. : When the student has finished his tindry work he has a much better under- anding of the mechanical operations he is performed or will perform on finished Stings. If the student is planning to twialize in metallurgy or chemistry this bperience is invaluable to him. At the left is the uluminum furnace; at the right, the bron .e furnace. Note monorail and vacuum systems. General view of foundry showing molding benches, finished molds and metal being poured. Pattern shop where wood patterns are made for use in the Trade School foundry. ffiuf drlCScvn March 11, 1927. Is 1 Safety Committee Gives Reports; Notes At the last meeting of the Trade School safety committee it was said that running and failure to report at the first-aid station after receiving minor injuries, were the principal violations. RUNNING It cannot be emphasized too strongly that running in the machine shop and the school building is a very dangerous habit. At one time a boy’s leg was broken when a rush was made for a drinking fountain. Many serious accidents may be traced to men running in factories. A boy should cultivate the observance of the rule not to run. Safety train- ing is as important as other branches of his work. It is also essential that observance of public safety be made outside the school building. This applies partic- ularly when the boys are leaving at night. INFECTION Failure to recognize the dangers of infection is illustrated by the number of boys sent to the Safety depart- Business Bureau Subject of Talk The older boys of the T section heard a talk on Economics, Monday, February 28, in room 309. The talk was delivered by Mr. Thompson, president of the “Better Business Bureau,” a non-profit-taking cor- poration, established through the cooperation of a number of the city’s stores, banks, real estate firms, news- papers and manufacturers, for the purpose of maintaining a fair com- petitive relationship in advertising. Prevents False Advertising In describing the methods used by the bureau, Mr. Thompson stated that a force of buyers are main- tained who are sent about to the various stores, to buy the goods and advertised articles. When a firm is discovered to have dishonestly repre- sented goods, such as offering a “ten-dollar silk shirt” for two ninety- eight, the shirt being part cotton, it is the bureau’s business to warn such a retailer that his methods are in- jurious to himself, other stores, and the consuming public. Mr. Thompson stated that, if the dishonest practices are not stopped, the large newspapers will refrain from publishing ad- vertisements of dishonestly labeled goods. Thus competition is kept clean and the public may have full confidence in any article advertised in the papers. Promotion Data on File In addition to this Mr. Thompson stated that the bureau keeps files in which is collected all available data in regard to stocks, bonds, distant real estate investments and their promoters. This data is available to anyone who wishes to refer to it. Mr. Thompson stated that one need only ment for instruction during the last few months. Most of these boys either did not report to the first-aid station for treatment or removed the bandages at home. One boy last week suffered a hemor- rhage as a result of taking the bandages off his hand at home. The boy was cut between the thumb and finger. He was treated at the first-aid station and given a “dry job.” After having all precautions taken at the school he did what so many boys have been doing in the past few weeks. This boy lost blood and suffered considerably as a result. It might have been even worse. Blood poison or lockjaw could have set in. The importance of this rule is readily emphasized. Do not remove bandages; go to the first-aid stations. Infection, once it starts, may develop very rapidly. It may involve the loss of a hand, an arm, or even a life. No mechanical device can prevent infection. The most essen- tial thing for each boy is to take all necessary precautions. call the office of the bureau which is in the First National Bank Building to secure whatever data there is on file. Above all, the bureau recommends that everyone accumulate a savings account of approximately $500 before making investments. March March began the Roman year, and according to Roman legend was named by Romulus, the founder of Rome, after his father Mars. This very interesting tradition tells us further that Romulus, with his brother Rennus was thrown in infancy into the Tiber but was rescued and raised by a she-wolf. The Romans later made him a god. It was the Roman custom to have the pontifex maximus, or high priest, solemnly proclaim the month on its first day. This was called in Latin “calare,” and the first day of the month was in Latin the “calends.” It is from this word we get “calen- dar.” The first day of March is cele- brated by Welshmen as the day of the patron saint of Wales, Saint David. In a way similar to that in which the Irishman show's loyalty to his saint, the true Welshman will wear a leek (similar to an onion) on this day. On the seventeenth day of March | no true son of Erin will be caught without a goodly bit of green, that noble Hibernian color, somewhere about his person. For “begorra” ’tis Saint Patrick’s Day and in his j honor shamrocks, Irish harps, and almost anything green becomes con- | spicuous. I Alter 2 of a series by the designer of the Stout metal airplane telling the story of progress in aviation development up to today and outlining what we may expert tomorrow. Last week I compared an airplane to a kite, and showed with a paper glider how any surface would fly if the center of weight of the .surface was at the center of support or the “center of air pressure” as we called it. You learned with your own experiments with the glider I inclosed just how to make a surface fly. If you have this step firmly in mind we are ready for the next idea —the relation of the weight of the surface to its air performance. The heavier the surface per square foot the harder it is to make it fly and the more power it takes to get it up to a speed where it will rise off the ground. If you make a paper glider like the one last week but of paper twice as heavy, the glider will fly only at a very steep angle, showing that it takes more gravity-power to fly the heavy glider than the light one. A heavy plane requires high power to make it fly. If you divide the total weight of a plane by the area of its wings in square feet you have the weight of the plane for every square foot of wing or, in other words, the amount every square foot of wing must carry. The lighter the wing loading the less power required to carry a given load, and the slower the landing speed. The most efficient commercial airplane will be the one that will carry the greatest load the fastest, with the least power. This requires that the plane be very light for every square foot of wing area. A plane with only a 2-pound wing loading can carry 40 pounds for every horsepower expended. The Pulitzer speed planes carried as high as 20 pounds per square foot and hence required a full horse- power for every 6 pounds. The heaviest lift curves known require that the wing load be not over 8 pounds if one would land at 40 miles an hour. 2 pounds per square foot on the wings will carry 40 pounds per horsepower. 7 pounds per square foot on the wings will carry 25 pounds per horsepower. 12 pounds per square foot on the wings will carry 16 pounds per horsepower. 20 pounds per square foot on the wings will carry 10 pounds per horsepower. You can basically judge the performance of any plane by these figures no matter what the design. Next week I will tell how the total weight should be subdivided between the weight of the plane and the pay-load the plane will carry. HERE and THERE The wheelbarrow was used by the Chinese thousands of years ago. There are more telephones in New York City than in London, Paris, Berlin, Brussels, Vienna and Rome combined. Coal was used for melting metal in Greece 300 B. C. Students in American schools from kindergarten to college total 25,000,- 000. Gold is contained in all sea water, but in such small quantities that no process has yet been devised for re- covering it profitably. The longest word in literature, honorficabilitudinitatibus, occurs in the first scene of the last act of Shakespeare’s Love's Labor's Lost. The first paper was made in China in A. D. 75 from the bark of a mulberry tree. The first representative dictionary in the English language was compiled by John Buliokar and published in England in 1616. In the South Seas there is a little fish about six inches long that leaves the water to hunt insects and worms on the beach. No amendments have been made tc the French constitution since 1884. Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, March 25, 1927 Number 12 World's Largest Silencer at If. P. Plant V.M.C.A. Man Talks on HI-Y Exploration Club Hears of Organization for Boys At a meeting of the Exploration Club on Monday, March 14, Mr. Jordan of the Y. M. C. A. addressed the members on the HI-Y Club movement in Detroit high schools and its progress throughout the state. He told the members that the pur- pose of the HI-Y movement is to sponsor high ideals. This purpose, he declared, is symbolized in the HI-Y emblem, a triangle, standing for “Mind, Moral, Muscle. The HI-Y has a club program of inspiring talk and activities, Mr. Jordan said. It fosters good fellowship among the boys and teaches them to know the “gist of life. Club Suggested for School Mr. Jordan suggested a HI-Y Club be formed among the boys of the Trade School who have evenings to spend in worth-while activities. Following Mr. Jordan’s address, the Exploration Club held an election, at which it voted to retain in office the incumbents of the past term. A number of suggestions for the ad- vancement of the club were made by various members. With all present promising to try to be of real value to the club, the meeting adjourned. The largest silencer ever built damps the detonation of the exhaust gases from the big engines in the Highland Park plant power house. In two twenty-eight-inch pipes the gases come up through the power house roof and enter a horizontal cylindrical tank slightly more than sixteen feet long and eight feet in diameter. Within the tank the gases encounter a partition, through which they make their way by means of a single opening into the silencer proper. Beyond the partition the gases flow into the outermost of five succes- sively smaller cylinders, concentric with the tank, extending from the partition to the tank’s exhaust end. A hole through which the gases may enter the next smaller cylinder is provided, but in such a position that to reach it they must travel two paths of unequal length. This process must be repeated for each of the smaller three. By this means, the speed of a given quantity of gas is retarded, and its unity of motion disrupted. By the time the gases reach the fifth cylin- der, from which they escape into the air, they are flowing in a steady stream. They emerge scarcely audible. Two thirty-inch vents, covered with thin copper, form a relief outlet on the upper side of the silencer for possible accumulations of excessive force. Trade School Students View Industrial Film -------------♦ ------ ♦ ♦ � � 9« ♦ � � ♦ t � � � � . Radio Club Picks Names ................... .... The Radio Club held its pre- liminary meetings during the past week. Appropriate names for the club officers were chosen. The president will be known as “the Microphone —“Mike” for short; the vice-president is denominated “Sparks, probably because it is his function to fill the gap when “Mike is absent. The secretary will be re- ferred to as the “Condenser,” be- cause he condenses the doings of the meetings in writing; while the treas- urer will be called the Receiver, perhaps in the hope that he may receive some dues. Two Lectures a Week The club members decided to have two lecture classes a week on Wednesday and Thursday, respec- tively, with the faculty adviser ex- plaining the various principles of elementary electricity and radio. The other evenings will be spent in experimenting and building sets or transmitters in a clubroom located on the fourth floor of the school building. Picture Describes How Abrasives Are Made For three successive weeks the students of the different sections viewed the motion picture The Age of Speed which was produced by the Norton Company, manufacturers of abrasives and machines, Worcester, Massachusetts. The picture was an unusual one. It did not confine itself merely to the making of grinding w'heels but also illustrated how these grinding wheels play a part in the manufacture of nearly all articles used by man. It showed the changes which time has wrought in the ways of transportation and in the methods of manufacturing such articles as clothes, automobiles, newspapers, books, and locomotives. Were it not for modern grinding machines the world would not be much more ad- vanced today than it was years ago. The primary difference between the worlds of yesterday and today is the increase of speed which the mechan- ical devices of today makes possible. It would not be possible to make mechanical devices capable of attain- ing such high degree of efficiency if it were not for the greater elimination of friction which grinding makes possible. Ranges of Navies’ Guns Are Compared The present agitation in favor of increasing the range of the guns on older battleships of our Navy is not the first time this subject has been brought before Congress. The matter was thoroughly discussed in 1925. At that time, the Navy submitted tables to Congress giving the maxi- mum elevation and the maximum range of every ship in the United States and the British navies. These tables revealed the startling fact that although our older ships are out- ranged from 800 to 28,000 yards by the older ships of the British, our most modern ships outrange the most modern ships of the British by from 10,200 to 11,400 yards. This means that in approaching our fleet, the British ships would be exposed to our gunfire for thirty minutes before their guns were effective. —Scientific A merican. View of lllenctr, Highland Park power house, from Trade School. There Are Two Kinds of Wheels This company makes two types of grinding wheels, the alundum and the crystolon. The picture showed only the steps in the manufacturing of the alundum grinding wheel. Aluminum ore is mined and then transported to Niagara Falls, New York, where the company’s electric furnaces are located. The ore is placed in these furnaces and smelted. After the ore has been in the furnace the allotted time, it is removed, crushed, and separated into various grades according to its size. The graded crystals or grains are then mixed with a bonding compound and cast in molds. After these molds are set they are trimmed and cut to the desired shapes. The wheels are then sent through a furnace, the hottest point being 3,700 degrees. When they have been baked a certain length of time they are cooled and a lead bushing is inserted in the center, the abrasive wheel is then trimmed, and the finished product is ready to use. 3XaChpii an March 25, 1927. VOL. I No. 12 3K Gf Scvn MARCH 25 1927 AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORI) TRADE SCHOOL. DETROIT, MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN. MICHIGAN The Value of Tools Carlyle said of man: “He can use Tools, can devise Tools: with these the granite mountain melts into light dust before him; he kneads glowing iron as if it were soft paste; seas are his smooth highway, winds and fire his unwearying steeds. Nowhere do you find him without Tools; without Tools he is nothing; with Tools he is all.” Moral: Learn to use Tools. Vital Need for Trained Men One of the most vital needs of the industrial world today is that of trained men to replace those of the past generation. Efficient machinists cannot be easily picked from the colleges or schools to replace trained mechanics. These men may be capable as far as the theoretical knowledge is concerned, but theory without practical experience cannot produce a mechanical expert. Thus the need for apprenticeship is confirmed, and, as technical magazines have stated, the only proved way to fulfill this demand is by what is known as the cooperative system of educa- tion. This system originated at the University of Cincinnati approximately twenty-five years ago. It is in practice here in the Henry Ford Trade School except that the exchange periods are shorter. A number of years ago Mr. Henry Ford foresaw the need for trained men to become the executives of the future. As a result, he inaugurated the present school in which the students are given a high school education equivalent to the eleventh grade in an accredited high school, along with the practical machine work used in tool making. The possibilities in this training of the Trade School boys are unlimited. Its value to the industrial world in dollars and cents cannot be estimated. From the Secretary of Commerce “Discovery and invention are now no longer the function of the garret genius. They are the result of deliberate, organized exploration of pure science. New discoveries and their application will come faster than ever before, and I believe the next half-century will be greater in its triumphs of science and in their contribution to human welfare than even the last fifty years—for we are better trained, better organized, better equipped for discovery than ever before.” —Herbert Hoover, Secretary of Commerce. Diet Undergoes Three Changes Our present diet is the result of three great changes, writes Dr. Ur- ban Garean in the Canadian Medical Association Journal. The three stages may be considered as the precooking period, the cooking period and the food culture period. These changes in diet were accompanied by changes in man’s digestive organs and were dependent on his gradual evolution and civilization. In the precooking period, many eons ago, man lived chiefly on seeds, nuts, berries, plant leaves, shoots and roots, honey, bark, and a little animal food that was easily pounced upon, such as snails, insects, and birds’ eggs. The strain of this large vegetable intake resulted in heavy jaws and strong teeth and a large and very muscular intestinal tract. Skill in making weapons and greater mental powers made it possible for man to extend his diet to include the flesh of large animals and fish. At the same time the intestinal tract grew smaller and it is probably here that the appendix, once a useful or- gan, began to diminish. With the discovery of fire, man en- tered on the cooking period. Stone baking and steaming and cooking by holding the food directly over the fire were the first methods. Boiling could not be done until a vessel was discov- ered that would withstand the heat. The epoch of food culture is thought to have begun about 30,000 years ago, when man first protected and stored fruits and seeds. Agriculture was at first very casual, as man roved about never tilling the same field twice. When neolithic man began to settle on arable soil, food culture began in earnest, animals were domesticated and progress toward our present civil- ization was gradually made. Prob- ably fruits were first cultivated, then roots and finally cereals. Man is now experimenting with an entirely new kind of dietary. The future alone can tell whether he will again rise to the occasion and adapt himself to his latest change in his diet. —Hygeia, Feb., 1927. Library Notes Books suggested for hours of pleas- ant and profitable reading. 1. Bok—The Americanization of Edward Bok. 2. Pupin—From Immigrant to In- ventor. 3. Riis—The Making of an Ameri- can. 4. B. T. Washington—Up From Slavery. 5. Bok—A Man From Maine. 6. Roosevelt—Autobiography. 7. DeKruif—Microbe Hunters. 8. Buchan—Greenmanile. 9. London—Call of the Wild. 10. Kipling—Captains Courageous. 11. Twain—The Prince and the Pauper. 12. Andrews—His Soul Goes March- ing On. 13. Andrews—The Perfect Tribute. 14. Riesenberg—Under Sail. 15. Halliburton—The Royal Road to Romance. Detroit Public Library, Educa- tional Director of Reading, January, 1927. Commercial Uses for X-Rays Found The X-ray is generally considered as a tool of the medical doctor, surgeon or research scientist, but it is ever increasing in popularity and is in wide use in industries all over the world. Among other purposes it is employed to detect bits of metal in insulating fiber, to determine the centrality of the metal in electric cables, to find whether the stems of thermometers are of soda or lead glass, to determine the centrality of cores in golf balls, to examine the snugness of fit of a shoe, to detect defects in artificial teeth, to estimate the amount of ash in coal, to count the turns of wire in a coil whose wire is insulated, to measure the inside diameter of metal tubing, and to determine the construction and as- sembly of explosive devices. —Science and Invention. A Plea for Research Efficiency It was Hough who said, The past is a bank in which unlimited numbers of ideas have been deposited to our credit and injconsidering what has been accomplished in applied science in the years of the present century, it seems safe to say that, at no other time, has the race drawn so extensively upon this deposit . . . The people of this century have profited in a cumulative and an amazing manner from that which was done earlier . . . It must be borne in mind, in listing the more important advances of recent years, that the foundation upon which these are built goes back many years, and in practically every instance rests upon some discovery or the establish- ment of some theory which, at the moment, seemed completely removed from any possible practical, industrial, or commercial application. Among the outstanding advances in recent years must be noted the gradual change in the attitude of industry itself toward both pure and applied research, the extensive cultivation of the border lines between the natural sciences, and the development of new postulates and theories which have put new tools in the hands of industry . . . We are indebted to the workers of the past for much that we enjoy today. We owe as much to the future. We have the privilege of living in a time when the unexpected and the impossible is happening day by day, but we must go on to still greater discovery. —Industrial and Engineering Chemistry. HERE and THERE Radio is said to have introduced 3,000 more words into the English language. T.More than 5,500,000 radio sets are in use in the United States. China has a mountain of alum 1,000 feet high. The English language is spoken by more than 180,000,000 people, while German is second with 120,000,000. The daily rainfall of the earth amounts to about 16,000,000 tons a second. Envelopes were first used in France during the reign of Louis XIV. A KID TRICK Bovs think It's smart to climb between cars and to steal rides. you know it's dangerous. Tell 'em about It. 3 3X Ckti cwi Neatness, plenty of working space, and splendid lifthtlntl and ventilation facilities characterize the shop of the new unit of the Henry Ford Trade School at the Fordson plant. New School Unit Is Located in Heart of Big Plant The Fordson unit of the Trade School is now organized. In the heart of the greatest industrial plant in the world with a floor space of half an acre and accommodations and equip- ment to take care of one hundred and fifty students, the nucleus for a large educational program has been formed. The great manufacturing units of the Ford Motor Company are at the disposal of the pupils for their study. In the classroom the boys are taught practical mathematics, al- gebra, geometry, trigonometry, chem- istry and metallurgy, English and mechanical drawing. A shop trip is taken every Friday to various de- partments of the company. At noon the students are given a hot lunch similar to that served in the Highland Park Trade School. The shop equipment consists of: Seven fourteen-inch, four eighteen- and one sixteen-inch lathes, nine milling machines, three sixteen-inch shapers and one twenty-four inch, one four-foot radial drill press and four speed drill presses; five external grinders, two internal, one cut-off, and two cutter grinders. There is also a bench department taking care of thirty-two boys; there are four boys in the pattern shop. A fully equipped tool crib supplies the tools and fixtures. S. F. Wilson is in charge of the Fordson School. He has a staff of five instructors assisting him, three in the shop and two in the classroom. School to Be Seen in Movie The Ford Motion Picture Labora- tories are now making a motion pic- ture of the Trade School. During the past week the science department, mechanical drawing room, and shop theory department were filmed. These pictures will be lent to civic clubs, dealers, schools, and colleges as are other Ford films and will serve to disseminate effec- tively information about the school. The pictures are being taken with the help of carbon arc lamps. The film will be completed by next fall. IMAGININGS OFJfSCIENCE In order to visualize the investiga- tion we are making let us picture graphically each step which we take. If, therefore, in the figure below we let the vertical lines represent the different carbon contents which steels might have, and the horizontal lines degrees of temperature through which we might desire to heat the steel un- der discussion, and then plot the phenomenon described above we would have a picture something as follows: 300 700’ e 600’ £ 500 MOO• ■300• )ZOO‘ o .15 30 3 60 .75 .90 U 5 WO %c g|All that this picture means is that as we heat a piece of simple carbon steel containing 0.90 per cent C., we discover a certain very noticeable reaction which occurs about halfway between 1250 degrees F. and 1350 degrees F., which we have decided to call the point of recalescence; on further heating of the piece, no other such phenomenon was noticed. Now let us go through the same experiment with a piece of steel con- taining .45 per cent C. Here, just as before, as the temperature 1250 degrees F. is reached we note all the strange symptoms which are char- acteristic of the point of recalescence and then, just as we are about to decide that it is hardly necessary to go further we note that the pyrom- eter needle has again come to rest, but that this time it is registering 1390 degrees F. Therefore, it would seem as if this piece had two critical temperatures instead of one. We proceed with our heating tc see if anything else occurs. However, as nothing does happen, we turn to our picture and plot the two points just observed, together with the one point found on our first investigation. Now, let us take a piece of carbon steel containing .15 per cent C. and continue our investigations. Again the needle of the pyrometer records a point of recalescence and also the point designating the second range of critical temperatures; but this time, as the test piece continues to absorb heat, a third critical range is registered, all of which when added to our former picture gives a result somewhat as follows: r7ooa eoo• £ 1500 5 1300 ZOO t� 6: N tr T i i 1 !i Ar r “J K Arl Tz 9 -N — % O 15 30 .65 60 75 -90 105 1M3 % c By repeating the operations out- lined above with pieces of steel con- taining various percentages of carbon, from zero to 1.20 per cent, and by plotting the different critical tem- peratures so obtained, we finally ob- tain a chart which graphically ex- presses the varying critical ranges of iron and steels which result from variation in the carbon content. The classrooms of (he Fordson unit of the Trade School are attractively modern. Continued on page 4 4 ffiez Cfcti an March 25, 1927. Safety Sense Again Brings Highest Returns This Trade School pupil was work- ing on a cyanide furnace when a wet piece of steel caused the cyanide to splash. His goggles proved to be the bulwark against blindness. Goggles Should Be Worn In view of the lesson carried in the above photograph it is well to re- member that goggles should be worn when lighting ovens and furnaces or working with acids and caustics. They should also be worn when work- ing at: Cyanide furnace; die cast furnace; grinders; shapers; welders; metal pouring; chipping; concrete breaking; driving nails. Carelessness I am more powerful than the com- bined armies of the world. I have destroyed more men than all the wars of a nation. I am more deadly than bullets and have wrecked more homes than the mightiest siege guns. I steal in the United States alone over 300,000,000 dollars each year. I spare no one and find my victims among the rich and poor alike, the young and old, and the strong and weak. Widows and orphans know me. I loom up to such proportions that I cast my shadow over every field of labor. From the turnings of the grindstone to the moving of every railroad train, I massacre thousands upon thousands of wage earners every year. I lurk in unseen places and do most of my work silently. You are warned against me but you heed not. I am relentless. I am everywhere, in the homes, on the streets, in the fac- tories, at the railroad crossings, and on the seas. I bring sickness, degra- dation, and death, yet few seek to avoid me. I destroy, crush, and maim. I give nothing, but take all. I am your w-orst enemy. I am Carelessness. —Trainmen's Magazine. Imaginings of Science Continued from pago 3 With very low carbon content, it is interesting to note, the first critical point does not occur until 1395 degrees F. is reached. Metallurgists have designated the lines so obtained by letters “r” standing for refroidissemenl which is the French word for cooling. The suffixes 1, 2, 3, simply stand for the lines in the order drawn. From the completed chart it is further evident that our first piece Letter 3 of a series l y the progress in aviation development up to the Stout metal airplane telling the story of y and outlining what we may expect tomorrow. 'PAY LOAD1 ire- it eady to Last week’s letter explained what wing loading meant; the load that every square foot of wing of an airplane had to carry, and how the more each square foot carried the more horsepower was required to carry the load. This letter is to explain just what is meant “load” in an airplane and particularly a mercial airplane. There are three kinds of loads; (a) To (b) Useful Load, and (c) Pay Load. Suppose an airplane weighs—as pounds loaded. This is the totalIwe fly. This total weight subdivides and the (b) load that it carrijgv If the above plane weighs 3!Sp(J be 2,500 pounds, the two figures We see then that this pUne and gauge its efficiency by tnat This “useful load,” howev r come the weight of the oreyand equipment. This subdivision jtvil are going to fly one hour or fen. persons you can put i 7,000 ppun If you want to travyfiyfnerely for i n h twelve persons. Ttte part of the load t the “pay load.” . . That plane xne most eftfeienj whi h, for a given amount of fuel carries the mosvpay load. since wo th ... „----------- „ . po tance of saving weight in the original ie weight of the plane empty, called the “useful load.” inds, then the useful load would ung 6,000 pounds, ly with a load of 2,500 pounds 6f ,vr subdivides again, for out of it must ;helweight of the gasoline, oil and vary depending on whether you Ifiyou want to carry only two Is oi gasoline and go a long way. r, then you can carry ten or pays the dividend is called a poi for e’ id of pay load in the air is ery hour of flight, the im- petrol fne is £ pparei plane. ing is 1,200 pounds t competitor with an pay load over other the increased earning ___ neares equivalert increase in Ypu can figure or yourself. week we wi 1 see how the iffects landtng speed, and nding. wing what containing 0.9 per cent carbon is in one way the most interesting of all, since it is the only specimen in which but one point of critical temperature occurs. It will be noticed from the diagram that steel containing less than .10 per cent C. has no point A-r-1 and it is, therefore, undoubtedly because of the carbon content that this, the point of recalescence, occurs. From tests which we made with the magnet we would find also that the temperatures at which loss of magnetism occurs are those desig- nated by the line A-r-2, whereas the loss of ability to conduct an electric current occurs at the point A-r-3. In steels containing .45 per cent C. to .75 per cent C., loss of magnetism and loss of ability to conduct an elec- tric current occur at the same points designated on our diagram by the line A-r-3-2. Whereas in the steel containing .90 per cent C. all these changes take place at the same time. “I suppose you have a letter of recommendation.” “Yes, sir. I have six of them.” “I don’t want a man who has lost that many jobs.” —The American Boy. To Tom, who had been cutting up, his mother exclaimed wearily: “Why can’t you be a good boy?” Tom: “Well, Mother, I’ll be good for a nickel.” Mother: “For shame, you ought to be like your father, good for nothing.” —The American Boy. A college education never hurt anybody who was willing to learn something afterward. —The American Boy. In parts of Hungary, farm laborers are paid in vegetables. Occasionally, we suppose, a workman will ask for an increase in his week’s celery. —The American Boy. Volume 1 Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, April 10, 1027 Number 13 Nature Club Organized Botany, Astronomy, and Other Sciences to Be Studied The- Natural Science Club was organized over two months ago by students in the Henry Ford Trade School, originally as the Entomology (or “Bug-ology”) Club, to study insects. The name was shortly after- ward changed to the Nature Club, and the scope enlarged to include all nature study. At the meetings, what available specimens the members had, representing different branches of natural history, were studied, discussions held, and field trips planned for the coming spring. The club became the Natural Science Club at a meeting held in Mr. Garden’s room on April 1, when a more technical study of various aspects of astronomy, geology, mete- orology, zoology, and botany was outlined as the members’ aim. Meet- ings will be held each week under the direction of George Steyskal and Mr. Garden, the faculty adviser. Talks, mostly illustrated, will be provided, and competent speakers will be in- vited from time to time. Individual research by members will be stimu- lated, and several school projects Continued on page 4 � 4 f • •� � i, t f 4 « I Chinese Trouble j Told Pupils •• ••� ••• • ••« • • • � (?' The Chinese situation was force- fully and vividly described by Dr. Bailie to a group of Section W students in the auditorium, Monday, March 28. Dr. Bailie has been a missionary and Chinese educator for a number of years and so can be quoted as an authority on this subject. Dr. Bailie told of the astounding changes that have taken place in China in the past years. He spoke of a time when a Westerner was a sub- ject of interest to the officials of China. When he would enter a Yamon (an official residence) the native would feel his clothing and enjoy the novelty of his dress. But if you were to enter a Yamon in China today, you would be greeted by a native in Western clothes, who would converse with you in English on various topics concerning the problems of the day. In the schools of China, English is taught so that the Chinese students Continued on page 4 Presentation of Play a Success Bonk System of U. S. Explained The credit and banking system at present in use in the United States was described for the students by Mr. Gardner of the Highland Park Trust Company recently. Mr. Gardner compared primitive man’s methods of getting food and necessities with those of man today. Ninety-five per cent of all business transacted today, he asserted, is done on credit. This necessitates having banks as sources of ready cash for merchants and manufacturers. In England, Mr. Gardner declared, there are only six banks, with their branches, for the entire country. In Canada there are nine. In the United States there are no less than thirty thousand banks, most of them operated by people in the localities where they are situated. Federal Reserve banks, Mr. Gardner said, are situated throughout the country. They are intended to serve as cash reservoirs for other banks that may need assistance. The presentation of the play His Father's Son by boys of the Ford Trade School, on Friday, April 1, is the source of a very real pride and satisfaction to the members and friends of the school. The skill and faithfulness with which the characters and emotions of the play were depicted gave ample evidence not only of ability well beyond what one ordinarily expects of amateurs, but also of the earnest and patient efforts put forth by the boys of the cast. The story of the play is built around the character of a boy. He falls .victim to a strong chain of circum- stantial-evidence, which seems clearly to convict him of a very dishonorable act. We see his good character rise up and defend him so mightily that the force of the evil circumstances that threaten to destroy him is power- less to do him harm. He comes out of the struggle stronger than before, and better able to render to his father the splendid service that his heart has been so stoutly set upon. The moral of the play, of course, is the very great value and strength of a good character. Heat Treat Department Object of Shop Trip ------------—A -- New Class Schedule Now in Effect There is a three-minute in- termission between all classes. First Period: Start 7:30 a. m. End 8:15 a. m. Second Period: Start 8:18 a. m. End 9:03 a. m. Third Period: Start 9:06 a. m. End 9:51 a. m. Fourth Period: Start 9:54 a. m. End 10:39 a. m. Fifth Period: Start 10:42 a. m. End 11:27 a. m. Sixth Period: Start 11:30 a. m. End 12:15 p. m. LUNCH Start 12:15 p. m. End 12:40 p. m. Seventh Period: Start 12:4U p. m. End 1:23 p. m. ‘ Eighth Period: Start 1:26 p. m. End 2:09 p. m. Ninth Period: Start 2:12 p. m. End 2:55 p. m. Radio Telephone Bridges Atlantic One of the latest triumphs of radio is the bridging by telephone of the Atlantic from New York to London. On January 7, 1927, the trans- atlantic telephone was officially used by the president of the American Telephone and Telegraph Company at New York, who spoke to the secretary of the General Post Office in London, a wireless distance of 3,400 miles. This marvelous develop- ment was brought about by the untiring efforts of research men. It was in 1876 that Alexander Bell, in Boston, Massachusetts, made the first electrical transmission of spoken words; fifteen years later the same man spoke from New York to San Francisco. Experiment in radio telephony began immediately after vocal com- munication by wire had been estab- lished, and years were spent in re- search which resulted January, 1923, in transatlantic communication. The new invention is now available to those of the public who have $75 to spend for a one-minute talk. In another few years most likely this cost of communication will be lowered. Ford Methods of Steel Hardening Are Studied The shop trips for the next three weeks will be through the heat treat- ment department. Various steels are heat-treated according to the functions they are intended to perform in their finished state. Parts of a motor which are to be exposed to great friction are case-hardened, to give them a hard outer surface. A die block, which must stand a great strain, is neces- sarily heat-treated clear to the center. These examples show why we have a variety of methods of heat treatment. The case-hardening process, which hardens the outer surface, is done by two methods: cyaniding and car- burizing. Parts to be hardened by the cyaniding process are immersed in molten (NaCn) sodium cyanide at a temperature of 1,600 degrees F. The carbon (Cl from this molten mass penetrates the steel and the additional carbon forms a ferrous alloy known as cementite. A cyanided part has a hardened surface 1-64 inch in depth. The carburizing method is as follows: The parts to be hardened are placed in a box and surrounded with a carbonaceous material (usually charcoal). They are sealed with clay to prevent the escape of vaporized carbon and to prevent the oxygen in Continued on page 4 ‘Faust’ Play Subject of Talk Miss Ruebekam of the Bonstelle Company gave a brief outline of the play and story of Faust to the older boys of the M section, Monday, April 4. The play, Miss Ruebekam said, is based on the immortal poem by Goethe, which was inspired by the legends that grewr up around the life of Dr. John Faustus, a young man who in medieval times studied black magic at a French college. The play is designed to show the results of evil in the life of a man. On Thursday afternoon, April 7, a group of Trade School boys attended the matinee performance at the Bonstelle Playhouse. 2 ili 'ii cvn April 10, 1927 AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORI) TRADE SCHOOL. DETROIT. MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI MONTHLY AT DEARBORN. MICHIGAN The Progress of Today The most extraordinary developments quickly become familiar today.. Little ceremony marks the ushering in of epoch-making events. Years ago, with the inauguration of cable service beneath the Atlantic, an exchange of formal greetings was arranged between President Buchanan and Queen Victoria and the world marveled. The first message by magnetic telephone was the lofty sentence, “What hath God wrought?” Yesterday, New York talked to London by radio-telephone. An official picked up a receiver and said to the operator: “Can you get me Sir Evelyn Murray in London?” In a few seconds the bell rang. “Good morning,” said the official. “Good morning,” came the reply from 3,500 miles away. The present age has a different mode of expression. The faculty of wonderment is a little jaded in this generation where one day’s dreams are the next day’s miracles and the third day’s commonplaces. Only a cessa- tion would amaze the public. It is an interesting fact that records rarely stand. They are made only to be equaled and broken. The first salesman to write a million dollars of insurance in a year stimulated many others to meet and surpass his feat. There had been no sudden change in the insurance market nor in the pro- visions of the policies, but someone was needed to break the trail. Within a few weeks after a young woman swam the English Channel in record time, several persons duplicated her performance. The hazards of the Channel had not lessened, nor had the sport of swimming progressed, but someone was needed to pave the way. The first radio, or police dog in a neighborhood is quickly followed by others. Because a thing has been done, the great majority find it easy to accom- plish. The knowledge that it can be done is the inspiration of the record breaker. Dramatics Prove Worth The play His Father's Son, recently performed by the students, proved the value of dramatics. It seemed to hold the audience and impart the important moral it held. Both the players and the audience felt the spell of living the same experience that was portrayed in the plot. As an extracurricular study or as a pastime dramatics will prove in- valuable. It develops poise, speech, and the habit of expressing the emotions clearly. | If there are enough boys who wish to have this training and participate in future plays, there is every reason why a dramatic club should be formed. Organization to Study Nature The Natural Science Club, wThich is still in its infancy, offers an oppor- tunity to become conversant with one of the most interesting and important fields of modern culture. In this organization, the purpose of which is the study of natural science in all its phases, a member may broaden his educa- tion and have an interesting hobby that will take him in his leisure hours away from the city perhaps, to study earth formation, plants, fossils and stars. The club meets in Room 207 on Fridays after school. Students interested in such a study are invited to attend these meetings. Your School Paper To create student opinion and to express it, also to be a news medium in a limited sense, is the purpose of a school paper. The Artisan has no permanent news staff. It is a paper 100 per cent by the whole student body and for that reason the students should use it as a news medium. Articles on the various activities and departments of the school, also articles on the latest developments of science are welcomed by The Artisan. This oppor- tunity of writing for the school paper is extended to every student. Take Care of the Teeth Makers Adopt Standard Parts A healthy body is a possession to A standard milling machine spindle has been adopted by nine manufac- turers of milling machines. This change of spindle design ap- cherish. Seldom does it come to i plies to machines from 2 to 25 horse- one, or remain with one, by chance: j power. These spindles are inter- it is almost always the reward of changeable with arbors and face constant attention to a number of milling cutters, regardless of make or details of personal hygiene. One of the most important of these is the teeth. Their proper care largely determines a person’s health. Clean- ing the teeth should be habitual. The teeth have a soft center called the pulp, consisting of blood vessels and nerves. Surrounding this is a hard, bony substance, forming the bulk of the tooth, called dentine. On the outside is the exceedingly hard enamel. The lower end of the tooth in the jaw is called the root, and is covered with a substance known as cement. The jaws should be given plenty of exercise. This is done by thoroughly chewing all food, which, of course, also assists digestion. The mouth is a harbor for living bacteria, and the crown of the teeth forms a nest in which to breed disease germs. Washing the mouth and brushing the teeth will remove or destroy these dangerous organisms. It will also prevent the accumulation of starchy and sugary food whose chemical action tends to corrode the enamel, thus allowing bacteria to destroy the softer dentine. Neglected teeth lead to pain and bad health. The habit of brushing the teeth should be formed early. They should be brushed after every meal, or at least twice a day. HERE and THERE Paper money was made in China 500 years ago. Radio makes slow progress in India because there are 222 languages and dialects in use there. In the middle of the Atlantic a ton of water contains about 38 pounds of salt; in the Dead Sea the same volume contains about 190 pounds. One silk company in this country uses 3,000,000 cocoons in a day. Only about one-half of one per cent of the coal reserves of Missouri have been exhausted, leaving seventy-eight billion tons to be mined. Emery was used for grinding and polishing in the time of the Pharaohs. A suspension bridge 250 yards long in China is built entirely of bamboo cables. There are 22,330,000 automotive vehicles registered in the United States. There are 3,001,825 miles of high- way in the United States. size of machine. The taper of spindle end and arbor is 3Vi inches per foot. The sticking of arbors in spindles is prevented. There are three types of arbors: five tealed, ten plain, and six for shell end-mills standardized. Adapters have been designed to permit the use of existing arbors and collets, and the arbor bearings are standardized. The symbols for these arbors are direct reading and of simple deriva- tion. The standard designs were made by a prominent manufacturer. Early Forms of fansportation 1 r Bermuda, the oldest English colony, discovered by a Spaniard, Juan de Bermuda, in 1515, but colonized through the shipwreck of an English- man in 1609, has taken its first step in throwing off its traditional antiq- uity; TtlirenriJf the Island has authorized the construction of a twenty-four-mile single-track railroad line. Since 1908 automobiles have been excluded from the island, the only exception having been a one-ton truck used for road repair. This vehicle was especially excepted from the exclusion edict by act of legisla- ture. Naturally, it receives as much attention from the citizens as would a circus freak in a small American town. Other than agriculture the only industry is catering to the tourist trade. The whistle of visiting steam- ers and the clatter of horses’ hoofs are the only foreign noises which disturb the island’s peace. BE CAREFUL TODAY r That's the whole story jfiie (Xrii cen 3 Starter Motor Brushes Made in Highland Park Rockwell Machine for Testing Scrap Copper in Powdered Form Is Utilized Ford starting motor brushes are made in the Highland Park plant. Copper milling machine scrap from the commutator job is sent through three stamping operations. First the copper chips are rough stamped. Then they are put in another machine and round stamped. Finally they are stamped to a powder and sent through a one-hundred-mesh screen. The powdered copper is placed in a magnetic separator which takes out any impurities or ferrous metals. The next ingredient is lead. Pure pigs of lead are heated to a tempera- ture of 675 degrees F., which is slightly higher than the melting point. The molten lead enters an atomizer through a nozzle with an air spray which at- omizes the lead, and it solidifies im- mediately in the air. It is now screened through a hundred-mesh screen. Contains But Four Ingredients Two other ingredients are added —graphite and rosin. The graphite is brought ready for use, but the rosin is brought in lumps and must first be ground to a powder. The four ingredients are combined in the following proportions for a hundred-pound batch: 78 pounds copper, 16 pounds lead. -1 pounds rosin, 2 pounds graphite. They are placed in a mixing machine and thoroughly mixed (cold) for forty-five minutes. Then they are heated to a temperature of 210 degrees F. and mixed for two and a half hours more. This melts the rosin, which acts as a binder. The mixture is then allowed to cool and mixed forty-five minutes longer, after which it is screened through a twenty-mesh screen. Molded Under Pressure and Baked In a hydraulic molding press the powdered mixture is stamped into the shape of brushes under a pressure of seven thousand pounds. The blank brushes are placed in cast-iron boxes with pure silica sand between the •be picture above shows a finished brush Wd one that has just been molded in the hydraulic press. layers. An inch and a half of silica sand is placed on top. The box is placed in a cold furnace and raised to a temperature of 1,240 degrees F. in eight hours. It is held at this tem- perature for four hours and allowed to cool from twelve to sixteen hours, after which it is removed from the sand. A hole is drilled in each brush for the wire cable, and the blank brush is mechanically faced and chamfered. A cable of seven strands of fifty-nine wires each is then inserted. The brush is next placed in a press which swedges the cable in place and forms a groove in top and radius at the bottom. The name FORD is embossed by an auto- matic device� on the welding machine. A copper terminal is now crimped on and a hole punched in its center. The excess cable is trimmed off. The brush now goes to a soldering machine where the terminal is sol- dered to insure perfect contact. The assembled brush is put on a welding machine which fuses the lead in the brush to the wire cable. The brushes arc inspected and gaged. A milivolt reading is taken, which must not exceed a maximum of twenty-eight millivolts. The finished brush is .370 '-.374' thick, .744'-.748 wide and 13 16' long. A 8cleroscope is used to test hardness. Antiseptics Used to Prevent Infection Before the discovery of antiseptic's, the death toll of surgical operations was terrific. In those days it was estimated that ninety-nine per cent of all abdominal operations were fatal. Sixty per cent of all other major operations, such as the ampu- tation of an arm or leg, resulted in death. Without realizing it the sur- geons infected the wounds they dressed. This terrible death rate was due to “hospital gangrene.” It was believed that a wound had to grow worse be- fore it could grow better to rid the body of poisons. Dr. Joseph Lister in England and Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes in America, however, believed that the sources of infection were from outside the body. In 1866 the great French scientist, Louis Pasteur, proved that bacteria were the cause of infection. Dr. Lister was the first surgeon to follow up this discovery with the use of antiseptics and has been called the “father of modern surgery. But best of all, antiseptic treat- ment has made amputation unneces- sary in thousands of eases where it would formerly have been imperative. Prompt first-aid treatment is the best protection against infection. The world over, there is one auto- mobile for every 71 persons. By way of contrast, the ratio in the United States is as 1 to 6, while in Afghanistan there is but one auto- mobile to each 1,200,000 inhabitants. 2 Turn to eitvate -nto contact wit ' Test PO'f.t and continue Turning and forc- ing wO'V 3J?3-nst Test Point til! an Inde shows that IOK Minor Load is applied Diamond point enters steel under pressure registering hardness reading on dial. IMAGININGS OF SCIENCE Testing for Hardness; Ridding Tool Steel of Brittleness If we now so desire we can make other hardness tests on a piece of steel at our leisure. For making tests, these scientists have invented several machines. One of the most common is the sceleroscope, in which a hardened steel ball is allowed to drop from a given height onto the steel to he tested. The rebound of the hall is carefully noted. The higher the rebound the harder the steel. That is natural, isn’t it? We know that if the ball were allowed to drop on butter, it wouldn't rebound at all, because the butter is so soft. A piece of wood would possibly record a very tiny rebound, while a piece of hard- ened tool steel would effect a very material action of the sceleroscope ball, thus indicating extreme hard- ness. A better and more accurate way of testing the hardness of steel is by the Rockwell Machine. Its chief advantage besides its accuracy is in giving a direct reading on a dial which indicates at once the hardness of the casting or steel part. The diagram will show the operation of the machine and also the function of each part. Let us take our test piece to a grinder and grind it down to the shape of a cutting tool. It is necessary to resort to this grindstone, in order to get the desired shape, because, of course, the test piece is too hard to be cut by any other metal. Having produced a tool of the desired shape and size, let us fasten it securely in the carriage of a lathe, and then apply the cutting edge to a revolving piece of cast iron or soft steel, or even to a ! ♦ ! piece of the same grade of steel but in a softened or annealed condition —as the cutting tool. We find that the tool easily and quickly cuts out a good-sized ribbon of chips from the metal which is being machined. However, we are soon confronted with a new difficulty: as the cut pro- gresses, our tools runs into a rough spot which causes it to tremble and chatter: suddenly it cracks in the middle and is at once completely ruined. It is evident that, as wre increase the desirable element of hardness in a piece of tool steel, wre also increase the undesirable element of brittleness. Therefore some meth- od must be devised which will give the tool sufficient hardness to cut other metals, without causing a brittleness that will crack at the first rough spot encountered. One method of increasing the tough- ness of a piece of hardened tool steel is by “drawing. This consists simply in heating the piece of hardened tool steel to some fairly warm tempera- ture, which of course must be well below the critical range (at which the steel would jump at the chance to change back into one of its softer allotropic forms i, and keeping the steel at this drawing temperature until the unusual strains and stress, caused by the rapid cooling, have had an opportunity to become somewhat relieved. Therefore the process of “drawing” is quite as important as hardening, and great care must he exercised in undertaking it. Switzerland serves ninety-seven per cent of her population with electricity from her water-powder resources. Peasants in Spain use old tires to make sandals. 4 April W, 1027 tffie ClrliAcvn Large I mount of Coal Saved by Hydro-Power A conservative estimate places the amount of coal necessary to produce one horsepower for a period of one hour at one pound. Were the com- bined Ford hydroelectric stations to operate on a 12-hour-a-day basis for one year the amount of coal saved in generating their total rating of 51,740 horsepower would approxi- mate 113,310 tons. At the rate of five tons of coal a year, this would heat 22,662 homes. If made into coke at the Fordson ovens, this huge amount of coal would produce the following: Coke, 87,815 tons. Benzol, 294,606 gallons. Tar, 1,019,790 gallons. Ammonium sulphate, 2,946,060 pounds. Gas, 1,246,410,000 cubic feet Letter t, oj u aerie� by the designer of the Stout metal airplane telling the alary of progress in aviation development up to today and outlining what ue may expect tomorrow. Within the past year aviation has taken on a new safety through a better understanding of what had to be done to u plane to make it safe. The only real danger period in Hying is the landing, and enough has been done so that a safe landing now is as easy as driving a car up to the curb without hitting it. The drawing below shows the stages of Hying in landing: The angle of glide determines how much Held space you use up before you level out. The slower the landing speed the less steep the glide, so too slow a landing is not desirable if the plane is to get into small Helds. The length of the floating period depends largely on accuracy Tells of China’s National Crisis Concluded from page 1 may become learned in the ways of the West. Dr. Bailie then told of the banditry practised in China and the disastrous results it has brought to China's social system. He related a personal experience: While engaged in coloniza- tion work he was overcome by bandits and made physically unfit to con- tinue arduous labor. Dr. Bailie then described how a bandit thief could gather a large army, loot and devastate towns and cities, and practically rule the government. The more intelligent Chinese and stu- dents, he said, have organized to exterminate banditry. Under the late George Washington of China, Dr. Sen Yat Sen, a constitutional government has been inaugurated at Canton under what is known as the Cantonese or Nationalist party. It is the conflict between this govern- ment and the bandit forces under Chang Tso Lin that has brought about the present crisis. Heat Treat Object of Next Shop Trip Concluded from pace 1 the furnace from combining with the carbon. This box is then placed in a a carburizing furnace at a temperature of approximately 1,700 degrees F. for at least eight hours, or longer if an unusual depth of penetration is wanted. This is known as the soak- ing period. The carbon penetrates the surface and cementite is formed as in the case of the cyanide, but to a depth of 1-32 inch or more. The parts are then taken from the boxes, cooled slowly, and then reheated to a temperature normalized at 1,650 degrees to reclaim the structure of the center of 1,425 degrees F., quenched, and drawn at 350 degrees. To toughen die blocks or tools, a of piloting and on wing loading. A light-loaded plane for slow landing ordinarily floats a long distance. The length of roll depends on the speed of landing, the weight, and hence momentum of the plane, and the resistance to rolling one can set up after touching the ground. The dotted line show's how a heavy-loaded plane lands. A light-loaded plane would float much farther. A happy medium is best for safest landing and most commercial planes have wing loads of about 7 pounds per square foot. Very large wheels and tires are nowr fitted, more than twice the size of war plane equipment, and landing angles are higher to shorten the roll. The landing gear shock absorbers are given wider spring action, too, so the plane can land on very rough or soft ground without damage or discomfort. Due to many inquiries my next letter will deal with motorless gliders, and the recent German and British experiments, and explain the value of the work and its limitations. heat treatment is given to bring the parts gradually from the cold state up through the critical ranges. This is generally done in a furnace, the temperature ranging from 1,400 de- grees to 1,450 degrees F. according to the carbon content. The block or tool is then quenched and drawn in oil to 350 degrees to 375 degrees F. to relieve all strain caused by quench- ing. New Club Studies Natural Sciences Concluded from page I planned, such as popular lectures, field trips, and collections for a school museum. The feature of the meeting of April 1 was a talk by Mr. Garden on star lore. Few persons realize that the total number of stars visible to the naked eye is just a few thousand, or that the total number of stars of our universe is shown by the telescopic photographs to be limited, though the number is up in the hundred millions. Not only is'this true, but the size of our universe has been measured, and many other similar universes of stars, separated by in- comprehensible distances, have been recognized. Mr. Garden’s talk in- cluded a general picture of the number, size, and magnitude of the stars, their distribution, motion, and evolution, their grouping into con- stellations, and their nomenclature. A following meeting, April 8, was devoted entirely to botany. George Steyskal and Mr. Garden gave short talks on the subject, after which Mr. Garden exhibited a number of plant specimens from his collection of plants from Tennessee, Ohio, and many other parts of the country. Safety Group Holds Meeting. Prevention Discussed; Cooperation Must Be Given The School safety committee has been functioning for three months and has done some very effective work toward bringing the Trade School nearer the Ford Safety ideal. The meetings held every two weeks are carried out in a businesslike manner, each member of the com- mittee in turn giving his report on what he has observed. Unfortunately there is a lack of cooperation on the part of some of the other boys, who resent the authority displayed by committee members who find it necessary to prevent them from exposing them- selves to hazards. Cooperation Is Neccessary This is poor sportsmanship. Every boy should do all in his power to help the safety committee instead of making its job difficult and em- barrassing. The committee has been organized to reduce accidents. The most important factor in accident reduction is education. When a boy is told to change his method of work- ing so as to render it more safe, he should comply without hesitation. Hand in Safely Suggestions Teamwork is the keynote of the situation. Let every boy pull to- gether with the committee and eliminate accidents altogether. Very few safety suggestions are being received from the boys—a circumstance which seems to indi- cate that the committee is expected to do all the work of safety. This should not be. Every boy should try to send the safety committee at least one safety suggestion a week. Safety Committee Notes Infractions A few observations made during a safety inspection of the Trade School by the committee: (1) Two boys on the same ladle in the foundry, one wearing safety leggings, the other unprotected. (2) Stock hanging on fire blanke boxes. There is a rule against placinj any material whatever on this equip ment. (3) Boy operating shaper, leaning in a sleepy manner over his work. '4) Boys running at quitting tin a practice strictly forbidden. (5) Infection is dangerous. Many violators are being sent to the safety department for having re- moved bandages after being treats at the first-aid station. (6) Student nailing crates without goggles. (7) Repairing machine without� HANGER DO NOT START sift on switch. Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, April 25, 1927 Number 14 Trip to Lincoln Plant Taken by Older Boys Group Sees Fine Car Parts Machined, Assembled A group of the older students were taken recently on a trip through the Lincoln plant of the Ford Motor Company. Starting ut the point where castings and stock are received, the group followed the various machining opera- tions on the rough stock to the finished product. The connecting rod, aluminum alloy pistons, crankshaft, crankcase and the motor blocks were the essential parts of the motor thus observed. Multiple drill presses rapidly drill the motor blocks and crankcases. All parts are given a close inspection with precision instruments and gauges especially designed to insure perfect accuracy in Lincoln parts. The assembling of the motor was next witnessed. All bearings are scraped by hand. The assembled motor is then placed on a block and run for live hours. It is then inspected and if found satisfactory is ready to be mounted on the chassis. The next operation studied was drilling and assembling the main springs. Following this operation, the motor is put in place, and used wheels are put on the chassis. It is then given a trial run on a mile track ad- joining the factory. The car is then brought back and the chassis painted. It is now ready for body, fenders, and new wheels. The completed car is given an automatic road test on a machine with eccentric wheels which give the same motion to the car as rough roads and bumps. Practical Analyses Ran in Laboratory Intramural Sports : The three sections are earnestly weeding out their baseball enthusiasts in an effort to produce a winning ball team. At present the three squads number approximately one hundred and fifty students. If these boys con- tinue their efforts there will be twelve baseball teams within the school. The league that results will be known as the school’s intramural league. A few of the faculty have considered giving their spare time after school hours to the physical development of the boys, and it is expected that each of the teams will have a faculty coach. Candidates for these teams should report to the athletic field, immedi- ately after school. Ford son School Adds New Units All pressure and vacuum gauges used by the D. T. I. railroad and at the Fordson plant are now repaired at the Fordson branch. Amplifying indicator gauges, dividing heads, gog- gles and small electric motors are also repaired. Both mechanical and electrical repairs are made on the motors. Special equipment is installed for the winding of armatures. The various bench jobs mentioned above are run somewhat differently from the other departments. Men skilled in the various jobs are brought from their departments to work in the school. The boys assigned to repair work then learn from close contact with the skilled worker the manner of repairing the different parts. Visiting Players to Present Comedy The play, A Comedy of Terrors, will be presented in the Trade School auditorium, the evening of May 6. This play comes to the school us an exchange. The Trade School rendi- tion of Hist Father's Son was given at the Northwood School and through the efforts of the Northwood Dramat- ic Club, the whirlwind comedy will he presented here. As reports have it, you will laugh � .till it hurts from curtain rise to eur- {n fall. In the Trade School chemical labo- ratory analyses are run to find the percentage of certain elements in the metals cast in the school foundry. The heats of the cast-iron furnace are tested for carbon, phosphorus, sulphur, manganese, and chromium. The bronze heats are tested to find the amount of copper, tin, lead, and zinc. To date the boys have satisfactorily analyzed 130 samples of different types of bronze and 264 sample1� of cast iron since the beginning of the year. Number of T. S. Graduates at Dearborn Students Are Km ployed to Fill Important Positions Twelve Trade School boys were recently transferred from Highland Park to the Ford engineering labora- tory at Dearborn. These students had completed their general school work and were continuing the senior course. At Dearborn five of the boys are working in the tool room, six are in the drafting department, and one is serving as an apprentice watch repairman. Draftsmen, Chemists, Toolmakers There are now eighteen former students at the Dearborn laboratory. Two of this group are in the electri- cal and one in the metallurgical section. Four are employed as drafts- men. There are two graduates in the main chemical laboratory at the Highland Park plant and one in the laboratory at Fordson. The school is also represented by two graduates each in the textile and maintenance departments respectively. The draft- ing rooms at Fordson and Highland Park also have a number of Trade School boys. Thus the future execu- tives are starting on their way. Method to Plate Chromium Is Perfected Scientists have now perfected a chromium plating process. It has been found that chromium will plate on iron, steel, copper, brass, nickel, silver, and alloys. Kitchen utensils, automobile parts, and marine equip- ment plated with this metal are im- pervious to salt spray and all acids except two, hydrofluoric and nitric. Chromium Harder Than Steel Chromium is harder than the hard- est tool steel, so hard that it cuts glass. Chromium-plated kitchen utensils are greaseless and stainless, and articles thus plated do not tarnish. A wide field of usefulness is pre- dicted for chromium. It is applied in much the same manner as copper and nickel, although it requires a higher amperage of current to place a deposit of chromium. ■ 2 April 25, 1927 ffKa Gfcti cwi VOL. I No. 14 APRIL 25. 1927 authorized publication of the henry ford trade SCHOOL, DETROIT, MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN. MICHIGAN Scientists Make New Discoveries Replace Precious Platinum With Inexpensive Tantalum For years chemists have been looking for a metal to replace the costly platinum and its alloy, plati- num-iridium, in engineering and re- search. At last they have found a new material, tantalum, which prom- ises a new era in those departments of electrical and chemical engineering where great resistance to heat and acids is required. Tantalum has many “astonishing By-Products Save Money By-products are a new source of wealth, more dazzling than the richest gold mine. Much of humanity is fed, clothed, and entertained through the offices of material once believed worthless. A chemist has obtained 1,600 pounds of useful products, valued at $250, from a ton of burning wheat or oat straw, including a germicide, a roofing paint, and a gas that will propel an automobile. Products ranging from alcohol to paper can be taken from the distillation of corncobs. A ton of the hitherto worthless cobs will yield .5843 cubic feet of combustible gas; 76.2 pounds of acetic acid; 24 pounds of wood alcohol; 140 pounds of wood tar; and 622 pounds of charcoal. Oxalic acid, furfural, and other chemical materials may be removed from the cobs by means of more complex methods. The humble cornstalk is utilized in the manufacture of artificial silk, paper, and board. Crude oil will yield edible fats by a cracking process. Coal offers tar, ammonium sulphate, illuminating gas. naphthalene, and oil when processed, and the coke remains for fuel. The United States is popularly believed to be a most extravagant na- tion, but the increasing uses found for by-products make this conviction questionable. Take Care of the Little Chips “Hew to the line, let the chips fall where they may.” Forty-seven years ago this was a political axiom, uttered in the spirit of the day. “Chips” were regarded as of little account. The task of picking up chips about the family woodpile was. if done at all, a boy’s job; beneath a grown man’s notice. But there is a ready market for “chips” today. The new manager of an industry in the South which carries in its yards about 10,000 cords of hardwood for distillation purposes noted that each stick of wood had two pointed ends. It occurred to him that there must be lots of chips lying in the woods where those sticks were cut. He ordered all the woodsmen who swung broadaxes and scattered chips to push cross-cut saws and by making square-ended sticks leave only a little pile of sawdust. The saving from this operation, after deducting the excess cost of sawing, totals $25,000 yearly. The management of one of New York’s skyscrapers is chromium plating all office cuspidors, making it unnecessary to polish them and saving annually $12,000 by the practice. One of the great oil companies reports that it has found it unnecessary to use 18 drops of solder in sealing a can. Seventeen drops are sufficient, and the saving is $40,000 each year. Hew to the line, but gather in the chips, is the axiom of today. Herbert Hoover, Secretary of Commerce, voices it in his favorite expression: “The elimination of waste is a pure asset; it has no liabilities.” What’s Doing Around the World % An airplane capable of carrying a ton of lobsters will make three trips daily between the headwaters of the Gulf of California and Las Angeles and San Diego. The port of Duluth and Superior is the second largest port in the United States, and handled 45,600,000 tons of freight in 1925. ----The invention of a system whereby a flame is able to burn in water, thereby transferring its heat direct, may revolutionize power production of the future.---Ski riding at 90 miles an hour, the skiers being drawn by motorcycles, was popular this winter at some Canadian resorts. Forty- four per cent of the water-borne commerce of the United States hist year was on the Great Lakes. A London firm of vermin destroyers last year killed more than 60 million rats in British ports.-A traffic court on wheels, in which luckless speeders are haled before the judge immediately upon arrest, is an innovation in California.--More than a billion dollars was spent for roads in the United States during 1926. properties” to recommend it, accord- ing to Professor James R. Withrow of Ohio State University, and not the least of these is that it lasts 1,600 times longer than platinum and is twenty times cheaper. Platinum will be missed as a cata- lytic agent. The change is necessary, however, because its widespread use in the manufacture of jewelry has made its price prohibitive. But the resistance of tantalum is higher than that of platinum and almost as good as platinum-iridium, which is one of the best resistants known. Plati- num loses weight by corrosion at the rate of one gram for every hundred square centimeters in sixty hours, while tantalum loses that amount in 100,000 hours, and platinum- iridium in 125,000 hours. The life of tantalum is thus 1,600 times greater than that of platinum, and five-sixths as great as platinum- iridium. In other words, 1,600 cathodes of platinum would be con- sumed while one cathode of tanta- lum was destroyed. Cheapness is the final and best recommendation for tantalum in chemical engineering. It costs only $250 a kilogram, while platinum is $4,000 a kilogram, and platinum- iridium, $4,330. Popular Science Monthly. Is lie Safe? Where che accident started. ( Library Notes Popular Mechanics Co.—The Hoy Mechanic. Ballantine—Radio Telephony For Amateurs. Larzelere—The Story of Michigan. Firestone and Crowther Men and Rubber. Spafford and Esty—Ask Me A nolher! Van Metre—Trains, Tracks and Travel. Wells—The Last Cruise of the Shanghai; Being the Story of the Teakwood Boat Over the Viking Trail. Custer- - Tenting on the Plains. Cheyney—Short History of England. Scott—The Talisman. Haaren—Famous Men of Rome. Masefield—Gallipoli. Dante—The Divine Comedy. Smith—Industrial Physics: Heat. U. S. Bureau of Standards—The Principles Underlying Radio Com- munication. Hyde—Newspaper editing. Muhleman—How to Tune Your Radio Set. Moyer and Wostrell—Practical Ra- dio Construction and Repairing. U. S. Department of Commerce —Radio Communication Laws of the United States. Starrett—The Starred Book for Motor Machinists and Auto Repair Men. Fairfield—The Starrett Data Book for Machinists. Fairfield—The Starrett Book for Machinists’ Apprentices. Model Airplane Contest Is Held First and Third Places Are Taken by Detroit Contestants A model airplane tournament was recently held in the Cass Technical High School. Detroit boys took first and third places. The plane winning first place was made by a fifteen-year- old boy. It maintained itself in the air for 160 seconds. This fell short of last year’s record by 13 seconds. The planes that won second and third places flew for 158 and 153 seconds respectively. The winner received a duralumin trophy given by W. B. Stout of I the Ford Motor Company, and a cash prize donated by the Detroit Air Board. Today all eyes are turned to air transportation, and it is necessary to develop in this generation the aeronautical engineers of tomorrow. It is with this in mind that model airplane contests are held and spon- sored by those interested in aviation. Trade School students should be especially interested in the develop- ment of aviation. The Ford Motor Company is building commercial planes and will need trained men to work in its airplane factory as this | enterprise expands. Cffie Qr iiAayn Preparing Sample for Microscopic Photo of Steel The process of polishing and pre- paring a specimen for the microscope in the metallography class requires care and skill. When the sample is chosen a certain face is ground perfectly flat. It is generally noted whether the face shows the longi- tudinal or cross-section. Heating the sample during grinding, especially if it has been heat-treated, will tend to change the structure. Exerting too great pressure on the sample during grinding will cause the metal to flow. The sample should not be subjected to blows or strains, because, when metal is so treated, distortion results. The process of polishing will vary a little according to the hardness of the sample. For instance, a piece of Wide Range of Toolwork Is Covered The picture here shown illustrates the scope of the work done by the students of the Henry Ford Trade School. The work shown covers the complete operations performed in the various departments. The rough stock is machined in lathes, shapers, drill presses, and milling machines. It is then hardened or heat-treated, and ground. In the showcase may be seen special shafts, reamers, spring collets, gauges, broaches, gears, and machine parts. On the table may be seen dies and fixtures, water pump, and large gears. This display shows only a small portion of the various tools and parts made by the students. Products of the woodworking shop, nickel-plating, valve and commercial tool repair departments are not shown. high speed steel is very hard and presents many difficulties which must be overcome before a finely finished result can be obtained. After a flat surface has been produced through grinding, the sam- ple is placed on a coarse abrasive (No. 1 paper), and polished until all scratches are running in the same direction. Then the sample is polished with a finer abrasive at right angles to the scratches previously made. The same operation is con- tinued on finer and finer paper until “0000” paper is reached. When the scratches are all very fine and parallel, the sample is ready for the cloth pad. Sometimes a return to the coarse paper is necessitated because of deep scratches or holes in the sample —the result of not removing some of the scratches put in by the polishing papers previously used. Many types of abrasives may be used in polish- ing on the cloth pad; the most widely used one is levigated alumina, Al20a. Polishing can be done either by ma- chine or by hand. The machine method consists of holding a sample on a revolving cloth disc. In this case it will prove the better method, because the shorter time the smooth surface spends on the cloth pad, the less apt it is to develop pits or holes. Machine polishing also has the ad- vantage of being more rapid than pol- ishing by hand. Excessive Polishing Is Detrimental One common obstacle to be over- come is the scratches that develop from holes. While on the paper these holes become filled with small par- ticles of abrasive. The liquid on the cloth pad loosens the particles and they drop on the pad and cause deep scratches on the sample. These scratches spoil the effect and a return to coarse paper is necessary. This is almost always the case when gray iron is being polished. In this metal the graphite is seen as plates and unless the sample is very carefully polished the graphite will be removed before the sample is finished. Ex- cessive polishing on the cloth pad will cause pits to form in the sample. GENERAL TOOL WORK OF BOYS Imaginings of Science The Mystery of Vibrations If we look in the dictionary for a definition of the word “vibration” we find it defined: “A periodic mo- tion of the particles of an elastic body or medium in alternately oppo- site directions from the position of equilibrium, when that equilibrium is disturbed.” This definition gives us a description of the mechanical phe- nomenon taking place when a body or a medium is set vibrating. This def- inition, however, does not define for us the true meaning of the word vi- bration which includes a great deal more than “the mechanical motion of the particles of an elastic body or medium.” It is doubtful if an accurate def- inition of the word vibration could be given exactly defining the com- plete meaning of the phenomenon known under the name of vibration. Even if we could give an accurate and comprehensive scientific definition Degree of Vibration 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 •� 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 1,024 sound 20 1,048,576 unknown 25 33,554,432 •• 30 1,073,741.824 electricity 35 34,359,738,368 unknown 40 1,099,511,627,776 45 36,184,372,088,832 •• 48 281.474,976.710,656 light 49 562.949,953,421,312 60 1.125.890.906,842.624 “ 55 36,028.797,018,963,968 unknown 56 72,057,594,037,927.936 • 57 1 14,115,188.075.855.872 •• 58 288,230.376,151,711,741 x-ray 59 576.460.752,303,423,488 60 1,152,921,504,606,846,976 •• 61 2,305.843.009,213.693,952 • 62 4,611,686,018,427,387,904 unknown 63 9.223,372,036.854,775,808 of the word, would that mean very much to most of us? Well, let us forget all about the definition and let us see what vibration means in terms that we can all understand. In order to find out what vibration means, all we have to do is to look around us. Everything we know, see, hear and feel is the effect of vibration and is only a small and most insignificant fraction of what we do not know. In order to explain more accu- rately what we mean, let us look at the above table. In the first col- umn are given 63 “degrees of vibra- tions” and in the second column are given the corresponding numbers of vibrations per second. What we mean by degree of vibration is this: If we have a body set vibrating at the rate of two vibrations per second, we say that the vibration of that body is one of the first degree. If it vi- brates at the rate of 4, 8, or 16 vi- brations per second we will say that the vibration of that body is a vi- bration of second, third or fourth degree, and so on. Incidentally it is interesting to point out the fact that the second column of our table gives the prod- ucts of the number 2 multiplied by itself, two, three, four, up to 63 times and you can note the tremendous in- crease of the corresponding values of these products. You can see that vibrations com- prised between the fifth and the fif- teenth degree are revealed to us as sounds. The lowest note that our ear can catch corresponds to 32 vibrations per second while the highest note cor- responds to 32,768 vibrations per sound. Below or above these two limits the human ear fails to catch sounds. Behind the region of the highest note that we can hear, 32,768 vibrations per second up to 33,554,432 vibrations per second, corresponding in our table to the region comprised between the twentieth and the twenty-fifth degree, we find that the phenomenon produced by vibrations is unknown to us. At the thirtieth degree we find that vibration is re- vealed under the form of electricity. Between Sound and Light If we look at the table we see that a tremendously large gap exists be- tween sound and light (15 to 48 de- grees). The field is almost entirely unknown to us, with the exception of electricity (thirtieth degree) which is but a glimpse that we have only re- cently had of the great unknown sep- arating the region of sound from the region of light. The region of light includes the phenomenon of vibration revealed by our eyes, and a number of chemical phenomena which are of the same order, even if we cannot see them with our eyes. The chemistry of photography is an illustration. Behind the region corresponding to light vibration we are plunged once more in the unknown until we reach the fifty-eighth degree in our table where we strike the vibration phenom- enon known to us under the name of X-ray photography and which ex- tends from the fifty-eighth to the sixty-first degree. We have arbi- trarily stopped our series at 63, and there is no reason why we could not go much further into the unknown. We Know Very Little Can you see now what vibration means? Can you see that vibration is everything we know and a great deal more that we do not know yet? A look at the table will show you how ignorant we are of the great laws of nature that are hidden yet between sound and electricity, electricity and light, light and X-rays and behind X-rays. There are so many un- known forces playing round us and shaping the destiny of the universe. We know so little of the secrets of nature, yet we are so dogmatic about the very little that we do know that whenever a new discovery brings to us a new beam of light from the great unknown, our first reaction is to shut our eyes and to refuse to see it. 4 Contest Winners Essays Submitted in Lower Classes The compositions below were awarded first and second mention in an imagina- tion contest. The composition was built around a line of prose suggested by the instructor. These boys are in one of the E classim. “The Valley Echoed the Sweet Tone of the Bells” The valley echoed the sweet tone of belts. It was six o’clock, and the sun was setting behind the hills. The men were returning from the sun- scorched fields, while the women were busy in the kitchens preparing the evening repast. Cows stood near their shelters swishing flies and chewing their cuds while waiting to be milked. Some men were watering thirty dust- covered horses that had worked hard all day pulling plow and wagon. Crickets sang as the stars slowly appeared in the red-streaked heavens. So the day of labor passed into ob- livion and the evening of rest was ushered in. —LeRoy Kline. Tall Old Pities Guard the Lake” Tall old pines guard the lake that lies between the Detroit and St. Clair rivers. If these pines had tongues they would tell us how in the early days the Indians sacrificed their captives every year, so that the gods would not be angry with them, and would favor them when they went on the warpath. They would also tell us how the white men began settlements near the lake, and had to fight to keep these settle- ments, also how a great Indian chieftain called together many tribes in an effort to drive the white people out of the country west of the Al- legheny Mountains, so that Indians alone could hunt and roam over all the country. Now the scene near the lake is changed, and towns have sprung up, mostly summer resorts. The pines watch the boats, autos, trains and airplanes bring tourists to these towns. They are silent witnesses to races of all kinds staged by these KNOW your Safety Rules SXe Clft iScvu April 25, 1927 i.tlUr 5 of a teries iy the designer of the Stout metal airplane telling the story of progress in aviation development up to today and outlining uhat we may expect tomorrow. So many questions have been asked recently about the, ing of the glider performances abroad that I have thoug tit best to interpose this letter in explanation. A glider is an airplane without an engine, which gefA its sup- port from the wind that blows past it. It has abou as much practical value in its present stage as a boy’s sled which depends for snow on a hill for its usefulness. The glider is uSfel ss unless one has a big hill and a strong wind blowing that hfylXAs long as the wind blows up the “sailplane” can sfay up, lnRjfchen the wind dies down the plane must glidedow too. Endurance in a glider is a matj rof how long the wind con- tinues to blow and how much endurance lie pilot hurt expect a 24-hour record in a glider as soon as so ne one finds .the fight hill at the right season and underline right Weather cofiditioni Much has been learned from t ese experiments, l ojveverl and ipow) They Have brought the best of these j£lid$rs pe even 1« ot can follow ut of the rising and that the gettin altitude. can stay aloft by tai mxd-tyfbulefice, fiu somewhat conjectural. how to carry loads with less ho se; back attention to light loaded planes carry only about 2 pounds pejsqVia They are designed for extremefagility the edge of a hill back and forth wit! current, turning quicklv witnAut lost It is claimed thatJeVentuMly g! advantage of internutjtent gusts ofc stage is still some way ahead anc cannot as yet glicte-oVer level ooytft , p The idea of jtovjng a glfder behjnd a ipeed boa such extreme Jtt ses on h£ glider that it s ' You have8£$n with what abfow adate hits'tl e it dives, fjme glider (or ihe present will h around'Retroit HTitted ith a tiny en for fligh jwitn minimum horsepower different questiqnr f: Any experiments that cill teach us to more wiiiUk mine rifepower will be direct valuaS in commercial ayiatlon Radio Club Members Install Aerial The Radio Hub recently installed an “L” type aerial on the roof of the school for the Exploration Club. This aerial is a stranded enameled copper wire, 120 feet long. The lead- in to the set required approximately 100 feet. From the reports of the Exploration Club the reception of the set is greatly improved. The faculty adviser supervised the work and safety precautions were taken where climbing was necessary. To date the Radio Club has studied Ohm’s Law, wire splicing, soldering, and aerials. Carelessness Brings Pain, Suffering Safety Teaching Proved Essential in Class Curriculum During the past month the safety problem has been forcibly brought to the attention of a number of careless students. It was unfortunate that these students should suffer pain as a result of thoughtlessness. Recently a boy received a severe cut as a result of gross negligence. He tried to put a chuck into the tailstock without first stopping his lathe. The chuck struck the revolving work and carried the student’s hand into the tool. This boy said he was taking a chance. It is well to remember that it doesn’t pay to take chances. Another safety infraction that has had painful results is neglecting to have minor cuts dressed at the first-aid station. Recently a boy bumped his elbow and received a small scratch. He failed to apply for first aid. The following week he attended class, but before long infection set in. He is now’ in the hospital with a serious case of blood poisoning. The safety rule in this case requires a student to have all minor injuries that draw blood dressed at the first-aid station. Apron strings are not supplied by the school, and a number of hoys have been found using wire to tie their aprons. This is carelessness. The wearer never knows when his apron may be caught in a machine. It might be well at this time of the year to remember that tennis shoes are prohibited in the shop. people. In autumn, they keep vigil while hunters shoot wild ducks and geese. In the future these pines will probably see many fighting against each other for supremacy, political and otherwise. They will try to warn the future generations just how to live and to stop the great struggle for domination, because it has been ordained that all men are born free and equal with a chance to aspire to great, noble heights if they so will. —John Aliara. HERE and THERE The United States is the world’s largest producer of salt. The 1925 | output amounted to 6,604.900 long tons, valued at $26,162.361, or about 30 per cent of the total world produc- tion. The longest paved motor road in the world is the Pacific Highway from Vancouver, British Columbia, along the Pacific Coast, to the Mexican border—a distance of 1,476 miles. The largest and richest known deposit of mercury is at Almaden, in central Spain. This deposit has been worked almost continuously since i Roman times, and has been owned and operated by the Spanish Govern- ment since 1645. The ore bodies are i large, some of them attaining 36 feet in width and as much as 000 feet in length. The mine has been developed to a depth of more than 2.000 feet; and the available reserve has been conservatively estimated at 14.000 tons of metal. The world production of artificial silk for 1926 is estimated at 333,000, 000 pounds. The United States is in the lead, with a total output of 80,000,000 pounds. Volterra in Italy, one of the oldest towns in the world, even older than Rome, was the first to use electricity generated by natural steam power from the earth. Natural steam supplies power to generate electricity in Siena, Flor- ence, and other cities on Italy’s west coast. Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, May 10, 1927 Number 15 Delegate Attends Press Convention at Ann Arbor __ � ---- ------—— Little, Yost, Frayer Talk to School Journalists A representative of The Artisan attended the Sixth Annual Conven- tion of the Michigan Interscholastic Press Association, May 5, 6, and 7, at Ann Arbor. Approximately three hundred high school journalists were present at the convention, representing eighty-five Michigan high school publications. The annual contest to determine the best school papers in their classes was held. The Spectator of the Highland Park High School won the award for Class “A” weeklies for the third consecutive year, entitling it to per- manent possession of a cup offered by The Dearborn Independent. The Artisan failed to enter the Concluded on page 3 | Architectural I Course Given I i i A department in architectural draw- ing has been installed at the Fordson unit of the Trade School. This de- partment is under the supervision of a man from the architectural i drawing department at Fordson. The department is classed as a shop de- partment, therefore the students remain in it a certain length of time and a tend their regular classes during the school week. Recently this department planned and drew up the details of a stair- way for the Fordson unit, also for the construction of a platform to hold electrical equipment in the by- products’ pumping station. Artisan Admitted to High School Press Association On May 5 The Artisan was ac- cepted as a member of the Michigan Interscholastic Press Association. Membership in this association makes it possible for The Artisan to enter into competition with Michigan high school publications. The Trade School publication is designated a Class “A” semimonthly paper, and copies will be submitted to the headquarters of the association each year during the state contest to decide the leader among Michigan high school publications in its class. The M. I. P. A. holds an annual convention at the University of Michigan under the direction of the department of journalism. As a member of the association The Artisan will be entitled to a bulletin printed at Ann Arbor. This bulletin will outline the program of the M. I. P. A. and also contain articles of interest to high school journalists. Enjoyable Play to Be Again Presented Definite Date Not Set; Club Actors Begin Rehearsals An interesting play, The Enchanted Island, bearing the subtitle, “An Allegory of Life,” will again be presented by the'boys of the Henry Ford Trade School Exploration Club, in another month. This play was given at the Bonstelle Playhouse last year and is being revived for the Trade School boys and their friends. The play is the work of 0. S. Bratton, instructor in‘English at the Trade School. Miss Jessie Bonstelle and Adams T. Rice collaborated in its direction. The play is written in twelve scenes and three acts. Its theme is Youth’s quest after the Fountain of Knowl- edge and Eternal Youth, and its Concluded on page 3 Chainomatic Balances in Trade School Laboratory Insure Ejfficiency Precision balance which will weigh 1 20 milligram. Sensitivity and Speed Gained With Vernier The chainomatic balance is similar in construction to the ordinary type of analytical balance, with the exception that, instead of small fractional weights and riders for counterpoise, a rolled gold chain is used. • The capacity and sensitivity of the balances in the school are 200 grams and 1 20 milligram respectively. One end of the chain is attached to the beam of the balance and the other end to a block, which can be moved up and down a shaft in which it slides This block is raised or lowered by means of a crank on the right side of the case, and as it is lowered the weight of the chain is transferred to the beam. The block carries a vernier and the block is graduated from zero to 100 milligrams, showing the weight of the chain which has been transferred to the beam with the block in different positions. Weighings of 1 20 milli- gram to 100 milligrams are made by adjusting the chain and reading the graduated scale and vernier. When the zero on the vernier is between the 18 and 19 on the scale, and the figures 3 on the vernier and the scale coincide, the reading is .0183 gram or 18.3 milligrams. The chain weight can be adjusted while the beam is swinging, thereby saving time and handling of small weights. Diagram of vernier scale calibration which renders use of many very small weights unnecessary. 2 ffiiz(JffiActn May 10, 1927. jffie ClrfiAcrn AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORD TRADE SCHOOL. DETROIT, MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN. MICHIGAN Member of Interscholastic Press Association The School Orchestra At the beginning of this year, September, 1926, the Henry Ford Trade School Orchestra was organized. A call for musicians was issued and was generously answered. The group which turned out, however, was small in comparison with the total number of boys in the school. After the boys had been questioned and tested, it was found that the majority of them had never played in any musical organization. There were a few of the violinists who could play in fifth position; the greater number were unable to do much playing from sight. The first piece the newly formed orchestra attempted was a waltz, My Queen.” It sounded like static over the radio. For a number of weeks the boys worked with might and main. Finally the results sought begin to appear. Music replaced static, a feeling of confidence was established, and this was their reward for the work done. Thus far the orchestra has been in existence only about seven months During those seven months it has accomplished much. At first it was unable to play even a simple waltz. It has gradually worked from this stage to its present one in which it plays such pieces as Victor Herbert’s Kiss Me Again,” Reynard’s Heart’s Desire,” and Sousa’s Semper Fidelis,” and Washington Post.” Until a short time ago the orchestra had the following instrumentation: First and second violins, first and second cornets, alto saxophones, drums and piano. It has lately made the addition of a trombone, an alto horn, a clari- net, and a French horn. The instrumentation is still incomplete. It could use cello, llutes, clarinets, and another trombone. In fact all the other sec- tions could stand additions. Thus far the orchestra has done a big work in furnishing music for plays, for Christmas, and for separate concerts. It has made its appearance about twelve times this year and will play perhaps five or six times more be- fore the school year is finished. Natural RevSources—Modern Science Scientists predict a near end to America’s gasoline supply. This should cause little alarm. Before it is gone a substitute will be discovered. Kerosene took the place of whale-oil; electricity superseded kerosene. More efficient use of the resources now available is being sought. Most of the power in coal and gasoline is wasted. Locomotives use no more than six per cent of the power contained in the coal burned. Automobiles use less than five per cent of the power contained in gasoline. Discovery of any method capable of extracting the full power from these elements would extend their period of usefulness 20 times. Failure to do this will necessitate the use of substitutes. Although man may prefer to retain familiar habits and con- veniences, necessity can change them in a generation. Exhaustion of coal, oil, forests, or of animals for food, may force new methods of lift� , necessity taking no account of preferences. A new fuel, known as Makhonite Carburant, extracted from either vegetable or mineral oils, has replaced gasoline in the French navy. Russian locomotives, driven by Diesel engines, are now using a substitute fuel. From every ton of coal, processed by the Ford Motor Company, is realized 1,550 pounds of coke, eight gallons of tar, 26 pounds of ammonium sulphate, 12,300 feet of illuminating gas, one pound of crude naphthalene, and 3.1 gallons of crude light oil which is further refined and blended to form motor benzol. Exhaustion of natural resources modern science says is impossible. All chemical elements essential to life are found abundantly in plants, in the air, and in the sea. Once used, they return whence they came. THE HISTORY OF BANKING The Rise of the Rothschilds Courtesy of Highland Park State Bank Lost in the obscurity of the humble, somewhere in the second quarter of the “excellent, indispensable 18th Century,” a Jewish peddler, Amsche! Moses Bauer, decided to settle down at Frankfort, Germany. He had hawked his goods about at Hanover and countless country fairs and he was tired. The restlessness that was already in men’s minds, and was later to set all Europe in flames had not yet ripened. Bauer opened a little shop in the Judenstrasse. Over his door, as a sign, he swung a red shield. From that house, named from that modest shield, sprang the greatest firm of international bankers of the next century until our own day the most powerful family of money lenders the world has known. The Red Shield Bauer had a son, Maier Amschel, the apple of his eye. Maier was a smart boy, and studious. His father, in a wild flight of ambition, decided to make him a rabbi and sent him to the Talmud school at Furth. But in 1754, when Maier was only eleven years old, Moses Bauer died. The boy had to go to work. Eventually he managed to get a clerkship in the Oppenheimer bank at Hanover and after a number of years became a junior partner. Yet his mind turned back to Frankfort. Returning, he set up there as a banker in his own right. As a filial gesture he bought the little house with the red shield and assumed the name “red shield” himself—the first of the Rothschilds. A Fortunate Hobby As a boy at Furth, Maier had developed an interest in ancient coins and medals. As a banker he made this interest rather a hobby. This hobby resulted in a contact which influenced his own fortune and that of many others. Chief of the local connoisseurs was William, Landgrave of Hanau, after- ward Elector of Hesse Cassel. In 1785 the Landgrave and General Estorff were disputing the origin of an old coin when the General suggested Rothschild as an expert. Arriving on summons, Maier found the two at chess. Do you play?” the Landgrave condescended to ask. A little,” responded Rothschild. And if I may suggest this move your highness will win the game in three moves.” So it turned out. A decidedly tact- ful suggestion. The victorious Land- grave turned to his friend. Gen- eral,” he announced, “this is cer- tainly no fool you have brought me!” And he, in his turn, was right. From time to time Maier Rothschild bought rare coins for the Landgrave and negotiated bills on London. Like his predecessors, Rothschild’s patron was virtually selling soldiers to Great Britain. In 1787, for example, he forwarded 12,000 men and received 80,000 pounds for their service. Thus he became one of the richest men in Eur«| e, often having as much us half a million pounds in his vaults at Cassel, besides substantial deposits in London and Amsterdam. Naturally, this profitable practice made him the enemy of France and when Napoleon crossed the Rhine he was compelled to flee. But he had developed a firm faith in the integrity and shrewdness of Rothschild and left most of his wealth with him. The latter hid 250,000 pounds in the cellar and sent much more than that to his son Nathan, in London. Son Is Financial Genius This Nathan was not merely the third of Maier’s five sons. He was the greatest financial genius of his genera- tion. He was born in 1777 and when he became of age went to England. Manchester attracted him because he saw how three profits could be made in the cotton trade. There, by supply- ing both materials and dyes and selling the finished product, he expanded his capital from 20,000 pounds to 60,000 pounds. By 1800 he was rich enough to set up as a London banker. Through his father he became within a year the purchasing agent for the Land- grave. Within six years he had at- tracted considerable attention in the financial world by engineering a loan of 10,000,000 thalers to Denmark. Indeed, so important was this loan, that Amsterdam never recovered the prestige in financial affairs which London, through Rothschild, had wrested from her. The House of Rothschild Naturally, then, when the Land- grave fled, his funds went to Nathan for safekeeping. Nathan invested them shrewdly and when the time came to return them added five per cent interest. The Landgrave, aston- ished and delighted, became the firm’s greatest advertiser, shouting praises of the House of Rothschild throughout the courts of Europe. Continued in next issue f TTe Grfidcvn Metallographic Work Studied Important Place Taken by Photomicrograph Apparatus In the metallurgical division of the science department of the Henry Ford Trade School are installed a number of microscopes and an excellent photo- micrograph apparatus which are used by the students in the metallurgy and metallography courses. In the accompanying photograph a corner of the microscope room of this de- partment of the school is shown. For preliminary examination of the speci- men three plain compound micro- scopes magnifying 100 times are used, one being shown in use at the left of the picture, in addition to a fine binoc- ular microscope which is also used for examination of fractures and other more coarse formations. When the polishing of the specimen has proceeded to such a stage that a more accurate and sensitive instru- ment must be used to observe it, the large apparatus on the right of the picture is employed. It is a Bausch and Lomb microscope specially con- structed for metallographic work, and it plays a very important part therein. In the diagram the construction of this apparatus is shown, the broken lines indicating the path of the rays of light from the arc to the screen or photographic plate. Coming from the condensing lens the light is con- verted to a straight beam by another lens and is then reflected by the top mirror up through the objective of the microscope to the polished and etched surface of the sample. The sample reflects the image formed back down through a hole in the top mirror to the bottom mirror which reflects it to the eyepieces. The eyepieces are two in number, one at right angles to the other. One carries the image direct to the eye and the other which is shown in the dia- gram carries it either to the screen (a ground-glass plate) or to a photo- graphic plate which can be inserted directly behind the screen. One eye- piece and the screen are mounted in a bellows which is adjustable in length. The microscope is focused by a very delicate mechanism which moves the stage up and down. Magnifying from 25 to 3,500 times, one can discern with this microscope the most minute differences in the structure of metals, and if a per- manent record is desired a photo- graph may be taken. Metallographic Microscopes in School Circle on the left shows sample of low carbon steel magnified 100 diameters Circle on the right shows a picture of high-speed steel magnified 1.000 dian; diameters Allegorical P1 a y to prevent Youth from reaching the Fountain of Knowledge and Eternal Youth. In the conflict which fol- to Be Given Concluded from page 1 technique is that of the “morality” play, which began to succeed the “mystery” and “miracle” plays in the first half of the 15th Century. In the “morality” play, the symptoms of such qualities as we call fear, hale, and envy, are detached from their place of origin, the nervous system of men, and incorporated as pure, active, separate personalities. Once this process has been carried through, the relations of men to these symp- toms may be represented in terms of the relations between persons, and made simple, spectacular, striking, and fit for the stage. 'I'lie Plot Develops After an incident which takes place in “Flannigan’s Alley, New York,” and which is fairly realistic, the allegory gets under way. The Black Prince our medieval' friend, Meph- istopheles of the Enchanted Island gathers his henchmen, Ignorance, Fear, and Treachery, and orders them Sc Acer '' Enrxc r Lens CL 'Hair on M AAO OC. f r C - L iOht MitRozcore Pcmre Diagram showing constructkm of photamicragraphlc apparatus. lows, the group which represents Youth, excepting the leader, falls into the clutches of the Black Prince. After many vicissitudes, the leader reaches the fountain, puts an end to the Black Prince, and returns to free his imprisoned companions. Dramatis Personae The part of the Black Prince will be played by Wilfred Leighton, that of the leader of the boys, by Charles Turner, and that of the second leader, by James Humberstone. The members of the group of boys were Wesley Sweet, Edward Junnola, L. Weidling, Robert Harrison, James Biringer, George Harris, Bill Toth, and Roland Leonhardt. The part of Rastus. who furnished the comic relief, is to be played by George Harris. Other parts are to be taken as follows: Jackie—Charles Eschen- bach; Girls Norman Grahn, Robert Krappitz; Fear Ray Weidling; Ig- norance Max Schneider; Treachery —William Galesky; Discouragement —Roland Leonhardt; Dick—L. Weidling; The Cop William Cain; Servants—Alex Allie, William Cain; Stage Manager—Adolph Eckert. The Ruhr iron and steel district, extending from western Germany into Belgium, Luxemburg, and in- cluding Lorraine, is the world’s sec- ond largest producing area for this mineral and its products. The United States is in the lead with 10,500,000,- 000 tons of ore, of about 50 per cent iron content, out of a total world reserve of 57,000,000,000 tons. Hardening and Heat-Treating of Steel Practices, A thorough knowledge of heat- treating is necessary to an under- standing of tool making or metallurgy. The trade school’s heat-treating de- partment, though small, is very well equipped. There are two lead pots, which are just what the name im- plies; pots about a foot and a half deep filled with liquid lead at a temperature of 1350 F. These are used for hardening tool steel, punches, centers, etc. To make a tool ex- tremely hard, it is taken from the lead |M� t, quickly quenched in water, and drawn in heavy oil at a tem- perature of 450“ F. High-speed steel may be sent through this same proc- ess, and may be quenched in oil when partial hardening is desired. There is also a cyanide pot of the same size as the lead pots containing liquid cyanide at a temperature of 1450° F. Machine and cold-rolled steels are hardened here. In this case the molten cyanide penetrates only a little way, giving a shell harden- ing. It is then quenched in oil or water. In addition, there are two nitrate pots in which metals are tempered at a heat of 500“ to 750° F., depending on the temper desired. Lastly, there are furnaces for high speed and vanadium steels. There are two preheat furnaces where the metal is given a preliminary heating up to 1450° F., when it is transferred to another furnace and heated to 2250° F. It is quenched in oil. Vanadium steels are not given a preheat. Press Convention Concluded from page 1 contest this year, but in a discussion held at the convention, a favorable opinion was passed by the authorities on the “make-up” and general attractiveness of the school’s publica- tion. Among the prominent speakers of the convention was President Little of the University of Michigan, who spoke on the modern newspaper. Coach Yost told the delegates of the spirit of Michigan and discussed commercialism in college athletics. Professor W. A. Frayer of the history department spoke on Privileges and Obligations,” terms which express the difference between English and Ameri- can forms of higher education; Professor J. L. Brumm, of the de- partment of journalism addressed the delegates on journalism in the high schools and the problems of a high school editor. Discussion groups were held for the various departments of a school paper, including the business end, feature writing, news writing, and circulation. These groups were con- ducted under the supervision of Professor Brumm by university stu- dents working on the Michigan Daily, the Ann Arbor student daily publica- tion. 4 Zfitc ClrfiAci n May 10, 1927 Letter 6 of a serie� by the designer of the Stout metal airplane telling the story of progress in ariation development up to today and outlining what we may expect tomorrow. A “wind tunnel” can tell you from tests on a small 18-inch model just what the performance of any proposed airplane will be, so that you don’t have to build a full-sized plane to see if the inventor is right. A $500 experiment will tell you all you want to know to start with and whether there is anything to the idea. The drawing shows a wind tunnel in theory. The black shows a venturi tube, just the same as we use in a carburetor except that the throat or narrowest part is four feet across or better, and a fan at one end driven by controllable power keeps the air blow- ing through the tube or tunnel at a constant speed—say 40 miles an hour. A small model of the plane to be tested is hung on wires W as shown, these wires being fastened to very sensitive scales shown diagrammatically in the drawing. As the wind blows past the model which is held in balance in the air from a spring above or suitable support, the force of the air does two things. It tends to blow the model along with it to the right in the drawing. This is called drift, or better “drag,” and is the power required to push the plane through the air at this speed. The air also hitting the wing surfaces lifts up, and this is called lift.” These two things. Lift and Drag, determine the efficiency of the model. The Lift of the model registers on the scale L at the right. The Drag registers on the scale card D at the left, through the action of the bell crank arm. The plane, naturally, that lifts the most for the least resistance to forward travel is the most efficient—that is, the plane that has the most Lift for the least Drag. This is called the Lift-Drag, or Lift-Drift ratio in engineering parlance and is ex- pressed by the sign L over D, thus: L D. A war type biplane gave an L D ratio of 1 to 8: that is, for every pound of propeller thrust the wings would lift 8 pounds. Modern designs can show a lift of 10 pounds for every 1 pound or an “L over D” of 10. Eight is a good average. Knowing these figures one can now calculate the horsepower required for a plane of the weight contemplated and check the actual performance very closely. The only joker is that the inventor must meet the wreight he says he can build the plane in or his pay load figures go glimmering. When in doubt, therefore, try the wind tunnel. In a new type of electric safety lamp for miners, displayed in Vienna, the filament is made up of a series of semicircular loops of palladium, and the bulb is sealed with a disk or porous stone. The base fits the standard lamp socket. When the atmosphere is normal, the ends of the filament are dark red; but when methane gas—the deadly fire damp —is present in the air, the center of the filament becomes brilliantly in- candescent. With 8 per cent or more of methane gas present, the center of the filament continues to glow even after the current is turned off. What is said to be the longest high- way bridge is now being built across Carquinez Strait, California. The bridge proper will have a length of 3,350 feet and will join a viaduct and highway approach about 1,400 feet long. Invisible World of Atoms Holes Huge Forces A great deal of confusion exists in the minds of many as to the exact meaning of the words matter, energy, force, work, and similar abstract terms. For instance, the impression has prevailed that matter and energy are two separate things entirely dif- ferent one from the other, and not long ago most distinguished scientists expressed views on this, and, as a mat- ter of fact, many other scientific sub- jects, which according to our present knowledge we know now were en- tirely wrong. Whatever occupies space we call matter,” and it forms the basis of all objective phenomena in the phys- ical universe in which we live. “En- ergy” we find defined in textbooks on physics as the capacity for perform- ing work” where work means the causing of motion against a resisting body.” Force, Matter and Energy These definitions, quite evidently, consider energy as quite distinct from matter which, apparently, is only the “resisting body” which, when set in motion by a force,” constitutes work,” work being nothing but en- ergy” manifesting itself by the change of the relative condition as to rest or motion or as to any physical interrelation of two bodies,” which is the definition given to force.” As a matter of fact, in the light of present-day knowledge we know that the interrelation between force, matter, and energy is much more in- tricate than has been suspected so far, and as we proceed in the field of scientific research, we find more and more that the three are so inti- mately connected with one another that we can hardly conceive any one of the three as existing independently of the others. Take for example the atom: up to a few years ago the atom was con- sidered the smallest expression of matter. Since the “electron” theory has been developed, the atom has be- I come a field of activity so complex and so extended that it is simply as- tounding. We know today that elec- trons, millions of them, are the in- habitants of the unseen atomic world teeming with unsuspected life in a tiny atom that we cannot see even with the aid of a microscope. Electrons Continually in Motion We know that these electrons are whirling and vibrating at inconceiv- able speeds and that the speed of their motion and their rate of vibra- tion constitute the distinctive charac- teristics separating one kind of mat- ter from another. If this is the case, it is obvious that the old conception that matter was quite distinct from energy is completely wrong. Matter is but energy and is the product of unseen forces of a tremendous mag- nitude that, if put to use as other natu- ral forces are put to use, would en- i tirely revolutionize our mode of living. , If we could succeed in dematerial- izing completely one pound of coal and could store up the energy thus liberated, we should have a supply of energy compared to which the thermic energy of all the coal contained in the mines of the world would be only a very negligible matter. It has been calculated that a piece of copper weighing only one gram, made to give up all the energy stored in its atoms (which is what we mean when we talk about dematerialization of matter), the interatomic energy thus liberated, if somehow it could be accumulated, would be capable of performing the work of six billions, eight hundred million horse power. For centuries we have considered the mineral world as being dead. We know better now and we know that minerals are living things, some of them being even subject to growth. Every day we are discovering new forces in nature that we never sus- pected before and every bit of new knowledge points to a common origin of everything from which everything else is obtained. In a previous article we have shown that really the dif- ference between sound, electricity, light and X-ray photography is only a matter of difference in rates of vi- bration of the cosmic ether. There- fore, vibration is the differentiating process separating one form of en- ergy from another. Silicon Alloy Development in Steel The development of cheaper alloy steels is the purpose of certain investi- gations being conducted by the United States Bureau of Standards. The substitution of silicon, in part or in whole, for the more expensive metallic alloys now in use in this country has been suggested, following a study of the German-made silicon steels re- cently introduced in Europe for structural purposes. Except for the fact that it has a slightly higher carbon content, the German steel differs but little from similar steels known 40 years ago. Silicon steel has been used in America for a number of years. It was manu- factured somewhere around 1910 by a domestic plant for the United States Navy; and the Mauretania contains such steel made in England two decades ago. The reason for the increased strength of the new German steel seems to lie in its low carbon content. It is declared that as long as the percentage of carbon is kept below .15. the addition of 1 per cent of silicon a cheap alloying element—gives a steel having properties approaching those of a steel containing 3 per cent of nickel, which is an expensive alloy. The American Society for Testing Materials has recognized the useful- ness of silicon as an alloying element and has drawn up tentative specifica- tions for silicon structural steel. Inas- much as silicon steel has both high i quality and low price, it may expect ! to receive increasing attention from : American manufacturers. Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, May 25, 1927 Number 16 Spelldown Ends in Tie Picture Shown on Proper Use of the Twist Drill New List of Words to Be Used in Next Contest Starting with fourteen boys and ending in a triple tie, the finals of the annual spelldown were held in ihe auditorium Friday, May 13. The preliminary matches which took place during the preceding three weeks had weeded the contestants down to five from each section, the resulting fifteen being eligible for the finals. One boy being absent, the contest started with fourteen, the greater number of whom were spelled down in a relatively short time. But when William Ayearst-T982, Louis Stro- raayer-T1009, and Ed Dittrich-W75 were left, they exhausted Mr. Rogers’ list and the match came to a halt. Though Mr. Rogers was prepared to use the dictionary, he decided not to. Afterward he explained that he did not think that it would be fair to do so. He also said that next year a new list will be ready to replace the old one with which the boys are so familiar. On Monday, May 9, W section was shown a picture on the “Uses and Abuses of Twist Drills.” In a graphic and impressive man- ner, the boys were shown the results of incorrect drill grinding. One scene showed a man sharpening drills in the correct way; another leaving too much lip clearance, and a third leaving the wrong angles at the cutting edges. The effect of drilling with the drill off center was also shown. When the man attempted to use a drill having too much lip clearance the tool broke. A drill with odd angles made the hole too large. At last getting the drill ground and set up correctly, he proceeded to work. When the drill reached the center of the stock it refused to go farther. At this point the fellow scratched his head a moment, got an oil can, and put a little turpentine in the hole. The drill thenceforth easily pierced the piece. It was explained that the obstacle preventing the drill going farther was a hard spot in the steel. This clearly shows the value of lubri- Conduded on page S Television Now Practical Herbert Hoover Proves Practicality to New York Audience After steady and unrelenting work by a great number of men in the last twenty-five years, television is at last in condition for commercial use. In the words of E. D. Wheeler, in the Popular Science Monthly, it is “the first really epoch-making invention since the creation of the airplane a score of years ago.” The telegraphic transmission of photographs, which was per- fected some years ago, is much like television but it is much slower. Transmission of pictures has been a matter of minutes, but to transmit moving images, as in motion pictures, requires at least 16 pictures a second to appear lifelike. The new system transmits 18 pictures a second. In the transmission of pic- tures, which is really very much simplified television, the image is divided into 2,500 squares. A single light beam scans each of these divisions in turn and by means of a photoelectric cell is transformed into an electric impulse. At the receiving end, these impulses are reconverted into visible patches of light by a special gas-filled tube. These transmitting and receiving opera- tions must be performed syn- chronously, or in oth£r words, at the same rate of speed, and when it is considered that the tele- vision apparatus must do this 18 times every second it is very easy to understand why scientists once believed the task hopeless. But by perseverance and hard labor the task was accomplished. When not so long ago Secretary of Commerce Herbert Hoover spoke from Washington to a New York audience, who at the same time saw’ his face and watched him speak, they realized that an- other miracle” was performed. Organization Formed of Artisan Workers Hr; 77'------f Members to Study I School Sign ; Practical Use of Made by Boys j The name of the school now adorns the entrance to the school building at Highland Park. The sign, which reads Henry Ford Trade School, was made in the school shop. The bronze letters were cast in the foundry, the patterns for them having been made in the wood pattern de- partment. The capital letters are eleven inches high, the other letters four and one-half inches. They can be readily seen from W'oodward Avenue and give an attractive appearance to the main entrance. Annual Excursion Picnic to Bob-Lo The annual excursion picnic lo Bob- Lo Island Park will take place this year on Saturday, June 4. Tickets may be obtained at the Trade School priced as follows: Adults, other than stu- dents' families, 75c; students, 65c; children under 15 years of age, 40 cents. Tickets will be sold at the boat at a 10c advance on the regular rates. Come and enjoy a good time. New Endurance Record Made By remaining in the air 51 hours, 11 minutes, 25 seconds, April 12-14, Bert Acosta and Clarence Chamber- lain broke the world’s endurance record in a monoplane designed by Giuseppe Bellanca. Weight Is Disadvantage Because of the great load of 380 gallons of gasoline the pilots doubted that the ship could rise, but the plane rose easily with the propeller revolving at the rate of only 1,250 r. p. m. As the biggest factor in a successful endurance flight is fuel conservation, the engine was throttled down 50 r. p. m. every few hours after a sufficient height had been reached. As the gasoline was being used up, thereby making the ship lighter, the power was cut down till the propeller finally revolved at only 1,000 r. p. m. Stabilizer an Asset One great advantage Acosta and Chamberlain had was the stabilizer by which they could keep the plane in a set course with no one at the flight control mechanism. English With the aim of definitely organiz- ing boys who have ability and will- ingness to contribute some of their time and effort to their school paper, and at the same time develop their literary talents, an organization has been formed of those who have been turning in satisfactory work to The Artisan. This club, to be known as the Artisan Society, will have as its pur- pose the development in its members of the ability to use practically and profitably the English language. Not only is it hoped to achieve this end through writing for the paper, but other means will also be used, notably debating and public speaking in its many forms. The society will be very eager to accept into membership any who have ability and a genuine interest in literary work and in public speaking. Tennis Courts Now in Use Any Trade School boy who is interested in tennis will find the fine set of courts on the athletic field an excellent place for him to develop his game. These courts will be open every afternoon from three to five o’clock and it is hoped that students will take advantage of this opportu- nity. Mr. Glassley, who has been coach- ing a number of boys, reports that the section tennis teams now stand as follows: W first, M second, and T last. Though the turnout for these teams was not bad, Mr. Glassley can always use more players who are interested in helping their section come to the fore in competitive tennis, and in view of the fine condition of the courts some fast tournament playing is expected. The pilots claim that if they kept to a straight line they would have gone from their starting point at Roosevelt Field, Long Island, to far beyond Paris, a goal they hope to reach in the near future. Many such tests are made by daring aviators in an attempt to learn more about the possibilities of air transportation. 2 SR Ckti cvn May 25, 1927. THE HISTORY OF BANKING AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORI) TRADE SCHOOL, DETROIT, MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN, MICHIGAN Member of Interscholastic Press Association VOL. I No. 16 MAY 25, 1927 What an Educated Man Knows THERE have always been certain things it has been essential to know to be considered educated. In the Middle Ages a knowledge of theology and of the workings of the church was necessary. The word of the church in those times preceded that of the state. Later a knowledge of the classics was considered as fundamental to an education and still later the physical sciences held the prominent place. But now, though a knowledge of the sciences—chemistry, physics, mathematics, biology, etc.—is still necessary, their coordination in a larger and greater thing,engineering, is the knowledge of the educated man. Webster says that engineering” in its modern sense is the art and science by which the mechanical properties of matter are MADE USEFUL to man in structure and machines.” Made useful”—there is the whole essence of the thing; educators are now beginning to wake up, and, in- stead of teaching in the 19th Century manner in the 20th Century, are teach- ing us how to use the knowledge they give us. In this process of coordination and application an institution like the Trade School may play an important part. The Glee Club ABOUT a year ago the Glee Club of the Henry Ford Trade School func- tioned as an entertaining and social group. It is a great misfortune that this organization no longer exists. Many a program could be rounded out with delightful chorus and solo numbers furnished by this group of students who devoted much of their time and effort to the production of minstrel shows and various programs in the past. The School has its orchestra and its dramatic club, and now it needs a glee club. A member of the faculty who has had extensive vocal training is willing to spend a few hours after school to help develop the talent known to be available. But this is not all that is necessary. Boys are needed who are willing to spend a few hours also in conscientious endeavor to supply the school with a first-class glee club. Students who are interested in an organization of this sort should leave their names and numbers with Mr. Roberts of the mechanical drawing department. What’s Doing Around the World A N EW electric lamp, which gives the same value light as daylight, is now used by artists.----A small folding airplane, which can be carried in a tank on a submarine, has been designed for the Navy.------In the past six years electric refrigerators in American homes have jumped from 3,000 to more than 142,000.——The razorback hog of the South, long a despised member of the porcine family, has become an aristocrat, his hams selling in Richmond at the majestic price of $1.15 a pound.------One egg per hen per year paid for the electricity used to stimulate egg production on poultry farms in England.-----Denmark is the only European country which has retained public executions.----To supply the newspapers of New York City with paper, 9,000 spruce trees are cut down daily.------Thermite, a chemical which bums at a temperature of 5,000 degrees Fahrenheit, is being used experimentally to melt icebergs.------Telephone operators in Jerusalem must understand numbers in eleven languages. Illinois is the birthplace of 1,608 persons mentioned in the current edition of Who’s Who.” ----Bears in Wyoming, Colorado, and New Mexico are causing trouble on electric transmission lines by climbing the poles in search of honey. A photograph may now be transmitted between Boston and San Francisco in seven minutes, including a telegraph description. The charge is $50. The Rise of the Rothschilds Courtesy of Highland Park State Bank (Concluded from last issue) England was now at death grips with Napoleon. Sir Arthur Wellesley, later Duke of Wellington, fighting the power of France in the Spanish peninsula, had drawn numerous orders on the treasury which it could not pay and which were consequently selling at a big discount. Now Nathan Rothschild had always be- lieved in the ultimate defeat of Napoleon. Acting on that faith, in 1809, he bought up many of these orders and held them as an invest- ment. It was Wellington himself who later said: “Rothschild and I owe something of our success to knowing what is doing on the other side of the wall.” High Finance Meanwhile Rothschild learned that the Ea t India Company wished to sell 100,000 pounds of gold bullion which he bought, confident that it would soon be needed by the govern- ment. His guess was correct. Soon after, the government sent for him and bought his gold to send to Welles- ley, who was desperately in need of cash for his army in Portugal. Roths- child himself undertook to deliver it for the sake, as he afterward said, of the extra profit. Not only did he deliver the gold to Wellesley but he sent it boldly through France, the country of the enemy. By this time Wellesley’s treasury orders had been discounted in Portu- gal and Italy and, in fact, was scattered all over the continent. By 1813 Rothschild had traced most of these down and purchased them for about 700,000 pounds. Of course it was necessary that this be done quietly so as not to disturb prices, but Rothschild managed the deal without exciting a ripple. Rothschild and Napoleon Two years later Napoleon returned from Elba. England faced another and her greatest crisis. If Napoleon triumphed Rothschild was ruined. But as usual he was in a strategic position. Adolphe Thiers, the French statesman and financier, tells the story of what happened. Rothschild was at Ghent. In the next house to his was Louis XVIII of France, driven into exile by Napoleon and now waiting the issue of the field of Waterloo. Through his window Rothschild could see what w?as taking place in the hall of the King next door. The only news of the battle of Waterloo that had yet penetrated to the outside world was that Blucher had been defeated. Yet the watching banker saw a messenger from the battlefield enter the King’s presence and kneel as though to a reigning sovereign. This was enough for Rothschild. He felt sure Napoleon was defeated. He started posthaste for London. Reaching Ostend he found a furious storm driving across the Channel. Still gambling with fate, he paid a sailor 2,000 francs in advance to land him safely in England. In the morn- ing he was able to take his place in the London Stock Exchange. None knew what he knew. What tidings the city had from Waterloo were bad. Consols were selling at bargain prices. Roths- child bought all he could lay his hands on. When the nation finally learned of Wellington’s decisive victory the banker’s profits amounted to 1,000,- 000 pounds. Again and again Rothschild profited by his appreciation of the value of news. He had carrier pigeons trained to bring him the latest tidings from Europe and used clipper ships to outrun the ordinary channels of in- telligence of his time. Once he had the news, his own extraordinary judg- ment equipped him to meet and best any competitor. ;Lends to States Rothschild preferred lending money to states rather than to individuals. In time he became the fiscal agent of virtually every civilized government on the globe, with the exception of Spain and the United States, from which countries he consistently de- clined all contracts. His house ad- vanced 18,000,000 pounds to states at war with Napoleon and about 5,000,000 pounds to Prussia after peace had been declared. All Nathan’s four brothers were able bankers and the firm functioned throughout Europe. W’hen Nathan died in 1836 the family rested at the apex of the financial structure of the world. His son Lionel was elected to Parliament but firmly refused to take his seat until the disabilities against Jews had been removed. Honors and titles descended upon the House of Rothschild and to this day it has continued one of the great financial powers of Europe. But always the central office of the firm has been maintained at Frankfort, where it began in the House of the Red Shield. More than 500,000 bales of cotton are used annually in the United States in the manufacture of tire fabric. Magnet Cove, near Hot Springs, Arkansas, which has the credit for having the largest deposits of mag- netized iron ore in the world, is being tested for radio reception. Tests made with small sets on the magnetized rock showed that signals were received with exceptional re- sults. Further tests are being made. How much scientific metallurgy is responsible for improved conditions in mining is shown by the records of one of the big western mines. Where the Utah Copper Company used to recover 60 per cent of the copper in its 1.3 per cent ore, and handled 24.000 tons a day, it now recovers 90 per cent from poorer ore and handles 40.000 tons daily. — 3X (Jr Acvn 3 Why Entomology? Fifty years ago when all work being done in the science of the study of insects was in the hands of a few men, the problem of control of injurious insects was relatively insignificant; but with the “advance of civiliza- tion” man has actually helped the growth and spread of insects to a point where it now demands the atten- tion of every person who gives any thought to the future of the human race. Coming, as this menace (it is suchj does, at a time when the crisis of overpopulation of the earth is ap- proaching, we cannot but be forced to realize the importance of entomology in solving the problem of man’s destiny. Thus it behooves us to be aware of how we facilitate the growth and spread of insects at the very same time we are doing a great deal of work and spending enormous sums of money to control them. The Boll Weevil As an example, the boll weevil was unknown in the cotton fields of the United States until it was more or less accidentally brought over the Rio Grande from Mexico, where it was an almost unknown insect living on wild cotton growing there. There it was obliged to struggle with the enemies and conditions Nature im- posed upon it. But entering the cotton fields of our South the weevil found a place where it could exercise its extraordinary powers of multipli- cation almost unmolested. Had the advice of entomologists been heeded this might have been prevented or at least its spread checked. The public, however, re- fused to realize what an immense service entomologists could perform. They thought then that the time of these scientists was being wasted and that the results of their research could never find practical use. Mosquitoes and Malaria The example of the malaria mos- quito might also be taken. It is true that when an area wherein this in- sect is breeding is first settled by man, he destroys their original breeding places—swamps and other low, wet places. However, as civilization pro- ceeds he provides new and better places for their rapid multiplication. He builds mill ponds, he stops small, slow-running streams with railway embankments, he allow-s tin cans and other discarded vessels to lie about in his cities, he allows rain water to stand in a barrel, and in countless other ways invites his enemy to make its home with him. It is, nevertheless, pleasing to note how people are just beginning to allow the few entomologists we now- have to cope with this problem, and in the cases of the corn borer and the Japanese beetle we can see how great the problem can become. No one realizes better how even man’s most recent “advances in civiliza- tion,” the automobile and the air- plane, are effective agents in spreading nsects than entomologists working on the problem of combating these pests. It has been said that no animals are better adapted to life on the earth than insects, and in this sense the word animals includes man. There- fore it is imperative that man, exercising those powers he and no other animal possesses, must continue “upsetting Nature’s balance” in a manner that will insure his keeping his place on earth. Negligence Is Safety Hazard Though the Trade School has achieved for itself the reputation of knowing safety rules and the reasons for their existence, students seem to violate them anyway. In a communi- cation from the safety department the boys were severely censured for their forgetfulness. Recently two boys were observed replacing a broken band saw' with both the upper and lower guards open, the main switch closed, the safety plug in place, and no DANGER DO NOT START sign. On investiga- tion it was found that both boys knew just what should have been done in such a case, and their only excuse for not doing so was forgetfulness. It’s What They Mean They were, of course, obliged to spend considerable time in the safety office looking at safety pictures and studying safety rules. It is simple to look at pictures and study rules, however, but it is the appreciation of what they mean that is most impor- tant. Bandages Again In closing the above-mentioned communication, the safety depart- ment remarks that Trade School boys still occasionally remove band- ages put on at the first-aid station, and in a spirit of good will asks us all to “pull together and eliminate these violations and have the Trade School lead the way in accident prevention.” Story of Modern Hamlet Told The upper classmen of “W” sec- tion were entertained on May 9 with the modern version of Shakespeare’s Hamlet given by Miss Rubekam of the Bonstelle Playhouse and illus- trated with lantern slides. The old story, now done in modern dress clothes and modern English, is of a boy of college age who avenges the murder of his father by his uncle. Of old, an actor who had become sufficiently skilled and experienced to take the part of Hamlet was really too old by that time for the part, but now' young actors are available who better fit the part. Miss Rubekam further said that, the archaic speech and manners and clothes being de- leted, it is no longer necessary to be a student of Shakespearean drama to appreciate the play. Excellent Talk to Group on Vocations Lecture Illustrated With Many Interesting Stories C. C. Robinson of New York, a nationally known authority o i vocational guidance, recently talked to a group of the older students. He told the boys that it was vital that they contribute to society and how necessary it was that they perform those tasks which they were responsi- ble for, as these tasks were but a unit of an organized system. This point was illustrated with a story: If a man went to a store in New York to buy a shirt and the salesman told him he had none and then he went to a store in Chicago and got the same answer, he would find out why. When he had investigated he would find that the cotton planter down South had felt lazy and taken the week off and in New England the mill hands had gone on strike, and so we have no shirts in New York or Chicago. Mr. Robinson then told the boys the difference between vocation and occupation. This he did by telling the story of the boy who at first wished to be a poet. This he took to be his vocation, though his occupation at this time- was that of a newsboy. His poetry, however, did not meet with approval, and so he studied horticulture while he was still a news- boy. Today he owns an immense hothouse and has been offered a posi- tion with the Smithsonian Institution. Mr. Robinson finished his talk with the statement that we should have a “find-yourself campaign” to see what we are fitted for, and then talk with a man who has had the experience. He told the boys they could always find some one to ask, in every case, whether they wanted to be an engineer, mechanic, doctor, lawyer, or anything else. The A. B. C. Dept. The cleanliness of our school and shop is insured by the A. B. C. de- partment. A. B. C. is an abbrevia- tion for the words ALWAYS BE CLEAN. This department has been inaugurated as a maintenance branch to impress upon the new students the value of cleanliness. Before a boy can rightly assume the responsibilities of a delicate job or intricate machine, he must learn one of the cardinal principles of industrial work, name- ly—cleanliness. The A. B. C. department is costing the school as much as the janitor service, since it takes three boys to do the work of one man; but the school believes this training to be invaluable to the student when he incurs the responsibilities of an apprentice me- chanic. While assigned to this de- partment the student may use his observation to good advantage. L QUESTIONS 1. What does “heterogeneous” mean? 2. Hydrargyrum is the name of a well-known chemical elerfient. What element is it and what is its symbol? 3. What is the direction of the earth’s rotation? 4. For what is Pasteur noted? 5. Which is more commonly used for house lighting, direct or alternat- ing current? 6. How deep does the hardening effect of cyaniding penetrate? 7. What is a semicolon used for? 8. What kind of wood is used in pattern-making? 9. What is the chemical composi- tion of blue vitriol? 10. What happens when you come to school half asleep? Answers on page 4 New Books in Highland Park Plant Library Lawrence— Revolt in the Desert. Collins—The Amateur Photogra- pher's Handbook. Blake—Acquiring a Home. Deed—Twenty Easy-to-Build Mo- tor Boats. Gernsback—Radio Cyclopedia. Sorelle— Rational Typewriting. Sommerfield—Atomic Structure and Spectral Lines. Graetz - Recent Developments in Atomic Theory. Cubberly—The History of Educa- tion. Hibben—The Problems of Philos- ophy. Tappan—When Knights Were Bold. Drill Picture Concluded from pace 1 cants such as oil, soda water, and turpentine. The uses of different drill speeds was also taken up and a drill was shown going through four inches of cast iron in nine seconds at 350 r. p. m. The picture which was exhibited by the Cleveland Twist Drill Company, will also be shown to the other two sections. Mice are deadly enemies of the silkworm. Cacao beans were used as coin by the Aztecs. 4 Sfte ClrfiAccn May 25, 1927 A TRIP THROUGH THE UNIVERSE By courtesy of the General Electric Co. Magazine, TOGETHER Our civilization today is in many ways a civilization of light. Where progress is greatest, there is the most light. Along busy city streets, the bright lamps of store windows, the headlights of automobiles, and the street lights overhead, turn night into day. The march of progress today is outlined by the steel towers that carry the high-tension electric transmission lines which make this blaze of light possible. But, dazzled by this brilliance, are we not apt to miss the beauty of man’s first illuminants—the stars that hang overhead? I think we are. This is unfortunate. For if we eliminate acquaintance with the great heavens overhead from our lives, we have permitted one of life’s richest treasures to slip through our fingers. We need a knowledge of the facts of astronomy. We need it to get a proper perspective upon life, to understand the relation of our earth to the rest of the universe. I propose, therefore, to take the readers of this magazine upon a trip through the universe in order that they may see at first hand the won- ders and the grandeur and the beauty of our universe. We will visit the moon and the sun and the distant stars and the still more distant nebulae. But first, in order that we may understand the size of the universe we are traversing, let us pretend to make ourselves a model of it. Let us start with the sun. We will take an orange and use that to rep- resent the sun. We will find then that the proper object to represent the earth, if we adhere to the same scale, is a small seed about the size of a grain of mustard. Let us imagine the mustard seed revolving around the orange in a sort of flattened circle at a distance of forty feet. We then have a model to scale of the earth revolving around the sun. The actual distance from the sun to the earth is 93,000,000 miles. Therefore in our model, forty feet represents 93,000,000 miles. The moon would be represented by a seed one-fourth the size of the mus- tard seed, revolving around the mus- tard seed at a distance of one inch. Besides our earth, there are seven other planets revolving around the sun. These would be represented in our model by objects ranging in size from one smaller than the mustard grain to one the size of a cherry. The one closest to the orange would be ten feet from it. The outermost one would be a quarter of a mile away. Some of the objects would have smaller ones revolving around them, for just as our own earth has a moon, some of these planets have one or more moons. Astronomers call the sun with its eight planets and their attendant satellites or moons, the solar system. Accordingly, the model which we have just made would be of the solar system. - Photo token at Mr. Wilton show inn Spiral nebula with small center and uncoiling arms broken into condensations. Now suppose we start to put the rest of the universe in our model. Our sun, astronomers have proved, is nothing more nor less than a star. It differs in appearance from the stars because our earth is so close to it. Conversely, every star is a sun. Stars appear so small because they are so far away. If we take another orange to rep- resent the nearest star, we will find that if our model of the solar system is located in Cleveland we must place the nearest star in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean. And remember that in our model, forty feet repre- sents 93,000,000 miles. The nearest star is twenty-five trillion miles away. So far apart are the stars that if we kept our model the scale and used the whole surface of the earth for it, we would have room for only three or four stars. Astronomers estimate that there are forty billion stars in our universe. So that it will be seen that our earth is but a tiny speck in comparison. Let us start now on our trip through the universe. First we will visit the moon. It is 240,000 miles from the earth to the moon. The moon, as everyone knows, revolves about the earth. The moon would be an uncomfortable place to spend any time on, in fact, an im- possible place. There is neither air nor water upon the moon. The tem- perature of the moon is the tempera- ture of empty space, 459 degrees below zero. The surface of the moon is marked with huge mountain ranges and with great craters that look very much like extinct volcanic craters, although astronomers are not quite certain if they were volcanic in origin. The moon has a diameter of 2,163 miles, about one-fourth that of the earth. (Concluded in next issue.) ASK ME ANOTHER ANSWERS 1. A mass is said to be “hetero- geneous” when its components are unlike. 2. Mercury, Hg. 3. West to east. 4. Pasteur is noted for his dis- covery of antitoxins and serums. 5. Alternating current A. C.). 6. About 1 32 of an inch. 7. A semicolon is used to separate Letter 7 of a series by the designer of the Stout metal airplane telling the story of prog- ress in aviation development up to today and outlining what tee may expect tomorrow. There are several hundred different wing curves that have been studied in the wind tunnel and many dozens in actual flight, all of which have different characteristics and each of which may be best for some individual thing. No one wing curve is best any more than any one shape of boat might be best in the water. Each shape is selected for the work that particular plane is de- signed to do. Get this! It is the top surface of a wing curve that determines its lift, the bottom curve being of small importance. The degree of vacuum obtained above the wing is what determines the lift one will get. To illustrate: Hold a paper in front of you like this, the edge oppo- site your lips. Blow under the paper, or against the lower surface and see what happens. The paper will lift to a certain point. Next drop the paper so that you blow over its edge instead of under, and you will be surprised that it lifts easier and higher by blowing above than by equal effort below. It is the top curve that counts, and the bottom may even be a straight line. It has recently been found that thick wings lift better than thin ones, which is to be expected since a wing lifts by the amount of air it displaces. Thin wings are better for speed, how- ever. The best compromise would be the best for the ordinary plane. The drawing below shows in comparison a thick wing and a thin wing of the same length or “chord.” The proportion of length or chord to the wing thick- ness is known as the “fineness ratio” of the wing. The leading edge of a wing should be round on account of the air flow shown. The trailing edge should be sharp. In racing planes designed for one speed the front edge can be sharp. Next Issue —“Weight and its effect on performance.” clauses in a sentence when they are especially distinct; phrases or clauses dependent on the same preposition, or containing commas; and enumera- tions within a single sentence. 8. White pine. 9. Copper sulphate, CuSO - 10. An “accident” happens. Watch the next issue for more questions. “Tommy, isn’t it rather extrava- gant to eat both butter and jair on your bread at the same time? “Oh, no, Mother. It’s economy You see the same piece of bread does for both.” . D —The American Bon “W'hy do they have knots on ths ocean instead of miles?” Well, you see, they couldn’t have the ocean tide if there were n knots.” . . r, —7 he American Bo 'olume I Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, June 10, 1927 Number 17 Visitors of Note J at Trade School j Among the recent visitors to our hool were a few nationally known ersons. Miss Ida M. Tarbell, well- nown writer on biographical sub- cts, might be remembered by stu- ents for her biography of Abraham in coin. She expressed her surprise such an immense educational pro- ct as the Trade School being carried in collaboration with the world’s eatest manufacturing plant. President A. E. Morgan of Antioch ollege, one of the important fig- es in modern education, spent an ternoon visiting the school and und opportunity to talk with a umber of the students and faculty, he age of the boys running machines hich require great skill and the ipartment of science impressed Dr. organ greatly. Another prominent guest was Pro- r A. C. Jewett, of the Carnegie istitute of Technology which is •pularly known as “Carnegie Tech.” he professor was astounded at the imensity and character of the school, e said that he wished Carnegie ech. could be placed within the walls the Trade School. unior Classes View Picture Radio Club Attends Important Meetings Discussion on New Developments in Radio Heard The monthly meeting of the Ameri- can Institute of Radio Engineers was attended Friday, May 20, by a group of members of the Trade School radio club. An engineer from the local branch of the Edison Company talked on the research problems met in the development of a self-contained power supply for a commercial broad- casting station. He told how the current to light the vacuum tube filaments and the high voltage current for the amplifiers were obtained. This talk was followed by a general discussion regarding t)xe relative merits of radio and orthophonic methods for the reproduction of sound. The president of the Detroit branch of the institute then reviewed the progress of radio and also proph- esied some future improvements that could be expected. Mr. Hoffman, engineer in charge of Station WWJ, conducted the group through the apparatus rooms of the News station. He explained the method of relaying the New York programs and he invited the boys to ask questions. The sixth annual convention of the American Radio Relay League was held at the Hotel Tuller on Saturday, May 21. The faculty adviser and three members of the Radio Club attended as representatives of the Trade School radio enthusiasts. A short-wave receiver and a seven and one-half watt Colpitts trans- mitter were put in use at the conven- tion. The operator communicated with fellow enthusiasts all over the country. Engineers Speak A number of prominent radio engineers spoke to the delegates dur- ing the afternoon. Some of the most interesting talks were on short-wave receiving, skip distance, arc rectifiers, and quartz crystal controlled trans- mitting sets. After the banquet in the evening a member of the Army Signal Corps spoke on the condition of radio in China, and a representative of the League headquarters told of the value of a stably organized group of ama- teurs. The American Radio Relay League is a nonprofit association of amateur radio operators and experimenters banded together for mutual protec- tion. The Trade School radio club hopes to be affiliated with this group in the future. ubber Production Film Lent School by Firestone A picture on the production of lbber was recently shown to the wer classes through the courtesy the Firestone Rubber Company. he necessity for American control of ibber plantations was brought out id it was explained that the high riff on rubber coming from other mntries made it necessary for the nited States to control its own rub- ir supply. The Firestone plantations and ctories in Singapore and its planta- on in Liberia were shown, together ith views of the making of rubber id rubber products. Several years ago Mr. Firestone ased from the Liberian Government million acres of land for the pur- se of raising rubber. This land, hich is covered with tropical forest, is been cleared to the extent of ),Q00 acres. Precision Pools Repaired Concluded on page 4. Indicators, micromaters, and spray iuns are repaired. Precision Tools Repaired in New Shop Department The most recent new department is the interesting precision tool repair department. Here are re- paired dial indicators and microm- eters. Spray guns and electric motors are also being repaired. The dial indicator, the mechanism of which is as intricate as clockwork, is at first taken apart very carefully, each wheel and gear and spring be- ing tested in turn. The parts are thoroughly washed, and if any are defective they are replaced with new ones. The case, which usually enters the department covered with nicks and quite worn, is nickel-plated and polished before the instrument leaves the department. The indi- cators are finally tested and shipped from the department in perfect condition. Micrometers are carefully taken apart and washed. The parts are polished and all dents and scratches removed. The face of the spindle ( the part that rubs against the piece “miked”) is lapped flat and square with the spindle. The anvil is given a similar treatment. Then follows setting. This operation is performed in various ways, depending on the make of the micrometer. After setting, the thimble of the microm- eter is set on center with the spindle to prevent it from rubbing against the spindle. They are then, completely taken apart again, washed, oiled, and re- assembled. After a final test they are “worked in,” if they are at all tight. Concluded on page 3 New Drawing Courses Added The mechanical drawing depart- ment of the Highland Park unit has recently added two new voluntary courses. These courses are designed for those who have shown aptitude in either architectural drawing or illus- trative art work. The student who shows interest in these lines may take the course provided his regular me- chanical drawing work is satisfactory. At present there are about thirty boys in the architectural work follow- ing a course in the construction of homes and about ten students are taking the art course. They are using the illustrations found in The Dear- born Independent as models. 2 dn Scwi June 10, 1927. VOL. I No. 17 Cfeii c n JUNE 1«, 1927 AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORD TRADE SCHOOL, DETROIT, MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN, MICHIGAN Member of In ter sc ho las tic Press Association A Real Education THE following is a r6sum6 of an article on the Henry Ford Trade School appearing in the June 11 issue of The Dearborn Independent: Education is the fitting of a person for life. It is not merely the assimila- tion of words. Neither is it the parrotlike acquiring of theories. Funda- mentally, It is training in how to use the faculties with which a person is born and the knowledge which he may obtain. An educated man is one who can do things as well as know things. He cannot count himself educated unless he can make effective use of what he knows. The digestion of dictionaries has too long been mistaken for learning. Modern trends in education tend to teach pupils how others do things, but they are not asked to do these things themselves. They hear of work in the abstract. Their hands are left idle. Yet competent scientists and educators have estimated that 90 per cent of all elements of education are communicated to the brain by the hand. Books can tell a pupil how others have worked, but his own hands tell him how he himself has worked. The Henry Ford Trade School student is fortunate. He may read how a thing is done and why it is done, and then do U. Fifty Years Hence THE American Machinist magazine is celebrating its fiftieth anniversary. Charles M. Schwab, president of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, writing editorially in the American Machinist, looks back on the past fifty years and recalls some of the wonderful developments in the mechanical world that have been brought forth during this period. He points out that some of the readers of his editorial will realize the “boon of light at the pressing of a button, of heat at the turn of a valve, of hot water or cold water at the turn of a faucet.” “Old-timers” can realize by contrast the extent, also, that drudgery has been relieved by these developments—by the washing, ironing, and cleaning machines in the home; by the tractor and other agricultural machines, individual lighting and pumping plants; and in the shop by electrically controlled production machines, conveyors, cranes, and trucks. He then closes his article by looking forward to the future. He realizes that all these things are but material things and are not directly connected with intellectual or spiritual advancement. They have shortened our work- ing day and are beginning to shorten the working week. What are we to do with this gained time? Mr. Schwab tells us: “—the leisure provided by the shorter day, and the shorter week, if it comes, must be devoted, in part at least, to spiritual and intellectual development. Otherwise our civilization must surely follow the course of other material civilizations and perish. If we devote our free time to the attainment of moral and intellectual prosperity the next half-century will witness a standard of living beyond the wildest dreams of even the most far-visioned of us.” Here and There Dr. E. E. SLOSSON has discovered that out of 72 Nobel prize awards for research work in pure chemistry, physiology, and medicine awarded since 1900, the Germans won 21; the British 11; the French 10; the Dutch 6; Americans 4; the Swedes 4; the Danes and Swiss each 3; Austria, Italy, Canada, and Russia each 2, and Belgium and Spain one each. In applied science the American standing is higher; but are we “lop- sided” in our development?--The orange was native to Oriental forests; it was cultivated by the Chinese, and in time reached Palestine where the Crusaders discovered it and took it to Europe; the Portuguese mariners brought it to Brazil; and the Franciscans brought it to California. THE HISTORY OF BANKING The Bank of St. George Courtesy of Highland Park State Bank Finance—what we understand to- day as the power of money and credit —collapsed in Europe with the fall of the Roman Empire. All through the Dark Ages, banking, save as it functioned clumsily through the un- skilled hands of feudal bursars, lay under an eclipse. But along with that extraordinary reflowering of civilization which we call the Italian Renaissance it came to life once more. Indeed, so vigorous was the new commercial growth that in a number of the more splendid Italian civic republics it threatened to swallow the state itself. Banking in Italy Before Columbus opened the high- ways of the western ocean the Medi- terranean, of course, was the great avenue of freighted ships. The cities of the Italian peninsula, which seemed to reach down like a sickle to reap the sea-borne harvest, naturally became thriving centers of this mari- time trade. Banking, which early developed as a necessary adjunct of their water traffic, became a passion, then an art, and finally almost a form of government. Venice, Florence, and Genoa were the chief beneficiaries of this com- mercial revival and the repositories of the accruing wealth. The business methods of all three showed a general similarity, but each developed a characteristic phase of banking. In Florence, for example, banking fell largely into the hands of great private families. In Genoa, perhaps, banking most nearly approached a public function through the famous Bank of St. George. One of Oldest Banks The Bank of St. George, which eventually ruled a whole broad terri- tory along the northwestern Italian littoral, was at once one of the oldest and longest lived of the institutions sprung from medieval finance. So firmly was it founded, so sagaciously directed and so tenaciously jealous of its privileges that it was able to function continuously through seven centuries. In fact, it may be studied as the epitome of that system which enabled these tiny Italian republics, politically so weak they could never successfully defend their own bor- ders, to finance the wars of emperors and develop within themselves a standard of culture unmatched by any contemporary court of Europe. The name of the bank itself suggests its medieval origin at a time when all human enterprises, even those on which the Church looked somewhat coldly, must have a patron saint. Saint George was that gallant Roman military tribune in Cappadocia who became a Christian and for his faith was put to death by the Emperor Diocletian in A. D. 303. His spirit, invoked by the Genoese bankers, is the same ghostly presence which marches ahead of the armies of England and Portugal and is sup- posed to have swung a doughty blade with the Crusaders against the Turk. In 1101 the fleets of both Genoa and Venice had played a prominent part in reinforcing the First Crusade. In 1147 came the Second Crusade, with St. George still in the van. Bank Organized It was only a year later that the initial step in the organization of the bank was undertaken. Genoa con- tracted her first formal loan. The money was borrowed on future cus- tom duties and the creditors formed a council to protect their interests. Each hundred lire of the debt was called a luogo, or share. Any num- ber of shares issued to an individual comprised a column, as they were entered in a book called the Cortu- lario. New loans were separately kept. Each was called a compera and together they were known as the “Compere of St. George.” Within the next hundred years loans became numerous and their management correspondingly com- plicated. In 1252, therefore, they were placed under the control of a single corporate body with a chan- cellor and various other officials. Each loan, as before, was kept separately, with different security and interest. The name “Compere of St. George” was officially adopted so that the date, 1252, is often cited as that of the founding of the bank. Great Assembly Formed Genoa continued to prosper and expand. Loans multiplied right and left. In 1302, it was necessary to call a great assembly which ap- pointed commissioners to draw up 271 articles for the control of the compere. One of these stipulations was that the city was thereafter to contract no loan without the sanction of the consuls of the compere. Good Practice an hour, a daq or a qear-iw ALWAYS CffieCMi cwi bourses Help in Shop Work ntended to Teach the Theory of Certain Departments A series of technical courses cover- ig foundry practice, nickel-plating, teel hardening, and blacksmithing as been arranged by the science de- artment in collaboration with these epartments of shop work. The boys assigned to foundry ractice report to a lecture room in the cience department two mornings a eek for a half-hour discussion on the chnicalities of up-to-date foundry ractice. The students in the nickel- lating, steel-hardening, and black- mithing departments report to these lasses twice in three weeks. The classes have proved to be very elpful to the students. Learning he “why” of doing certain operations hat they would perhaps have much ifficulty finding out otherwise has lade them more interested in their ork and consequently has made their ork more efficient. Tools Are Repaired Concluded from page 1 The experience a student gains in his department is invaluable to him his future tool-making work, as familiarizes him with precision ools and teaches him the care lecessary to keep a fine tool in good ondition. Costly precision tools are rften mishandled by students igno- ant of their construction. QUESTIONS 1. What is the common name for magnesium sulphate? 2. Why must two buttons be pressed before a punch press starts? 3. What is an oboe? 4. What is the angle of an Acme thread? 5. Who was Bizet? 6. Who wrote The Last of the Mohicans? 7. What keeps an airplane in the air? 8. Who wrote the Ancient Mariner? 9. What is Russia now called? 10. What is this called? Answers on page 4 Sketch of 14th Century Lathe T Lathe Presented I | Model of Early I It seems scarcely possible to imagine a person actually operating a lathe such as is pictured on this page, though such a machine was actually used by monks in the fourteenth century. This sketch was made from a model presented to the school recently. The model shows very realistically the crude mechanism of this early lathe. A manikin in the form of a monk in regulation garb can be made to operate it by pulling a knob at one side of the model. The background of the model also shows in faithful detail an old feudal castle. It was the custom of these monks to travel about and do lathe work for the lord of the castle, setting up a machine in the yard of the castle. Operation Crude In the sketch may be seen the wooden centers driven through the middle of two trees and holding the job, which was turned down a bit at the right to hold the rope descending from the bent limb of a third tree. The rest for the crude hand tool was a stick of wood nailed to the two trees. In operation the monk would place his foot in the stirrup at the end of the rope and, vigorously working his foot up and down, the piece of wood to be turned was given a reciprocating motion. The power for the return stroke was supplied by the tension of the bent limb. Then, at the same time he was so energetically moving his foot up and down, the monk would skilfully guide the chisel across the surface of the job. Today, when we see the wonderful old furniture of this period, it seems incredible that it should have been made by so crude a method, as used by the monks. H. P. High School Music Department Entertains Boys On Friday, June 3, the W section was entertained, and those members of the Trade School orchestra who were present were inspired by a concert given by the Music Department of the Highland Park High School. Mr. Parsons, under whose direction the Highland Park Music Department functions, said, in introducing the group of musicians, that the pro- gram was not a “show” program but one representing real class work, as the program was not arranged until the Wednesday before. The brass section was represented by four young musicians under the leadership of Mr. Dey. Miss Mar- garet Catchpole gave a very present- able trombone solo with but one year of study on this difficult instrument. The audience was also entertained with a mellophone solo by Max Aubel and a trombone duet by John Perine and Bruce Dakin. Mr. Parsons then introduced Thom- as LoCicero, who gave an excellent violin solo, ably accompanied on the piano by his sister, Miss Rose Lo- Cicero. This violinist, whose playing seemed remarkable in so young a musician, also gave the final selection on the program. Mr. Wolff, who has the direction Concluded on page 4 Dates of Play The play being produced by the boys of the Exploration Club will be given on the afternoons of June 17, 24, and July 1 for the students of the sections in school on those dates. An evening performance may possibly be given on Friday, July 1, for the faculty, parents, and friends of trade school students. Tiny Parasites Cause of Disease When a germ lodges in a wound, in the little cavities in the tonsils called j“ crypts,” around the base of the teeth, or in many other places in the body, and grows and reproduces, what is known as an infection is produced. When the poisons created by these organisms have spread through the blood stream various serious diseases are apt to result. For instance, heart disease, rheuma- tism, kidney disease, and inflamed joints and nerves are some of the results of a focal infection, as it is called. Even in the case of a small scratch, the germs called by bacteriol- ogists staphylococci and streptococci may enter and cause “blood-poison- ing,” which, if it is not attended to promptly and properly, may necessi- tate an amputation, and is very often fatal. Preventive Medicine for Germs Preventive measures will usually keep germs from gaining entrance to a cut or other place where they can develop, or at least will kill them if they do enter. Therefore it is always well to have a cut, no matter how small, dressed immediately at the first-aid station. 6U A LITTLE LESSON IN GERMS—Bac- teria arc of three kinds: round, or cocci (singu- lar coccus); rod-shaped, or bacilli (singular bacillus); and spiral, or spirilla (singular spirillum). A few examples of each are shown in the above figure, as follows: A, a group of staphylococci, a blood-poisoning germ; chain of streptococci, another blood-poisoner; C, a pneumonia diplococcus; D, a lockjaw bacillus; E, a typhoid bacillus; F, a tuberculo- sis bacillus; G, the spirillum causing Asiatic spirilh I, another form of spirillum with lum of relapsing fever; cholera; H, the lashes. Bacteria reproduce by merely splitting in two and forming two new individuals. WASH YoUR HANDS BEFORE EATING PREVENT DISEASE 3K CfctiAcrn June 10, 1927. Junior Classes See Rubber Picture Concluded from page 1 Liberia is the only negro republic in the world. It was founded in 1822, when a group of freed American slaves made a settlement there with the assistance of American colonization societies. Their government is mod- eled on that of the United States, their declaration of independence having been made July 26, 1847. They have a constitution, president, senate, and house of representatives. Only members of the negro race or those of negro descent may become citizens in this unique republic. The country lies on the west coast of Africa between four and eight degrees north of the Equator, with a coastline on the Atlantic about 350 miles long. It extends inland about 200 miles, with no civilized settlement more than 25 miles inland. The coast affords no protected har- bors and consequently a breakwater is planned at Monrovia, the capital named after President Monroe. The only motor road is 20 miles long, and the rivers, of which there are many, are navigable for but a short distance. A railroad is being planned. The country is well suited to the growing of all kinds of tropical plants and the cultivation of these is the chief industry of its inhabitants. Coffee, nuts, raffia, ginger, ivory, and oil are the chief exports. The climate is fairly uniform and the temperature varies from 753F. at night to 100° at noon. The rubber-producing tree grown on the Firestone plantations is a species of Hevea. When the tree has reached the age of four years it is ready for tapping. This is accom- plished by making cuts in the bark of the tree and allowing the latex to flow into cups. Contrary to the com- mon belief, the latex” is not true sap, but a liquid found in the growing por- tion of the trunk between the bark and the wood. After the latex has been collected it is strained, coagulated with acetic acid, and rolled into sheets. It is then dried, which process in the Fire- stone organization takes from four to six hours whereas by the old method twenty to sixty days were necessary. This product, after the drying, is known as crude rubber and is sent in this condition to the manufacturing plant at Akron, Ohio, the rubber manufacturing center of the United States. It is here made into some of the innumerable things of rubber we use every day. The Firestone company also buys some rubber from other sources. The buying agency is situated at Singapore in the midst of the most important rubber markets of the world. The picture proved to be of im- mense educational value inasmuch as it dealt with an industry of vital importance to many other industries and also depicted climatic, geographi- cal, and racial conditions in the countries that produce an ingredient of immense importance in the Ameri- can manufacturing industry. Litter 8 of a imn by the deeigner of tht Stout metal airplane telling the etory of prog- reee in aeiation development up to today and outlining what we may expect tomorrow. There are two major problems to an airplane: structure and aerodynamics. Structure is that which enables your plane to hold together under all loads imposed upon it and with a widely safe margin. Aerodynamics has to do with shaping the contours of that struc- ture in such a manner that the air flow about it at speed will make it fly controllably. The lightest possible structure might not be of such shape as to fly. The best aerodynamic shape might be too heavy to take the air. That is the best airplane that makes the best compro- mise between structure and aerodynamics so that ALL of the problems of strength are completely solved, with the greatest advance possible in the aerodynamic. A perfect aerodynamic design would be worthless if the wings would not stay on. All things being equal, however, the lightest structure for the necessary strength is the best type of airplane. This is the reason for the rapid rise of the cantilever or thick wing. While not quite so good aerodynamically, it is so much lighter in structure that the final result is even better aerodynamically —paradoxical as this statement may be. The drawing above shows how a cantilever or thick wing is made and you can see the advantage of having all the trussing in out of the wind; the same advantage one has in putting the ribs and keel of a boat inside the hull instead of leaving them out in the water. By making a plane in this way and of metal—such as the latest planes are made of—the structure becomes as reliable as a bridge and breakages in the air become almost an impossibility. Planes of this type with small horsepower have already carried more than their own weight in pay load, and hold the world’s endurance records as a result. When an inventor shows you a new plane, therefore, study its structure first to see if it can be built for not over 2 pounds per square foot of wing, and its aerodynamics to see that all structure possible is tucked in out of the wind. In the next letter I will explain the difference between mere flying and real performance and tell what should be expected of new designs. Entertainment Given by Music Pupils Concluded from page 3 of the wood-wind section, presented first a flute solo by Dimitri Ligosky. This, regrettably, did not go over so well as it might have, due, Mr. Wolff, said, to improper intonation between the piano and the flute. Mr. Wolff, in quite a whimsical manner, gave a demonstration of the into- nation.” Ward Dunlap, David More- house, and Wilfred Locke were then presented in a clarinet trio. These three musicians also gave two more selections as part of a quartet, being assisted by Mr. Wolff in the absence of the regular fourth member. ASK ME ANOTHER Answers to questions on page 3. 1. Epsom salts. 2. Two buttons are pressed before a punch press starts to make sure that the operator’s hands are out from under the die. 3. An oboe is a musical instrument I much like a clarinet. 4. The angle of an Acme thread is 29 degrees. 5. A French composer. 6. James Fenimore Cooper. 7. Pressure on the bottom of the wings. 8. Samuel Coleridge. 9. Russia is now called the Union of Socialist Soviet Republics. 10. An asterisk. A Trip Through the Universe Concluded from IttnC liHtue By courtesy of the (ienerul Electric Co Magazine, Together The sun tells quite a different story The sun is very much larger than th earth. Its diameter is 866,000 miles In bulk, the sun ia 1,300,000 times the size of the earth. In other words, it would take 1,300,000 objects the size of our earth to make one the size of the sun. Due to the huge mass of th sun, the force of gravity would be twenty-seven times as great upon the sun as it is upon the earth. That means that a person weighing 150 pounds upon the earth would weigh two tons upon the sun, since weight ig a measure of the pull of gravity. Sun’s Heat Terrific The sun is a great self-luminoug yellowish-white whirling sphere. Its surface temperature is about aii thousand degrees. The temperature at the center of the sun is estimated at 70,000,000 degrees. The aun ia a great seething mass of heated gaseoui material, the intensity of its heat defying the imagination. Were the earth suddenly thrust into the sun, it would melt immediately like a snowflake on a red-hot stove. The sun spots are great whirlpools in the seething gaseous surface of the sun. Light travels 186,000 miles per second. It takes light eight and a third minutes to get from the aun to the earth. But it takes the light from Alpha Centauri, the nearest star, about four and a third years to reach the earth. Other stars are so far away that it takes their light hundreds of years, thousands of years, and in some cases hundreds of thousands of years to reach us. Astronomers believe that the forty billion stars which form our universe are arranged in a shape like that of a watch. They believe that when you gaze at the Milky Way you look through the longest diameter of the universe, along the hands of the watch, so to speak. The reason the stars seem so thick in the Milky Way is not because they are so close together but because they are stretched out over such a great depth. Very Distant Nebulae But the astronomer finds other objects out in space beyond the limits of our universe. These are the so- called spiral nebulae. There are about a million of them. The nearest is a quarter of a million light years away—the farthest, eighty million. The world’s biggest telescope shows these spirals to be great collections or galaxies of stars like our own universe. In other words, there are a million universes scattered through the boundless ocean of space. The big lesson of astronomy is that, as small as the earth is and as big as space is, it has been possible for the mind of man to comprehend the big- ness of space. Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, June 25, 1927 Number 18 Machine Helps Morse Code Students Omnigraph Received by Radio Club Code Enthusiasts The radio club recently bought and put in good condition a secondhand omnigraph. This apparatus is used both automatically to produce signals in Morse code and to allow enthusiasts to practise sending the code. The device is equipped with a spring motor and a set of aluminum disks with notches on each circum- ference. These notches open and close a circuit that operates a buzzer giving the correctly pitched sound. It can be adjusted to operate at a rate of from five to fifteen words per minute. Ten words per minute is a desirable rate. Members of the radio club hope 1 that with the aid of this instrument they will become proficient in both sending and receiving the Morse1 code. New Kind of Copper Rectifies Elec- tric Current A little piece of copper slightly more than an inch square and so thin that it would take 65 pieces to make a pile one inch high has won a place in the electrical hall of fame by defying accepted laws of electricity. This copper is a metal through which an electrical current can flow in only one direction—from its face toward the center. This material is known as “kuprox.” Because of its property of allowing current to flow in but one direction, it can be used to turn alternating current into direct current. Units are now being made of these wonderful pieces to replace the electrolyte jars in radio-battery chargers and recti- fiers and in several kinds of X-ray and medical apparatus. Battery eliminators, using the unit, are being perfected in the laboratory and will soon be on the market. Alternating current is more eco- nomical and practical to generate, but direct current is best in some fields, particularly for elevator motors and other motors where a high starting torque is needed. Thus, in any city of any size, the power company is forced to generate some direct current for its business customers. Valves Repaired in School Shop The valve repair department of the Trade School repairs gate, globe, and regulating valves, governors, lubricators, pop safety valves, faucets, and steam traps. When any of these devices have to be repaired, they are disassembled and thoroughly washed. The parts are then inspected and the worn or broken ones replaced. The valve seats are also reground at this time. When all parts are in good condition they are assembled and the valve is tested at high pressure. The valve is once more disassembled and the parts Trade School Shown in Recently Released Film The Vacations for Trade School boys will be as follows: WT Section—July 4-24 T Section—July 25-August 14. M Section—August 15-Sept. 4. are prepared for nickel-plating. After nickeling and polishing it is re- assembled and given a final testing. The department repairs valves from % inch to 24 inches in diameter. Valves over 2 inches are not nickeled. Some work done in the valve repair department. FordJMotion Picture Laboratories Do T. S. Justice A film of the Henry Ford Trade School which was recently released by the Ford Motion Picture Labora- tories was shown to the students of the Highland Park unit of the school recently. Following the caption, “Men want for their children an education better than they had an opportunity to receive,” a short synopsis of the development of the school was given. Organized in 1916 with six boys and one instructor, the school now has 1,700 students and a faculty of about 125 men. Academic Section Several scenes were shown of the administrative department of the school. The enrolling of a new student was presented in detail depicting how smoothly operated is a school of this size. Views of the academic section were next shown, with the class of the mechanical science, mathematics, auto mechanics, and physics departments in actual session. The chemical and metallurgical laboratories were also included. In each department a blackboard demonstration or demon- stration by actual models was given. Shop Section School Life in Sweden Told At the request of a Trade School pupil, a nineteen-year-old student in Sweden wrote a paper, on the school system and school life in Sweden. After being translated by a member of the faculty this paper was read Mon- day, June 13, to a group of junior students in the T Section. This paper tells in some detail just how the Swedish schools operate, and the author gives much of his personal thoughts and feelings as a schoolboy. He says, in beginning: “Sweden is provided with a very good school system, which makes it pos- sible for everybody who so wishes to receive a good education, even if he lacks economical resources. Every- one attends primary school. This primary school gives a two-year course and prepares for the public school. After one year in the public school the pupil, if he so decides, may enter the high school, which is absolutely separate from the public school. The latter way is chosen by pupils who plan to continue their studies at college or university. “The high school is composed of a general five-year course and an addi- tional four-year course, the latter divided into two groups, the human- istic and the mathematical. At the end of the fourth year the pupil enters the big final student examina- tion, and if he passes he becomes a graduate and any college or university in Europe is open to him. If, after passing the general five-year course, the pupil decides not to continue his education,he can change over to a special one-year course and at the end of the year enter the so-called real school examination.” Mr. Vennerholm, who translated the paper, also gave some of his ex- periences in the Swedish schools. Shop trips through the Ford In- dustries added an interesting feature. A group of students were shown wit- nessing the operation of a blast fur- nace, the steel mills, the coke ovens, and the mechanism of a D. T. I. locomotive. The audience was then introduced to the shop section of the Trade School. Each department was rep- resented with a view of some opera- tion or job in the regular work of the department. In addition to the usual lathe, shaper, milling machine, and other departments, the school nickel- plating, commercial-tool repair, foundry, and wood shop were shown. After-school activities of the stu- dents were also featured: Views of the Exploration Club, which aims to “explore life,” the Dramatic Club, and the school periodical. The film was fittingly ended with a scene showing the boys running down the school steps in all the exuberance of youth, satisfied with having done its work well. 2 (JrfiAci n June 25, 1927. AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORI) TRADE SCHOOL. DETROIT. MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN, MICHIGAN Member of Inter scholastic Press Association Vacation Time TOTAL wealth, more than $300,000,000,000; National income, $89,000,000,000; Income of American railroads, $20,000,000 a day; Seven million telegrams, 72,000,000 telephone calls required daily to transact the country’s business; Highest standard of living in the history of the world. NOW one might ask, Why have we worked so hard to bring all this about? One can answer without hesitation that we have accumulated all this wealth, built all these railroads, transacted all this business that we might better enjoy life. We have gained added time for leisure, too. Thus, the question of what we shall do with our extra leisure presents itself. There are a million plans for spending these hard-earned hours. One of the best of them is to hie to the woods and the wilder places and live near to nature. This life, more wholesome than the crowded city life, will, even aside from physical rejuvenation, restore to our minds the peace lost in the toil and anxieties of everyday life. If we absorb the fundamentals of this healthful contact with nature, it will calm us when our nervous energy would seem to want toning down, and buoy us up when everything would seem to envelop us in gloom. And most of all, the egotism, the exaggeration of individual importance, produced by a life of strenuous culture and narrow outlook, will suffer us to be humble when we view a stretch of hills and forest, a flowing stream, the stars, and the world of other life-forms about us. A vacation of this sort should be every boy’s aim, for it engenders a wealth of cheerfulness and good will. Student Government STUDENT government has been practised for a number of years in high schools and universities throughout the country. School administrators and other educators have long felt that student government and student councils have helped them in no small way; they have found it a boon in attaining good discipline. Plans for the organization of a student council are now well under way. It is planned to have the council meet once a month, to hear the committees report on their various departments, and to transact routine business. Prepare now to select a member of your section who you think is the most capable and responsible for a position on the council, and keep his name in mind for the general election in September. Every effort will be made to have a student council worthy of the student body it represents. Here and There By RECENT count, the earth has 430 active volcanoes.— A steel cable has been attached to the rocks at a narrow pass on the Island of Oahu, Hawaiian Islands, to enable pedestrians to walk around the corner at this point. Winds at 50 to 60 miles per hour are almost daily recorded here. The famous Heidelberg tun in Germany, a wine cask holding over 50,000 gallons, recently celebrated its 475th birthday with a party in its honor. —A wedge-shaped house has been built in Seattle, Washington, which is 5 feet 9 inches wide at one end, 16 feet wide at the other end, and 65 feet long. It is quite practical.——It is estimated that there are between 12,000,000 and 15,000,000 radio sets in operation throughout the world. Nearly half of them are believed to be in the United States. Telephone engineers tell us that if a million persons were to talk steadily and the energy of their voices were to be converted into heat they would have to talk for an hour and a half to produce sufficient heat to make a cup of tea. THE HISTORY OF BANKING The Bank of St. George Courtesy of Highland Park State Bank Continued from last Issue The Bank of St. George operated essentially as a loan bank and in this respect offered a complete contrast to the Bank of Amsterdam, for ex- ample. Sometimes the loans were made on curious security. In 1136 Cardinal Fieschi received a loan on the sacred parossidis, or holy basin. Although the Catholic Church through the Middle Ages officially frowned on bankers and held in- terest in any form to be mere usury, this little business arrangement with the Cardinal indicates the beginning of a certain latitudinarianism. In the 15th Century the Popes Calixtus III and Sixtus IV formally granted per- mission to hold shares in the bank. These were a profitable investment, for the bank, in return for loans, re- ceived the pledge of the city for its future taxes, or in the case of individ- uals, the profits of business enter- prises. Jewels, also, were a customary form of security. Like all the Italian mercantile republics, Genoa was turbulent. Dur- Arnold, E. A—Stories of Ancient Peoples. Ancient history in a popu- lar form. Bond, A. R.—The Scientific Ameri- can Boy at School. This is published by the publishers of the Scientific American magazine and is well illus- trated. It covers a great many of the schoolboys’ activities. Edgerton, E. I. and Bartholomew, W. E. Business Mathematics. A textbook that is intended to give a practical course in business mathema- tics and be useful outside of the class- room also. Engeln, O. D. von and Urquhart, J. McK.—The Story Key to Geo- graphic Names. Tells us where a great many names of countries, rivers, mountains, etc., had their origin and how to pronounce them. It is easy to read and the names are easy to find. Mitchell, B. W.—Trail Life in the Canadian Rockies. A story of a trip taken through these wonderful mountains. Roper, Stephen—Questions and An- swers for Stationary and Marine Engineers and Electricians. A stand- ard handbook in convenient form and one which is much used by engineers. Wallace, Wm.—Richard Wagner as He Lived. A biography of the great musician in an intimate style which tells one about the man instead of his deeds. Withington, Paul-- The Book of Athletics. A collection of articles by men who know their subject. The book covers a wide field and treats from the player’s standpoint. ing the revolution of 1339 all the old books of the bank were burned and new commissioners appointed to regulate the compere. The city treasury was completely exhausted by building and outfitting twenty-six galleys required in one of the in- numerable naval wars and was forced to cede the loot of conquest to the compere. By 1371 more wars and constant internal conflict had utterly destroyed the credit of the city. Francesco Vivaldi, an old patrician, rose before the assembly, and, after explaining the principle of compound interest, gave his shares in trust to the consuls of the compere to use the interest on them in buying other shares and the interest on these, in turn, to buy still others. This gift, accumulating as it was bound to, is said to have saved the credit of the state. Vivaldi hav- ing shown the way, similar trusts were formed for the maintenance of churches, bridges, fountains and other public improvements. It was in 1407 that the bank evolved fully into a great public institution. The republic had bor- rowed huge sums and had assigned various revenues as security. To avoid confusion, all the shares were united in the compere, or, as it now be- came known, the Bank of St. George. The management was placed in the hands of eight protectors, who were elected annually by the share- holders from a list of thirty-two chosen by lot. Each protector (or director� was obliged to hold shares amounting to 1,000 Genoese florins. This directorate of eight filled the offices of president, treasurer general, super- intendent for the sale of shares, three judges and two secretaries. The general council consisted of 480 members, elected by ballot, and qualified by the ownership of at least ten shares. It is a striking testimony to the breadth of Genoese business practice that even foreigners were eligible. 3Re (JrfiAccn 3 VACATION TIME i IS LEISURE TIME Scene near Camp Wallace. A panorama of Camp Brady and vicinity. Vacation time is here! The out of | doors beckons to the healthy boy. Has every boy decided where to spend his three weeks? Surely the camps pictured on this page will have appeal. Perhaps some are going to pack up their pup tent and hie away in the old Ford to the open places. At any rate, it may be well to say a bit about the attractions in Michigan for Trade School boys. Camp Wallace Camp Wallace, the Highland Park municipal camp, is situated on Platte Lake, near Honor, Michigan, about 310 miles from Detroit. The fee for this camp is $7 per week for all boys. The fare by bus to Camp Wallace is $10 round trip. For boys under 12 years of age the trip costs but $7. Camp Ohiyesa Camp Ohiyesa is on Fish Lake, near Clyde, Michigan. This camp is i maintained by the Detroit Y. M.- | C. A. The rate for regular campers here is $8.50 per week. Boys not holding membership in the Y. M.- C. A. are required to purchase a year’s social membership for $1.00 at the time of application. Camp Brady will also be open to Below—Where you swim at (Jump Ohiyesa. The “Wakeyas behind the trees at the left replace tents here. Michigan Camps Open July First This Year those Trade School boys who are Boy Scouts. Information about this camp may be obtained from any scout authority. Michigan’s the Place For active sports, for pleasing rest, This is the time to be possessed. —Dry den. Below—An alluring occupation at Camp Brady. Michigan is rich in natural beauty. Her climate, rivers, lakes, and forests all go to make her a natural play- ground. Here one can enjoy most all the outdoor recreations, such as fish- ing, hiking, touring, swimming, and the nature lover will find much to bring him in close communion with nature. She is well furnished with fine roads, well over 25,000 miles of them being improved. These “happy ways” will take the motorist to any part of the state where he can enjoy release from the trying city life. Better Than the City A vacation to any of Michigan’s places of natural beauty is to be vastly preferred to a vacation in the city. Any normal boy knows what fun it is to swim in her waters, to hike in woods, or to do any of the activities Michigan is so well adapted to; and he knows well the benefits to be derived therefrom. No resident of the state should over- look the opportunity to a vacation in close communion with her beauties. Below River near Camp Wallace. What does it suggest for the vaca- tionerT The path at the left is also suggestive. 4 June 25, 1927. Grti cwi Safety Group Gives Report Committee Follows Most Efficient Plan at Meeting At a recent safety committee meeting the procedure outlined be- low was followed. One boy drew a rough sketch of a bandsaw on a black- board and marked in the standard safety guards, describing in detail how they were used. A second boy in the same manner illustrated the guards on a shaper and detailed them as follows: 1. Operator to wear goggles. 2. Pointer on stroke indicator to be cut short. 3. Set-up should allow ample clear- ance when shaper is working. 4. Gears to be completely inclosed. 5. End stroke guard should be present to avoid crushing hazard. 6. On shapers which have a long control lever, the machine should stop when the lever is pushed inward. A serious accident took place when these levers started the machine when pushed inward. A change was im- mediately made so that if anyone accidentally knocked against the control lever the machine would immediately stop. The student from the school foundry then outlined the safety pre- cautions in the foundry, including foundry leggings and shoes, goggles, fire-blanket boxes, and all other standard safety equipment necessary to the foundry worker. Each boy then wrote on the black- board what he would look for if he were to make a safety inspection of the school. This new method of conducting the safety meetings proved very ad- vantageous and it is intended that this system will be continued in fu- ture meetings. It saves time and keeps the discussion on lines of practical safety. HERE and THERE It has been shown that silicon can replace tin as a hardening agent for copper and is already in considerable use for this purpose. A new and rapidly expanding use for chlorine has been developed in the production of ethylene glycol, which may replace glycerine in many applications. About forty new Azo-colors have been developed in American re- search laboratories during the past year and placed on the market by our dyestuff manufacturers. As an example of the ease with which the machines of a modern factory can be converted to other uses, the Krupp Works, heretofore Germany's main supply for muni- tions, is now producing large numbers of agricultural implements and motor trucks. Safety Inspection Reveals Faults A recent safety inspection of the school resulted in the following unsafe conditions being brought to notice: A chainfall in the foundry was found to be defective. The load would not remain fast and the boy had to hang on the opposite chain to balance it. A chainfall which will not hold a load is dangerous and more particularly so in a foundry where molten metal is being used. A 440-volt cabinet was found neither stenciled nor locked; 440 volts have caused fatalities when the necessary precaution was not taken in installing the switch box. Fire-blanket boxes were found being used as stock racks. These boxes must.be kept clean at all times. Violations of safety rules are still numerous. Lack of goggles, failure to use “Danger Do Not Start” signs, and running in the shop are among the most common. The medical department reports many cases of bandages being removed without permission. This is not only dangerous but against the rules of the school. • Failure to report at the first-aid station must be considered the most dangerous violation at present in the Trade School. One boy who received a small scratch on his finger failed to have it attended to, and it was later necessary to send him to the Ford Hospital. These points, among others, indi- cate that while 76 per cent of safety work is education, we still have many things to do in making equip- ment safe. SIIOF NOTES The first-aid station reports a drop in the number of accidents lately. Don’t let this make you “puffed up.” Keep up the good work. The commercial tool repair depart- ment at Highland Park has repaired approximately 24,000 pairs of goggles in the last year of its existence. Fifty Trade School seniors who had completed the academic course and were taking the apprentice school mathematics and mechanical draw- ing courses were recently transferred to various tool rooms of the Ford Motor Company. When they are twenty years old, if they do the work satisfactorily, they will become full-fledged tool makers, ready in many cases for foremanship positions. A new type of ladle heater which is made from cyanide pots is now in use at the foundry department in the Highland Park Unit of the school. It is much easier to use and is much safer than the old-style bare torch. The apprentice school will be closed from July 1 to September 12. Letter 9 of a series by the designer of the Stout metal airplane telling the story of prog ress in aviation development up to today and outl ining what we may expeel tomorrow New Performance Standards in Airplanes. Enough has been covered in these letters to date so that you have, without doubt at this time, at least a vague idea of the dif- ference between an airplane that merely flies and one that per- forms. Hark back to the early days of the motor car and you will remember many automobiles, such as the Crest, the curved-dash Olds, the Locomobile Steam, and others which, while they ran very nicely on the level and around Detroit, became very balky on what we would now consider even slight grades. Early air- planes were just as crude in their performance as these motor cars now look to us. By the use of ideas I have discussed so far in this series, such as thick wings, we can carry a great deal more weight per horse- power than ever before. The planes which flew from Detroit to Cleveland last year carried twelve persons with 800 horsepower. A modern ship al- ready flying and of allmetal type carries the same load with half the horsepower and at 40 miles per hour higher speed. The De Havilland mail planes now used from New York to San Francisco carry a pay load of 450 pounds. This new plane with the same engine can carry 1,500 pounds and fly twice as far and at the same speed. This plane recently took a full ton of load and climbed 7,000 feet in 14 minutes. The next letter will discuss Parasite Resistance, the factor in airplane design, the study of which has made heavy load-carrying possible. PRACTICAL SCIENCE An “eye” that can see at night has I recently been invented. It is called the “noctivision” apparatus and em- bodies some of the principles used in the transmission of pictures over wire and by wireless. It is much like a searchlight in the sense that it uses rays of light to cast on objects, the reflection of the light making them visible. This apparatus differs, though, in the fact that it uses invisible light. In other words, it projects waves that are just a little longer than visible rays of light. These rays strike the object they are focused on and the reflections are received in an apparatus that con- verts them into visible rays of light which are flashed on a screen. This receiving apparatus uses the same principle that is used in the trans- mission of pictures. The old steam locomotive is now back with us in another form. Loco- motives have been recently built in Europe embodying the old steam principles but with the added im- provements of steam conservation. They literally drink their own steam, using the same water over and over again after condensing it. A powder puff that collapses till it takes no more space than a lip- stick has recently been invented. When closed it is covered with a little top. This is an example of the use of a very simple principle in a new way. Volume 1 Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, July 10, 1927 Number 19 Fordson School Repairs Pressure Gauges for Plant Lighting Effects for Elay Devised by. Radio Club Salvaged Gauges Are —;------—-------------f Reconstructed and Cabinet Cables Put in Use i Made in School] One of the recent additions to the . Fordson unit of the school is the One of the finest specimens of department in which pressure and cabinet work in the trade school vacuum gauges are checked, repaired laboratories will be the polishing table or remodeled. Gauges used by the shown in the photograph on this page. Ford Motor Company, the D. T. This finely finished table was made in and I. Railroad, and the Ford Motor the wood shop of the Highland Park Company’s boats are furnished and school unit. The wood, which is serviced by this department. Gauges high-grade oak, was cut from the recovered from the Government boats rough lumber in the wood shop, and now being salvaged are here put in all operations, including the installa- first-class condition and stocked tion of the polishing units which were until needed in factory or elsewhere. made by the Ford Motor Company. Tube Is Essential wer? done in the sch°o1 shoP by the students. % The boys of the radio club have turned their talents to another branch of the electrical field, namely, the production of lighting effects for the play, The Enchanted Island, produced by the Exploration Club. The play is an allegory and is composed of a number of scenes, some of which are more or less fanciful, and therefore requiring lighting effects unusual in the ordinary type of amateur play, or indeed in the professional play. Cloud, wave, waterfall, and light- ning effects were produced with special machines concealed on the stage and operated by members of the radio club. The cloud and wave effects were at one time simultane- ously projected on the scene, produc- ing a quite realistic result. Practically all pressure or vacuum gauges are of the Bourdon-tube type. The essential part is a tube, usually of phosphor bronze or steel, flattened and bent into a semicircle. One end is open and connects to the pressure line. The other end is closed and carries an arm which, by a rack-and-lever movement, moves an indicating pointer in front of a dial. When the air pressure inside the tube is increased, the tube straightens out somewhat, coiling up again when the pressure is decreased. This move- ment raises the arm, which in turn turns the quadrant bearing the point- er. The dial over which the pointer moves carries a scale graduated to indicate the pressure applied. In process of manufacture the tube, which was initially straight, is pressed into its curved form, and allowed to age for approximately a year. This aging process allows the metal to acquire a permanent set so that it is elastic. If it were calibrated im- mediately after bending, it would not be elastic but would change its shape a little every time pressure was applied. On release of the pressure the pointer would not return to the original zero position. Forms Set Year Pressure gauges in use by the Ford Motor Company have pressure ranges varying from 15 inches of water 9 ounces ) to 500 tons. These gauges may differ in size, but the main difference is in the thickness of the Bourdon tube. The thickness deter- mines the stiffness or rigidity of the tube. The stiffer the tube, the greater Continued on page 3 Installed In School This apparatus will be installed in the metallographic laboratory of the school to supplement another now in use. The first one was made by the Ford Motor Company, but the second comes well up to the standard set by the first, if, indeed, it does not sur- pass it. The use of an apparatus of this kind has many advantages over the old method of hand polishing metal- lographic samples with a wooden pad covered with emery paper or cloth containing the abrasive. The new table has metal disks operated at various speeds by electric motors. Abrasive papers or cloths can be used on the disks. The apparatus is useful for either preliminary or final polishing. A moon was also made to shine in one scene, and another scene occa- sioned the use of a device constructed and operated by the radio club boys, whereby an inverted image of colored chemicals diffusing through water gave the effect of evil vapors arising from about the rocks where stood the Prince of Darkness. A stereopticon for flooding the stage with colored light was used in a night scene. It was located on the balcony beside the motion picture projection room. B----------- ;--- -niiiniiiiiffi • Corrected Vacation j Schedule ! . — ; M Section—July 25-August 14. ♦ | j T Section—August 15-Sept. 4. ♦ New Machines in Operation Sight-feed Oil Valve Parts Are Machined Rapidly Two screw machines of a type that the trade school has heretofore not possessed have been added recently to the screw machine department. They are Acme multiple-spindle auto- matic screw machines. “Multiple- spindle” means that they are pro- vided with four spindles, each of which performs a different operation simultaneously with the other three. Oil Valves Made The machines in the trade school are being used at present to make Ford standard sight oil valves. One of these valves is assembled from nine different parts and it is easy to see that it is not a simple job to make these at an efficient rate of speed. Operation Automatic Parts of the valves are made from bar brass, which is held in one end of the machine. It is automatically fed into the chucks, where it is also auto- matically adjusted to the proper length, the other operations being performed as the four chucks revolve. They are also cut off automatically. When all the parts have been made, they are assembled, the glass tube and leather washers being added. After inspection they are ready to be installed in any Ford standard machine-lubricating system. School Faculty Work in Shop The faculty of the academic de- partment are spending the vacation period of nine weeks in the school shop or in the Ford Motor Company. Each year at this time they are offered an opportunity to enter a department that is correlated to the subject they are teaching. This training affords them the means of getting acquainted with the practical side of their subjects. For these reasons the instructors of the science division would enter the foundry or the heat-treat departments while the instructors of mathematics would devote themselves to the solu- tion of practical problems in tool making. This sojourn to the manual train- ing department has proved an asset to the faculty. 2 37RzCfeii cin July 10, 1927. AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORD TRADE SCHOOL. DETROIT. MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN, MICHIGAN Member of Interscholastic Press Association Why the Difference in Salary An ANALYST of human character undertook to explain why men reach widely varying salary planes. An instance was cited of three brothers who began work for the same company for the same pay. Six years later, one received $100 monthly, a second $200 and a third $500. This seemingly unfair basis of pay was explained by their handling of an assign- ment to secure inventory of a steamer’s cargo. Within three minutes the lowest paid man was back. “The boat carries 2,000 sealskins, he stated. “I got the information from the first mate over the telephone.” In an hour the $200 man was back with a list showing that the cargo contained not only 2,000 sealskins, but also 500 beaver and 1,000 mink pelts. The third man was absent three hours. “The ship held 2,000 sealskins,” he began, “offered at $5 each, on which I took a two-day option. I have wired a prospect offering them at $7, and I expect his order tomorrow. There were also 500 beaver, which I sold over the telephone at a profit of $700. The mink pelts are of poor quality, so I didn’t do anything with them.” This exemplifies, very plausibly, the difference between not following instructions, simply obeying orders and producing results without being told. Creative Minds Produce Ideas “ONE single idea,” said Emerson, “may have greater weight than the labor of all the men, animals and engines for a century.” The truth of this statement stands indisputable as one realizes that everything this world has in the way of inventions has been the outgrowth of an idea in the mind of some man. Had there been no makers of ideas the inhabitants of this earth would be living in even a more unenlightened time than the miserable Dark Ages. How much poorer humanity would be if the creators of the printing press, water pump, railroad locomotive, steamboat, tele- phone, X-ray treatment and electric light had followed the advice of their neighbors and had given up their attempts. Today many men hold excellent positions which require only that they think out new plans to save money for their companies. Their brains save their salaries several times over. An idea does not have to be of great magnitude to be worth listening to. There is room for innumerable kinds of ideas, and many good ones that would have lived never get a chance to see daylight because their owners lacked the initiative to present them. When a manufacturer hires a new man, or puts an apprentice in its shops he does so with an expectation that the man will grow bigger than his job and ferret out ideas which will be of value. The world owes every forward stride to creative minds. Have you any new ideas? What’s Doing Around the World WORK of digging sand away from around the Sphinx, which is now completed, has made this ancient Egyptian monument more mysterious than ever. It is known to be at least 5,700 years old.----The expression “two bits” originated in the gold rush days of ’49. A miner would buy ap- proximately twenty-five cents worth of goods with twice the amount of gold he could hold between his thumb and forefinger.----A parasite that infests the tomato caterpillar lays an egg that holdsabout 300young.--E. H. Gary, of the United States Steel Corporation, recently started the generators in a steel mill 400 miles away by waving his hand over a sphere which was part of the most sensitive current controller ever developed for practical use. STORY OF TWIST DRILL Its Origin Is Lost in Antiquity Most trade school students will always remember how wonderful the machinery seemed when they first entered the school shop. After one has worked on the milling machines, the lathes, the shapers, and the various other machines, one is apt, however, to lose sight of the fact that an immense amount of thought and ingenuity has been spent in producing even the simple twist drill. The twist drill as we know it today is the product of long ages of thought on the part of nearly all races of people. The drill is one of the most necessary of tools and we find various primitive drills among nearly every nation of primitive people. It is a far cry from the complicated twist drills of today to the simple shaft drills used by some ancient tribes. The shaft drill was no more than a shaft of wood or some such material with a stone or flint point attached to its end. It was held between the palms of the hands and twirled. Considerable skill must have been required for any neat work to be done with such a simple drill. The Japanese and the Bushman of Africa, for example, still use this kind of drill. As man’s inventive genius de- veloped he thought of improvements on the shaft drill. One of the simpler improvements is the attachment of a bow to the shaft and a block to hold it at the end. By the bow being worked rapidly back and forth, the drill point could be revolved at a high rate of speed; and with the block at the top, steady pressure could be applied. This sort of drill was used by the ancient Egyptians to produce the works that gave them ground for being called the most civilized people of their time in the world. A further improvement on the sim- ple shaft, and one which is still in use in many parts of the world, is the ingenious contraption called the “pump drill.” It merits this name by reason of the fact that it is pumped” up and down. The American Indians used this tool for drilling gems for beads and other ornaments. A small flywheel is added to this type of drill to give weight and momentum. A notable feature in the Indian bead-drilling outfit was its steel point. One might say that this marks the beginning of the development of the twist drill, though there is certainly a large gap between it and the first appearance of an accepted upright drilling machine in about 1837. Since 1837, however, the develop- ment of drills and drilling machines has been phenomenally rapid. No longer are toolmakers satisfied with a simple hand-operated upright drill driven by a belt, nor are they satisfied with an inaccurate drill made of poor steel. They must have drilling ma- chines such as the radial types in the trade school, which use drill points that are exact and which are capable of making holes at a rate of speed that the “old-timers” never conceived. EGYPTIAN BOW DRILL. BUSHMAN IfeiNO A SHAFT DRILL FLINT POINT STONE POINT AMERICAN INDIAN METHOD DRILLING holej turquoise bea� Primitive drills used by aborigines. Use Correctly Ground Drills Efficient Work Insured With Accurately Ground Tool Efficiency in drilling operations is | argely dependent on a correctly ! pround drill. A modern drilling ma- rine and the proper applications of | speeds and feeds are important j actors, but if the twist drill is not {round correctly it is natural to expect insatisfactory results. There are 10 standard instructions that can he ipplied to the drilling of different | naterials, as each requires a charac- leristic grind. Correct Angle Twist drills should be ground so j hat both lips have the same angle, ind are of equal length. An angle j f 59 degrees is recommended for {eneral work. If one lip is ground to 1 )9 degrees and the other to 61 degrees, ! the latter will have to do all the gutting. Lip Clearance Lip clearance, or the relief given the jutting edges, is important to insure j jroper penetration without inter- ; erence. The angle of lip clearance ihould be increased gradually as the center of the drill is approached, intil the line across the center of the irill stands at an angle with the ■ cutting edges of approximately 135 degrees. The cuts on this page show an end dew of a correctly ground drill and the type of chips produced by it in operation. Ground Right Above—End view of correctly ground drill. Below—Kind of chips produced by this drill. The Tenter should be filled with glycerine or light mineral oil (preferably Nujol). All oil chambers are filled through cylinder G by first removing weight plunger and platform “F. Before pouring in the oil, pull out plunger 4‘E.” Then turn cock handle D to the right. Pour in the glycerine or oil and fill chamber “A” by pushing in plunger “E.” This draws oil by suction from chamber “B” through pipe J” to chamber “A.” Keep pouring the oil until chambers B” and '‘C’ are also filled. In pouring, slowly unscrew plunger H which facilitates filling chamber “C.” Connect Gauge with suitable connection that is furnished with Gauge Tester, above cock “D,” turn handle of cock down, that is, at right angles, to supply pump “A.” Pull out handle '•£” until gauge shows pressure, and tube is filled, then turn handle of cock “D” to tho left, which connects gauge with chamber B.” Add weights on piston “F” until desired pressures are reached. Gauges Repaired Concluded from page 1 the pressure required to move the pointer a given distance. The tubes are usually made of phosphor bronze, but where a gauge is to be used with ammonia (in refrigerator systems) a steel tube is used, as bronze is corroded by am- monia. Similar gauges for the same pres- sure range should read alike; that is, the pointer should move the same dis- tance for the same change in pressure. To insure this and to compensate for differences in the stiffness of the tubes, the actuating movement is provided with an adjustment. The move- ment consists of a quadrant, or ratchet, a pinion, a hairspring, a top plate, a base plate, two or more pdsts, and a calibrating arm. The whole constitutes a system of levers which changes the movement of the tube into the rotary movement of the point- er. The calibrating arm is fastened to the quadrant by two screws in a slot which permits the arm to slide in the same plane. In this way the length of the levers may be changed, and con- sequently the amount of rotation of the quadrant produced by a given movement of the tube. If a 100- pound .gauge, for example, is found correct at 50 pounds, but reads 95 pounds under an actual pressure of 90 pounds, and 5 pounds under a pressure of 10 pounds, that is, too high at high pressures and too low at low pressures, it is recognized that the hand is traveling too far. By changing the distance on the calibrat- ing arm one can decrease the move- ment of the quadrant and so make the pointer read correctly. If the gauge should indicate correctly at all but very low pressures (example, a 100- pound gauge correct at 90, 70, 50, 30, and 10 pounds, but high at lower pressures- 6 pounds at an actual pressure of 5 pounds -and the pointer not returning to zero), the tension on the hairspring may be changed, to exert a tension toward or away from zero, whichever is required to make the gauge read correctly. Every gauge that is brought to the gauge-repair department, unless re- quired to be returned immediately to the job, is taken apart, the case and the movement being marked to corre- spond. The case is either painted or nickel-plated; the movement is thoroughly cleaned and oiled; any badly worn or broken parts are re- placed. worn bearings are rebushed, and the whole is put in first-class order. A large number of gauges here come into the department from the salvage of Government ships. Many of these are not suitable for general use and require to be reconstructed. For example, each ship furnishes one pressure gauge calibrated in atmos- pheres for use on an artificial ice machine. As there are only three ice machines in the Fordson plant, there is no possibility of the 199 salvaged gauges being used for their original purpose. Instead they are recali- brated in pounds. The dial is re- versed, painted and graduated in pounds. Since an atmosphere equals 14.7 pounds, a 120-atmosphere gauge is convertible into a 1,800-pound pressure gauge. There are also low-pressure gauges used on the ships to indicate move- ments ahead or in reverse. These are converted into 4-pound gauges cali- brated in ounces. Accuracy Maintained The gauge is reassembled in the cleaned and refinished case and is placed on a gauge-testing machine to determine its accuracy. The testing machine is provided with a leather piston working in a cylinder full of oil and carried by a screw. When the piston is advanced in the cylinder by the screw, pressure is applied to the oil; the pressure is transmitted to the end of a plunger. If this plunger has an area of one-sixteenth of a square inch a weight of ten ounces placed on it will just keep it from rising under a pressure of 10 pounds per square inch applied to the oil. The gauge is calibrated to correspond. Unless otherwise stated, gauge readings are always in pounds per square inch. Mechanism of pressure gauge. Note curved tube and Intrica te clock- work lever mechanism. Vacuum gauges are tested by being connected to a vacuum pump, and checked against a column of mercury. A vacuum gauge reading of 30 inches means the amount of vacuum neces- sary to raise a column of mercury to a height of 30 inches. Special gauges may have special calibrations, as inches of water for very low pressure gauges, kilograms per square centi- meter for Brinell and Rockwell hard- ness-testing machines, and so forth. 4 3X (Xtdi ctfi Safety Group Hold Session Committee Reports Prove Valuable Asset to Safety The school safety committee met at 1:45 p. m.f June 21, when the following points were brought up for action: (a) The wearing of unsuitable foot- wear, such as tennis shoes, was reported and steps were taken to have boys wear stronger foot cover- ing. (b) Hazards still exist in the “set- ups,” and in failure to shut down the machines at the proper time. (c) An attempt was recently made to remove the 54-inch steel tubing guarding the oxygen tanks. This is the worst type of violation. No safety equipment may be removed except for purpose of repair or salvage. (d) In the foundry students with- out goggles are occasionally seen working around the furnace. (e) Among the cases of violations sent to the safety department re- cently, the worst was that of a boy who put his hand between the dies of a punch press when the press was running. He spent considerable time in the safety department studying bulletins and safety rules for punch- press operation. The above points are all being followed up and corrected. One of the committee discovered a large piece of cement working loose at the north end of the AA building on the fourth floor. A swing stage was erected and the cement immediately repaired. Beneath this portion of the building is an exit that is very busy at starting and quitting time; no doubt the timely repair of the cement obviated a serious accident. This proves the value of a good, live safety committee. Cutting Compounds Discussed The remainder of the meeting was devoted to discussion of a cutting compound, or “soda water,” as it is commonly called. The following is the composition of the compound and an outline of the general procedure in handling it: 27 gallons of paraffin oil 4 “ “ oleic acid 2 “ “ denatured alcohol 1 “ “ caustic soda solution I quart “ Wescol disinfectant Note: Wescol is used to keep down bacteria, and thereby to lengthen the life of the compound. This makes a total pf 34 gallons, which when mixed with 841 gallons of water makes 875 gallons of cutting compound ready to use. This compound is delivered to the various departments and to the cut- ting-compound pits by gravity feed from Y6-4. The compound can be safely used until: (a) It turns a pale blue color; (b) It becomes too thin for use; (c) It gives off an unpleasant odor; (d) It shows a bacteria count of July 10, 1927. Practical Science Foundry Practice To a boy working in the foundry or the heat-treating department, a knowledge of the composition and the internal structure of metals is of great value; it adds interest to the already I interesting work in metals. It ex- plains points which otherwise would never be clear and provides one with the means of clearing up other Letter 10 of a terits by the designer of the Stout metal airolane telling the story of prog- ress in aviation development up to today and outlining what we may expect tomorrow. problems that arise in the line of metallurgy. The greatest bugaboo of an airplane's performance is para- site resistance.” This is the resistance of struts, wires, braces, radiator, landing gear, and so forth, parts which hinder the speed of the airplane through the air, but do not give back any lift in return for the effort spent in shoving them through the air. In the war-type biplane—the De Havilland, for example 40 horsepower was consumed in shoving the radiator through the air at its rated speed. If to this the resistance of the fuselage or body, interwing bracing, wires, pipes, and the like is added, 173 horsepower was used up by parasite parts and only 98 horsepower was available for lifting the load through the wings. The drawing below shows the parts of a biplane that resist as structures without giving back any lift in return. A pound of propeller thrust will lift eight pounds in the wings, but this same pound of propeller thrust, or engine power, can overcome only one pound of parasite resistance. Ingredients of Cast Iron Cast iron is composed of the follow- ing elements: iron-Fe manganese-Mn carbon-C phosphorus-P silicon-Si sulphur-S Each of these elements may be present in cast iron in varying amounts, though always with iron as the base. Carbon must always be present, and is, next to iron, the predominant constituent. Carbon and the other substances, which are present in relatively small amounts, are said to be alloyed with the iron and are therefore known as alloying elements. Each of these alloying elements will be taken up separately and their influence on iron discussed. In this issue the most important of them, carbon, will be treated. Carbon Content Carbon (symbol C; valence 2 or 4) is present in cast iron to the extent of 3 to 4 per cent. This is known as the carbon content, and, more than any other factor, determines the properties of cast iron. The element is present in cast iron in two chemical states—namely: The old-type plane is like a motor boat built with the ribs and keel outside and in the water, resisting progress to no advan- tage; whereas the structure of the boat is naturally put inside the hull where it will not resist the medium through which the body of the boat is passing. The modern type airplane, therefore, is so built that all structural parts possible are housed within the plane and within the thickness of the wing itself. It is my belief, as expressed to the Aircraft Board in 1917, that the eventual airplane will be nothing but a wing with all the structure, load, fuel, and so forth, housed within the sur- faces. This type will be gradually approached by developments from present-day types, and we will eventually be able to carry, with the same horsepower, many times the loads we are now able to lift. My next letter will describe balance and how an airplane can be built so that it will fly itself. Carbon in Two States 1. Combined carbon, or iron car- bide. This is a true chemical com- pound of carbon with iron and has the formula FesC. This compound is chiefly responsible for the hardness of iron. 2. Graphitic carbon. This is nothing more nor less than pure carbon in the form of graphite. It is very soft and occurs in the form of small flakes. If present in cast iron in excessive amounts it makes the iron soft and weak. Compounds of Carbon more than 750,000 bacteria colonies for a cubic centimeter. At any one of these four stages it is advisable to discard the cutting com- pound. This applies to both the com- pound in the compound pits and to that in the machines. Cutting-compound pits must be sterilized not less frequently than once every two weeks. They are heated to 140° Fahrenheit for a period of 30 minutes to accomplish this. Samples are taken to the laboratory ! every two weeks for analysis. SCHOOL NOTES An electrical department similar to that at the Fordson branch of the school is being installed in the Highland Park unit. Electric motors and drills will be repaired there just as at Fordson. The car-parts department is now being dismantled. In the future new students will be put on more advanced jobs without the preliminary experi- ence on car parts. Cast iron contains carbon in both the above forms, though in different physical conditions produced accord- ing to the rate of cooling and amount of silicon present. The proportionate amounts of the two forms of carbon in cast iron are determined largely by the amount of silicon present; therefore silicon is also largely re- sponsible for the effect produced by the carbon. These two elements, car- bon and silicon, are the principal ones in cast iron, the others being either impurities or being added for a special purpose. Silicon will be treated in the next article. Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, July 25, 1927 Number 20 BodyTrimming New School Course Upholstering of Ford Cars in Production Is Studied A department of the Henry Ford Trade School has been established in connection with the curtain, top, upholstering, and trimming depart- ment of the Ford Motor Company. This branch is designed to teach the students production methods of manufacturing side curtains, tops, and decks, and of upholstering the Ford car. The school section is situated in a well-lighted and well-ventilated room adjacent to the company’s department. Machines have been installed and standard work will be produced. At present the department will accommodate thirty students. The making of the curtains, decks, and cushions as practised in the Ford Motor Company is an interesting process. Modeled on the plan of the organization’s standard methods of production, the cycle of operations have a continuity that saves time and labor and produces an accurate job. The materials are made in the manu- Continued on page 3 Fordson Students Run Forty-Acre Ford Farm 'S,,mm ,m mm m ' � M«M««� « I Apprentices for j Pattern Maker.sj '!5 ” � � � � «� � � � � m� � � � w � M� M««, j' Seventeen Trade School students j who have completed two years , general tool work have declared their intention of becoming pattern makers. Those students who have no further intention of being toolmakers will remain in the school pattern shop throughout their Trade School course. Upon becoming eighteen years of age they will have the opportunity of entering the Ford Motor Company’s pattern shops as apprentice pattern makers. Specialization Now Possible This has been the first group of students to specialize in one of the many trades taught in the Henry Ford Trade School. In the near future the opportunity of specializing in any one of the following trades will be given to Trade School students after they have completed a general two-year course in tool work and machine-shop practice: Tool and die making, gearing, pattern making, foundry work, sheet- metal work, drafting, carpentry, Concluded on page 4 Tool Designing Added to School's Shop Curriculum Tool designing has been added to the mechanical-drawing courses in the Trade School. The Highland Park unit has accommodation for twenty- one students, while the Fordson unit expects to start within a week with half that number. The student working on tool design will remain in this department for a definite length of time, as in a shop department, attending class every third week. Opportunities Offered Students who are especially adapted to this type of work will have op- portunity to follow it further after completing the general school course. The departments are under the competent supervision of Ford Motor Company draftsmen and all work pro- duced consists of practical drawings of tools, gears, and fixtures to be used as blue prints by the company. Farm Cultivated Exclusively by Machine Forty acres of the Ford Motor Company’s farm land west of the Fordson plant has been assigned for cultivation to the Trade School. Students from the Fordson unit of the school will operate this farm under the supervision of the com- pany’s farm managment. Class and field instruction will be given by a Ford man who has worked in the toolroom and who is also a practical power farmer. The land was plowed and culti- vated by the Ford Farms the first two weeks of June. The Trade School students began planting opera- tions June 15. Potatoes were chosen for the first crop. The seed potatoes were cut to give two eyes a seed. Five hundred and ninety bushels of seed were cut and planted. The seed potatoes were first dipped in a solution of corrosive sublimate (bichloride of mercury). This is done Concluded on page 3 Ford-Powered Cultivators and Fordson Tractors Working Potato Crop Picture shows two specially made cultivators using Model T motor and Fordson tractor with other equipment at the Henry Ford Trade School Farm uest of the Fordson plant. 2 CkfiScvn .lulu 25, 1027. AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORD TRADE SCHOOL. DETROIT, MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN. MICHIGAN Member of Inferscholostic Press Association Industrial Ignorance IT IS estimated that industrial ignorance costs the nation $15,000,000 or more every day. Fortunes of that immense size will be spent today, to- morrow, the day after that, and so on, to produce nothing. The writer who once said that “Man kneads glowing iron as if it were soft paste and melts granite mountains into light dust before his tools” might have added that man does it wastefully. To enumerate the many little individual ways in which the money millions leak away would require a library of books, but the cause may be summarized in stating that man’s machinery is not nearly so efficient as it should be and man himself is not nearly so systematic us he should be How Much a Pound? RESULTS of a recent scientific investigation only go to prove more strongly than ever that man’s greatest value lies above his shoulders. That which he makes of himself is determined solely by the degree of his intelligence. Otherwise, according to science, he is composed of the follow- ing ingredients, plus water: Fat enough for seven bars of soap. Iron enough for a medium size nail. Sugar enough to fill a shaker. Lime enough to whitewash a chicken coop. Phosphorus enough to make 2,200 matches. Magnesium enough for a dose of magnesia. Potassium enough to explode a toy cannon. Sulphur enough to rid a dog of fleas. The entire collection can be bought in any drug store for about 98 cents. THE HISTORY OF BANKING The Batik of St. George Courtesy of Highland Park State Bank Continued front last issue The assumption by the bank of state affairs is illustrated in a re- markable floating debt voted by the directors in 1456. As a result of the war against the Turks it was necessary to delay the payment of certain loans for three years. These were listed separately as entered debts to be repaid three years after each matured. By this time the bank had gradually become an independent government within a government. When Mo- hammed II and his Ottoman army captured Constantinople in 1453 Genoa ceded its Blpck Sea possessions to the bank. At one time, also, Corsica, Cyprus, and the towns along the Riviera were under the direct government of the bank. Its direc- torate did not deign to acknowledge allegiance tothecityevenbysomuchas flying the red crossof Genoa but proudly unfurled the banner of St. George. Machiavelli, from his neighboring retreat at San Casciano, noted the growing power and independence of the bank. Such a successful oligarchy fitted in well with his subtle system of government. In his History of Florence he remarked: “If it should happen that Genoa should fall en- tirely into the possession of the Bank of St. George, it will then become a republic of greater importance than even that of Venice.” This tendency of the bank to arrogate state powers to itself had been anxiously observed within the city. In 1528 an effort was made to curb it by a law providing that any- one who held an appointment under the government could not hold one under the bank. But as a result of the famine of 1550 the government was forced into a new and supine policy which held the possibility of complete absorption within the bank. In return for a heavy loan it was agreed to turn over certain taxes, not merely for a limited period, but in perpetuity. In a word, it sold the people’s tax power for the loan. Throughout this period of growing power the bank had continued to sell shares in different loans, even by auction on the street corners a scheme which suggests a resemblance to the New York curb market. In 1675, however, the bank ceased these street sales and established four branches in the city. Thenceforth the term compere went out of usage and the institution was known ex- clusively as a bank. The credit of the organization re- mained unimpaired until its gold reserve was carried off by the Aus- trian army in 1740. Even then the interest due was carried as new loans and eventually repaid. But the death stroke came in 1800, during the French Revolution. The revolution- aries deprived the bank of its dearest privilege, the right to receive taxes which had been pledged as security for loans. This was its chief source of ncome. Shortly after the passage of this fatal decree the Bank of St. George, which dated its beginning from 1148 and had, at the height of its influence, exercised all the func- tions of a principality, closed its doors forever. The Evolution of the Lathe Shown in Pictures The first picture is a reproduction of a lathe pictured in Mendel's Portrait Book dated about I39S. York teas the center of the bell-founders industry, the most famout of its founders being Richurd Tunnoc. u-ho died in 1330. He left behind him. as a memorial, the window in York Minster titled The Bell-makers. The center pic ture shows a portion of this window. Tunnoc is seated at a crude lathe consisting of two trestles and a hand crank. He is holding a long-handled turning tool and applying it with great care to the surface of the bell (or core) which an assistant is rotating. The third picture illustrates a potter's wheel. It was fnnn this type uf wheel that the turning lathe finally evolved. Cf icC Gfr i ct n Diamonds Help Make Ford Cars NEW BRANCH OF SCHOOL Fordson Students Operate Farm Concluded from page 1 Who would think of looking in an automobile factory for diamonds? Vet in the Ford factories in Detroit more than 300 carats of the pre- ious stones are in use in the manu- facture of motor cars. But these diamonds do not enjoy the life of ase and luxury characteristic of the social variety of the gem. Diamonds also play an important role in the drawing of copper wire, here no substitute has ever been found for them. Wire of the diameter f a lead pencil is drawn down to sizes of less than the thickness of a hair by being pulled through a series ■ ever smaller holes in diamond dies. Steel dies may be used in the first few reductions, but as the wire jecomes smaller only a diamond will ;tand up in the strain for any length f time. The largest of the diamond dies is about one-tenth of an inch n diameter, and the smallest is less han four-thousandths of an inch, with 36 intermediate sizes. Diamonds Cut Diamonds In solving the problem of drilling he very small holes through dia- monds designed as dies, Ford en- gineers have reverted to the old idage of “diamond cut diamond. After centering the stone in a plug imilar to a thick silver quarter, the hole is started with a diamond chip. Then a small quantity of fine diamond dust is introduced and by means of rotating and oscillating needle is made to grind slowly and evenly through the die stone. Commercial diamonds contrast harply with jewelry gems in color, nd are often not unlike chips of coal in appearance. In value, however, they are practically equal to the ocial variety. Great care must be xercised in their handling, for al- though when subjected to an even pressure a diamond will bury itself in the toughest steel, one weighing several carats flew into pieces when dropped on a concrete floor. World’s Largest Bombing Plane The largest one-engine bombing plane in the world has recently been completed and is undergoing tests at McCook Field, Dayton, Ohio. It weighs 17,000 pounds and can attain the speed of 135 miles per hour. Since it cannot possibly outmaneuver a light fighting plane it carries ten guns so placed that it can defend itself from any direction. The reason for making it a single- engine plane is that it gives a cleaner” ship, with greater speed and endurance than the multimotored type. It can carry 4,000 pounds in bombs and, with a full crew of eight men and the full machine gun equip- ment, has a radius of 1,000 miles. With gasoline in the place of bombs and machine guns it is capable of a 24-hour nonstop flight New York to Paris. Sewing upholstery for cushions and backs. facturing units of the company. The imitation leather for the open-car work comes from the artificial leather department at the Highland Park plant. The cloth upholstery is made completely in the textile department. The Trade School unit is equipped with one of each type of machine used in the production of the top deck, side quarters, curtains, uphol- stery, and cushions. The first operation on the top is sewing a reinforcing strip to the side quarters of the deck. The deck is the center strip of the top.; This is done on a special two-needle sewing machine with pulling attachment. As there are right and left quarters, a specially designed table equipped with right and left machines is in- stalled. As one operator sews the right quarter on the left machines, the deck passes down to the other opera- tor, who attaches the other quarter. The deck is then ready to be attached to the bow’s of the body. In the making of the side curtains a single-needle machine is used. This machine is equipped with a folder. The operator feeds the leather strip, which after being folded passes under the needle and is sewed to the celluloid light. This operation is continued until the four sides of the light are framed. Weather Strip Attached The weather strip is now attached by three rivets. This strip is made on a single-needle machine with folder attachment. The holes for eyelets, grommets, and fasteners are punched. These parts are then in- serted and the finished curtain is complete. In the manufacture of the uphol- stery for the backs and cushions a piping operation is performed. This is merely sewing another piece of cloth (called the foundation) to the upholstery to form pipes approxi- mately three inches wide to be filled with cotton. The boundaries of the pipes are marked with chalk lines, which guide the operator in sewing the upholstery. A type of French stitch is used which covers the cotton. The same operations are followed in the sewing of the seat cover. A seven-inch facing of artificial leather is sewed on the back. The pipes or pockets are filled with cotton, and the cover is ready to be assembled to the spring. The spring is placed on an hydraulic press, a pad of cotton and burlap is placed on the seat and the upholstery is tacked. The press is then operated, taking the tension off the springs. The “head liner,” the top on the inside of the closed-car top, is made by sewing three listers or strips of cotton cloth to reversed side of I cloth with a blind stitch machine. This stitch does not show the thread on the right of the upholstery cloth. The head liner is then tacked to the bows and pulled straight. Follow- Cundudd from page 1 to prevent scabs, black surf and other diseases common to potatoes. They are then cut by hand or machine and put on the rack of a planting or seeding machine, which in this case is a specially built device hauled by a Fordson tractor. Two operators , are necessary, one to drive and an- other to allow the seed to drop from twelve to sixteen inches apart. The rows are planted three feet apart. The plants are cultivated with a special cultivator which straddles two rows. This apparatus is hauled by a Fordson tractor. The plants are now approximately five inches high and have been sprayed with a mixture of copper sulphate and lime to prevent blight disease and fungus. They are also sprayed with calcium arsenic to protect the plants from the ravages of potato bugs and other insects. On rainy days the pupils assigned to farm work receive classroom in- struction on the theory of planting, cultivating, and harvesting. Design- ing safety guards for the farm equip- ment and dismantling or assembling tractors and equipment and learning to operate the machines have been the other diversities of the power farm- ing division. Power farming is an era of advance in agriculture. Mechanical power and equipment have replaced the laborious hand methods and have added leisure time to the farmer’s days. The Trade School farm does not expect to develop farmers, but in I special cases where a student shows ! exceptional aptitude he will be given an opportunity to learn farming by Ford methods. ing this it is tacked to the sides. Floor carpets are bound on another machine. All work in the Trade School unit is cut by the Ford Motor Company’s electrical cutting instruments. Celluloid lights being framed with artificial leather. 4 July 25, 1927. SHOP NOTES I ............ The foundry of the Highland Park unit recently made two special heats of a nickel chrome alloy steel for the Holly Carburetor Company. This steel was used to make two three-hundred-pound castings. These castings when machined will be used as molds for the die casting of car- buretor parts and manifolds. Six Fordson students are working in the main pattern shop of the Ford- son plant. These pupils are under the supervision of a competent pattern maker who informs them of techni- calities of pattern work and is at their service when they have questions to ask. _______ Twenty Trade School graduates have completed the apprentice me- chanical-drawing course this semester. The workshop is repairing and making dial indicator boxes. Lost tool checks when found are returned to the transfer crib. In- quire there if you have lost any. A faculty member of the shop theory department is teaching the correct manner of filing and chiseling in the bench department. The gage department is assembling machines to be used in the wire de- partment of the Ford Motor Com- pany. ______ General clean-up is taking place. All bench vises have been polished, machines newly painted and machine equipment nickel-plated. A representative of a large manu- facturer of lathes visited the school recently after having visited similar schools of this type all over the country. He remarked that the Henry Ford Trade School was the mast modernly equipped and finest school he had yet seen. The tinshop is making dial in- dicator boxes out of sheet metal. They are smaller and more durable than the wooden boxes now in use. Fordson students are designing safety guards for farm implements. Branches of the Trade School are being established in the radiator and body trim departments. — Apprentices for Pattern-Making Concluded from page 1 textile manufacture, body trim, and electrical work. In the past students have been transferred to departments other than tool rooms on various occasions without previous experience in the new line of work. The new plan will go far toward insuring that each will find the work for which he is best fitted. 5K GfcU cwi You can see the safety of thus arranging the C. P. and the C. T., or center of thrust, so that with the engine wide open the plane climbs of itself and will take off the ground alone.; with the engine partially throttled to cruising speed the plane will fly horizontally without any necessity for hands on the control; but should the engine suddenly stop, eliminating thrust, the plane will immediately and automatically take a natural gliding angle, ready for you to steer it to the nearest available landing place. You remember in the cardboard model that you flew that you bent up the card to a slightly “dihedral” angle so that it would not upset. This is also done fore-and-aft, for the tail surfaces are also set at a lesser angle than the main wing so that there is a fore-and-aft dihedral angle also. The amount of the lateral dihedral and the fore-and-aft determines the natural stability of the plane, and any good airplane of commercial type will tty by itself. If too much self-controllability is put into a plane it will try to take control itself in unexpected wind gusts when you are landing, which might be dangerous, and, in the air on bumpy days, it might tend to make you seasick, so that just enough dihedral is put into the plane for the purpose for which we are designing it. A commercial plane should have sufficient to make a tail spin an impossibility, and piloting the simplest thing possible. It is easy, however, to make an airplane that will fly itself. The next letter will conclude Series 1 of the educational series. HERE and THERE Just three decades ago there were four “horseless carriages” in the United States. Today more than 15,000,000 passenger cars and 1,900,- 000 trucks are registered. Canada leads the world in the pro- duction of newsprint with an output last year of 1,882,000 tons, or an increase of 24 per cent over the pre- ceding twelvemonth. The United States is second in importance—her mills having turned out 1,687,000 tons in 1926. A mammoth seaplane recently com- pleted at Friedrichshafen, Germany, satisfactorily flew over Lake Con- stance at over 120 miles an hour, carrying 110 passengers. A feature of its construction is tandem four- bladed propellers. One propeller is carried in the usual position in front of the plane and another is situated just in front of the rudders. South America, with an area over twice that of the United States and with a population of some 65,000,000 people, produces about 260,000,000 bushels of wheat, or less than one- third of the average wheat crop of the United States. Letter II of a series by the designer of the Stout metal airplane telling the story of prog- ress in aviation development up to today and outlining what we may expect tomorrow. In my first letter I stated that the center of pressure, or center of lift, in an airplane had to be put at the same point as the center of weight, in order to get true flight. Like all rules, however, this must be interpreted. In an actual airplane the center of gravity is arranged a little forward of the center of pressure so that the plane, left to itself, is a little nose-heavy and will dive at just sufficient speed to keep flying. To counterbalance this in flight, the line of the propeller is placed below the center of weight so that when power is on, the pull of the propeller makes the plane a little tail heavy, tending to make it climb naturally if left to itself. Safety Rules for Tool Room Because of the number of accidents on machines the following informa- tion has been collected and tabulated in a condensed manner so that it will be easily read. Every Trade School student should pay particular attention to this list and, if necessary, carry it with him as a guide for the safe operation of his job. These facts have been compiled after careful investigation. The following are the principal causes of accidents: Abrasive Wheels. 1. Emery or dust in the eye. NOT WEARING GOGGLES. 2. Hand striking wheel. 3. Being struck by metal sliver from job. 4. Hand caught between rest and wheel. 5. Being struck by fragment of broken wheel. Punch Presses. 1. Failure to use safety devices. 2. Cleaning with hand between dies. 3. Failure to protect press during repair. 4. Accidental tripping. 5. Press repeating. Lathes. 1. Being caught between tool and work. 2. Touching work before lathe stops. 3. Work not securely fixed. 4. Flying chips. 5. Being caught by revolving chuck. Shaper. 1. Failure to wear goggles. 2. Being caught by tool—Inatten- tion. 3. Poor set ups not allowing clear- ance. 4. Caught by tool brushing off chips. 5. Tool breaking. Drills. 1. Wearing gloves. 2. Long necktie and sleeves down. 3. Being struck in eye by chips. 4. Failure to clamp work to table. 5. Being struck in eye by broken drill. Milling Machines. 1. Wearing gloves. 2. Being caught between tool and work. 3. Being struck in eye by chips. 4. Hand slipping. 5. Being struck in eye by broken cutter. These are the causes of the most serious accidents in order of impor- tance. A careful study and a decision to follow the rules of common sense will go a long way toward insuring the safety of each boy. W'ear skull cap at all times. The United States Navy has re- cently developed a small and com- pact radio set for aviators that is equipped with a hand generator so that it will operate even when the plane’s motors are dead. Thus a disabled seaplane with one of these outfits may broadcast for help when drifting at sea. Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, August 10, 1927 Number 21 Small Articles Nickel-Plated School Unit Plates, Indicators, Machine Equipment The nickel-plating department at he Highland Park school unit is •quipped to plate objects under three eet in length. The general type of rork done is the nickel-plating of landles, levers, hack-saw frames, ndicators and sundry other small rticles. Preparing an Object for Plating Preparing the object for plating is he first operation. This is done y subjecting it to friction from vari- us grades of emery-covered cloth or eather wheels until the surface is levoid of perceptible scratches. It is luffed on a muslin wheel until a high tolish is attained. The object to be lated is now placed in an electric leaning tank for one to three minutes, ’his tank contains a solution of soda sh, trisodium phosphate, and water nd dissolves all minute particles of oreign matter. The piece is next insed in cold water and further leaned by being dipped in solution f sodium cyanide. After a second «sing in cold water, it is scrubbed rith pumice stone or whitening; an- ther rinsing follows. Copper-Plating Process The object is now ready for the lating. Brass or bronze work is ent at once to the nickel bath, but ast iron or steel is generally copper- lated first to insure against corrosion, n object of either of the metals last lentioned is placed in the eopper- lating tank, with a six-volt current irned on for twenty or thirty linutes. The solution comprises mr ounces copper cyanide; five unces sodium cyanide, and one unce soda ash to every gallon of ater. The work is taken from � e copper bath, rinsed in cold water, ipped in hot water, air-dried and iven a high polish, termed ‘‘color,” n a muslin-cloth wheel. Placed in Nickel Salt Solution For nickel-plating the work is laced in a solution of nickel sulphate, psom salts, boric acid, table salt nd water. It remains in the tank r one to two hours with a current of x volts and an amperage dependent pon the area to be plated. The job now rinsed in cold water, dipped in ot water, air-dried and highly pol- hed. High School Boys Touring in Ford See Lindbergh Accident Prevention Studied by Committee Four high school boys of Sumter, South Carolina, purchased a Ford car for the great sum of thirty-five dollars, and immediately after com- mencement exercises set forth on a tour that is scheduled to take them to Portland, Maine, and home again. Spirit of St. Louis The young tourists received the greatest thrill of the journey on Saturday, June 18, when they saw Lindbergh in Washington and touched the Spirit of St. Louis, the silver-gray plane which the intrepid American flier piloted across the Atlantic. On the side of the hood of the trusty car is painted the words the Spirit of South Carolina, evidently in admiration of “Slim” Lindbergh. All four boys plan to enter Clem- soil College in_ the fall for a two-year course, after which they will attend the Massachusetts Institute of Tech- nology to study aeronautics. Aerial Camera Cameras for photographing distant objects from the air must have lenses of large diameter. Lieutenant George W. Goddard, United States Army Air Corps, has perfected a camera for taking pictures from airplanes that has a lens eight inches in diameter. It projects from the side of the plane and is protected with a stream-lined shield. This is used in mapping. 8----------—-------..---- I Garden Is Worked ) i by Students’ Club I The Henry Ford Trade School Ex- ploration Club, formerly known as the Garden Club, has been maintaining a small garden for the last three years. The Ford Motor Company has lent the school a half of an acre of property west of the Oakland Avenue parking grounds. Truck Garden Produce This year during the early part of June the members planted beets, corn, carrots, radishes and squash. Twenty hours work in the garden is required of all new members in 1 the 'Exploration Club. They are ■ credited at twenty cents per hour for all work done and may draw on this credit to buy the vegetables produced. At the end of the year the total revenue is divided into the number of hours worked and the students are reimbursed by the club treasury. After-School Work All garden work is done after school hours and on Saturdays. It is claimed this type of work besides being healthful will prove invaluable to city boys in learning to produce food from the soil. The “Spirit of South Carolina” Thirty-five-dollar Ford carries high school boy tourists on J.OOO-mile jaunt. Ford Safety Methods Used as Text for Student Group The Trade School Safety Com- mittee are at present studying the safety precautions necessary in the handling and use of oxygen and acetylene equipment. Each boy has a notebook into which the details are written, thereby compiling a very valuable set of notes on accident- prevention work. To date this group have discussed safety problems per- taining to punch press operators, oxy- gen equipment, cutting compounds, machine shop practice and suction systems. Among the important sub- jects to be discussed at future meet- ings are grinding wheels, elevators, cranes and lifting equipment. The following is a section of the infor- mation on acetylene: (1) Acetylene is used in welding and cutting because it gives a high flame temperature. (2) Working pressure in cylinders, 20 to 30 pounds per square inch. (3) Each cylinder to have the stamp I. C. C. indicating compliance with the Interstate Commerce Com- mission. (4) No acetylene cylinder to be lifted by crane or magnet. Concluded on page 4 Ford son Unit Adds Foundry The Fordson unit of the school has acquired two small foundry shops in the main foundry building, at the Fordson plant. One shop is in the production foundry and the other is in the jobbing foundry. At present eight students are working on pro- duction founding and six on jobbing work. The production department is equipped with two automatic mold- ing machines and four hand machines. The automatic machines produce production parts for the Fordson tractor. One machine makes the drag, the other the cope. The molds are placed on a conveyor and then assembled. The metal is poured by Ford men. The jobbing foundry is equipped with six hand benches. The work done in this unit is not production work. Small dies, fixtures and similar equipment are cast in the foundry. 2 drti cvn August 10, 1927 VOL. I No. 21 Gf?{i cisn AUGUST 10. 1927 AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORI) TRADE SCHOOL, DETROIT. MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN. MICHIGAN Member of Interscholostic Press Association Learn to Concentrate “Lives of great men all remind us” that concentration is an outstanding part of their daily routine. What is “concentration”? It is using the brain, which may be hard work for some persons. Unlike physical labor, con- centration cannot be limited to a definite number of hours a day, in the light of the experiences of great geniuses. Without exception, they have eaten, slept and dreamed with their work in mind. Is it possible to work too hard? With the body, yes. With the mind, no. In this way, harm may result only by intense mental application immediately after eating or by worry. The brain processes work with the rapidity of electricity. Ten hours of figuring on a problem is probably equivalent to 10 seconds of actual thinking. Individuals not enthusiastic about their work say, “J leave my work at the office.” They overlook the opportunity by which famous leaders found success. Others get nothing out of concentration because they think of unimportant subjects not related to their tasks. A ten-cent-store king who made millions concentrated even during his vacations, because he found “ideas such as never come during the bustle of working hours.” Edison concentrated “out of working hours” on the ideas he conceived while on duty as telegrapher; later he showed people how to send several messages at once over one wire. Concentration gives men power. A man who became president of a railroad at a much younger age than average begins work as early as 5 o’clock in the morning, continuing until long after others are asleep at night. His assistants hurry to keep up with him. A builder of trans- continentals, whose name will always live in railroad history, possessed the remarkable ability of cencentrating hour after hour without food, until he solved his problems. PRACTICAL SCIENCE The Theory of Elasticity The application of a system of forces to a solid body causes a de- f jrmation corresponding to the char- acter of those forces; for example, a pull causes an extension, while a couple causes a twist in a wire. But the simplest observation of the stretching or bending of a piece of copper wire shows that, even though the forces are not great enough to break the body, still they may be great enough to produce changes of form, which do not entirely pass away when the forces are removed. The effects of forces of this charac- ter are of great importance in many industries. When the forces are less intense, the body may so nearly recover its original form on the removal of the forces that careful observations are required to show that the recovery is imperfect. It is, therefore, natural to assume that if the forces be small enough, the body will completely re- cover its original form on their re- moval. This is equivalent to saying that the form of a body depends only on the forces which act on it at the time, and not upon those which have ceased to act. The assumption that the forces have no after-effects is of great importance because it renders the mathematical treatment of the subject comparatively simple. The assumption is probably not strictly true for any substance, but for many substances it is so near the truth that, for practical purposes, it may be re- garded as exactly true. Though Robert Hooke was the first to publish a definite statement as to the relation between small forces and the change of form due to them, yet it is probable that mo3t of the persons who had made any practical use of springs had at least a work- ing knowledge of that relation. In 1676 Hooke published the state- ment Ceiiinossstluu, in “The true the- ory of Elasticity or springiness and a particular explanation thereof in several subjects in which it is to be found and the way of computing the velocity of Bodies moved by them.” In 1678 he gave the key to this anagram in the words: “About two years since I printed this theory in an anagram at the end of my book on the description of Helioscopes. The explanation of my anagram is as follows: Ut Tensio Sic Vis; that is, the power of any spring is in the same proportion with the tension thereof: That is, if one power stretches or bends it one space, two will bend it two, and so forth.” The proportionality between the applied forces and their effects is known as Hooke’s law and forms the basis of the mathematical theory of elasticity. In this theory it is further assumed that when two or more sets of small forces set on a body, each set produces the same effect as if the other set or sets were not acting. This assumption is, however, only a natural extension of Hooke’s law. Within the range of Hooke’s law we may speak of a body being per- fectly elastic. If the forces acting on the body be increased, a more or less definite point is reached when Hooke’s law begins to fail. This point is what we may call the elastic limit of the material. The Evolution of the Lathe Shown in Pictures The working of pewter was essentially an English art and among the metal-working crafts ranked almost as high as that of gold- and silver-smithery. In the first picture a pewter dish is being turned upon a lathe operated by a large wheel. Utensils of various shapes that have already been turned are on display. The set ond picture shows the type of lathe that was in general use in the Orient in ancient times. It was operated by two men seated upon the ground. The rapidity with which they turned the articles was almost unbelievable. The original one-man oriental lathe of ancient origin is shown in the third picture. This lathe is in use in India today. The piece to be turned is mounted on two stationary points, or centers, these centers being driven into the ground or held fast in a board. The bow or driving device is held in the right hand and the cutting tool in the left. Note the long centers upon which the work is mounted. 3 uz GriiScvn School Unit Repairs Electric Motors; Rewinds and Assembles Armatures and Commutators ---- lotors Run Like New When Completely Overhauled For t e work of the electrical t a. in ent of the Fordson unit of the rade School, five work benches are tuired. This work consists in pairing electric drills and small hree-uuarter horsepower) Westing- ouse motors. The department is ovided with an oven for baking matures, a growler a device for ting for reversed connections two mature-winding machines, a direct- lrrent ammeter, and wall plugs for iscovering short circuits. Armatures Inspected When a motor is brought to the partment for repair, the armature is iken out and inspected for burnt- it coils, “shorts” and “grounds” used by broken wires touching the ame. If such defects are found the •mature is stripped- that is, all the d insulation is removed. All old nt is next cleaned off the core, he core is a piece of laminated soft on, about 4 inches in diameter. has eighteen slots which hold e hundred eight No. 23 single silk- )vered enameled wires. The core is ried on the shaft which rotates iside the brush holders and which Students rewinding armatures and assembling motors. carries the belt pulley on its opposite end. The cleaned core is taken to a winding machine which wraps the core with 36 turns of triple wire, the total of 108 turns forming a complete coil in each pair of slots. Where the coils of wire cross each other they are insulated with oiled linen. Com- pletely wound strips of fiber are driven tightly into the slots on top of the coils of wire to keep them in position. The ends of the coils are sleeved with red and white tape to distinguish the beginning from the end, red for begin- nings, and white for endings of coils. The ends of the coils are carried to the commutator, which is built up of 54 pieces of copper insulated with mica. The 54 red ends are inserted in order into the slots of the 54 commutator bars, after which process the white ends are inserted so that the first white end is in the same bar as the second red end, the second white with the third red, and so on, until the 54th white is with the first red. After being inserted the wires are banded with taps to keep them in position, and the wires are soldered to the commutator bars. The com- plete commutator is then tested with the ammeter and growler. A good job shows an ammeter reading of 16 amperes and is free from reversed j connections. Commutator Wires Enameled The commutators which have passed this test are dried by being baked in the oven for six lours. They are then soaked in black baking enamel for one hour to make sure that all wires are covered. After this they are baked for 24 hours to harden the enamel. The commutators are next polished in a lathe. The field coils are then taken out and tested. The field consists of five thousand turns of No. 29 enam- eled magnet wire, and has a resist- ance of 476 ohms. The passage of current through the field excites the armature coils and causes the arma- ture to revolve. The repair of electric drills is, to a great extent, similar to that of motors. The motors when repaired are tested on a 220-volt line and also tested with resistance (this test con- forms to the pressure exerted during actual drilling). They are sand-blasted, which process removes all roughness from the housing. The housing is then buffed and nickel-plated. When the electric drill is com- pletely overhauled, the electrical and mechanical working conditions must be in perfect running order. This sometimes necessitates the replacing of worn bearings to insure least re- sistance electrically and less friction j and heat generated mechanically. — •SM 5 Tlfs Eccentric Tool Holder Machined in School 7li5 i -1 — A - r i f 5 1 v -u - 1 -13 -U5S TUP 2 HOLES ■1 3THO LEW SO T -S0SZ2 Mechanical drawing of eccentric tool holder Vngular and Eccentric Set-Ups Features of Machining One of the many jobs that the ade School may be proud of is the ichining of the special eccentric d1 holders. This job, besides being jentricand necessitating three work- ; centers, requires a number of ;ricate angular “set-ups.” The sketch shown on this page is e blue-print layout for the eccentric d1 holders which is used on a six- indle Bullard milling machine. Looking at the print one would hardly know where to begin without having had past experience with eccentric layouts. When the ends have been faced and the centers marked off from the dimensions given, the holder is cen- tered on a milling machine with the use of a “V” block. The various diameters are then turned down on a lathe in the order indicated on the drawing. This w'ork is done between centers, a driving plate and dog being used for the purpose. The hole is now drilled on a milling machine. The work is held Perspective view of holder for six-spindle milling machine. in an angle vise at 20 degrees. The angle on a mill. It is recentered for hole is then slotted square on a the smaller diameters, heat treated, slotter. The end is cut off at an | and ground. 4 CkiiActn — August 10, 1927. The Principles of a Vacuum Strive as they may. scientists have been unable to obtain a vacuum wherein a cubic inch includes fewer molecules than there are people in the world. Even so, they have suc- ceeded in removing 99.999,999,999 per cent of the gas. In other words, only one of every 10,000,000,000 molecules remains; and yet there are 40.000. 000.000 molecules in every cubic inch; the population of the world is estimated at less than 2.000. 000.000. Across the broad girth of America, from New York to San Francisco, a four-day journey by train, thirty hours by swiftest airplane, imagine a great belt of fine sand a thousand feet, or nearly a fifth of a mile, in width, and ten feet in depth. Its length, from coast to coast, would be more than 2,500 miles. Then imagine it suddenly reduced to a line so slen- der as to be almost invisible, just two grains broad and one grain deep. That is a graphic illustration of how completely a modern Coolidge X-ray tube is exhausted of air by the high-efficiency Langmuir condensa- tion pump in the research laboratory of the General Electric Company. The great sand belt with its millions of millions of grains of sand is symbol- ic of the cubic inch of air at atmos- pheric pressure, if each of its mole- cules were enlarged to the size of a grain of sand one-hundredth of an inch in diameter; and the line two grains broad and one grain deep rep- resents the almost complete vacuum, obtainable with the Langmuir pump. No vacuum known to science is abso- lutely complete. Materially, there are countless thousands of molecules in the highest vacuum attained. There is also end- less interest and utility; in fact, the American public is paying more than a million dollars a week for glass- contained vacua. Ability to create even partial vacua in inclosed spaces has been of great use. It has made possible suction pumps, thermometers, in- candescent electric lamps, and many improved chemical and physical proc- esses, and has increased the efficiency of steam engines and turbines. Accident Prevention Concluded from page 1 (5) Each cylinder to have fusible plugs and each plug to blow at 220° Fahrenheit. (6) Cylinders to be kept away from excessive heat and stored in an up- right position. (7) Wet sand or dry lime to be used in extinguishing acetylene fire. (8) Cylinders to be submerged in a tank of water to check for leaks. (9) Brass or bronze fittings to be used. This prevents corrosion. . (10) Oil and grease to be kept free from all equipment. At the next meeting the other ten important points on acetylene will be discussed, which will end this particu- lar subject. tetter 12 of a eerie by the designer of the Stout metal airplane telling the story of prog- ress in aviation development up to today and outlining what we may expert tomorrow. Letter No. 1 explained what flight was and how the center of pressure of a flying surface must coincide with the center of gravity to obtain flight. Letter No. 2 explained how the heavier the weight the steeper the angle of glide and the more power it would take to fly. This is why commercial planes carry light wing load. A plane of 7 pounds per square foot carries as high as 25 pounds per horse- power, whereas a plane carrying a heavy load per square foot, no matter what its construction, carries so little load per horse- power that it becomes impossible as a commercial ship. Letter No. 3 explained the difference between useful load and payload and how the important thing about an airplane was the amount of payload it carried per horsepower. Letter No. 4 explained the safety of landing a correctly de- signed plane. Letter No. 5 explained gliders and their relation to aircraft development. Letter No. 6 was perhaps the. most important to you as it showed how you can test any inventor’s idea for an airplane by putting it in a wind tunnel. Letter No. 7 explained wing curves, and that it is the top sur- face of a wing curve that determines its lift. Letters No. 8, 9, and 10 explained structure, performance figures, and “parasite resistance,” the greatest bugaboo of efficient airplane flight. Letter No. 11 explained how to make an airplane fly itself and how to balance an airplane for maximum safety. All these things are known facts and just as established as bearing pressure in engine design or horsepower requirements for motor cars. When the next inventor comes to you with an idea, no matter what type of construction, first ask for his wind tunnel figures, and if he has none, be sure and have tests made of a small model, either at Boston Tech.; McCook Field, Dayton, Ohio; or by the Advisory Committee for Aeronautics at Washington, before you spend any money in building a full-sized ship. If the inventor states that he does not believe in wind tunnel figures, you may put him down either as an ignoramus, or as one accustomed to adapting the vicissitudes of veracity to his immedi- ate necessities. There will be dozens of inventors presenting different air- plane propositions in America within the next few years, most of which will be merely inventor’s hunches with no ground work of merit. It is important for America that you be able to distinguish between legitimate aviation propositions with proper scientific bases, and the kind of inventor’s ideas which obtained from Adam to the Wright Brothers without anyone flying. If you do pick the good ones, then will aviation come quickly and America be its center. The few suggestions which have been given in this series, we hope will give you a better basis for judging such propositions as may come to you, and an authority for whatever decisions you make. When in doubt, you can always have anyone’s ideas checked for you by the Experimental Division, United States Air Service, McCook Field, Dayton, Ohio; or by the National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics, Navy Building, Washing- ton, D. C., at no charge. Ch em ical A na lysi s of Bronze Bronze is an alloy consisting of copper, tin, lead, and zinc. Determination of Tin A one-gram sample of bronze is dissolved in 20 ec. of HNOa (1-3) and covered with a watch glass until all action ceases and sample is in solu- tion. About 15 cc. of distilled water is then added and the solution is kept hot for twenty minutes, after which it is filtered through a filter paper having a little filter paper pulp in its cone. It is then washed alter- nately with distilled water and 1% HNOj until the blue color has been removed. The filter paper is then placed in a weighed porcelain cru- cible, dryed on a hot plate, and ig- nited in the furnace at about 1500 F. The residue is cooled and weighed. The increase in weight of the cruci- ble multiplied by .7876 equals the per cent of tin in the sample. Determination of Copper and Lead by the Electrolytic Method NH«OH is added to the filtrate of the tin determination to alkalinity and then 4 cc. of II NO a (1-1) is added which should clear up the white precipitate formed by the NH«OH. The copper and lead is plated on weighed platinum gauze electrodes which are held in an electroplating device which rotates the solution by the action of an electromagnet. The lead plates onto the anode as Pb02 using a current of x i ampere for twenty minutes. After this, the current is raised to 2, and in a few minutes to 4 amperes. This plates the copper onto the cathode as pure Cu. The current is left on ten minutes after the blue color disappears and the Cu. is entirely plated out. The electrodes are then taken out of the solution and are immediately washed with distilled water and alcohol to clean them and prevent the copper from oxidizing. The electrodes are then weighed. The increase in weight of the cathode is the weight of Cu. in the sample, and as a one-gram sample is used this figure is also the percentage. The increase in weight of the anode multiplied by the factor .866 (which is the percentage of Pb in Pb02) is the per cent of Pb present in the example. Determination of Zinc To the solution remaining from the copper and lead determination, a few drops of methyl orange are added as an indicator. NH,OH (1-1) is then added to alkalinity and acetic acid to acidity. It is then heated to near boiling and 10 cc. of (NH«) HP04 is added which precipitates the Zn as ZnjP..OT. It is then heated and 1 cc. of NH4OH added to insure complete precipitation of the zinc. The solution is next filtered through a weighed crucible, dryed on a hot plate, and ignited in the furnace at not more than 1500° F. The increase in weight of the cruci- ble multiplied by the factor .4289 (which is the amount of Zn in ZnOj) is the per cent of Zn in the sample. Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, September 10, 1927 Number 22 Soldering Department Established in School company Radiator Unit Indicator Boxes Practical Text for Students The most recent addition to the Trade School shop facilities is the division of the radiator department designed to teach soldering. The manufacture of the Ford radiator will be the text for the student learning to solder. A small department has been set aside adjacent to the company’s radiator department. Twenty-seven gas-heated fire pots to heat the copper bits (wrongly termed soldering iron) and five work benches sixteen feet long have been installed. The student will not produce radiators on production and only enough radiator cores will be taken from the company’s assembly line Concluded on page 3 Made of Metal in Trade School The sheet metal department is making dial indicator boxes of No. 16 gauge sheet iron. These boxes are to replace the wooden boxes now in use throughout tHte Ford Motor Com- pany. The dimensions are first laid out on the sheet metal. The metal is then cut, bent and the corners acetylene welded. A flange piece, one inch wide, is then spot-welded to the inside top edge of the box lapping out half an inch. The cover is then attached with two fancy hinges and a fastener. The box is then sent to the wood shop to have the wooden supports installed. These supports Concluded on page 4 Honolulu Boys | Guide Traffic | Five years ago the Honolulu Au- tomobile Club instituted a school- boy traffic patrol in that city, and recently Governor Wallace R. Far- rington, chief executive of the terri- tory, and other publ c officials joined with the club in celebrating the fact that during the years these boy police have served not a single child has been killed or injured at a street intersec- tion in the vicinity of any school. The four hundred boys who have participated in the work of the patrols marched in a parade, led by the Royal Hawaiian band and distinguished citizens, and visited the offices of the sheriff, the mayor and the governor of the territory. Four lads were chosen for honorary positions as ' governor of the territory, mayor j of the city, chief of police and fire ! chief, each being presented with a certificate of authority to act in this capacity for one day. Student Group Organized Representatives to be Elected During Glass Week A group of students after seeing the need of a student council in the Henry Ford Trade School formed a committee to organize and establish a student council. It was decided that the council should comprise four students from each section elected by the student body and one student selected by the faculty to act as chairman. The method of voting for the coun- cil representatives will be as follows: the A, B, and C classes will comprise one group; D-l, D-2, and E-l group number two; E-2, E-3, and F-l group number three; and F-2, F-3, F-4 and G-l group four. These groups will assemble on their re- spective voting days after school hours Concluded on page 3 School Unit in Radiator Departments Practical work to do. clean hygienic quarters, absence of noxious gases and plenty of light are features of school soldering unit. 2 September 10, 1927 VOL. I No. 22 G liSctn September 10, 1927 AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORD TRADE SCHOOL, DETROIT, MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN, MICHIGAN Member of Interscholastic Press Association Little Things Count LlTTLE things count. They possess concealed power that often causes trouble. This fact is shown by the “little details” which it is customary to leave “until tomorrow,” and which slowly but surely accumulate to such extent as to require days to straighten out. Little things count, even little words. Once a couple of words cost $1,856,250. A landowner, leasing for 99 years some property for quarterly rent amounting to $62,500, failed to stipulate whether the rent should be payable at the beginning or at the end of the quarter. The difference in interest meant a loss to him of $3,750 a year, or, in 99 years at 6 per cent, compounded semiannually, $1,856,250. Trifles have an uncanny way of proving their importance. A motorist whose automobile needed new brakes could not stop at a grade-crossing. He was struck by a speeding train, which was derailed by the impact. Human injury and property loss were the result of the automobile owner’s neglect of such a comparatively small matter as brakes. In New Jersey, a man who lived by the side of a great national highway was seen out in the thoroughfare filling up a small hole. “Only took a minute,” he said, “and it probably saved hundreds of dollars for motorists who went by. It needed to be done, and I wasn’t busy.” Trouble should be caught while it is a little thing; like weeds it should be nipped in the bud. A man whose manufacturing and financial achievements have caused some persons to regard him as a “genius” is reported to have said: “Paying attention to the simple little things that most men regard as unimportant makes a few men rich.” THE HISTORY OF BANKING The Bank of Florence Courtesy of Highland Park State Bank In 1252 the bankers of Florence, acting through an already well organized guild, issued the first gold florin. It was a handsome coin, dis- playing on the obverse a lily and on the reverse an effigy of John the Baptist. But more important than that, it was an honest coin and instantly rang true among the various and somewhat dubious currency on which the world then depended. In other cities of Italy, in France, Spain and even Germany, the florin rapidly became a standard of value because it was dependable in weight and pure in quality. In 1492 died Lorenzo the Magnifi- cent, pinnacle of the famous family of the Medici. Florence, richest of the Renaissance cities, was richest of all, perhaps, in great names—Dante, Giotto, Michelangelo, Andrea Pisano, della Robbia, Leonardo da Vinci, Machiavelli, Vasari, Alfieri, Boccaccio, Tasso, Galileo. But all the dazzling qualities of the city seemed to flower in the illustrious name of Lorenzo, banker and Maece- nas. Seat of Power Between these two dates, each typical of a period, Florence became not only the wonder of the risorgio- mento, but the financial, artistic and intellectual capital of Europe. Only Athens in the age of Pericles can be compared to Florence in the time of Lorenzo. And as for the eminence of the Medici in finance, nothing quite like it had been heard of in the world before. But curiously enough, Loren- zo died in the very year of a discovery that was inevitably to shift the tide of progress westward and change Flor- ence from a world capital once more into a provincial center. The Medici, like most of the great families of the city, were bankers and members of the bankers guild, which had produced other financiers of continental calibre in the Bardi and the Peruzzi, while the Medici were still struggling for a commercial and political foothold. The bankers, fourth of the seven great guilds, which through their representatives largely controlled the city, was as exclusive as it was inclusive. No man, no matter what his connections, could bank in Florence unless he was a member and had served an apprentice- ship with the guild. The bankers guild was a very ancient and honorable society. As far back as 1204 the consuls of the guild of bankers and money changers appear, along with the consuls of the other guilds, as signatories to the treaty with Sienna. Records of this interesting organization are still ex- tant. They reveal in detail the medieval formula for creating a banker. If a boy wished to enter the guild he first signed the matriculation roll and then submitted to an examination before the consuls. The aptness and capacity of the candidate were, of Continued on page 4 The Evolution of the Lathe Shown in Pictures The First Machine Tool Used by Ancient Peoples The lathe, the oldest of machine tools, has no doubt evolved from the potter’s wheel, which is ancient in- peed. There is evidence of its use in Egypt as early as 4000 B. C., and at an earlier date in Asia'. It is not known at what time the lathe was first devised, but it was in use also in Asia and Egypt at an early time. It was mentioned by Greek writers some centuries before the Christian Era. The Moors introduced the lathe into Spain, they having brought it origi- nally from Central Asia. From that time on its use was known in Euro- pean countries. It was employed on wood and its use for metal is of comparatively recent origin. The initial mode is probably the pole lathe. Illustrations have already appeared in the Artisan of the. tree lathe, one of the earliest types, and of the oriental lathes which were staked for convenience low upon the ground. Man operating earliest type of screw lathe by using weighted ropes. Early Screw Lathe Run by System of Ropes and Pulleys The earliest screw lathe known is described in a work of Jacques Bes- som, Mathematical and Mechanical Instruments, published at Lyons. France, in 1569. An illustration of this lathe as it appeared in the original work accompanies this article. The tool is traversed alongside the work by means of a guide screw, which is moved simultaneously with the work to be operated upon by an arrange- ment of cords and pulleys. It is worthy of remark that, bad and im- perfect as is its construction, this early machine is capable of cutting screws of any pitch by the use of pulleys of different diameters; the right and left hand screws at pleasure by crossing and uncrossing the cord; and also that in this first machine the inventor was aware that a screw- cutting lathe might be used upon elliptical, conical, and other solids. There was nothing about this model to associate it with the modern lathe, except the leadscrew principal. Lindbergh Received at Airport by Henry Ford Left to right- -Edsel Ford, Charles Lindbergh and Henry Ford. ----------------♦ When Colonel Charles A. Lind- bergh visited Detroit recently, thou- sand of Detroit’s youth and grown- ups participated in the glorious reception extended the flying hero at Northwestern Field. But far more fortunate than the great mass of the public were the students of the Henry Ford Trade School who were given a personal invitation by Henry Ford to the Ford Airport where “Lindy” landed in his Spirit of St. Louis. This privilege was enjoyed exclusively by the City of Detroit official recep- tion committee, noted officials of the Ford Motor Company and twenty- five bus loads of Trade School stu- dents. Fords Take Ride Following the city’s reception Lindy returned to the Ford Airport and took Henry Ford and Edsel Ford on their firstjairplane ride in the Spirit of St. Ixtuis. Incidentally the Fords were the first passengers to ride in the Student Group to Organize Concluded from page 1 and nominate their choice for student representative on the council. When the nominations have been closed, a vote will be taken to determine the choice of the majority. The student thus favored will represent the group of the section by which he is elected. literary Club Reorganizes lourse in Journalism, Public Speaking Are Among Activities The Artisan Literary Society rganized last year to sponsor the chool publication, public speaking nd debating and to promote other cholastic and literary work will leet Friday, September 16, to re- rganize for the present school term. The Society will offer an extra urriculum course in journalism, yhich will be carried voluntarily by he students interested. The class ill meet from 3:10 to 3:55 p. m. Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays, ’he work done by this class will be iractical journalistic writing for the IRTISAN. Students carrying this ourse will be exempt from book re- torts and will receive equal credit in heir English class. Oratory Contests Members of the faculty will coach he students interested in debating ind public speaking in their spare ime. Last year the school was rep- esented in the Detroit News ora- orical and declamation contest and t is expected, by live members of the tociety, that the Trade School repre- ntative will make a name for the school in the same contest next year. Reading, writing and speaking the English language properly is an dvantage in any trade or profession. The trained man, whether toolmaker, attern maker or founder, must be tble to read intelligently, write his houghts correctly, and command or direct by words. A member of the Artisan Literary Society has an added advantage in this respect, that will spend more of his leisure time itudying the language. Radiator Unit Is Established Concluded from page 1 The Monoplane Spirit of St. Louis. ? famous transatlantic plane. A party comprised of high officials of the Ford Motor Company and Colonel Charles Lindbergh and his mother then took a trip over Detroit in one of the Ford trimotor planes. Library Notes You may enjoy reading the fol- lowing books this month; they are not fiction, but are actual happenings. Richard Halliburton, who wrote that most interesting book of travel The Royal Road to Romance, was read- ing again the Odyssey of Homer, and decided to follow the adventures of Ulysses. He immediately set out for Greece and followed to the end the fabulous trail of Ulysses, with only Homer for his guide. The story of his travels is called The Glorious Adventure. Revolt in the Desert, by T. E. Law- rence, is the author’s own story of how, under his leadership, the scattered tribes of Arabia were again united to form a nation. As a young Englishman of twenty-six, Lawrence was rejected in the early days of the war as physically unfit for service. After his failure to enlist, !iis knowledge of Arabia and Arabian eople brought him a commission as i subaltern in the Intelligence Serv- ce. For his subsequent single- ianded organization and leadership of .he Arab revolt, through two years )f weird and bitter adventure, in an atmosphere of incredible romance and under the veil of profound secrecy, the authorities were not to blame. It was his own masterpiece, and it was one of the miracles of the war. If you have read any of the books of William Beebe, you must know how entertaining are his descriptions of jungle and marine life. Pheasant Jungles describes his adventures in Ceylon, Burma, Borneo and Tibet. to keep the students supplied. The student will solder the top and bottom tank, side, top and front walls, rod bracket, filler flange, peak of tank and overflow pipe to the core and fin assembly. In completing these operations the student will become a competent solderer. Soldering Methods Solders are broadly distinguished as hard solders and soft solders; the former only fused at a red heat, and consequently suitable alone to metals and alloys which will endure that tem- perature. The soft solders melt at very low degrees of heat, and may be used for nearly all the metals. For the soft solders, the soldering iron is the most general agent for applying heat; for the hard solder, the forge or other fires, or the blow- pipe, are generally adopted. A flux is employed to prevent the oxygen from reacting with the solder. Soldering overflow pipe and testing finished product. 4 fflte dr7lSccn September 10, 1927. Special Tools and Fixtures Save Time The photograph reproduced on this page shows a student using a specially designed radius turning tool. This tool was designed by toolmakers at the Fordson plant to handle radii from 0 to IV2 inches. This apparatus is capable of turning a perfect ball to a close limit by a micrometer adjustment of the turning tool. It was designed to handle production work requiring perfect radius. Time Saved The student is shown turning the radius on milling machine ramrods. The cut is started from the end of the stock and each cut increases the arc until the required radius is machined. Specially designed tools of this type are a time-and-labor-saving improve- ment. Students have often designed tools and fixtures for similar purposes. Such designs are received by the faculty as marks of initiative and serious thought. External radius attachment.] Safety Patrols Guide Traffic Schoolboy traffic patrols have proved highly successful in the reduction of motor accidents in- volving children. Such accidents have been reduced to such a large extent in Washington and other cities where this plan has been tried, that the American Automobile Associa- tion is now preparing to extend the movement to include every one of the 908 cities in which it is represented by a local organization. At Akron, Ohio, for example, there has not been a single accident of this kind since the organization of the patrol there three years ago, a state- ment issued by the association’s national headquarters says. In Chi- cago there has been a reduction of fourteen per cent in accidents in- volving school children and in other cities there has been a similar de- crease. A bulletin has recently been issued to guide local automobile clubs in the organization of these patrols. This is for the purpose of stimulating action on the part of affiliated organi- zations that the subject of highway safety may be carried into school rooms and the safety instruction may become a part of the regular school curriculum. I Student using special fixture for turning radius. Ipractical science The Production of Copper When copper ore comes from the mine and enters the storage-bins the largest pieces of rock average about a foot and a half in diameter. Therefore, in order that it may be put through the various processes that eventually separate the valuable con- tent, it must first pass through great crushers similar to those used at any large rock-quarry operation. After being crushed and ground to a more or less uniform size the entire success of the first stages of actual separation is dependent upon the fact that the metal content weighs more for a given volume than the plain rock. Taking advantage of this nat- ural difference in weight, the crushed ore is fed along with a steady stream of water into a battery of jigs, in each of which a plunger produces a rapid upward pulsation that so agitates the now muddy solution that the heavy particles settle at the bottom and finally pass out through a special dis- charge opening. The lighter material called “middlings,” which is a mixture of good, bad and indifferent qualities, rises to the top and spills through an overflow and is conveyed through spe- cial rollers that grind the already small ore particles to still finer proportions. Refining Processes The “concentrate” or bottom dis- charge is so rich that it is sent directly to the blast-furnace for smelt- ing, but the “middlings” pass on into another series of jigs, where agitation and settling are repeated, and finally the remaining middlings are put through a special floating process which leaves a residue that is con- sidered of no further value. During the long period of re-rolling and jigging already described, the concentrates are gradually trans- ferred from the bottom of the jigs and finally come from the smelters in the form of copper “matte” and slag. The latter, “slag,” being the waste product that floats to the top of the molten mass, is poured into a bath of running water where it hardens and is transferred to the slag dump or waste heap. ✓ Converting Methods Whenever enough of the precious “matte” accumulates at the bottom of the furnace it is tapped and the liquid copper is transferred in large steel ladles to the converter. The convert- er process consists in literally burn- ing off the sulphur and iron content by raising the temperature through the introduction of compressed air into the bottom of the container, in a manner similar to the Bessemer process. Then comes the troublesome job of separating the pure copper from the possible gold, silver, platinum and other heavy metals. As copper has contributed so vitally to the development of the present electrical era it seems particularly fitting that electricity should play a part in the final stage of its prepara- tion. In the first place it must be pure when used in electrical work, and the best purifying method known today is accomplished through electrolytic refining, which is a process of separa- tion by the passage of an electric cur- rent from a mass of impure copper acting as a positive plate to a thin sheet of pure copper acting as a nega- Sheet Metal Indicator Boxes Concluded from pane I are fastened in with screws and hold the individual parts of the indicator in place in the box. The box is then returned to the sheet metal depart- ment to be filed and sandpapered. It is given a coat of green pyroxylin and then the final inspection. The finished metal box is smaller and more durable than the wooden box, being ten and a quarter inches long, five inches wide, two inches deep with a one-inch deep cover. Canvas Shoes Safety Hazard Tennis shoes are known to be a safety hazard in the machine shop and safety rules prohibit the wearing of them in the Trade School shop, but common leather shoes may also be a hazard if they are not in good condi- tion. The first-aid department has informed the safety committee of a number of cases where neglect has caused injury to the feet. Students who wear thin-soled shoes and shoes badly worn are inviting trouble. Recently a student at work in the sheet metal department, while cutting metal, stepped on a small piece of scrap. He wore leather shoes but the soles were worn so badly that the metal pierced the shoe and a very painful injury resulted. Students should attend to this important matter immediately. Badly worn shoes should be resoled or replaced by new ones. BANKING Continued from page 2 course, taken into consideration, but five qualifications were regarded as absolutely essential. It was required of him to be a native of the city, to have two sponsors, never to have been arrested, to be himself a property owner (or heir to property and to have paid the state tax.) If he was accepted an entrance fee was exacted, which varied from time to time but was always comparatively high. Continued in next issue tive plate, both being submerged in an electrolyte or acid bath. As the acid attacks the positive plate the pure particles of copper are released and being attracted by the negative plate travel across in solu- tion and adhere to it, gradually in- creasing its dimensions until all of the pure copper has been assembled. In the meantime other valuable metal particles drop to the bottom of the vessel in the form of sediment which is later collected and put through a special process to extract the gold, silver, platinum, and other values. When the now almost 100 per cent pure copper is finally collected it is reheated and poured into molds of proper commercial shapes suitable for the production of copper castings, tubes, wires, sheets, etc. Volume I Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, September 25, 1927 Number 23 Pattern Work Technicalities School Shop Supplies Jobbing and Local Foundries A pattern may be defined as the model of a finished casting so con- structed that it may be used for forming a mould or making an im- pression in moulder's sand. The essential difference between the true model and a pattern is that in the former the question of reproduction by casting is no: a factor, while in the making of a pattern the needs of the moulder must be considered. Looking at the trade of pattern making one is apt, at a glance, to believe the work wholly mechanical, while it is in fact an art. Creative minds are necessary for foresight and imagination, and a working knowledge of foundry practice is essential. The moulding and construction fea- tures of a pattern must be decided upon before the pattern maker begins to build up his pattern. The outward appearance of a pat- tern for a simple casting may not Concluded on page 3 The National Steel and Machine Tool Exposition Trade School Students Guest of Exhibitors The National Steel and Machine Tool Exposition held recently at Con- vention Hall, Detroit, proved to be of vast interest to Trade School students. Approximately seven hundred stu- dents attended the exposition during the five days as the personal guests of the exhibitors. Ninety-three thousand square feet of floor space was devoted to the exhibits of over three hundred manu- facturers from the United States, Switzerland, Sweden, and Germany. The displays comprised steels and alloys, heat-treating equipment, ma- chines for the fabricating and work- ing of mate.ials, welding apparatus and welded products including an airplane frame, lubricants, tools and shop equipment. Drilling, milling, and metal-clean- ing machines were seen in operation along with electric-arc furnaces, gas furnaces, and welding apparatus. Concluded on page 4 Apprentice System Now Inaugurated in School Mr. Henry Ford Advances Technical Training in Industry by Latest Changes Mr. Henry Ford has further ad- vanced industrial education through his latest methods of utilitarian train- ing now practised in the Henry Ford Trade School. A combination of the apprentice system and the cooperative forms of industrial training literally explains Mr. Ford’s latest methods of educat- ing a boy for life. Hereafter a Trade School student will spend two years in general machine-shop work in the school shop attending class every third week. At the age of sixteen he will then have had an insight into the various trades and will choose for himself, with his parents’ consent, the trade he might wish to learn. He is then placed in a department of the Ford Motor Com- pany under the supervision of an apprentice instructor. Every third Students Working With Faculty Supervision week he still continues to attend class instruction in correlated academic subjects. In October of 1916 Mr. Ford entered the educational field by es- tablishing a trade school adjacent to the Highland Park plant of the Ford Motor Company. He believed as did Aristotle over two thousand years ago that the best way to learn any- thing which has to be done after it is learned is always to be a-doing while we are a-learning. Teaching the hand to work in coordination with the mind expresses the idea of Mr. Ford’s utilitarian education as carried on at this school. Up to the present day this school has operated on a coopera- tive system. The student has at- tended class one week out of three, the remaining two weeks being spent in the special school shop apart from the company’s factory. After almost eleven years of experimenting and building up under this system, its promoters have found it lacking in one respect. The student upon graduating at eighteen was trans- ferred to the Ford Motor Company tool rooms or left to find employ- ment elsewhere. This sudden change from the school environment to the factory found the student in an atmosphere radically different from what his training period had ac- customed him. Concluded on pa 4 Advanced Course in Special Math 1,800 patterns have been made in this pattern shop by the students. Senior Apprentice Course mathe- matics is now added to the curriculum for students who have attained the age of seventeen years. This course is to be carried in addition to the regular academic classes in mathe- matics. During the class week the student will attend the apprentice class during school time. While in the shop the classes will be held after school hours. The purpose of this additional course is to familiarize the students with the apprentice mathematics j which heretofore was carried afte 1 graduation, and also to acquaint the I junior apprentices with home work 3X OriiAcwi September 25, 1927 VOL. I No. 23 3T f • September 25 « Je 1927 AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORD TRADE SCHOOL, DETROIT, MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN, MICHIGAN Member of Inter scholastic Press Association THE HISTORY OF BANKING The Bank of Florence Precision and Accuracy “PRECISION” and “accuracy” and similar expressions mean to the machin- ist a definite thing, that of being able to machine and finish the separate parts of a mechanism so closely to the figured dimensions that they can be assembled into a complete unit without further fitting. In order to attain the limit, certain tolerances or fits are specified on the drawing and the tool or die maker machines his work using as his guide precision tools and gauges. Measurements in general are those of length, area, and volume. The use of measuring tools in machine work is largely confined to the inch. The inch is subdivided into various lengths, of which the ten-thousandth part is the shortest practicable shop measurement. There are two distinct classes of work—flat work and round work. In general the worker on flat work will need to be provided with steel rules, dividers, protractors, straight edges, steel squares, with surface, height, depth, and thickness gauge, with center punches, parallels, slide calipers, and so forth. For round work the measurements are by contact, calipers and microm- eters being the most common. To know how to read and handle these precision tools and gauges accurately and efficiently should be the aim of every machinist. Courtesy of Highland Park State Bank The headquarters of the guild long stood in the Mercato Nuovo. This splendid building was a monument to the prosperity and culture of the city. Its ceilings glowed with many- colored murals by the most distin- guished Florentine artists and its walls were hung with rich tapestries and pictures in the then newly dis- covered oil paints as a background for exquisite Florentine sculpture and the marvelously wrought furnish- ings of the period. The opening and the closing of the city’s business day hung upon the toll of the great bell in the bankers guild. It was inevitable that a system so well organized and perfected should develop international banking on a large scale. As early as 1260 the guild had begun to issue letters of credit through the individual bankers and funds were sometimes sent as far away as Jaffa, or Tana, on the Sea of Azov. There were two great eras of inter- national banking in Florence. The first centered around the Bardi and Peruzzi who were, in their time, the supreme financiers of medieval Europe. In the 14th Century the Bardi established agencies as far north as England and Germany and as far east as Rhodes, while the 130 agencies of the Peruzzi extended from London to Constantinople. Both houses advanced huge sums to Edward II and III of England, and to the King of Sicily, and both were thrown into bankruptcy when the English King and Parliament refused to repay £700,000 and the King of Sicily defaulted at about the same time. It was not until the rise of the Medici that Florence recovered from this blow. Banking had been the profession of the Medici for a long time but the first of the family to attain preeminence was Giovanni de Medici. Giovanni was born in 1360 and as a young man went through the regularly prescribed steps of an ap- prentice in the bankers guild. As Giovanni rose to wealth and power he left his green-covered table in the market place and built himself a palace in the hall of which his main business was conducted though he had branch banks in a number of Italian cities. These bankers’ mansions were a feature of Florence and gave the names to many of the principal streets such as the Peruzzi, Tornabucai, Albizzi, Greci, Bardi and Cerchi. Perhaps Giovanni’s most successful venture was during the council of Continued on page 4 The idea of a flywheel producing a more even cutting power was the next development. It consisted of a long wooden shaft with heavy blocks of wood on each end for weights, and a driving crank protruding midway between axis and block. Note the small gear on drive shaft, and the large gear on spindle-carrying work, in order, at the sacrifice of speed, to gain power. The modern lathe of today uses this principle somewhat. when the back gears are used. By the revolving of the crankshaft considerable speed could be attained. How long the speed could be maintained depended entirely on the endurance of the man doing the turn- ing. It is nor difficult to picture a lame power plant after one has operated this contrivance for any length of time. The motive power for the second lathe was furnished by a lath” which was fastened to the ceiling. From this lath was a rawhide strap, passing round the driving spindle and connected by a cord to the stick on the floor which acted as a treadle. The upright piece just back of the treadle was merely a guide to keep the treadle from striking the crossbar of legs. It will be noted that the tool rest for a hand tool is sloping: this was placed in this position when gradual curve or taper was desired. This lathe is very little improvement over the tree lathe. These two lathes are at the present time in the Deutsches Museum, in Dresden, Germany. 5K CMiScm Negligence Big Cause of Eye Accidents oggles Are Carefully Sterilized After Being Used Recently a Trade School boy saved th eyes when working on a die cast achine. Both lenses were covered th metal, and undoubtedly the ggles prevented a very serious jury. It should be carefully noted at every case of goggles saving eyes at the same time a warning as to e ever-present hazard on operations iere protection is specified. It is )rth while going over this list again. Goggles must be worn when work being done on cyanide—die cast— inders—shapers—welders- -metal airing—chipping—concrete break- g—lighting ovens and furnaces and in work with caustic soda and ids and in the driving of nails. After use, these goggles are steri- ;ed in tpol cribs in a solution of sol or some other suitable disin- ctant; a check should be made of goggles when taken from the crib see that this is done. It is also very important that the indard safety goggles should be rn. From time to time goggles are und in the shop which have been ught outside. With this type of otection there is no guaranty and may be more dangerous because of ing glass when the impact takes ce. The standard safety goggles e held to a very strict inspection lich includes a drop test of a � el ball on the lens, the checking of e glass to see that it is free from nd pits, waves, and so forth, and e general inspection of leather and imework. In conclusion, injury to the eye mes very quickly. The removal of ggles for a minute may spell dis- ter; and when one eye is lost some ght defect to the other may mean tal blindness. Defective Tools Great Hazard Some specimen defective chisels and chisel-handies from the Safety department’s collection of unsafe tools. Defective Tools Prohibited in School Burred Chisels and Hammer Handles Dangerous Defective tools cause many serious accidents, especially eye accidents. ! A large proportion of eye injuries could be prevented if unsafe tools were ( returned immediately to the tool crib. Burred and mushroomed chisels and chipped hammers are often brought to this defective condition through being used for work for which they are not fitted. Investigation shows that in many cases they have been too light for the purposes to which they were put; in other cases, they have been simply misapplied. Under no circumstances should a student make use of tools which ap- proach in condition those pictured here. A tool in this shape offers al- most certain injury. To keep close watch of one’s working equipment, to turn in defective tools as soon as they become defective—these are two of the basic requirements of good work- manship. Among the tools most likely to have burred edges are cold chisels, carpen- ter’s chisels, wedges, copper and bab- bit hammers, punches and screw drivers. Technicalities of Pattern Making; School Department Continued from page 1 Safety Violations Boy repairing machine with “Dan- r do not start” sign hanging on itch which had not been pulled. Switch box painted over and 440- lt sign not restenciled. Boy sitting on the ledge of an en window cleaning pipes. This is on the fourth floor and against e rules of the Trade School. Foundry shoes in some cases were very poor condition. Safety uipment is a hazard unless it is good repair. Knocking of two hammer faces gether is a dangerous practice and , lilted in a boy getting a piece of el in his arm. differ much from the casting itself, but if the casting is to have interior passages with external openings the appearance will be changed by pro- jections on the pattern, painted or stained a different color from the body of the pattern. These projec- tions are called core prints and are so placed in order to form bearing sur- faces in the mould to support the core which is used to form the pas- sages or openings in a casting. The cores are made of a special sand and are formed in core boxes, which are also made in the pattern shop. Moulder’s Terms In order that it may be removed easily from the sand a pattern is given a certain amount of taper. This taper is called draft and the act of removing the pattern , is termed drawing. The pattern maker must also allow for metal shrinkage. To compensate for this a pattern is made oversize and the amount of oversize is governed by the shrinkage allow- ances for the different metals. In pattern making it is generally necessary to make various types of patterns to overcome moulding prob- lems, and so there are solid, two-piece, three-piece, and sometimes four- piece patterns. Patterns having two or more parts are attached together by dowel pins, each part marked to insure efficiency in handling, using, and storing the patterns. A good pattern maker will try to avoid fastening anything on the cope side of a pattern, and whatever is fast is given enough draft to insure a perfect cope lift. The cope is the top and the drag is the bottom section of a moulder’s frame. When a student enters the school pattern shop to begin an apprentice- ship he has had a little foundry practice previously. He then acquires a working knowledge of his trade in the shop while the academic de- partment keeps him posted on the latest foundry practices. The two divisions thus compliment each other. During the past fifteen months approximately 1,800 patterns have been made in the school shop by the students under faculty supervision. These patterns have been used by the school foundry and the various job- bing foundries of the Ford Motor Company. Students making intricate patterns of machine parts. 4 Industry binds Way to Utilize Humble Microbe A microbe has found a place in industry by its useful property of being able to convert starch into butanol (butyl alcohol), acetone, and ethanol (ethyl alcohol) in the ratio of 6:3:1. This organism, which is honored with the name of Clostridium acetobutylicum, was used during the war to produce acetone for the manufacture of smokeless powder. It made acetone satisfactorily, but at the same time it persisted in making two portions of butanol to every single portion of acetone. During the war no use had been found for such quantities of butanol, and since it could hot be conveniently disposed of, it was stored in a huge vat at the plant where it was made. Of late years, however, butanol is proving indispensible in the produc- tion of nitrocellulose lacquers, which are very widely used in making win- dow shades and automobile finishes. The most important thing, though, is its use in the manufacture of artificial rubber. This use for it was discovered just before the war, which prevented it from commercial devel- opment. Now it is being put on a commercial basis and will do much for the rubber industry. It is also useful in the nitrate-fertilizer in- dustry, taking a goodly slice out of the Chilean monopoly on nitrates. Rapid changes such as that which this little Clostridium has effected in the acetone and a number of other trades never ceased to be a source of wonder. BANKING Continued from page 2 Constance, from 1414 to 1418, when he cleared a fortune. In 1429 his estate was reckoned at 180,000 gold florins, or $450,000 which at that time had an enormous purchasing power. As Machiavelli phrases it: “He died exceedingly rich in money, but still more in good fame and the best wishes of mankind; and the wealth and re- spect he left behind him were not only preserved but increased by his son Cosmo.” Continued in next issue National Steel Exposition Continued from page 1 Incidentally it was a source of satisfaction to the students to find that the lathe tool bits exhibited at the convention were identical in design with those sponsored by the shop theory department of the school. Also a gentleman teaching the cor- rect methods of filing as one of the ex- hibits was found to use the same sys- tem as taught in the school. The authorities of the convention expressed their satisfaction on the fine behavior of the Henry Ford Trade School students. 3%e driiAccn September 25, 1927 CHOOSING THE PROPER GRINDING WHEEL The following important features must be considered in selecting the proper grinding wheel for any given job—material to be ground, degree of accuracy, quality of finish re- quired, shape and size of the work —whether the job calls for external cylindrical, internal cylindrical, sharp- ening cutters, or surface grinding, and whether it is to be ground wet or dry. From this it is apparent how impos- sible it is to give other than general instructions for selecting wheels, for there are seldom two jobs that are exactly alike, and where the very same job is being done in two different shops the conditions surrounding it are likely to vary. The defining lines, as to when any particular brand of wheel should be used, are hard to draw and are mat- ters of much discussion between various manufacturers and users. It might be said that wheels of corun- dum, alundum, boro-carbone and aloxite are most efficient for hard and soft steels, and those of crystolon, carbolite and carborundum more suitable for cast iron and chilled iron. Soft-bonded wheels are usually used for very hard materials and hard bonded wheels for medium and soft materials. The theory of action of a perfect grinding wheel is that as the cutting points wear or become dulled they will loosen from the bond and drop away from the surface of the wheel, allowing the sharp points that are underneath to be brought into action. This uniform wearing away of the wheel enables it to cut freely and with little heat. Glazed Wheels If the points are retained after they become dulled they prevent other points from being brought into con- tact and the wheel becomes glazed. In this condition the wheel must be forced into the work if it is to cut, and the result is the springing of the piece, an undue generation of heat that dis- torts the work, and an unwarranted consumption of power. It is plainly apparent that accuracy cannot be obtained where such conditions exist. A glazed wheel should be immediately corrected by truing the surface with a truing appliance. This partially explains why a softer grade wheel is better for hardened steel, cast iron and chilled iron than for other softer metals, for these ma- terials are so hard that the points quickly become dulled, and in order | to keep the wheel cutting freely it is essential that they be removed from its surface. A medium-grade wheel should be used for grinding brass or bronze, for a hard one is very apt to fuse the chips and heat the work, causing dis- tortion and consequent inaccuracy. Furthermore, the work is discolored by the heat generated and the wheel loaded with particles of the metal. Soft-grade wheels should be used for grinding high carbon steel, hard steel, and, in many instances, cast iron. Hard-grade wheels are best for working upon annealed carbon steel and soft steel for the reason that the cutting points of those of medium and soft grade break away before they become dulled. This, of course, is a wanton waste of abrasive and wear of wheel that is most uneconomical. Choose Small Arc Another factor that must be taken into consideration in the selection of a wheel is the size of the work it is to be used upon. The arc of contact between a piece of work of small diameter and the wheel is naturally slight, while with one of larger diameter the arc for the same depth cut is much greater. In the first instance, the cutting points of the wheel are in contact an infinitely short period and have little time to heat or wear, but in the case of the greater arc, the points remain in contact much longer and their tendency to heat and wear is accordingly greater. A small arc of contact also crumbles away the worn abrasive better than a greater arc. Harder bonded wheels should there- fore be used for small diameters and not for the larger ones if accuracy and the most economical results in wheel wear are to be realized. This also explains why w’heels of softer grade should be used for surface grinding rather than for cylindrical work. The supposition that the finer the grain of wheel the better the finish does not hold true in all cases, and in our own works we employ wheels of comparatively coarse grain for the majority of our cylindrical work. Wheels of this kind with the proper work, speed and feed will give a finish that is all that can be desired for commercial purposes. In some instances while a certain wheel will give a satisfactory finish at a given speed and table feed, the production of a machine may be bettered by substituting a slightly different wheel and changing the speed and table feed. This, however, is a matter that can be learned only by experience. The width should be in proportion to the amount of material to be re- moved with each revolution of the work. As the wheel cuts in proportion to the number of particles in contact with the work, less stock will be removed by a narrow wheel than by one that has a wider face. The feed will also have to be fine if a narrow- faced wheel is used. Therefore, it is advisable to use a wheel with a wide face wherever possible as it will remove the material faster than a narrow wheel. The shape and size of work, however, sometimes make it necessary to use a narrow wheel. Problems No. I DETERMINE RIVSLE Ft. If there are explanations or com- ments regarding problems, write the Henry Ford Trade School, Ford Mo- tor Company, Detroit, Michigan. Apprenticeship Training In School Concluked from page 1 The apprentice-cooperative system now in practice overcomes this defect. The student after spending a two-year preliminary training in general tool work under the old system will now choose for himself with parents’ or guardian’s consent the trade he wishes to follow. If it be chemical engineering, draft- ing, pattern making, tool or die making, bricklaying, or electrical work, the student is transferred into the corresponding department of the Ford Motor Company as a junior apprentice following the same routine as previously, going to class every third week. In class his academic subjects are practically the same as those that are given in high schools, with additional subjects added which correlate the theory with the practi- cal work of the shop. This is the only school known that has adopted a combination of the cooperative and the apprentice sys- tems of industrial training. The Henry Ford Trade School student thus comes into actual contact with factory conditions while still learning his trade, and his opportunity for learning is much greater as every journeyman around him is his tutor. olume II Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, October 10, 1927 Number 1 jr rads to Do Repairing Thin Sheets and Alloys Birthday of Welded by New Process Publication lonstruction Dept. Adds Profitable Experience Atomic Hydrogen Welding Recent Im- provement Produces Ductile Joints First Anniversary of Artisan Shows Advance All Trade School graduate tool d die makers who intend to re- lin with the Ford Motor Company 11 be transferred to the machine d tool repair departments of the mpany for one year in order to jeive a more efficient understanding the functions and methods of eration of tools, machines, and uipment. The machine and tool repair de- rtments are established throughout i plant to maintain the production d tool room machines. During this period of training the pe of work encountered is somewhat ferent from what the graduate re- ved as an apprentice student in the iooI. It embodies repair work on types of machines, any number of iich might be greasy and require the Concluded on page 4 Tominent Men Visit School During the past month a number prominent men visited the school, long these were well-known manu- turers and educators. S. Starett, P. Armstrong, D. :Skimmen, executives of well- own concerns, and Conrad Pasch, resentative of a large file manu- turer, represented the men of ustry. These men marveled at i great educational program carried in the Ford Motor Company. Unong the visitors were K. G. ith. State Supervisor of Vocational ucation; R. Cummings, and J. rpener of the Board of ucation; Professor Caton of the tiversity of Detroit; R. E. is, superintendent of the General ictric Company’s apprentice ools; A. Mathewson, dean of men Antioch College; Dr. Carson of lin, Germany; M. S. Bowers, erintendent of the mechanical ;ineering shop of the University of icas, and R. H. Smith of the issachusetts Institute of Tech- ogy and author of Advanced Ma- ne Work, the textbook used in the p class in the school. Atomic hydrogen welding—the proc- ess by means of which hitherto un- weldable metals can be melted and fused without the slightest trace of oxidation, and welding can be per- formed in some cases on metals as thin as the paper on which this is printed—is made practicable by the use of equipment now placed on the market. This process, making pos- sible the welding of many special alloys and the production of ductile welds in iron and steel, is the result of research conducted by Dr. Irving Langmuir of the General Electric research laboratory. In brief, this method utilizes the passage of a stream of hydrogen through the arc between two elec- trodes. The heat of the arc breaks up the hydrogen molecules into atoms. These combine again a short distance beyond the arc into molecules of the gas, and in so doing liberate an enormous amount of heat, so that more effective welding temperatures can be obtained than with the usual welding methods. Since atomic hydrogen is a power- ful reducing agent, it reduces any oxides which might otherwise form on the surface of the metal. Alloys containing chromium, aluminum, sili- con, or manganese can thus be welded without fluxes and without surface oxidation. The welding outfit consists of the following: (1) a single-phase trans- former for converting the voltage of a 60-cycle source of power to one suit- able for the welding equipment; (2) a specially designed, variable reactor to provide the proper welding current and voltage for different classes of work, and (3) the welding torch by means of which the actual work of welding is performed. While the principle of operation is the same as that involved in the de- sign announced by the General Elec- tric research laboratory a year ago, the mechanical and electrical design has been much improved. The torch consists of a holder supporting two tungsten wire electrodes, the e’ectric conductors connecting these electrodes to the reactor and the tubing for the hydrogen gas. Each electrode is supported inside a nozzle through which the hydrogen gas is forced out around the electrode. The combination of electrodes and nozzles is set at an angle and the distance Continued on page 3 Welding apparatus and switchboard used in atomic hydrogen welding. The Artisan celebrates its first birthday today. In the course of a year the school publication has undergone many changes. From a local organ of only personal interest it has grown to one that is being read by students of other schools similar in type to the Henry Ford Trade School. This publication is to date the only one of its kind published as a students’ paper. The personal side is obsolete; instead the news happenings are written entirely from a news stand- point. Besides printing the news of the school in this form, a number of departments have been added to help the students in their shop work. Open Discussion The staff of the Artisan meet once each week. This meeting is divided into two periods of thirty minutes each. The first period is used to discuss elementary principles of newspaper practice. The second period is used to discuss past issues and give assignments for future issues. In May of this year the Artisan was admitted as member of the Michigan Interscholastic Press Asso- ciation, and was classified as class “B,” in which are included all semi- monthly high school publications. The Artisan staff could find use for a few more reporters. Contribu- tions from the student body are appreciated. Annual Oratorical Contest Announced The Michigan Oratorical Associa- tion, sponsors of the annual Oratory and Declamation contests in Michi- gan, have announced the dates for the 1928 contests. Local contests are to be held in each high school entered, not later than the first Friday of March. The subdistrict contests are to be held before the second Friday of April and the district contest on the first Fri- day of May. The Detroit News is giving dic- tionaries this year to the winners of the local contests. Approximately Concluded on page 4 2 GriiScwi October 10, 1927. THE HISTORY OF BANKING AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORD TRADE SCHOOL, DETROIT, MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN, MICHIGAN Member of Inter scholastic Press Association INSPECTION RAW and finished materials entering into the production and manufac- ture of Ford cars are carefully inspected by trained men both for quality and for dimensions. Inspection may take place in one or all of three stages. These may be classified as follows: Inspection of raw materials, inspection of work in progress, and inspection of finished products. The first named is left to the engineer who checks the physical and chemical requirements of the material. The other inspection operations are required of all machine operators and machinists. The Trade School student who forms the habit of checking his work while it is in progress will realize the asset he takes with him to the tool- rooms. On one occasion a Trade School student working on the lathes was given the job of machining twenty hammered high-speed die rings. In turning down the outside diameter he used dimension .785 instead of .875. He failed to have the inspectors check his first piece and so the twenty die rings valued at six dollars each had to be scrapped. This is only one of the many illus- trations to prove that checking work while in progress will save a great deal of money and time. CHECK YOUR WORK! Check Your Tools Occasionally it will be to good advantage if the precision tools such as micrometers and verniers are checked to insure accuracy. Very often inaccurate tools have been the cause of scrap. On grinding work the limits on dimensions are practically always close; therefore extreme care should be used in taking the correct reading with accurate tools. The Bank of Florence Courtesy of Highland Park State Bank Continued from last issue The fledgling banker remained an apprentice for from five to seven years. During this probationary period his wages were never more than ten lire a year, but his board and lodging were found for him. If he proved a satisfactory apprentice he was advanced to a clerkship in which he was supposed to acquire additional knowledge for another three years before he was permitted to set up in business for himself. Up to the time of the Medici books were kept on the single entry system, but there were duplicate sets and the daybooks were copied into master ledgers. These were stoutly con- structed with leaves of parchment and clamped and locked bindings. Such master ledgers, of course, were re- tained at the offices of the guild. A general balance was struck once a year and at the same time the value o! coins and rates of interest were officially fixed. Interest was very high and, ac- cording to our standards, simply crushing to the debtor. The dis- approval of the church seemed to make little difference. In 1427, for example, according to the ledger of Bardi and Piccioli, the interest on 2,928 lire was 878 lire, or almost 30 per cent. Apparently there was no legal rate beyond what the traffic would bear. But the guild itself seemed to be concious of the ex- orbitance of these exactions, for three years later it forbade its members to charge more than four denari a month. As this rate, however, amounted to 20 per cent a month, the bankers still remained fairly well protected. Cosmo remained a banker, con- serving and developing his patrimony into another great fortune. But he enjoyed an even wider success in politics and became, in effect, the dictator of Florence, though he made a pretense of ruling through the old republican forms. In 1449 Cosmo’s son Lorenzo was born and lived to earn the title of “the Magnificent.” Lorenzo lived in princely style and his lavish patronage of the arts at- tracted about him most of the great figures of his time into a veritable court of talent. He was a man of no mean talent himself and wrote viva- cious prose as well as excellent poetry. Indeed, he was not above singing carnival songs of his own composition in the public streets and these were not less appreciated because they were often indecent. But though Lorenzo busied himself less about his business than his father and grandfather had done, the reputa- tion of the banking house of the Medici continued to mount so high that it was recognized over all Europe. The standing of the Medici may be gauged from the fact that when Edward of England invaded France in 1475 and was bought off by Louis XI on the promise of 50,000 crowns a year for a hundred years, it was stipulated that the Bank of the Concluded on page 4 The Evolution of the Lathe Shown in Pictures This very much resembles a grindstone in appearance, and is a departure from the bow-drill idea of the Orient, which later developed into the pole lathe. It is a return to the principle of the potter's wheel. It is operated by two men; one turning the wheel, the other managing the work. The cord around the wheel passes about the spindle keeping it rotating. The whole is mounted upon three sturdy legs instead of the four of the Inter pole models. In Europe, prob- ably owing to the erect position generally adopted by the turner, the fixed centers were placed higher, and an improved method of locating the work was em- ployed. For the bow a spring beam or pole above the lathe was substituted: and a cord was fastened to the free end of it, and then wrapped around the work, and its lower end attached toa treadle to be worked by foot. This method largely increased the power and left both hands free for the management of the tool. 3K Gkfi cwi Ingenius Attachments Improve Production S. Graduate Invents Simple Back-Off Attachment The photograph on this page shows special attachment for cutting hex •ads and for machining back-off ork on a lathe. A former Trade School student, ho is now an instructor in the school, signed this simple attachment and orked out the idea. There are imerous attachments on the market r machining back-off work on a the, as in the case of taper reamers, here it is necessary to back-off the amer from the cutting edge to allow earance, but all are complex fixtures id are very expensive. The fixture in the picture works on cam attached to the lathe spindle, n L” shaped steel bar is held in i Armstrong boring tool holder: i the end of the bar is placed a Her, which bears on the cam and duces the friction. The cross de of the lathe is loose and a avy spring attached to the back of e cross slide is used to keep the ol against the work. The com- mnd is set at an angle of thirty grees to allow clearance. In the turning of hexagon heads the jx is worked out on a cam. The tio of the finished hex to the cam is und by a simple trigonometric ocess. The accuracy of the work pends upon the accuracy of the m. Library Notes ramers, H. A. and Helge Holst. The Atom and the Bohr Theory of Its Structure. ndrade, E. N. daC. The Structure of the Atom. � rthoud, Alfred. New Theories of Matter and the Atom. ohr, Neils. New Theory of Spectra and Atomic Constitution. ?ffries, Zay and R. S. Archer. “Atoms,’' in The Science of Metals. raetz, Leo. Recent Developments in Atomic Theory. [ellor, J. W. “Atoms,” in A Comprehensive Trealise on Inorganic and Theoretical Chemistry, volume 4. immerfield, Arnold. Atomic Structure and Spectral Lines. aring, F. H. Atomic Theories. lylor, H. S. “Simplest Element of All”; “Chem- istry of Atomic Synthesis,” in Scientific American, March, 1927, page 162. lylor, H. S. “Chemical Reactions of Hydrogen Atoms,” in American Chemical So- ciety-Journal, November, 1926. able metals of greater thickness. Metals having a thickness of but 10 millimeters can easily be welded and little doubt is expressed that, in some cases, work as thin as 2 millimeters (about the thickness of ordinary writing paper) can be welded. Because of the absence of oxides and nitrides from the weld made by this process, it is particularly adapt- able to the welding of special alloys so far not weldable by other methods, and also makes a strong, smooth and ductile weld on ordinary iron and steel work. Inasmuch as pure chromium, nickel, copper, aluminum, silver and other metals and their alloys—not to mention iron and the more common metals can be melted without oxida- tion, it is expected that new possibil- ities will be opened in such welding, although the field of application has been but partly studied. Atomic Hydrogen Welding Thin Sheets and Alloys Welded by New Process Concluded from page 1 between electrodes, or arc length, as well as the flow of gas, is readily adjustable. The electric conductors to and through the torch are heavily in- sulated and, when welding ceases, the welding circuit is automatically in- terrupted until such time as the operator is ready to weld again, when the circuit is automatically restored. In contrast to the usual method of electric arc welding, there is no current flowing from the electrodes to the work to be welded. The circuit is completed from one electrode to the other. The reactor consists of a U-shaped core provided with pole faces between which a pivoted armature is arranged to move. The legs of the core are provided with coils connected in series with the electrodes of the weld- ing torch. The amount of welding current and voltage is governed by the movable armature which changes the air gap of the magnetic circuit and therefore the reactance. This arma- ture is normally biased to an open position, and, upon a flow of current through the coils of the reactor, is attracted to a closed position that may be determined by means of a handle and a suitable mechanism. When the arc is struck the armature automatically assumes the closed position and remains there until weld- ing ceases, when it automatically resumes the normal position of maximum air gap. In making edge welds, the metal to be welded is melted under the heat of the arc but, when it is necessary to add additional metal, a filler rod must be used and fed into the arc in much the same manner as is followed in the ordinary gas welding process. The new equipment is so far being marked for operation from 60-cycle, single-phase circuits only, and is recommended for use on ordinary metals of less than one-quarter inch in thickness, or on hitherto unweld- 27 £T£ ? y V£ RNGLE R. iBDc -rcH ’2 r BC BD(S N ■ SBC) . 2S6S CD BD(COS. BI C) =. 704 76 COr B£D (rs +BC) -CB S.SO 7S • iovt27 !0 17'27 KDG tFQH + HQI -30 7'27 -LQI GKDm KDBe30al7'27 ft • GI)= 49‘25'Q DETERMINE X RNT) Y. If there are explanations or com- ments regarding problems, write the Henry Ford Trade School, Ford Mo- tor Company, Detroit, Michigan. Thin sheets oj alloys welded by atomic hydrosen welding. Auto Statistics Here are a few statistics relating to the automotive industry during 1926: 8,500,000,000 gallons of gasoline were used by motorists; in the work of manufacturing, 64,428,500 square feet of plate glass, or enough to cover about 3 square miles, were used; and 39,500,000 yards of cloth uphol- stery were used. 3X GtzU c ti October 10, 1927. THE USE OF THE SINE BAR The sine bar is a tool by means of which very accurate angular measure- ments may be made or set up. It is not so well known and universally used as it should be, when the ease of accurately measuring angles, laying out or testing work is considered. The bar is made of steel hardened and ground so that its edges are parallel with the plane passing through the center lines of the measuring studs located at each end of the bar. Bolt holes and slots are provided to allow the use of bolts for clamping. Both studs are of the same diame- ter and are 10 inches center to center on the 10-inch bar and 5 inches cen- ter to center on the 5-inch sine bar. The use of the 10-inch sine bar re- duces the error in setting by at least one-half that encountered in the use of the 5-inch bar. Checking Angles In every machine shop more or less difficulty is always encountered with ordinary methods in laying out or checking angles. This work is reduced to the minimum, however, by a little knowledge of shop trig- onometry and the use of the sine bar. Trigonometry is based on the fact natural sines. This decimal corres- ponds to the required angle in degrees and minutes. Fig. 1 shows a series of right- angled triangles having a common of natural sines, the value being .53705 inches. When using a 10-inch sine bar, multiply .53705 by ten and set measuring stud “A” ten times .53705 higher than measuring stud “B.” By the use of a planer gauge or a height gauge this is accurately and quickly accomplished. If a 5-inch sine bar were used, measuring stud “A” would be set 5 times the amount given as the natural sine (.53705) of the angle or 2.68525 inches aoove “O,” to give an angle of 32 degrees 29 minutes. s angle at “O” and hypotenuses 1 inch, 2 inches, 3 inches, 4 inches and 5 inches long. From this illustration it will readily be seen that the side 2B is twice the length of 1 A. Likewise the side 5E is five times the length of 1A. As a matter of convenience tables have been worked out for triangles having an hypotenuse one unit long for all angles from 0 degrees to 90 degrees, and these values have been listed as a table of natural sines. In machine shop practice the sine bar is set up to represent the hypote- Concluded from page 2 Medici should be made surety for the continued payment of the indemnity. In other words, Louis XI was to establish a trust fund with them for the period of a century. Other events prevented the fulfilment of this agree- ment but it illustrates the enormous prestige of the Florentine Magnifico. After Lorenzo another branch of the family carried the name to further fame and into the papacy itself, but it was not essentially as financiers that they prospered. Two centuries after Lorenzo’s death the family had with- drawn from all direct connection with banking. Today the only survival of the famous Bank of the Medici is the familiar sign of the three golden balls displayed above pawnbroking estab- lishments, an adaptation from the six red balls on the gold field of the Medici shield and the guild shield with its red field strewn with eleven gold florins. that there are always fixed proportions between sides and angles of any triangle. The application of the sine bar to shop problems is based on one of the formulas for the solution of right-angled triangles, which is stated thus: “If the lengths of the hypotenuse and the side opposite the angles are known,' the angle can be determined by dividing the length of the side opposite the angle by the length of the hypotenuse.” The result will always be a decimal which can be found in any table of nuse of the triangle; consequently� from the above explanation, it will be noted that when using a 5-inch sine bar we should multiply the figures in the sine table by five and likewise multiply by ten when using a 10- inch sine bar. The result obtained by this multiplication will represent the difference in height at which we should set the buttons on the sine bar. Fig. 2 shows a 10-inch sine bar set at an angle of 32 degrees 29 minutes with the surface of plate “X.” To accomplish this we find the value of 32 degrees 29 minutes in any table Declamation and Oratory Contest Concluded from page 1 two thousand dictionaries were dis- tributed last year. The section contests will be held during February. The contestants of each section will first compete in section contests. The winner of each section will then compete on Friday, March 9, to represent the school in the first subdistrict contest. Central, Highland Park, Northern, Northwestern, Bedford and Strath- more high schools are the other competitors to be represented in this district contest. Graduates to Do Construction Work Concluded from page 1 repair man to work on messy machines and parts. While in the department the young man learns to think for himself. This embodies responsibility and guarantees confidence and when the tool or die maker enters the tool room he is qualified as an all-round mechanic. Safety Committee | Notes At a recent meeting of the Trade School safety committee the follow- ing points were brought up: Four hundred forty fuse boxes are now being stenciled. This is due to the fact that after painting the lettering was forgotten. Measures are being taken to correct this. A suggestion was made that a special campaign on the use of the “Danger Do Not Start Sign” be started at once. Running in the school and shop is again looming up as a frequent viola- tion of safety. A close watch is being kept on this dangerous practice. A great reduction in the number of boys taking off bandages has been observed in the last month. This is encouraging and should help to re- duce the number of infection cases. INFECTION Infection has proved in the past to be one of the most serious problems in any industry, for the reason that it is so difficult to get people to be- lieve that a serious disability or death may result from the neglect of a small scratch. This apparent insignificance is a source of great danger. It en- courages neglect, and after neglect anything may follow. It is altogether too grave a matter to be left to chance. The tiniest cut should be given first aid as soon as possible, for the tiniest cut, infected, may be quite as deadly as a gaping wound, and perhaps—because of its deceptive appearance—more so. olume II Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, October 25, 1927 Number 2 Vater-Cement Ratio Sheds New Light Series of Lectures Scheduled for T. S. Auditorium First of Aviation Talks Delivered by W. B. Stout —. - , — __________ iscoveries Radically Change Concrete Manufacture For given materials and con- tions of manipulation, and so ng as the mixture is plastic and orkable, the strength of concrete determined solely by the ratio the volume of mixing water to le volume of cement. This is the water-cement ratio rength law that is upsetting prac- ces of long standing in the field of mcrete proportioning. For years cement was mixed with nd and stone on a purely arbitrary isis. Water was added according the taste and fancy of the mixer, id the wearing qualities of the suiting concrete were largely a atter of chance. Misconception of Theories Theories on balanced mixes and 'gregate gradings were numerous, ut to a large extent the water intent of the mix was neglected, oncrete was considered a mixture cement, sand, and gravel, to hich was added water. Today con- ete is recognized as a mixture of � ment and water to which is added nd and gravel. About seven years ago D. A. brams, an investigator working in le Structural Materials Research Concluded on page 4 The following lectures on aviation will be given in the school auditorium on consecutive Wednesdays at 4 p. m., beginning October 26. “Simple Aerodynamics”—A simple explanation of wing curves, arrange- ment of surfaces and the general principles of flying. “Airplane Structures”—This talk to cover in simple form how struc- tures are calculated, how materials are tested and listed and the general procedure in the design of the lightest possible structure for airplanes with methods of testing that structure. Flying and How It Is Done” —This will include a simple explana- tion of what the pilot goes through in taking the plane off the ground, flying it level, making simple banks and turns and landing, with an explana- tion of how the controls work. “Airplane Power Plants”—Describ- ing the difference between a motor car engine and an airplane power plant; early engines; automobile type, Lib- erty, and rotating engines; radio engine, and principles involved. “Navigation and Airlines”—Air- lines in operation in this country, types of planes used, types of engines, types of flying, equipment and the knowledge involved, flying in fog, rain, snow, sleet, hot weather, cold weather, against head winds, tail winds, high altitude flying, low flying and the reasons for it, history and in- teresting figures on the Ford Airlines, cost per mile, etc. | Alaskan I'rip j Topic of Talki I__________________I__________| For the past three consecutive Friday auditorium periods the Bu- chanan Boys’ Alaskan Expedition has been the subject of an illustrated lecture by youths who have had the experience of taking this pleasurable trip with the prominent coal dealer. Each year it has been made possible, with certain stipulations, for a group of about fifty boys to take a trip to Alaska. Educational Value The lantern slides accompanying the talk proved of educational in- terest. Leaving Detroit, the group proceeded in special cars across the continent and then due north by steamer to Juneau, Skagway, Alaska. The slides showing gang plowing and reaping on the great wheat fields of Canada proved a surprise to the students owing to the fact that horses are still in use in this section where Fordson tractors could be used to great advantage and saving of money. The slides also showed the wooden plank roads of Alaskan towns which were, indeed, a novelty compared with the concrete and macadam roads of this community. The model T-Ford car seemed to predominate in auto- motive transportation. Students Told of Plane Structure and Design The first of a series of six lectures on aviation was delivered by William B. Stout of the Airplane Division of the Ford Motor Company in the school auditorium on Monday, Octo- ber 17. Mr. Stout, in opening his talk, stated the public’s popular definition of aviation as a game for daredevils, and then showed how this term was a misconception of modern aviation. He showed how flying was a safe, sane business of service to mankind. “Airplanes are designed and not invented,” said Mr. Stout, “and this design is based on science and en- gineering. There are two principle divisions: aerodynamics, the science of the flow of air against the surfaces, and structure, the method of building. “An airplane that is perfect aero- dynamically most likely cannot be made structurally, and vice versa, and so the designer has to continually compromise between structure and aerodynamics when designing the plane. “A scale model is made of the plane from the drawings, and this is given a wind-tunnel test. The model is held in the path of air flowing from 40-90 miles an hour by wires attached to delicate scales. These record the Concluded on page 4 Intricate Set Ups Required to Machine Special Cutters for Car Parts Punch press cutters used to machine slots in clutch discs on production basis. The specially designed press cutters shown on this page were machined in the tool room of the Trade School. The various operations necessary to produce these cutters show to what extent a student is called upon to work shop problems. The first operation was roughing out the flat, angular and grooved surfaces on a shaper. The work was next cut up into the individual cut- ters and sent to the milling machine department to have the flanges rough milled. A lathe operation then drilled and bored the holes. The cutters were then hardened and ground. These cutters like tool bits can be sharpened when dull. The angles on the flanges allow clearance. The cut- ter is held by a special holder and bolted on counterbore. 2 Qrti cwi Henry Ford The classroom shown on the left represents the academic de- partment in January, 1919. To- day twenty-eight such rooms are devoted to the academic work of t the school; including chemical and metallurgical laboratories. WEDNESDAY morning, October 25, 1916, with a nucleus of six boys, the Henry Ford Trade School officially opened its doors as an educational institution, destined to be known internationally as a leader in its sphere of industrial education. Henry Ford had planned to help boys help themselves, and the new school represented a means whereby boys, who otherwise would have been compelled to leave school for unskilled work at low wages, might continue their academic education and at the same time learn a trade. In the present age one who can do things is rated high above the one who can only talk. The demand is growing daily for persevering, energetic young men with ability to apply the theory of science to the practical requirements of industry. The purpose of the school is twofold: to educate a boy to meet the problems of life and at the same time make it pos- sible for him to earn sufficient money to support himself. The Henry Ford Trade School completely educates the boys in their chosen trades so that they can qualify af the Ford Motor Company plants or elsewhere in industry as highly skilled workmen and executives. It has been found, through the experi- ments undertaken at this school, that such training is better obtained when learning under actual shop conditions. In the early days of the school many different methods had to be tried. It was a new venture and only by experiment and careful observation could the idea succeed. At first the students spent the first three hours of each day in the classroom, reporting in the shop at 10:30. The en- rollment soon outgrew this arrangement, and so the three-section plan was orig- inated. One group attended class on Monday and Thursday, another on Tues- day and Friday, and the other on Wednes- day and Saturday. Each group spent two days in class and four in shop. It was from the days of the week that the sections received their letters “M,” “T, “W.” This system had not been operat- ing long before it was found to have a number of disadvantages. It divided the responsibility of each student. A boy would work on a certain job on Monday and on Tuesday he would have to go to school, thus dividing the responsibility of that job. It was only natural that in the case of spoiled work each student felt the other was to blame. Another dis- advantage arose in the fact that if the student wished to remain in the shop for a longer period, his interest being centered on the completion of a certain piece of work, the short periods took him away before he had finished. Each boy now devotes one week of study to the classroom, and then two weeks to the shop. Each boy in the course of a year receives 490 hours of classroom instruction and 1,360 hours of shop instruction; a total of 1,850 hours. The average public school pupil receives 1,200 hours of instruction a year. Up to this time the school had been located on the fourth floor of the “A” building, occupying approximately one thousand square feet of floor space. On January 13, 1919, the school shop moved to the AA” building, to take care of the increased enrollment and the academic department was transferred to the present school building, which at that time was occupied by Army and Navy officers. One room of the building was allot- ted to the Trade School, the remain- ing space being assigned to the Apprentice, Service, and English schools of the Ford Motor Company. At this time the enroll- ment of students was only 65. During the year it grew to about 250; in 1920 another 100 was added and 50 more in 1921. Another large increase was made in 1923, and by 1924 the enrollment to- taled 700. The school section of the “AA” building was devoted to shop work. 1EU tirntlj In 1926 the enrollment was increaa 100 per cent. This necessitated taki over the school building equipped wi twenty-eight classrooms, including t chemical laboratories and a lecture h; together with a library and an auditoriu The shop, too, had to be expanded take care of the 1,400 students, and so t school took over the second and thi floors of the “AA” building and the wh top floor of the “A” building, extendi from the school building to Manchest Avenue. Recently Mr. Ford further advanc the progress of the school by incorporati an apprentice system of shop training f the older students, permitting them come in contact with actual working co ditions in the plants of the Ford Mot Company before they are graduated fro the school. Heretofore it was customary for student to complete a general shop cour at the age of eighteen, including lath shaper, grinder, milling machine, ai bench work; also, sheet metal, patter foundry, heat treat, and blacksmith wor This training served as an extensi' broadening process but did not allow tl student an opportunity of specializing any of the trades embodied, with the e ception of toolmaking. Therefore, a b who wanted to become a pattern maker, The picture above shows the students working on mechanical drawing in 1919. The one on the right was taken re- cently. Note the modern standard- ized compact equip- ment and lighting facilities. 3 Ckti CMl School In 1919 the school shop looked like the picture on the right. Only 2,000 square feel of floor space was necessary. Today 160,(XX) square feet holds the shop equipment, valued at $2,000,000. boy who, after having had a certain mount of general training, found that he as adapted to any of the other profes- ons would have to specialize after he left he school. In September of this year a plan was mgurated that remedies this condi- in and permits the student to choose s trade he wishes to follow after his eneral course in toolmaking. Another advantage brought about by is system is the placing of students, hen they reach sixteen years of age, under pecial instructors in the various depart- lents of the Ford Motor Company, [he students thus become familiar with heir trade under actual working condi- as. At present the student may specialize tool or diemaker, pattern maker, Hinder, draftsman, electrician, tinsmith, Trade School graduates are holding many important positions in the Ford organization. Twenty are working in the Dearborn Engineering laboratory; five of these are toolmakers, ten draftsmen, one an apprenticed jeweler; three are assistants in electrical engineering, metal- lurgical and chemical research engineering, respectively. The drafting rooms of the Highland Park and Fordson plants both employ graduates. The chemical labora- tories, textile departments, and main offices also have former Trade School boys in their personnel. A foreman of the electrical furnaces at Fordson is a gradu- ate, and Trade School boys work in practi- cally all of the company’s toolrooms. To date the school has had a total attendance of approximately four thou- sand students; six hundred and thirty- five have been graduated; four hundred and fifty of these graduates are working in.the Ford Motor Company; and two hundred former students who left before the term of graduating are employed by the company. The school is operated in compliance On the left is a general view of the main shop de- partment. This floor extends from the academic build- ing to Manchester Avenue. The neat, clean, safe shop presents a vast im- provement to the one above. ieklayer, carpenter, plumber, or produc- am specialist. After completing an mentary course in the school shop he is Ewed to work in the department de- ed to the work in which he is specializ- The classroom subjects will also be related. The school of 1919 is antedated by this fcdern institution. The purpose and fals remain the same, but the years of 4wth and experience have wrought tony changes. with the Michigan school laws and is self- supporting. The average annual value of material produced by each boy is approximately one thousand dollars. The income from work done for the Ford Motor Company, therefore, amounts to $1,400,000 per year. This is sufficient to pay scholarships for students, salaries to instructors, and all the upkeep of equip- ment. It does not pay any interest on the investment in buildings and equip- ment. It is impossible to estimate accurately the significance of the Henry Ford Trade School. That it is of value both to the pupils and to the company is apparent. The oldest of the graduates are now only twenty-six, but already they are forging ahead of their fellows who have not had the benefit of the special training. But the true worth of the school will be measured not so much in terms of those who have direct contact with it, as in the effect it will have on educational measures at large. Here, for almost the first time, the coordination of head and hand in the instruction of youth has been attempted on a large scale. The classroom subjects are comprised of the following: English, mechanical drawing, civics, auto mechanics, com- mercial geography, arithmetic, algebra, geometry, trigonometry, metallurgy, met- allography, physics, chemistry and quali- tative analysis. Today the school proper occupies 60,000 square feet of floor space. This does not include the shop departments of the company used by the students. The machinery and equipment of the shop is valued at two million dollars. There are eighteen separate depart- ments in the shop: Forge, die, gauge, lathe, bench, hardening, foundry, sheet metal, nickel-plating, valve repair, car repair, grinder, wood and metal pattern, carpentry, tool repair, and milling ma- chine. In all this training the school holds the following ideals before the boys; in the shop and, as far as possible, in the class- room: Cleanliness and Safety come first, then Accuracy. Slow Accuracy is nt longer valuable; therefore Speed is the fourth ideal. Fifth is Ingenuity, the ability to develop better methods and better work. Thus it is that Henry Ford is demon- strating to the public his methods of helping boys to help themselves, and at the same time promulgating that form of utilitarian education (coordination of the head and hand) that is so vital to industry. The Trade School is only a unit of the Ford Motor Company’s educational program. The Ford School of Technology has been established to train apprentices and special students. 4 October 25, 1927. Ratio of Water and Cement Determined Concluded from page I Laboratory, Chicago, discovered after thousands of tests that there was an ordered relation between the strength of concrete and the ratio of the water to the cement in the mix. The relation persisted through all kinds of aggregate and all varieties of mixes, provided the resultant concrete was what could be called plastic; that is, of a consistency that would readily slide from mixers, fill forms, and penetrate rod meshes, all without segregation or visible water. He demonstrated that if one cubic foot of water is used for each cubic foot of cement in a concrete mixture, the strength at a given age is fixed regardless of what quantities of aggregates are used, so long as the mix is workable and the aggregates are clean and made up of sound particles. The significance of this conclusion is more readily appreciated when the cement paste is thought of as a glue binding the aggregates together. The addition of excess mixing water serves only to dilute the mass. It is estimated that an extra pint of water added to a one-bag batch of concrete is about equivalent to taking out of the mixture three or four pounds of cement and throwing it away, so far as the strength of the concrete is concerned. Six gallons of water provided for each bag of cement makes a concrete with a crushing strength of ap- proximately 2,500 pounds-per square inch at the end of a month, and about 3,500 pounds resistance in a year. For every pint of water used in excess, the strength of the concrete at the end of a month will be reduced about 80 pounds. To repair the damage done by an extra gallon of water would make it necessary to add one-sixth more cement, which is a needlessly expensive practice. Water has two functions in con- crete: first to hydrate or unite with the cement, and second to produce a workable consistency. This discovery, now conceded by practically all investigators, was at first confused with an accompanying report that the gradation of the aggregate measured by a sieve test called the fineness-modulus was also of importance. Not until about two years ago did it become widely understood that strength is a function of the water-cement ratio and econ- omy a function of the aggregate, and that the two are quite separate. The newest methods have not simplified concrete proportioning. Rather the contrary. In place of the usual mixing by rote there has been substituted a preliminary study, and constant supervision by trained observers and testers during each mix. Allowance must be made for the mois- ture contained in the aggregate by reducing the amount of water in the mix proportionately. And through- out the mixing process there is neces- sary a precision in measurement and care in mixing and placing unknown under former methods. The origin of cement is lost in antiquity. There still exists a con- crete aqueduct built by the Cartha- ginians long before the Christian Era. The grain of the wooden form marks is still visible in the substruc- ture of the Temple of Julius, poured twenty centuries ago. Portland cement, invented in 1824, is an improvement on earlier cements. First Aviation Talk of Series Given Concluded from page 1 lift and drag of the plane, and tell the designer whether the plane is balanced correctly, and so forth. “Airplanes were all formerly made of wood and fabric. Today the stable planes are made largely of metal of known composition and properties. With this in mind the designer calcu- lates the strength of his stresses and the weight of the finished product. “The present Ford trimotor plane weighs approximately 5,600 pounds. It has a wing spread of 73 feet and is 54 feet wide. The plane is equipped with three 200 h. p. motors, and will carry a 3,000-pound pay load. “More is known about the airplane technique than there is known about the automobile. An airplane is more efficient from the engineering end. Propeller Strength Miraculous “The airplane propeller travels at a speed of eight miles a minute and hafc 13 tons’ pressure at the hub. The propeller is only nine feet long. From a practical viewpoint, the fact that a piece of wood or metal will stand up under this tremendous centrifugal force is miraculous. “Since July first 14,000 passengers have been taken up in the Ford tri- motor planes for sight-seeing trips over Detroit by the Stout Air Services, Inc., operating from the Ford Airport, Dearborn. This in itself proves the confidence of the public in flying in metal planes. “The engine is the heart of the plane.” Mr. Stout here told of the advance of airplane motors from the water-cooled automobile type, rotary cylinder, radial motor, and the more recent cam motor. Aviation is not guesswork. It is good common sense. And in perform- ing a service for the world, it offers a tremendous opportunity to the Ameri- can Youth. determine: rngle h HOW TO READ A MICROMETER A micrometer is very easily read, but, of course, like many other things, rapid work is obtained only after some practice. Many machinists read the mi- crometer almost at a glance. The micrometer divides the inch into one thousand parts. As usually made it has a forty-pitch screw which advances through the nut .025 inch per revolution. It is evident that, if measurements are to be made of .025 inch or less, all the graduating can be on the end of revolving thimble only; all that would be necessary besides this would be an indicating line on stationary part. To measure a greater range it is necessary to have some means of counting and adding together the additional revolutions of screw. This is done in an ingenious and very simple manner by the graduating and numbering used, and is plainly illus- trated by cut, which is made about twice the actual size. Vernier System Used The crosslines on sleeve are spaced .025 inch apart to equal the pitch of screw. A revolution line is cut length- wise of the sleeve which in connection with the zero line on thimble counts whole revolutions of screw. When end of thimble matches any of the crosslines, and the zero line matches with the revolution line, the number of spaces exposed denotes the number of revolutions made. Every fourth crossline is numbered from 0 to 10. In the first illustration the read- ing is .304 showing .300 on the sleeve and .004 on the thimble. In the second illustration the reading is .226 showing .225 on the sleeve and .001 on the thimble. In the third illustration the reading is .224 show- ing .200 on the sleeve and .024 on the thimble. The figures should be taken off the sleeve as hundreds, that is, 100, 200, 300, etc. The thimble is shown purposely close to the lines in the cut as these are the points where a mis- take would be most likely. In the .226 reading while the end of the thimble may appear to match the crossline, it is evident that it does not for the reason that the zero lines on thimble and sleeve do not coincide but are one space advanced which, of course, we add to the .225, which makes the reading .226. The same is true in the .224 reading, but the zero line has gone by one space making the reading .224. A very good way to begin in teach- ing a boy who has never used a micrometer is to let him take a one- inch size, run it down to zero or against the anvil, and then have him turn the screw back, counting the graduations on thimble for four turns and counting these graduations to one hundred. He then readily sees the use of the cross graduating and how it helps him to count. Knowing the decimal equivalents at this time is essential. Answers No 2 DETERMINE K. RND V X +Ya=2.37Sa=S.( 406 (0 .( 2S -(X-I.2S) =(4.S-.S-I.7S- Y)3 (2) SC UR RING RND TRRNSPOS NG, THth SUffTRRCTlNQ 0) FROM (2), X -2.5 X -4.5Yt y f -6.2344 2f____________ Ya‘ 564 02 - 2.5 X - 4.5 y -’ .8746 .11.8746 -4.8 Y 2 S SUBSTITUTING in U) (,t7Ts srf+ •' ■ + SdURRING RND TRRNSPOS NG, 26.5 Y3-106.87 V 05.792-0 v . 06.8 7 tW 421.41 - 1209.7 2 . , 74 $ ’ 53 SUBSTITUTING IN (l), X + . 7419 = 2.37S Z 5.64062-3.03421 I. 6 44 Volume II Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, November 10, 1927 Number 3 School Has I Unit for . 4 Heat Treat Differs for Various Steels The heat treat department of the school familiarizes the students with the physical properties of steel. This unit of the shop is equipped with ten units used in the heat treating of steel. Nitrate baths, heat treat, high speed, preheating for high speed and drawing furnaces; also, two lead baths, cya- nide bath, water and oil quenches, and oil draw bath are part of this equipment. A single pyrometer is connected in multiple with the ten heating units. A student can record the temperature of the individual units by pressing the button corresponding with the number of the unit. A sand blast apparatus, Rockwell and Brinell testing machines, and straightening systems are also part of the equipment. The metallurgy and metallography of the classroom are put to a practical test in this depart- ment. leat Treat Local Work j Mr. Henry Ford j i Reads Artisan j Mr. Henry Ford, while reading The Artisan recently, was attracted by the ‘evolution of the lathe’ pictures shown on page two. Dupli- cate photographs of these crude machines have been presented to Mr. Ford, who has added them to the ever- increasing group of antiques destined for his museum. Mr. Ford has shown great interest in the collection of antiquated objects. He has made it a hobby to preserve and depict the sociological growth of our country. Farming implements, tools, vehicles, power units, and pottery are a few of the types of objects in the collection. Under his personal supervision, a number of Colonial inns have been restored to their original condition. T. S. Students Are Specializing in Various Trades Thirty-three students have ex- pressed their intention of becoming draftsmen; thirty, wood pattern makers; three, tinsmiths; two, brick- layers; two, electricians; and one, a plumber. These boys have been placed in the departments indicated, under faculty supervision, and will continue to attend class one week out of three. At the age of sixteen the Trade School students have the opportunity of specializing in any one of the following trades: tool or die making, pattern making, electrical work, plumbing, bricklaying, carpentry, tin- smithing, molding or drafting. This opportunity is proving a wonderful asset to the boy who, after having had sufficient insight into the various trades, can choose for himself the one for which he is best fitted. When a student enters the Trade School he receives two years of general tool work. This training is deemed important and is good experience no matter what trade a boy follows. Aerodynamics Subject of Lecture General Principles of Flying Covered In Second Talk “Simple Aerodynamics” was the topic of the second of a series of six lectures on aviation delivered in the school auditorium. O. E. Kirch- ner, of the engineering department of the airplane division of the Ford Motor Company, delivered this talk. Under this topic the explanation of wing curves, the arrangement of fly- ing surfaces, and the general principles of flying were covered. Mr. Kirchner said there were two means of motion through air. Rela- tive motion between the air and the flat surfaces is one; the other is the displacement of air by a lighter gas. The airplane belongs to the first type named and the balloons to the second. He then explained that force of air on a surface or plate produces a Concluded on page 3 Heat Treating Steel Steel is given heat treatment to change the physical properties. There is such a variety of steels, with correspondingly different composi- tions, that a number of different methods are used in the Ford Motor Company, these being designated by letters, such as heat treatment “0,” or “Q,” and so on. The lowest temperature at which tool or high-speed steel will become hard when quenched is known as the “critical point” for that type of steel. Low carbon steels (not over .20 per cent carbon) do not become commer- cially hard when quenched; surface hardening is resorted to for ma- chine- and cold-rolled steels. This is done by keeping the piece immersed in a bath of molten sodium cyanide (NaCN) for 5 to 30 minutes, this- depending on size of piece and depth of penetration of carbon desired. It is then quenched in water, or brine, and a very hard “skin” or casing .010 to .015 inches thick is formed. The method generally used for sur- face-hardening at least when greater penetrationis desired is carbonization. The work is placed in a metal box made of high nickel steel and contain- ing a carbonaceous material. The lid is sealed on with fire clay and the Battery of heat treating furnaces, annealing ovens, and quenching baths in the school heat treat department. Concluded on page 3 Shielded furnaces and pots with suction system are safety features. @rii6cin November 10, 1927 AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORD TRADE SCHOOL. DETROIT, MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN. MICHIGAN. Member of Interscholastic Press Association SPECIALIZING Fifty years ago the “Jack of all trades” was considered the trained man around the shop—the man who could design, draw, and then follow through and complete the manufacturing processes himself. He would make the pattern, mould and cast, and then perform the various machining opera- tions. Today this system is impossible. In keeping with the advance of science the world has considered time an important factor, and so the vari- ous trades have developed as independent professions. This is the age of specialization. The trained man today is one who has mastered one trade proficiently. Tool making, die making, foundry work, pattern making, drafting, bricklaying, and electrical work are among the trades offered in the Henry Ford Trade School. Apprenticeship in any of these trades is a means of educating oneself to life. The choice is dependent on the individual student. After due consider- ation and study during the two years’ preliminary training in general work the student should be capable of choosing for himself the trade he is best adapted to. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE STEEL-MAKING PROCESS In prehistoric times the earth’s inhabitants fashioned their imple- ments from flint. After a time, as the result of observation or chance, prim- itive men discovered that metals, such as copper and lead, could be obtained from certain earths or ores, and it was not long before they found that copper could be made harder by the addition of a little iron, arsenic, or tin. That they ever actually hardened copper, in the sense that we harden steel for tools, is extremely improbable. It is not easy to say whether the bronze age preceded the iron age or not, and if it did, by what period of years. Flint instruments and weapons are almost imperishable and bronze is very enduring, while iron rusts, and if buried in a damp place is wholly converted into hydrated oxide or carbonate of iron, soluble in waters containing much organic mat- ter. For this reason iron relics of great age are scarce, while flint and bronze fill the museums. How- ever, in certain ruins of the Swiss lake dwellings all three sorts of implements were found—flint, bronze, and iron. The use of iron is frequently men- tioned in the early books of the Old Testament. The Egyptians were familiar with it at least four thousand years ago. The Assyrians probably knew how to obtain iron from its ores and how to fashion it into saws, chisels, and other implements, at a still earlier date than the Egyptians. The various ages known as the stone, the bronze, and the iron ages are not fixed periods in the world’s history, but are periods in the history and development of individual tribes and nations. For example, while at a period, say 1000 B. C., the Egyptians and the Assyrians were making swords of iron (and a cross-cut two-handed saw of this period is in the British Museum), the bronze age existed in southern Europe, while in northern and western Europe wood and stone implements were in general use. In India, China, and Japan there is abundant evidence of the manu- facture and use of iron at a very early period. In this very day there are tribes in Central Africa which have but attained the degree of skill which we picture in our minds when the iron age is mentioned. They are making iron in a most primitive fashion and their methods may be the identical ones used thousands of years ago by the Assy- rians. Their metallurgical skill is by no means slight, for they know how to smelt ores in a small cupola blown by a hand bellows, and to em- ploy the right fluxes to obtain a prod- uct of remarkably good analysis. Continued on page 4 The Evolution of the Lathe Shown in Pictures The picture on the right represents a workshop of about 1772. There are three lathes, one on each side and one at the back. Tw o are pole lathes, the other is turned by wheel. This figure is reproduced from the French Diclionnaire des Sciences, published in 1772. At this time appliances for cutting metals were little better than in the Middle Ages. Such lathes were useless for metal work, as they lacked both the necessary power and a hold- ing device strong enough and accurate enough to guide a tool. The slide rest had been invented but not put into practical form. It is hard to realize the crudity of the tools available in the 18th Cen- tury. In all machinery the principal members were of wood, as only wood could be worked by the hand tools then in use. The fastenings and the smaller parts only were of metal, and consisted of castings and forgings fitted by hand. Some lathes of the very simplest type were in use. Most of them were pole lathes, operated by a cord reaching from a foot treadle, around the work itself, and up to a pole or wooden spring attached to the ceiling. The w'ork rotated alternately forward and back- ward, and was caught with a hand tool each time as it came forward. Only the very best forms had con- tinuous motion from a direct drive on the live spindle as shown on the right of this picture. The lower picture, a screw-cutting lathe of about 1740, presents a rather ornamental appearance at first glance. It is an illustration from a French book published in 1741; gears instead of ropes were used to connect the rotation of the lead screw with that of the work, but if the idea of change gears was contemplated, it was not developed. The Screw Lathe The origin of the screw thread reaches so far back into ancient times that it is impossible to determine when, where, or by whom it was first conceived. The corners of the early boring instruments may have had notches formed in them to facilitate their action upon the material to be bored. These notches may have been gradually deepened for the same pur- pose, with the idea that the deeper they were the more useful they would become. Probably in making these notches the tool was laid on its side and gradually revolved as the notches were made, beginning at the point and working upward as the tool was revolved. This of itself would have a natural tendency to produce a sem- blance of a screw thread, which would increase the efficiency of the tool by drawing it into the wood to be bored. (JriiSccn 3 Students Study Gear Manufacture Modern Generators Produce Gears on Production Basis Trade School students are now receiving an insight into the methods of manufacturing Ford gears on a production basis. Ten students have been placed in the gear department to learn the operation of gear genera- tor machines. This group will be replaced from time to time in order to give as many students as possible an opportunity of running these ma- chines. In the modern gear generator the gear is mounted on an arbor and the teeth accurately lined up between cutting tools, so that an equal amount of stock will be removed from each side of each tooth. The tools travel across the face of the gear tooth at the rate of four hundred strokes a minute, removing a very small amount of stock at each stroke, to insure the best finish. As the machine finishes the last tooth—the fortieth —it automatically shuts off. Tested for Accuracy Next, the gear is inspected on a gear-testing machine for accuracy of tooth size and bearing, both of which play a most important part in deter- mining with what degree of quietness the gear will run when in use. Ring gear steel is of the highest quality and has a large, carbon con- tent; so only a cyanide treatment is necessary to give it a hard-wearing surface. Coming from the cyanide furnace, the gears are quenched in oil in a gear-hardening press of Ford design, to prevent distortion. Two men, one on the furnace, the other on the presses, can harden and straighten 1,900 gears in eight hours. Less than one-tenth of one per cent of the gears are rejected at this point. When cold enough to be handled without gloves, the gears are removed from the press with faces perfectly flat, and are subjected to another drawing operation which relieves the strain involved in the cyaniding. Now the bores are ground out on internal grinding machines, on which the gears are mounted with master gears to insure accuracy of bore. The limit of deviation from accuracy is one one-thousandth of an inch. At the conclusion of the grinding operation, the gears are passed on for a test in which they are rolled with drive pinions for quietness. They are now ready for assembly. Aerodynamics Is the Subject of Second Lecture Concluded from page 1 resulting pressure inclined to the rear which can be resolved into lifting and drag forces. The diagram shown on this page shows the resultant pressure of these forces. He further stated that the surface should be inclined in order to receive the maximum pressure; also that if it )vas inclined too much a condition would be reached which would pro- duce what is known as the stalling angle and the plane would drop. Mr. Kirchner then showed a card- board illustration of the Ford trimotor plane and explained how it was necessary for the designer to study not only wing surfaces, but also landing gear, cabin space for passengers or freight, power plant, and tail. In the early days of flying the pilot flew the plane—today the plane flies the pilot. In explaining this sentence Mr. Kirchner showed how essential the tail and ailerons were to the plane. During the early flights the pilot had a movable seat, so that, as the center of pressure moved with the angle of attack, it was possible to change the center of gravity as the pilot moved his position. Airplane Balance With a fish pole type of lever appa- ratus he showed how a plane is balanced. The mass of any body may be assumed to be compensated at one point; which is known as the cen- ter of gravity. The center of pres- sure is the point at which all the air forces may be assumed to be concen- trated. The most favorable flying condition is when the center of gravity and the center of pressure coincide. This, however, is impossible, as the center of pressure changes its loca- tion with each angle of attack. Mr. Kirchner then explained the air foil sections, or wings—how in earlier days the thin type was used, and how present manufacturers now use the thick-wing type. The thin type necessitated outside wire braces, caus- ing parasite resistance, while the thick wing is braced internally with metal struts, and also gives the added advantage of a slower landing speed. These lecture talks are given every Wednesday at 4:00 p. m. in the school auditorium. The Stout Air Services have taken 15,000 people this summer for sight-seeing trips over Detroit. WHY DON’T YOU GO? Heat Treating Studied in School Concluded from page 1 whole thing placed in a furnace for about 8 hours at 1700 degrees Fahren- heit. The carbon penetrates to an average depth of 1 16 inches and, when quenched, the piece has a hard outer shell. Tool steel and high speed steel, when suddenly quenched, are under a terrific internal strain which is re- lieved by being reheated to a suitable temperature and cooling slowly. This is called “tempering” or “drawing” and it reduces the brittleness in a piece, giving elasticity. The lower the heat when tempering, the harder the piece will be. The higher the “draw” the softer and tougher will be the work. Work having sharp edges or differ- ent cross sections should be protected by pieces of wire or fire clay at these points where a fracture may occur. around, resulting rin painful bums. Not many years ago it was the cus- tom for a heat treater to watch the color of the work in the furnace to de- termine its temperature. A cherry red, perhaps, for tool steel and an orange, or even at times a lemon yellow, for | high-speed, were thought to be the • correct heats. However, the human 1 element enters into this proceeding too greatly. The U. S. Bureau of Standards demonstrated conclusively that at temperatures around 2000 degrees Fahrenheit, the “old-timers” who depended on their eye were off as much as 100 degrees Fahrenheit i in judging a furnace temperature. So ■ the thermocouple and the pyrometer have been adopted for the accurate measuring of temperatures. The Ford Motor Company uses three types of thermocouples as follows: Iron-constantan (I. C.) couple up to 1500 degrees Fahrenheit; chromel- alumel couple up to 2000 degrees Fahrenheit, and the platinum-plati- num-rhodium couple up to 3000 degrees Fahrenheit. A testing machine known as a Brinell Hardness Testing Machine, Student testing hardness of work with Rockwell tester. The work should be heated for a sufficient length of time to insure a good even heat throughout. This brings about a homogeneous condition in the steel, and on the job it is called “soaking” the piece in the furnace. A lead or nitrate (NaNO3) bath of known temperature is used to temper the work. A “strain draw” may be as low as 325 degrees Fahrenheit to 375 degrees Fahrenheit and tempering draws go up to 675 degrees Fahrenheit. To avoid warping a long slender piece when quenching, hold it verti- cally over the bath and plunge straight down. Safety Precautions Extreme caution should be used in this department. Goggles should be worn when necessary and must be worn around the cyanide pot, lead pot, and nitrate pot. Sodium cyanide (NaCN) is very poisonous and if water comes in contact with these molten baths an explosion re- sults which throws burning particles was invented which forced a steel ball 10 millmeters in diameter into the piece under a fixed hydraulic pres- sure of 3000 kilograms; and the width across the depression is read under a special microscope. This machine is well adapted for testing larger pieces such as dies, while for small work the Rockwell Hardness Tester is found to be the best. This machine uses either a steel ball or a diamond cone to make the impression. A minor load of 10 kilograms is first applied to start the point into the work and then the major load, depending upon the job, of perhaps 150 kilograms is applied. Dial readings indicate the difference in penetration between minor and major loads. These readings may vary from 45 to 64 according to the particular require- ments. High speed steel blades, cut- ters, and reamers should show 62 to 64, while tool steel punches should give a reading of 57 to 59 and tool steel dies should read 58 to 60. 4 3X Ctrfi cni November 10, 1927 TAPER SYSTEMS There are a number of different taper systems used in the mechanical industry. Among the most important are the Brown and Sharpe, Jarno, and Morse. While the majority of American tool builders have been us- ing the Brown and Sharpe taper sys- tem in their milling machine spindles, and the Morse taper system in their lathe and drilling machines, a num- ber of firms have adopted the Jarno system. In the Jarno taper system, the number of the taper is the key by which all dimensions are immediately determined. That is, the number of the taper is the number of tenths of an inch in diameter at the small end; the number of eighths of an inch at the large end; and the number of halves of an inch in length or depth. For example, the number 4 taper is 4 10 or .400 inch in diameter at the small end of the taper; 4 8 or .500 inch in diameter at large end; and 4 2 or 2 inches in length. The taper per foot of the Jarno taper system is equal to .600 inch per foot or .050 inch per inch. No. of taper Diameter at large end =--------- 8 No. of taper Diameter at small end =--------- 10 No. of taper Length of taper =--------------- 2 Brown and Sharpe tapers are equal to .500 inch taper per foot on all numbers except number 10, which has a taper of .5161 inch per foot. By referring to Brown and Sharpe tapers in the American Machinists'Handbook, standard diameters of large and small end and length of taper may be found. Morse taper system is used on lathe and drilling machines. The taper per foot of this system varies according to the number of the taper, number “0” being the smallest di- ameter of this system and equaling .625 inch taper per foot. Number 1 has a taper per foot of .600 inch; numbers 2 and 3, .602 inch; number 4, .623 inch; number 5, .630 inch; number 6, .626 inch; number 7, .625 inch. There are a number of other tapers used, but to such a limited extent that a full discussion will not be necessary. One, the Reed taper, used on lathes, has the same taper per foot as the Jarno, but differs both in diameter and length. The Standard Tool Company has two tapers, known as the standard and short tapers. These vary from .600 to .630 inch per foot. The Sellers taper system has a taper per foot of .750 inch and has a keyway the full length of the taper, but no tang. In calculating tapers, the following rules will be found helpful: When taper per foot, length of tapered portion of work, and large diameter are specified on drawing or print, to find small diameter: Rule: First multiply taper per foot by length of tapered portion of work divided by 12 inches. Second, sub- tract this amount from large diameter. Result equals diameter at small end of taper. Example: Taper per foot = H inch. Length of tapered portion = 4 inches. Diameter at large end = 2 inches. Hx 4 12 = 1 6 or .1666 2—.1666-1.8334, the diameter at small end. When length of tapered portion and the diameter at large end and diameter at small end are specified, to find the taper per foot: Rule: First subtract diameter at small end by diameter at large end. Second, multiply this result by 12 divided by length of tapered portion. Example: Length of tapered por- tion-4 inches. Diameter at large end = 2 inches. Diameter at small end = 1.8334 inches. 2—1.8334 = .1666 .1666 x 12 4 = Y i� the taper per foot. When length of tapered portion, taper per foot, and diameter at small end are specified, to find the diameter at large end: Rule: First multiply taper per foot by length of tapered portion divided by 12 inches. Second, add this result to diameter at small end. Result will be the diameter at large end. Example: Taper per foot = 3 inch. Length of tapered portion equals 4 inches. Diameter at small end equals 1.8334 inches. Vi x 4 12 = 1 6 or .1666 inches. 1.8334 -f .1666 = 2 inches, diameter at large end. When it is necessary to find the amount to set over the tail stock of a lathe that is not equipped with a taper attachment for taper turning, the taper per foot being specified on the drawing or print: Rule: First divide the length of tapered portion of the stock by 12 inches. Second, multiply this quotient by Vi the taper per foot. Example: Taper per foot equals % inch per foot. Length of tapered portion of work equals 12 inches. 12 12 = 1 inch. % + 2 = % inch. lx % = % inch, amount to set over tail stock. When taper per foot is not specified. Rule: First divide the total length of the stock by the portion to be tapered. Second, multiply this quotient by 3 the difference in diameter. Example: Total length of stock = 9 inches. Length of tapered por- tion =43 inches. Diameter at large end = 13 inches. Diameter at small end equals 1 3 16 inches. 9 ----= 2 inches. 4 H 13 —13 16 = 5 16. 5 16-r .2 = 5 32 2 x 5 32 = 5 16, amount to set over tail stock of lathe. When the work is to be tapered its entire length. Rule: First subtract the diameter at small end of the taper from the diameter at large end. Second, divide the difference by 2. This equals the amount to set over the tail stock. Example: Length of taper stock = 9 inches. Diameter at large end = 3 inches. Diameter at small end = 23 inches. 3—2 = H 3 -j 2� K. amount of set-over required. Answers No 3 determine: angle a. . CD - 4.5 -.5 • 4.000 BC 3.000 2-1.5 TfJN CBD-C2) i-BC mo '3C BD=BC(SEC. C BD) - 4.2 718 HE .S SINmE?BD DEtBD=.H 704 R -- 2[90 -( CBD + lEBDJ =2794076“ Try This No. 4 2 y 4 RRER R RRER 8 T s 1 DETERMINE Y IN ORDER THRT RRER R WILL EQ.URL RRER B. If there are explanations or com- ments regarding problems, write the Henry Ford Trade School, Ford Mo- tor Company, Detroit, Michigan. The Development of Steel Making Continued from page 2 They use charcoal as fuel. The chunks of metal which they obtain by first smelting are sold to smiths who refine them still further by a sort of puddling process; a tool made by this means gave, according to Bellamy and Harbord, the following excellent analysis: Carbon, 1.02; silicon, .026; sulphur, .006; phosphorus, .012; manganese, trace. There are evi- dences in Belgium of ancient iron workings dating from the Roman occupation; the Belgians were famous armorers through many centuries. The skilled workmen of this country, the Walloon Belgians, emigrated especially to England and Sweden to become the founders of the fine steel industries in those countries, the exodus becoming so great that at one time it was stopped by law. During the time of the Norman Conquest and of the Tudors, the manufacture of iron in Great Britain was an insignificant industry. The chief supplies were imported from Belgium, and from Belgium came the invention which gave a great impulse to the iron and steel business; that is, the invention of the blast furnace. Before this, iron was produced direct from ore in a crude form of hearth, the product being wrought iron or steel, which was obtained in a solid or pasty condition far from homogene- ous in composition; and when large or intricate forms were desired they were made from these crude materials by laborious welding and forging methods. With the invention of larger and improved blast furnaces by the Belgians it was found that a practically new metal, fused cast iron, was at the disposal of the early metallurgist. Cast iron was made in Sussex as early as 1350, and the art of iron founding gradually grew and flour- ished in England and on the Con- tinent, until in 1543 cast-iron can- non were made in England. In 1595 these were made as heavy as three tons each. But cast iron was used not only for foundry purposes, for it was argued that if by one ap- plication of the purifying influence of fire the crude metal was prepared from the ores, the second application of the same agency might convert it into a malleable product; and so wrought iron was subsequently pro- duced in small fineries. From that day to this the blast furnace has been the first step in the manufacture of iron and steel. Much of this early wrought iron was delightfully low in sulphur and some other impurities, but at that time no means was known of reducing the phosphorus; the amount of this element present in the product was due to the chance selec- tion of the ore. There were no chemists in those days to say whether the iron contained phosphorus or not, and practical experience with the product in use was the only way of determining the merits of ores from various sources. Continued in next issue. Volume II Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, November 25, 1927 Number 4 Model Airplane Club Organized by Students Structure of Airplanes Explained Testing and Listing of Materials; Design of Plane Told The third of a series of six lectures on aviation was delivered to students and employes by H. C. Karcher, of the Airplane Engineering Division of the Ford Motor Company on Novem- ber 2. This talk covered how struc- tures are calculated; how materials are tested and listed; and general procedure in the design of the lightest possible structure for airplanes with methods of testing that structure. Mr. Karcher explained what is meant by a structure. He compared primitive log bridges to the present span bridges composed of numerous struts, I-beams and channels, and then told how the frame skeleton of a building is also a structure. When we ride in an automobile we are also rid- ing on a structure, the chassis mounted on wheels. The safety of this structure is not doubted because people have been educated to know that they are safe. Concluded on page 3 Actress Talks to T Section Group On Friday afternoon, November 4, Miss Jessie Bonstelle of the Bonstelle Players gave a very interesting and profitable talk to the boys of the “T” section. The burden of her talk was a plea to boys to be wide-awake—to keep their eyes, ears, and minds open to the significance of life about them. To look upon life as a privilege and a thing of mightysignificance—where an act, apparently simple, may turn out to be one of tremendous importance; as the historic flight of Lindbergh. And above all else she urged that they lose themselves in their work: the highest attainment, in any line, is not possible until they have lost all thought of self in a joyous contempla- tion of their work. Through their work alone can they express them- selves—and thus find expression and outlet for all that is noble and great within; and secure the growth so much desired. In this connection she earnestly urged the importance of the play as one of the best mediums of training in the valuable art of self-expression. j Higher Math j to Be Offered The apprentice mathematics de- partment is offering a class in ad- vanced engineering mathematics in- cluding college trigonometry, analy- tic geometry, and calculus, to those interested. The requirements of this course state that the prospective student must have completed algebra through quadratic equations. This class will meet on Tuesday, November 29, and will meet once a week thereafter for the remainder of the first term. Practical problems will be taken from the engineering department of the Ford Motor Com- pany. Students completing this course receive no college degree, but will be qualified to work in the en- gineering departments. This course is entirely voluntary, and must be taken in addition to school or apprentice mathematics. Science Classes Visit Fordson Coke Ovens, Blast Furnaces, Cupola and Power House Seen The coke ovens, blast furnaces, cupola, and power house at the Ford- son plant were the interesting objects of a trip by the metallurgy and metallography classes recently. There are four batteries of coke ovens, each consisting of sixty stoves. The batteries are connected with a house or hopper which supplies the Ovens with crushed soft coal by means of a car that travels on a rail above. Each furnace is two feet wide, ten feet high, and thirty feet long. The four batteries coke about 5,200 tons of coal every 24 hours. The by-prod- ucts for this same period equal ap- proximately 58,000,000 cubic feet of gas, 20,000 gallons of light oil, which when refined is benzol; 120,000 pounds of ammonium sulphate, and 50,000 gallons of tar. The ovens are charged with coal through three openings in the top of furnace. The coal is then heated for seven or eight hours by gas burners. The flame is on the outside of the fire brick, and therefore does not bum the coal. During the heating process the by-products are driven off in the form of gas, which is treated with specia apparatus to change it into the forms it finally assumes. The coke is Concluded on page 3 Lincoln Plant Seen by Older Classes on Trip The higher classes of the three sections recently visited the Lincoln plant of the Ford Motor Company. Beginning at the receiving depart- ment, the groups followed the produc- tion cycle of the Lincoln car. From the stock room the fabricated materials are distributed to the various departments to be machined. The cylinder blocks are machined within .001 inch limits and then honed. Machining the camshaft and crankshaft was particularly interest- ing. There are fifty-four inspections made on the camshaft alone. The crankshaft is ground so perfectly that a soft pencil will not mark the surface. A dynamic testing apparatus insures perfect crankshaft balance. Motor assembly and block testing were next in order; then the group witnessed the assembling of the car. The frame structure is riveted and the engine is installed; axles, springs and steering apparatus are attached, and test wheels and body are put on. The car is then run on a track ad- jacent to the factory. The driver synchronizes the motor and notes all imperfections. The chassis is next stripped of test body and wheels and placed on a conveyor which carries it through an enameling oven. When it leaves the oven the wheels and body are attached. The car is then given an agitation test. As a result of this test all rattles and squeaks can be eliminated. The brakes are then set, and the product is ready for market. Faculty to Have Lecture Course Professor Thomas Damond of the University of Michigan is to conduct a lecture course on foremanship and vocational shop training for the benefit of the school faculty. These lectures are designed to keep the Trade School instructors up-to- date in modern apprentice and voca- tional teaching methods as approved by the state. The first lecture and discussion will be held Monday, November 28, at 4:00 p. m. Group Is Affiliated With National Society On Thursday, November 10, at 4:00 p. m., a group of forty Trade School students interested in avia- tion met and formed a club in the interests of aviation. At this meeting the name Ford Model Airplane Club was chosen. A constitution was sub- mitted and adopted. The group will be under the supervision of a faculty adviser. Meetings are to be held every Thursday at 4:00 p. m. in the school building. These meetings will be conducted by the officers of the club, part of the time being devoted to business procedure and the remain- der to lecture talks on aviation and the discussion of building model airplanes. Concluded on page 4 Radiator Group to Take Shop Trips Manufacture of Parts for Radiators to Be Seen in Fabrication The students in the radiator unit of the school, in correlation to their work, are taken on shop trips to ob- serve the methods of manufacturing the various units necessary in the making of a Ford radiator. Among the trips listed for this group are the acid department where the muriatic acid is produced, the lead and the solder departments, also the copper tube and fin department. A trip was taken recently by the group through the solder department. The total daily production of solder in the Ford Motor Company is 30,000 pounds. Solder as we usually think of it is an alloy of tin and lead. The peculiar outstanding property of sol- der is that its melting point is lower than that of either constituent and that it fuses tightly to clean metallic surfaces. Another property of these alloys that makes them of unusual value is that, on melting or cooling, there is a period of considerable du- ration when they are neither entirely solid nor entirely liquid; this allows them to be worked exactly into place. The exact requirements for solder Concluded on page 3 2 Zf uzdrii CMi November 25, 1927 AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORD TRADE SCHOOL. DETROIT. MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN. MICHIGAN. Member of Interscholastic Press Association VOL. II No. 4 November 25 1927 CLUB ACTIVITIES A LARGE part of the education afforded by any school consists of the opportunities offered for serious student participation in worth-while activ- ities. Following this principle, the Henry Ford Trade School has fostered a number of organizations which are serving well their purpose of educating and inspiring boys. Various groups have been formed for special study, such as the Explora- tion, Biology, Radio, and Aeronautic clubs. These groups meet to listen to talks by members or outsiders, to discuss their interests informally, or to see demonstrations. The school paper, The Artisan, also offers educational opportunities of value. The writing of news and editorials serves as a practical aid in the development of the ability to write clear and understandable English. Writing for the publication does not, perhaps, give the training necessary to the development of journalists; yet the work involved in getting and writing news stories tests and trains one’s capacity for noticing, comprehend- ing, and describing interesting things and happenings. The English department of the school has two explanatory sheets on writing for the school publication. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE STEEL-MAKING PROCESS Continued from lust issue It did not take long to dis- cover that wrought iron, by long heating in contact with carbon, ab- sorbed some of that element and was thus converted into cemented” or blister steel.” Blister steel when piled, welded, and forged becomes shear steel,” and if shear steel is piled, welded, and forged the product is known as “double shear.” By this piling and welding operation, the carbon which is highest in the outer portions of the cemented bar becomes more uniformly distributed through- out the mass of steel. In 1781 Bergman of Upsala pointed out that it was carbon which determines the difference between wrought iron, steel, and cast iron. The early steel works were all located in the vicinity of great forests, for charcoal was the only fuel used. The works were also located near running streams, where water wheels were used to provide power for the blast and for the first power hammers. There are many such still in use in Sheffield. In Queen Elizabeth’s time the iron trade had become so great that the wholesale destruction of forests was stopped and the position and the number of iron works were limited by law. As the result of this legislation the iron trade languished until Dudley, in 1620 or a little earlier, successfully used coal in the blast furnace. In his day twenty tons a week was a large output for a blast furnace, while today the output of one of the blast furnaces at Home- stead is nearly five thousand tons a week. In primitive processes, the workers took advantage of natural draft, locating their furnaces on windy hillsides. Later, crude bellows were made from hides, and still later a blowing arrangement operated by flowing water was invented; but not much real progress could be expected from such crude devices. One of the first applications of the steam engine of Watt was the running of a blowing engine at the Carron Iron Works in 1760. It was not until 1730 that it occurred to Abraham Darby and his son to treat pit coal just as his charcoal burners treated wood. His idea, needless to say, was a good one, and coke was produced, which in turn was soon successfully used in the blast furnaces. At the present time it is the principal fuel used in blast furnace practice, al- though a few charcoal blast furnaces remain in America and are quite com- mon in Sweden. The next great advance in the metallurgy of iron was made by Robert Huntsman, of Continued on page 3 The art of rose-turning, or produc- ing waved lines in the lathe, appears to have originated about 1650, and reached the height of its popularity about the middle of the 18th Century, when all kinds of articles were ornamented in this way. After a revival about 1800, the art declined, so that it is now applied only to the backs of watchcases. Ornamental Turning This illustration shows the bench portion of a German lathe for orna- mental turning made about 1750. The lathe was driven from a pulley on an overhead shaft carrying a flywheel, which received its motion from a cord connected to a treadle in the base. This shaft was supported in an adjustable bearing box, carried by a framework secured to a massive wooden cabinet with which the lathe was combined; the whole machine was covered with a decoration by which the framework was concealed. The mandrel headstock is hinged below and provided with a strong spring to keep any one of the several cams or rosettes which the mandrel carries in close contact with a fixed rubber. The rocking or chattering” motion thus imparted to the mandrel as it revolves causes a stationary cutting tool to produce on the work a wavy line or rosette instead of a true circle. This artistic lathe of fanciful design was used to produce eniravin work on the back of watchcase . The pattern generally employed for the backs of watchcases is pro- duced by using a cam with twenty- four similar waves; by means of a tangent screw the cam is rotated, relatively to the work, through half a wave between consecutive cuts, and this causes the depressions of one ring on the work to correspond with the tops of the waves of its adjacent ring, and produces the appearance of spiral curves, although the design is built up entirely of concentric rings. As several different cams are provided, many designs may be ob- tained by suitably manipulating the tangent screw. Cam System Another set of cams is arranged to give end motions to the mandrel, so that a cylindrical surface can be ornamented or lines may be cut of varying depths on face work. The headstock can, moreover, be clamped by screws, and the lathe be thus rendered suitable for ordinary turn- ing. The rose engine is still used for certain decorations, but in the modern machine the cam is relatively very much larger than in this early ex- ample. This lathe, in its original condition, was rendered automatic in its action by a mechanism bolted to the under- side of the table. The Evolution of the Lathe Shown in Pictures Plane Structure Explained in Talk Concluded from pajco 1 An airplane may be called a flying structure, and in order to fly must be aerodynamic. It is also a rolling structure in order to leave the ground and land again, and as such must be safe and sound structurally. In early days of flying planes were made of wood and cloth, glued, tacked, and wired together. These planes deteriorated as a result of weather conditions, and so eventually the metal plane has come into exist- ence. The strength of metal planes can be determined within two per cent. An airplane must be safe. Planes are tested in loops, banks, spins, and with the use of various instruments; many planes are designed twelve times safer than they will ever be called upon to be in flight. The structure of the Ford plane is made of duralumin tubing, angles and channels, and is covered with cor- rugated sheets .012 inches thick of the same metal. The first plane of each new type or model is given a sand test. The Ford trimotor planes are designed to a safety factor of six. This means they will stand six times the load ordinarily carried. This plane is easily inspected during manufacture. It is riveted with soft duralumin rivets, which are of the same strength as steel. Vibrating hammers are used in riveting to insure even blows and to protect the thin covering. Science Classes Visit Fordson Plant Concluded from page 1 removed by raising the doors at each end of stove. A mechanical ramrod pushes the red-hot coke into waiting cars, which convey it to the cooling tower. Here it is drenched with water and then taken to the storage bins, ready to be used in blast furnace or cupola, or sold to dealers and employes. The two blast furnaces and equip- ment were first viewed from the high line. From here the group saw the unloaders taking the ores, limestone, or coal from the lake freighters and placing it in bins. The blast furnace is charged at the top by a skip hoist which runs similar to an elevator, receiving alternate loads of coke, ore and limestone at the base of the furnace and dumping in the bell hopper above. The furnace is tapped on one side every six hours to remove the slag, which is mixed with water and pumped to the cement plant. The iron is tapped from the other side every six hours and drawn into ladles. A layer of coke is placed on top of the iron to prevent oxidation and it is taken to the pig-casting plant and poured into small pigs. The students saw the immense ladles, tipped by hooks on cranes, pouring the metal into molds carried on a conveyor. This iron is called pig iron. The pig iron is taken to the foundry, where it is melted with scrap and further refined to produce a high grade of cast iron. Gkti cwi 3 THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE STEEL-MAKING PROCESS Radiator Group to Take Shop Trips Manufacture of Parts for Radiators to be Seen in Making Concluded from page 1 differ somewhat for the various parts requiring solder on a Ford car. The radiators in some parts require a mixture of tin and lead that is not the best, necessarily, for gasoline tanks. The most solder mixtures used are the 50-50 (fifty per cent tin fifty per cent lead) and the 46-54 (forty-six per cent tin and fifty-four per cent lead). The alloy is made by melting to- gether pure pigs of the two metals in pots that are equipped with revolving paddles to insure an even mixture, since lead and tin are not mutually soluble and are of great difference in weight. This precaution is of prime importance in solder manufac- ture. The solder is now cast into water-cooled molds forming slugs of about 50 pounds. In casting these slugs it is necessary that the metal cool rapidly so that no chance is allowed for separation of the metal, which would result in non-uniformity. Another time-saving feature in soldering work is made possible by the use of solder washers. In the manufacture of radiators it is nec- essary to apply solder to rows of tubes which just protrude above the plates. To do this with wire or a soldering iron would mean a long task. The Ford Motor Company uses a series of solder washers joined to- gether. They are stamped out of the ribbon and, after putting in place over the tubes, a single sweep of a gas flame melts the solder and all the group of tubes are soldered in the one operation. Bar or rod solder is used where the parts are heavy and the quantity of solder is relatively great. Solder is also used in the form of molten metal for certain operations known as “tinning” which in reality means covering the surface of metals with a thin coat of fusible metal. For purposes of radiator con- struction, the usual composition of solder is fifty per cent lead and fifty per cent tin. Bars of lead and tin are placed in a solder pot and heated to a temperature of 500 degrees. The tin being lighter than the lead comes to the top, so in order to assure an even mixing, revolving ladles are al- ways in motion within the solder pot. When properly heated and mixed, the molten solder is run off into slug forms where it is allowed to cool and form cylinder-shaped slugs weigh- ing approximately fifty pounds each. Slugs are now placed on hydraulic presses, where, under a pressure of from 250 to 350 tons, the solder is forced through small openings of three different shapes, and formed into bar, ribbon, and wire solder. The three different forms of solder are required for convenience in soldering. Bar solder is used in assembling the radiator, ribbon solder for soldering gasket at top of radiator tube, and Principle and component parts of blast furnace are shown in above diagram. 1 wire solder for finer sundry work. Continued from page 2 Sheffield, who first produced crucible steel in the year 1740. As Dr. Percy says, referring to Huntsman: For- merly, so far as I am aware, steel was never melted and cast after its produc- tion; indeed, by the founding and casting of steel after its production its heterogeneousness is remedied, and ingots of the metal can be produced perfectly homogeneous throughout. Huntsman was by trade a clock- maker, and no doubt had his troubles in attempting to make springs from the crude steel which was available in his time. It was to overcome this difficulty that he began experiments with a view to melting the cemented or blister bar of his day, to obtain a homogeneous product. A grand- father’s clock, the pendulum rod and spring of which are supposed to have been made from the first cast steel produced by Huntsman, is still shown in Sheffield. Huntsman’s chief diffi- culty in his investigations was to find the kind of clay for making crucibles which would stand the intense heat of steel melting. His first crucibles were only ten inches high, and held about twenty pounds of steel. Steel made by this process was of course expensive, and could only be used for edge tools, dies and drills, for which a great degree of hardness and fine polish was desired. The original business started by Robert Huntsman is still conducted by his lineal descendants of the fifth generation at the present time. Puddling Invented The next great inventions which made for progress in the iron industry were those of Henry Cort (b. 1740; d. 1800), who first made use of grooved rolls in 1784, and in 1785 produced the dry puddling process. The invention of puddling was without doubt the foundation of Great Britain’s commercial greatness during the century that followed. Before this time cast iron had been decarbonized in small hearths, very wasteful of fuel and labor, in which only a hundred pounds could be treated at a time. Cort employed the reverberatory type of furnace, in which the metal was not in contact with the fuel but was heated by the flame, which was caused to rever- berate, or beat down, from the roof of the furnace. This process permitted the use of coal instead of charcoal, and allowed the use of 250- to 500- pound charges. The story of Cort’s life is a very sad one, for his patents were seized to satisfy the liabilities of a dishonest partner who died suddenly. Cort died in poverty in 1800. Prominent treasury officials were implicated in this unjust treat- ment of Cort. Quite recently Ameri- cans have erected a bronze tablet to his memory in the little church in Hampstead in the yard of which h� s grave was located with difficulty. Hot Blast Invented The invention of the hot blast by J. B. Neilson of Glasgow in 1828 afforded the next great advance in the metallurgy of iron. In six months the fuel consumption per ton of product was reduced from somewhat over eight tons to a little over five tons, the blast being heated to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. A few years later the blast was heated to 600 degrees Fahrenheit, and the fuel consumption dropped from five and one-sixth to two and one-fourth tons. At the same time there was a great increase in output as well as a decrease in fuel consumption, so that the production of pig iron in Scotland increased fivefold between 1830 and 1840, and the use of the hot blast became a Concluded on jJajce -1 -------- 1 Diagram of Blast Furnace 4 GrtiScvn November 25, 1927 METHOD OF CHECKING THREADS USING THREE WIRES Students Check Personal Tools Laboratory Work Proves Valuable Training to Students As part of the laboratory work of the shop practice class department the students are checking all their precision tools for accuracy. These tools, if subject to unreasonable usage, are very apt to become inaccurate. The Trade School students are care- fully instructed in the proper use and care of precision tools; but recent investigations seem to show a goodly number of these tools out more than a few ten-thousandths, and in some cases as much as a thousandth. Precision is one of the three requisites of the Trade School student; the others are Speed and Ingenuity. In olden times the good machinist could, with the use of outside calipers, feel as much as ten-thousandths of an inch, but today the toolmaker depends on accurate micrometers. Johansson Blocks Used The students test the micrometers by the use of Johansson blocks, chang- ing the blocks .025 inches at each reading. This checks the threads on the spindle. The squares are tested for accuracy on a surface plate with the use of a cube and an angle plate. The angle plate is clamped to the cube, and the square to be checked is placed next to the angle plate with a dial indicator reading zero. The square is then turned and the indi- cator is run along the blade. If the square is “out, the indicator reading will change or deviate from zero. Hammers are tested for hardness by Brinell and Rockwell testers. Aviation Group Now Organized Concluded from pace 1 All the members of this club have joined the American Model League of America. This organization is a national movement sponsored by the American Boy. Among the officers of the league are Commander R. E. Byrd, Wm. B. Stout, Eddie Stinson, Major Thomas G. Lanphier, Thomas Bertis and Ogden Ellis, editor of the American Boy. The A. M. L. A. is a nonprofit organization without dues or assess- ments. Young air enthusiasts at- tending grade or high school who are interested in building model airplanes and who wish to keep in close touch with general field aviation should affiliate themselves with this club. Membership entitles the boy to use the league’s free question-and-answer service covering all phases of model plane building, and aviation in general. It gives him the privilege of buying from the league at cost the necessary materials for building models and permits the boy to enter the national model plane contests to be held in Detroit next June, the outdoor con- test for the Mulvihill trophy, and the indoor contest for the Stout trophy. The effective, or pitch, diameter of a screw thread may be measured very accurately by means of some form of micrometer and three wires of equal diameter. This method is extensively used in checking the accuracy of threaded plug gages and other preci- sion screw threads. Two of the wires are placed in contact with the thread on one side and the third wire in a position diametrically opposite (as illustrated by the diagram which represents a sharp V-thread. The dimension over the wires is determined by means of a micrometer. The accuracy of the pitch diameter may be determined when the correct micrometer reading for wires of a given size is known. The micrometer reading for a U. S. S. thread can be determined by the following rule: Multiply the constant 1.5155 by the pitch of the thread (equal to 1 r number of threads per inch); sub- tract the product from the standard outside diameter of the screw, and then add to the difference three times the diameter of the wires used; the result equals the micrometer reading if the pitch diameter of the thread is correct. If the actual micrometer measurement over the wires differs from the calculated results, there is an error equal to the difference. The foregoing rule is expressed in the following as a formula, and addi- tional formulas are given for different standard threads. In these formulas, M — the micrometer reading or measurement over the wires (see illustration); D = the standard out- side diameter of the screw; P = the pitch of the thread; and W the diameter of the wires used. U. S. Standard or American Thread: M = D - 1.5155 XP + 3W Whitworth Thread: M - D - 1.6008 X P + 3.1657W British Association: M = D - 1.7363 X P + 3.4829W Lowenherz: M = D - 1.75 X P + 3.2359W Sharp V-thread: M = D - 1.732 X P + 3W The formula given for the U. S. S. thread may also be used for the A. S. M. E. standard and the French and International standard, the pitch in millimeters, in the latter case, being changed to pitch in inches before using the formula. Example: A screw Wi. inches in diameter and having twelve threads per inch of the U. S. S. form is to be measured by the three-wire method; the wires are 0.070 inches in diameter. W’hatisthe correct micrometer reading? M = V 2 — (1.5155 X 1 12) + (3 X 0.070) = 1.5837 inch. If the micrometer reading is 1.591 inches instead, it indicates that the pitch diameter of the screw is too large. The amount of the error is the difference between the actual microm- eter reading of the screw and the theoretical reading as found from the formula. In this case, then, 1.591 —1.5837 = 0.0073 inches, the amount by which the pitch diameter is too large. The outside diameter may be correct, or Yi inches, but the fiat on the top of the thread may be in- correct so as to account for the difference. When wires are used in conjunc- tion with a micrometer for measuring screw threads, the minimum wire diameter must be such that the wires extend beyond the top of the thread in order to prevent the micrometer from bearing on the threads instead of on the wires, and the maximum limit must be such that the wires bear on the sides of the thread and not on the corners or top edges. Thread Micrometers The three-wire system of checking threads is used at the Ford Motor Company’s gage plant at Waterford, Michigan. Thread micrometers do not give an accurate measurement of threads, but are used to good advan- tage in checking threads where pre- cision accuracy is not required. The Development of Steel Making Continued from page 3 general practice during that period. As was the case with Cort, Neilson reaped almost no reward for his invention, although the wealth it conferred upon iron manufacturers could hardly be reckoned. The same was true of Heath, who in 1840 pat- ented the use of manganese in steel. This conferred an incalculable benefit upon the manufacturers. It was not until twenty years after the discovery of the value of the hot blast that Sir William Siemens introduced the system of regenerative gas firing—a system in which the waste products of combustion are employed to heat the incoming gas and air of a gas furnace, or the blast of a blast furnace. The application of this principle of regenerative heat- ing in the Cowper and Whitwell stoves effected a still greater saving in fuel in the blast furnace, and at the same time increased the yield. Continued in next issue Answers No. 4 RRER R 12 IT RRER B. DETERMINE Y IN ORDER THAT BRER H IMILL TQURL R RE R B. ENTIRE BRER = -jj2DSSQ IN RRER Ft « Y RREfl 8Z 7) ■7.. 7.5 1.5 rx. 7.5 2 ‘ Y 2 12 - Y X y IS _ 15 . 7 ,' 7=r,s 15 -.5 y. 15 ' 2-y LS SY i60-SV--SV y +46Y-360 =0 Try This No. 5 DETERMINE R RND B. If there are explanations or com- ments regarding problems, write the Henry Ford Trade School, Ford Mo- tor Company, Detroit, Michigan. Volume II Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, December 10, 1927 Number 5 Aviation Talks Given Speakers Tell of Power Plants and How to Pilot Planes How to take a plane off the ground, how to fly it level, how to make simple banks and turns, and how to land, with an explanation of how the controls work, were among the topics covered by test pilot Harry Brooks, Stout Metal Airplane Division, Ford Motor Company, in a talk before students and employes in the school auditorium Wednesday, November 16. Before a pilot may take a plane up he must be well acquainted with the controls and the instruments. The cut shown on this page will give the reader an idea of the number of de- tails that a pilot must know in order to fly safely. Flying a plane differs from driving an automobile inasmuch as there arc three dimensions to con- sider instead of two. How to Steer To take the steering first—at his feet the student pilot will find a horizontal bar with foot rests at each end. This bar, called the “rudder bar,” is pivoted at its middle, and the pilot can swing either end forward or back with his feet, as he pleases. If, when he is sitting in his seat, he twists himself around so that he can squint at the rudder out of the corner of his eye while he moves his feet, he will see that pushing his left foot for- ward, for instance, will pull the rudder over to the left. That is, he will see the left side of the rudder, which means that if he were flying, the tail end of his airplane would be pushed off to the right and, consequently, the plane would take a left turn. The effect would be reversed, were the student to push his right foot for- ward. Controls Natural H. A. Hicks of the airplane en- gineering department of the Ford Motor Company delivered the fifth of six talks on aviation, Wednesday, November 30. The subject discussed was Airplane Power Plants.” The successful aviation engine ; must be of light weight, Mr. Hicks said, low fuel consumption, low oil consumption; it must be reliable, capable of being readily serviced, and must lend itself for installation in the plane.” Sketches were drawn showing the power required for flight, and the power available from the average aviation engine. An historical sketch of the various engines developed for airplane propul- sion was given, starting with Manly’s engine (used in Langley’s plane) and mentioning the Wright brothers’ engine, the Curtiss OX-5, the Liberty, the Curtiss water-cooled D-12, and finally the air-cooled J-5, manu- factured by the Wright Aeronautical Corporation, and used in the Tri- Ford plane. Diagrams were drawn illustrating the auto-cycle and showing intake, compression, working, and exhaust strokes. “The operation of the inter- nal combustion engine is a chemico- physico-mechanical process.” It was shown how the gaseous vapors taken into the engine through the carburetor were finally transferred to a workable thrust at the propeller. Concluded on page 4 Model Airplane Contest Scheduled for Detroit—1928 The National Model Plane Contest will be held in the Olympia Arena at Detroit, June 30, 1928. The win- ners of local and district contests throughout the United States will meet at that time to decide the national champions. Two trophies will be competed for —the Stout trophy, donated by William B. Stout, for the winner of the indoor contest, and the Mulvihill trophy for the contestant whose plane makes the longest outdoor flight. The school model plane club mem- bers are trying to build planes to compete in these contests. School Aeronautic Club Holds Contest The Ford Model Plane Club of the school held a contest in the auditorium Thursday, December 1, at 4 p. m. Baby R. 0. G. type model planes were the only type eligible. Ten planes participated. The winner’s plane remained in the air 19-2 5 seconds. The record for this type of plane is 60 seconds. The participants in this contest have never built model planes be- fore, so in all cases the boys felt great pride in the fact that their planes even flew. Similar contests are to be arranged by the club. Students interested in this phase of aviation are inv.ted to join this club. Refining of Copper Shown Movies Depict Mining and Copper Refining Processes Two interesting educational pic- tures were recently shown to the students. One picture showed how diamond dies are set up for use in drawing copper wire. The other picture depicted the mining and refining processes of copper ores. Copper ores of paying quality are found in the Lake Superior district. The principal ores are sulphides and oxides of copper, but native cop- per in a free state is also found. The ore received from the mines ranges from dust to pieces fifteen inches in diameter. The picture showed both open-pit and shaft mines. Steam shovels are used in open-pit mining. In the shaft mine an ingenious method is used. The copper being in a hill, a horizon- tal shaft is dug from the side and the copper ores are conveyed by this shaft into the valley. The copper ores are conveyed to the plant and here pulverized in crushers. The various sizes are then placed on special jig tables, which sort the heavier impurities from the copper ore by a flotation process. The ore particles from this operation are called concentrates and are added to solid copper and put in the blast furnace. Concentration that is high in copper content is sent direct to the Concluded onpage 3 It will be noticed that the airplane turns toward the side on which the rudder bar is pushed forward. The rudder control, therefore, is strictly natural, as are all the controls of the airplane. That is to say, the controls are arranged so that the motion which is most natural under any particular circumstance is the motion which must be made by the pilot to satisfy that circumstance. Thus, if the de- sire is to turn to the right, one of the most natural things for the pilot to do is to push his right foot forward, and this actually is the movement required for executing this maneuver in flight. Concluded on page 4 The control system of the Ford trimotor is shown in the diagram oltove. It is of the dual wheel type. 2 ZfKe ClrfiScvn December 10, 1927 VOL. II No. 5 December 10 1027 AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORI) TRADE SCHOOL, DETROIT, MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN. MICHIGAN. Member of Interscholastic Press Association SUCCESSFUL INVENTIONS C UCCESSFUL inventions are sometimes the result of happy thoughts, of accident, or of necessity, as the case may be. Genius without training is not to be relied on as a certain guaranty of mechanical perfection. More inventors have failed than have succeeded, simply because of neglect to observe natural laws which must be obeyed. The quest for perpetual motion—that is, the creation of a machine which, unimpeded by external force, has in itself enough energy to produce constant motion—has driven many to insanity. The reason such a machine cannot be made is simple, and is expressed in the one word “friction.” To be capable of continuous motion, the mechanism must first utilize power enough to overcome friction in every bearing. In steam or combustion engines, the piston is powerless in itself, but the expansion of the force behind it energizes it. One of invention’s contribu- tions toward producing the wonderful power plants of today has been the reduction to a minimum of friction. These thoughts are inspired by receipt from a skilled machinist of an appeal for aid in the construction of a water power plant destined in his belief to revolutionize the entire system of hydraulics. In brief, he pro- poses a huge tank elevated to a height sufficient to give the proper pressure in a turbine to run a dynamo for the generation of power and to carry the water used back to the tank so that it would use none other than the original supply. Ridiculous? Certainly. But not to the man whose theory it is. He is simply unaware or ignorant of the simplest rules. He desires an enormous body of stored water in order that its weight may give pressure, when as a matter of fact a column of the same height equal in diameter to the delivery at the turbine would give the same pressure; and to return the used water to the tank would require more power than could be generated from the turbine. “You can not grind the grist with the water that has passed the wheel” is as true in modern hydraulics as it was when its dead weight in an overshot wheel was its simple application. It is worth while to study and experiment in the field of invention. But it is not sensible to follow a fancy which does not agree with natural law . THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE STEEL-MAKING PROCESS Continued from last issue During more than half of the last century wrought iron and cast iron were the only materials available for structural and machine construction, boilers, engines, and so forth. Cruci- ble steel owing to its high cost could not be used for any of these purposes. Such was the situation when Henry Bessemer gave to the world his won- derful invention. This was the real beginning of the modern age of steel in which we live. Prior to Bessemer’s invention there is every reason to believe that William Kelly, an Ameri- can, was working upon what may be called the “Pneumatic process.” Ac- cording to a recent magazine writer, Kelly was experimenting with this process fully ten years before the date of Bessemer’s invention and had built seven stationary converters prior to 1856. His claim of priority of invention was allowed by the United States Patent Office. Never- theless the process is universally known today as the Bessemer process and indeed there can be little doubt that Bessemer made an independent discovery of the pneumatic process. Although the first iron furnace in America was built in 1619, in Virginia, and the first blast furnace with forced blast dates from 1714, nevertheless the iron and steel business did not assume a large magnitude in the United States until the building of the Edgar Thompson furnaces in Pittsburgh, the first of which was blown in 1879. In these furnaces American skill showed the world how to triple the weekly output and to cut the fuel cost in two. That is, while the best English and Scottish furnaces in 1880 produced from 400 to 800 tons of pig iron per week and required two tons of coke for one ton of pig, the Edgar Thompson furnaces be- tween 1880 and 1885 produced from 2,000 to 2,500 tons per week and used only one ton of coke to one ton of pig. The coke in some cases fell as low as 1,882 pounds per ton of out- put. The ore used contained about 62 per cent of iron and the volume of air reached 25,000 cubic feet per min- ute, at a temperature of 1000° to 1100° Fahrenheit. While we thus see that the modern steel industry is of such recent date, yet the invention of the processes now used mainly, namely, the Besse- mer (1856) and open-hearth (1861), for making steel, were relatively of long standing, and the gradual im- provements in the processes them- selves, their mechanical details and costs, and the gradual education of the large users of metals to employ steel in place of wrought iron and cast iron, gradually led up to the enormous demands of the last thirty years, to which the American manu- facturers have responded so energeti- cally. Henry Bessemer was of a distinctly inventive turn of mind and had many useful inventions to his credit before he turned his attention to the making of steel. He gave considerable atten- tion to the manufacture of projectiles during the Crimean War. The cast- iron cannon of this time were seen to be unsuitable for Bessemer’s powerful projectiles and he therefore set about producing not only the projectiles but a better material for making the large guns. After many trials and dis- couragements he succeeded in produc- ing steel from cast iron by blowing air through it to oxidize the impurities. His first experiments were performed in a crucible, and this being successful his next idea was to use several cruci- bles fed by a common air pipe. Later he adopted a large stationary convert- er about three feet in diameter and seven feet high and used 700-pound charges. The results were most astonishing, for Bessemer found that Continued on pace 3 The Evolution of the Lathe Shown in Pictures The lathe shown in the photograph above is in the C mservatorie of Arts et Metiers iu Paris. This machine was built by a French mechanic. Jacques Voucanson. in 1775. In this lathe the lead screw and slide rest Is in its first development, but it lucks the essential connection between the lead screw and the main spindle. The lead screw was apparently worked by hand. This macnine. therefore, just misses being a modern screw-cutting lathe. «%e GriiAcc n 3 Speaker Tells of John Burroughs Boyhood and Life of Late Naturalist Told by Secretary Dr. Clara Barrus, secretary of the late John Burroughs, nationally known naturalist and essayist, talked to the W section students Friday, December 2, on the “Boyhood and Life of John Burroughs.” John Burroughs was born on a farm at Roxbury, New York. He divided his time during his youth between study and labor in the fields. He was a natural-born writer and at fourteen his talent had already found an outlet for expression through essays. At nineteen he gained recog- nition in the classic columns of The Atlantic Monthly for an essay on “Expressions.” With the aid of lantern slides Dr. Barrus showed views of Roxbury and “Slabslides,” the latter a cabin built in the woods of the Catskills so that Mr. Burroughs could absent himself from the noise of city life and be close to nature. The later years of Burroughs’ life were spent on a farm near Esopus, New York, where he divided his time between fruit culture and literature. He died March 29, 1921, while on his way home from California.] Development of the Vacuum Tube At night we see largely by the aid of vacuum lamps. By means of other vacuum lamps (X-ray tubes) we can also see through opaque bodies. Our transcontinental wired telephony is possible through vacuum tubes, which, in various forms, also permit our radio broadcasting and radio reception from the most remote sta- tions. One of the latest achievements of science, the transmission of photo- graphs by wire or wireless, is made possible by still another vacuum tube, the photo-electric cell. The workman who keeps his drink hot or cold in a thermos bottle is in- debted to Sir James Dewar’s applica- tion of the vacuum, but the scientist is still more indebted to it. Our steam- power plants, including turbines, also owe their success to vacua. Vacua are of different types. For the steam turbine, a rough vacuum is sufficient —with about an inch of mercury. Incandescent lamps for- merly required the best vacua obtain- able, but there are now other com- mercial vacua necessarily quite su- perior, such as those for X-ray and radio tubes, and for the newly developed cathode-ray tube. It appears evident, or at least prob- able, that the condition which human beings call vacuum is the natural state throughout the vast- ness of interstellar space, and some of the stars millions of miles in diame- ter and countless millions of miles away from us—are but superheated gases, less dense than the residual gas in the most nearly perfect vacuum tube we know. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE STEEL-MAKING PROCESS Continued from page 2 by the simple method of blowing air of dissolved oxide of iron, besides into fluid cast iron that the highest rather high sulphur and phosphorus. temperature then known in the arts was produced. The first formal announcement of Bessemer’s invention was made at the British Association for the Advance- ment of Science in 1856, the title of his paper being ‘The Manufacture of Malleable Iron and Steel Without Fuel.’ Great excitement followed the reading of this paper and the proc- ess was tried in many parts of England, but in many cases the re- sults were not satisfactory. The steel produced was red short and cold short. The cause of the trouble was soon found to lie in the use of very impure pig irons running high in sul- phur and phosphorus. The first con- verters were lined with acid or sili- cious materials, and little or no sul- The addition of speigeleisen or ferromanganese corrects all of these troubles. It adds a certain amount of carbon to the steel, thereby in- creasing its strength and hardness; it deoxidizes the overblown metal and the residual manganese combines chemically with phosphorus and sul- phur, some of the sulphide and phosphide being eliminated in the slag, and the rest being rendered relatively harmless by its combin- ing directly with the manganese. Bessemer and others turned their at- tention to the mechanical side of the question and produced the converter mounted on an axis, so that the vessel could be rotated or tipped down and the air-inlets or tuyeres could thus be brought either above or Continued in next issue phur or phosphorus was eliminated. : below the surface of the metal in the Other Ingredients converter. This improvement ren- dered the charging or discharging of As long ago as 1856 Dr. Collyer, the meta| much easier, writing of the effects of phosphorus and sulphur, said: “The former I : consider most pernicious of all. I ni • , • c would suggest, with due deference, | JF a DTlCSlilOn OI that a stream of finely pulverized anhydrate of lime be forced at a given time with the compressed air into the incandescent mass of iron. The lime having a great affinity for silica and phosphorus 'would form a silicate and phosphate of lime and be thrown off with the slag. By this contrivance I cannot conceive but that the phosphorus would be en- tirely got rid of.” Here we see the “basic Bessemer” process clearly antic- ipated many years before it was ac- tually successfully worked out and adopted (1871). The irregularity mentioned above was overcome by the use of selected pig irons, low in sul- Copper Shown Concluded from page 1 open hearth with that metal which results from the blast furnace. The metal is then put into a con- verter and further refined. The cop- per is now cast into anodes in the form of bars. These bars are transported by freight to an electrolytic refining piant, whore such impurities as silver, arsenic, and lead are removed by electrolysis while the copper is depos- ited to a deg-ee of parity amounting to 99.99%. The copper from this process is phur and phosphorus, and by the im- practically pure but is not in com- portant discovery of Robert Mushet, namely, the addition of manganese. The steel in the converter after the blow is dead soft, being nearly mercial forms being deposited as a slab. This copper is put into a converter and remelted and then cast into pigs or moulds. It is then rolled carbonless, and contains a good deal l into sheets or bars. The photograph on this page shows the apparatus used in the shop class to explain and illustrate the indexing head attachment used on a milling machine. As far as information has been gathered, this is the only cutaway existent that shows the vital parts of the indexing head —commonly known as a dividing head and the development of the lead by means of a recording roll. A dividing head is used to obtain even spacing on the periphery of pieces, in the cutting of teeth in cutters, ratchets, clutch gears, gear wheels, and of flutes in reamers, taps, drills, etc. The head itself consists of a hollow semicircular casting in which is mounted a spindle that is connected to an index crank through a worm and wheel. The head casting has dove- tailed bearings at each side that fit the contour of a base plate which can be clamped to the surface of the table. The alignment of the head with the table longitudinally is provided by means of a tongue on th under side of the base plate that fits a T slot in the table. The dividing head spindle passes through the head and is held in place by means of a nut at the small end. The front end is threaded and has a taper hole corresponding to that of the machine spindle. It is rotated by means of the worm wheel, which is j driven by a hardened worm located on the shaft to which the index crank is fastened. In order to insure accuracy, the worm threads are ground after hardening. Through gearing, the index plate and worm can be driven together from the table feed screw when the index pin is in position in any hole of a plate. When the worm is turned by means of the index crank, indexing may be done, and when it is geared to the table feed screw, spiral milling, in addition to indexing, is made possible. The cutting of the spiral is due to the turning of the table feed screw which, through the interposition of change gears between this screw and the gears that drive the shaft-carrying worm, causes the spindle of the spiral head to rotate as the table advances, so that the cutter produces a spiral cut in the work. For rapid indexing, when cutting flutes in taps, reamers, etc., the worm is disengaged and the spindle turned by hand, the divisions being made by means of the index plate, which is fastened to the nose of the spindle and may be locked by the pin. The spindle may be revolved con- tinuously as when cutting spirals, or may be securely locked after being revolved as desired, in indexing for cutters, teeth of gears, clutches, ratchets. It is possible to swing the head in its bearings so that the front end of the spindle can be set to any desired angle from 103 below the horizontal to 5° beyond the perpendicular without throwing the driving members out of mesh. Graduations on the front edge of the head indicate the angle of eleva- tion to half-degrees. 4 Cffie GrfiOctn December 10, 1927 Carbon Monoxide How to Pilot Plane Is Deadly Poison Told by Speaker Gas Fatalities Increase Due to Closed Garages in Cold Weather Death lurks in the home garage in the form of carbon monoxide gas. This hazard is more pronounced dur- ing the winter months. Already the daily newspapers have recorded a number of deaths and, owing to carelessness, others may be recorded before the cold season departs. Carbon monoxide gas is a colorless and odorless gas resulting from the incomplete combustion of gasoline. The reason this gas is more dangerous in the winter is due mainly to the fact that present-day gasoline does not combust efficiently until the motor is warmed up. In cold weather many drivers or car owners are un- willing to open the garage doors and take the necessary precautions to safeguard against carbon monoxide. Air containing a small percentage of carbon monoxide is sufficient to kill. Mixtures of very small proportions are enough to cause illness. Head- aches among garage employes prove this fact. Carbon monoxide deaths can be prevented by insuring plenty of fresh air. If you drive a car, see that your garage doors are open before starting the motor. Airplane Engines Subject of Talk Concluded from page 1 Advantages and disadvantages of the water-cooled and the air-cooled engines showed why the former has gradually been replaced by the latter. By the use of full-size drawings of an engine, and also an air-cooled cyl- inder, the functions of the main engine parts of the Wright J-5 were explained, with particular emphasis on the cylinder construction, and the ignition, induction, and lubricating systems. The talk closed with an exhorta- tion to all aspiring aviation mechanics to become thoroughly familiar with all engine parts and to be able to visualize the working of the various systems relative to one another, thus to become trouble anticipators, rather than trouble fixers, for the valuable mechanic is the one who can prevent the trouble before it has oc- curred, as well as repair it afterward. Concluded from pago 1 Turning now to the longitudinal con- trol, namely that which governs the rising and falling of the airplane in flight, the student will find the neces- sary movements equally natural. The student will find a vertical stick with a handle to it coming up be- tween his knees. Grasping this lightly in his right hand, he will find that he can move it backward or forward and that it is pivoted at its lower end. Looking around again at the tail of the plane the student observes that when he pulls the stick toward him the elevators are pulled up. In flight, as we have already learned, raising the elevators results in a downward air force on the tail, depressing it and having the effect of increasing the angle of incidence of the main wings, with the result that the airplane climbs. Pushing the control stick forward reverses the action and the airplane in flight goes into a glide. Again it will be noticed that the control action is a natural one. By now, no doubt, the student will have discovered that not only can he move the control stick back and forth but also to either side, and that the two motions can be combined. The sidewise motion is for the pur- pose of securing lateral control with the ailerons. Moving the stick to left, for instance, will result in depress- ing the aileron or ailerons of the right wings and raising those on the left wings. The ailerons are for regaining the lateral level of the airplane in flight or for banking to prevent side- slip on a turn. The effect of raising the left ailerons and lowering those on the right is to lower the left wing because of the decreased angle of incidence given to the left wing tip and the increased angle of the right wing tip. Moving the stick in the opposite direction would have the reverse effect. It will again be realized that the action is the one most natural to the pilot, for what could be more simple for the pilot washing to lower the right side of his plane than to move the con- trol stick over toward the right, or vice versa. The student will now have a very fair idea as to how the three controls of his airplane are actuated. The control system is operated by means of push-and-pull rods or cables, as shown by the diagram of the Stout metal plane. Air Speed Indicator—tells you how fast you are going: IB) Turn and Bank Indicator—for flying in thick weather; tells when to turn to right and to left and when bank is correct: (C) Altimeter—gives altitude in thousands of feet; I) Oil Pressure Gauge: (E) Tachometer—gives you r.p.m. of motor: Oil Temperature Gauge; (G) Clock. How to Read a Micrometer Graduated in Ten-Thousandths There are eleven parallel lines on the sleeve occupying the same space as ten lines on the thimble; these lines are numbered 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0. The difference between the width of one of the ten spaces on the sleeve and one of the nine spaces on the thimble is one-tenth of a space on the thimble or one ten-thousandth of an inch in the reading of micro- meter. TMiMBLC thimble 2 o 2 O till ,| 1 LLL III! Juni cv- —1- O- C-l rt- o- —s SLCCVE 8LEIVE B C In Fig. B the third line from 0 on thimble coincides with the first line on the sleeve. The next two lines do not coincide by one-tenth of a space on the thimble, the next two marked 5 and 2 are two-tenths apart, and so on. When the micrometer is opened the thimble is turned to the left and each space on the thimble represents a thousandth of an inch. Therefore when the thimble is turned so that the lines 5 and 2 coincide the micrometer is opened two-tenths of one thousandth or two ten-thou- sandths. It the thimble be turned farther, so that the line 10 coincides with the line 7 on the sleeve, as Fig. C, the micrometer has been opened seven ten-thousandths. Note the thousandths as usual; then observe the number of divisions on the vernier until a line is reached which coincides with a line on the thimble. If it is the second line marked 1, add one ten-thousandth; if the third marked 2, add two ten- thousandths, etc. While the thousandths part of an inch is the most convenient unit, and is fine enough for the general run of machine work, still there are times when this must be further divided. WTith an ordinary micrometer one- | half and one-quarter thousandths are easily estimated. Where finer measurements than these are re- j quired, we have micrometers gradu- ated with a vernier arranged so they will read direct on the thimble in ten-thousandths. It is not advisable to use microm- eters graduated to ten-thousandths where fine measurements are not required, as wear, although it be of comparatively slight consequence in a micrometer that reads only to thousandths, is perceptible and im- portant when making these fine measurements. determine: h end b. TRN FDE-FE FA--2 4000(,7'224S DC = FC(CSC. FD E) = . 62 S DH=DE±2 . 0 2SS COS+CD H J)H+C2)=.20$69° 77aS3 +5 ‘■CDa CD H- ■ FD E = 10 30'S7 R CD($ I Nt-CD S) = .707 6 3 = CD(C0S.‘CDG) (,25 3. 6 49 DETERMINE RRDIUS X. If there are explanations or com- ments regarding problems, write the Henry Ford Trade School, Ford Mo- tor Company, Detroit, Mfchigan. Volume II Henry Ford Trade School, Detroit, Michigan, December 25, 1927 iNumber 6 Last Aviation Talk Delivered Speaker Tells of Airlines and Essentials of Operation Special Equipped Table Built for Code Practice Small Motors Repaired by Electrical Students The last of the aviation talks scheduled for the school was delivered on Wednesday, December 7, 4 p. m. by E. G. Hamilton of Ford Airport. The talk covered airlines in opera- tion in this country, types of planes, engines, and equipment, the knowl- edge involved, flying in all kinds of weather, high and low altitude flying, history, and interesting figures on the Ford Airlines, cost per mile and other information. Mr. Hamilton compared the Euro- pean airlines with those of America. He told how the American system of independent airplane manufacture is The Radio Club has equipped a table six feet long and four feet wide with four telegraph keys and an omni- graph. This device is equipped with a spring motor and a set of aluminum at j discs with notches on their circumfer- the ence. These notches open and close I a circuit that operates a buzzer giving the correctly pitched sound. It can be adjusted to operate at a rate of from five to fifteen words per minute. Ten words per minute is a desirable rate. International Code This table will be used to teach and practise the international code. On the sides of the table their are four copper strips, half an inch wide and a quarter of an inch thick, which more likely to buiid up the trade than ; extend the length of the table. government subsidies such as are in operation in Europe. Safe, reliable planes are necessary for commercial aviation. Good ground organization and equipment are also requisites of a commercial airplane transportation system. Navigation is another important point in plane operation. A good commercial plane is equipped with dependable instruments. The aver- age pilot requires only a good map and compass. Mr. Hamilton then told of Ford lines and mileage covered. These strips are insulated from the table with porcelain, and in each strip is drilled two holes in which two sets of phone jacks are installed. Master Operator Two sets of boys can send to each other and all four boys may listen in while another person (usually the faculty adviser) sends from a master key. A five hundred cycle A. C. gen- erator acquired from salvaged boats supplies the current necessary for this work. Home- Building Course Offered The architectural drawing course offered in conjunction with mechani- cal drawing in the school has recently added a course in home building. This course is voluntary, the only requisite being that the student be advanced in the regular course. This course was added to the curriculum as a result of observations made by Henry Ford in the Detroit vicinity. He feels that many homes are built in this district that are a detriment to the community. Mis- informed people have tried to build their own homes and as a result many have been left uncompleted and many that are complete look like square boxes rather than well-planned homes. The home-building course contains the legal phases of land contracts and options, abstracts, deeds, mort- gages, and building permits, also a complete list of materials, their uses, ' strength and sizes, besides a con- ; densed course in the various forms of architectural drawing. Plumbing diagrams, basement and foundation drawings, electric and carpenter lay- outs, are included in the course. Armature Winding and Commutator Wiring Covered The electric motor repair unit of the Trade School is an elementary training department for students in- tending to become electricians. In this department small electric motors and electric drills, grinders, and other portable motor tools are repaired. Extension lamps stand lamps, and cords are also reconditioned. When a motor is sent to this de- partment for repair, it is entirely dismantled. The housing is sanded and painted; worn-out bushings are replaced; the armature is tested and if not 0. K. is removed; the field coils are rewound, if necessary, and shel- lacked; and worn-out commutators are thrown away. The core is a piece of laminated soft steel, having slots which hold one single silk-covered enameled wire. The core is carried on the shaft which rotates the brush holders and which carries the belt pulley on its opposite end. The cleaned core is taken to a winding machine, which wraps the core with triple wire. The number of turns of wire is dependent upon the Concluded on page 3 Small electric motor repair department of schttol. This department is equipped with an armature winder, enameling oven, and special testing and coil-winding apparatus. 2 «5 eClrtiSun December 25, 1927 AUTHORIZED PUBLICATION OF THE HENRY FORD TRADE SCHOOL. DETROIT, MICHIGAN. PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY AT DEARBORN, MICHIGAN. Member of Inter scholastic Press Association TARDINESS Of LATE the school authorities have had occasion to reprimand and in some cases take stern methods to prevent tardiness among the students. The habit of coming late to school and to work is one that leads perhaps to other habits which in no way tend to success. To quote one authority of the school: “If it is necessary to form habits, choose those that will put you a step above the other fellow, not those that bring you below par. Being late develops one’s slothful habits and psychologically reacts as a detriment to good character. Be on Time! STUDENT COUNCIL THE Student Council has been operating during the past three months and has discussed many problems confronting the student body. Among the most prominent was the hall traffic congestion which of late has called for disciplinary action. The faculty overcame this difficulty by stationing students in the hallways to prevent congestion. However, policing is objectionable to the policy of the school. Henry Ford feels that a Trade School student should be capable of responsibility. In the shop the student is intrusted with the planning and machining of a certain job. He takes the responsibility of seeing this work completed accurately and why not this same principle operating in the classroom? The Student Council has drawn up floor diagrams of the classroom, and arrows show the direction of flow of traffic at class changes and before and after school sessions. This plan has been 0. K’d by the authori- ties of the school as a work of the students. The study hall bulletin cases will contain a copy of the plan, so that each student may familiarize himself with the school traffic rules. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE STEEL-MAKING PROCESS Continued from last iiuiuc Bessemer was more fortunate than all the other inventors previously mentioned in that he made a vast fortune out of his invention. As a matter of fact his process was so com- plete in every way that it stands to- day exactly as he originated it, except for a few minor details. Somewhat less than half of all the steel now produced is made in Bessemer con- verters. Steel boiler plates were first used in I860, and because of their much greater strength, permitted a steam pressure up to 80 pounds. This was a great advance in boilermaking. Three years later locomotive boilers were made of steel. But the greatest applications by far for steel were for steel rails and steel ships. The first steel rails were made in the year Bessemer steel was first described to the public. These rails lasted six years where the iron rails had to be replaced every three months. From that day hence the great bulk of steel rails has been made by the Bessemer process. Bessemer Furnace In 1863 two small barges were built of steel, and a year later a steel vessel of 1,250 tons was built. Many in- vestigators experimented with the problem of removing phosphorus in until the early seventies that Sidney Thomas came to the conclusion that its nonremoval was due to the presence of a strongly acid slag, and obviously a basic slag could not be maintained in an acid-lined vessel. After many failures, Thomas and his cousin, Mr. Gilchrist, discovered that a lining of lime or dolomite could be made for the converter, by using silicate of soda or clay as a binding material; that additions of lime dur- ing the blow facilitated the removal of phosphorus, and that an “after-blow was necessary. The next great advance in the metallurgy of steel was the develop- ment of the open-hearth process. The prior discovery which led up to the open-hearth process was the in- vention of the regenerative furnace by Sir W. Siemens. William Siemens, a German by birth, had both a tech- nical school and university education. His first visit to England was in 1843 for the purpose of introducing a process of electroplating, by means of which silver was deposited with a bright, smooth surface, rather than in the form of a crystalline deposit. The following year, 1844, he returned again to England, and he resided there during the 40 remaining years of a useful life. Siemens, profoundly impressed by the theory of the conservation of energy and with Joule’s determination of the mechanical equivalent of heat, was ultimately led to the great dis- covery of the regenerative gas fur- nace. Then Siemens invented his gas producer, and with economical gas fuel the regenerative gas furnace was a great success. The first furnace on a commercial scale was used for glass melting in 1861, and a little later it was used for zinc distillation, heating and puddling furnaces, and-for melt- ing crucible steel. In this latter ap- plication it is used exclusively in America, while in England coke fires are still used for melting crucible steel. These are very wasteful of fuel, and possess not one single advantage over the Siemens producer and regen- erative gas crucible melting furnace. Siemens was not very successful in applying his invention to steel melting on the hearth of the furnace Continued on page 3 The Evolution of the Lathe Shown in Pictures Maudslay’s Lathes Foremost among mechanics stands Henry Maudslay, who, near the end of the 18th Century, built a lathe with a slide rest in combination with a lead screw operated by change gears. His was an original contribu- tion, one of the greatest inventions in history. Maudslay’s fame spread, and attracted to his works many men who afterward had much influence in developing machine tools. Among these were Richard Roberts, Clement, Whitworth, Nasmith, Muir, and Lewis, most of whom afterward founded w'orks of their own. Concluded on page 4 3 Electrical Students Repair Small Electric Motors Concluded from page 1 The photograph above shows an instructor teaching student to operate armature winding machine. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE STEEL-MAKING PROCESS Concluded from page 2 design of the motor. Where the coils of wire cross each other they are in- sulated with oiled linen. When the armature is dismantled it is tested and the trouble is found. After this operation the various turns of wire are counted. This information determines the action of motor and therefore the armature must have the same coils when repaired. Completely wound strips of fiber are driven tightly into the slots on top of the coils of wire to keep them in position. The ends of the coils are sleeved with red and white tape to distinguish the beginning from the end, red for beginnings, and white for endings of coils. The ends of the coils are carried to the commutator, which is built up of pieces of copper insulated with mica. The red ends are inserted in order into the slots of the commutator bars, after which process the white ends are inserted so that the first white end is in the same bar as the second red end, the second white with the third red, and so on, until the last white is with the first red. After being inserted, the wires are banded with tape to keep them in position, and are soldered to the commutator bars. The complete commutator is then tested with the ammeter and growler. A good job shows an equal ammeter reading on all segments and is free from reversed connections._______________________ The commutators which have passed this test are dried by being baked in the oven until dry. They are then soaked for one hour in black baking enamel to make sure that all wires are covered. After this they are baked for twenty-four hours to harden the enamel. The commutators are next machined in a lathe. The field coils are then taken out and tested. The field consists of turns of No. 29 enameled magnet wire. The passage of current through the field excites the armature coils and causes the armature to revolve. The motors when repaired are tested on a 220-volt line and also tested with resistance. This test conforms to the pressure exerted dur- ing actual drilling. Prompt Delivery of Coke Insured Prompt delivery of coke, pur- chased by Trade School students from commissary stores of the com- pany located at Highland Park and Fordson, has been of considerable assistance in combating or defeating the effects of the most recent cold weather attacks. Coupled with prompt delivery is the superiority of Ford coke over soft coal as a domestic fuel. It is smoke- less, gives more heat, has fewer ashes. The prices of Ford coke is as follows: pea coke $6.00; lump coke $8.00; domestic coke $8.00; egg coke $8.00; furna.e coke $8.00. An extra charge of 75jf is added for wheeling in. itself, but meanwhile Messrs. P. and E. Martin, in France, taking Siemens’ own drawings, erected a furnace in France and overcame the obstacles that had almost proved too much for Siemens. Martin produced his steel from wrought-iron scrap dissolved in cast iron on the hearth of Siemens’ fur- nace, with the necessary recarboniza- tion at the end of the process and the addition of manganese. This method is known as the “pig and scrap” method. Siemens, meantime, was working on a method now known as the “pig and ore” method, in which pig iron is decarbonized by the addi- tion of ore, while scrap may or may not be used. It was not until 1868 that the open-hearth process became an assured success. As in the case of the Bessemer proc- ess, so it was with the Siemens- Martin: the acid process was the first to be employed. In fact acid Bessemer and acid open-hearth steel both antedate the basic Bessemer. Thomas and Gilchrist, who perfected the basic Bessemer process, also realized that the essential change necessary to dephosphorize was to substitute a basic lined furnace for the acid lining which had been pre- viously used, and the maintenance of a basic slag during the operation by the use of lime. Thomas announced the success of his experiments in 1878 before the Iron and Steel Institute, and although he announced that he had succeeded in removing from 20 to 99.9 per cent of the phosphorus from iron in the converter, and thus rendered avail- able for steel-making mountains of ore the world over, which without dephosphorization were useless, his announcement attracted little atten- tion. But before many years England was besieged with German, French, American and other metallurgists, anxious to learn about the epoch- making discovery—the basic steel process. Germany profited particu- larly because of the large quantities of phosphoric ores which thus be- came a valuable asset. In favor of the Bessemer process we may say that, when steel of from .06 to .10 per cent phosphorus is wanted, it is a cheaper process than open-hearth, but low-phosphorus Bes- semer requires a very careful selec- tion of raw materials. The open- hearth process gives a good out- let for steel scrap, billet ends, old rails, and so forth. The product is more reliable than Bessemer, and the low phosphorus open-hearth steels are much cheaper than low phosphorus Bessemer. Low or high sulphur pig can be used and both phosphorus and sul- phur can be reduced. The steel can be tested chemically and physically during the operation; and whereas in Bessemer it is customary to continue the blow until all the carbon of the pig is oxidized, in the open-hearth process the decarbonization can be checked when it has gone far enough, or when the carbon content in the product is reached. As regards the quality of steels made by the various methods, it is undoubtedly true that even when the analyses are almost identical crucible steel takes first place. Next in order comes the open-hearth, and the last place falls to Bessemer. In excellence of analysis, they usually stand in the same order, crucible being finest, open-hearth next, and Bessemer last. Tonnage Increase During 1917 the increased produc- tion of open-hearth steel over 1907 was over 200 per cent. During this year the total reached the impressive figure of 34,148,893 tons, or three times the production of 10 years before. The total production of open-hearth and Bessemer steel in 1896 was 5,250,- 000 tons, while in 1906 it was about 23,000,000, and in 1916, a total of 42,500,000 tons. In 1896, 25 per cent of all steel produced was open- hearth and 75 per cent Bessemer, while in 1917 there was three and one- half times as much open-hearth steel made as there was Bessemer. One must not imagine from these figures that the production of Besse- mer is declining materially. The facts are that Bessemer production is about at a standstill while the gain is in the making of open-hearth steel. The end Council Arranges Spanish Classes Students to Study Language After School Hours Next Year The Student Council has arranged with a member of the faculty to teach Spanish two afternoons a week after school hours. This course will be given after the first of next year. The course offered will, perhaps, not receive high school credit, but upon examination students who have had this course will be given credit. The Student Council decided that a language class in the school would be of value to the Trade School stu- dents. Last term there were approxi- mately thirty Trade School students taking languages in Detroit night schools. Forty per cent of the foreign branches of the Ford Motor Company are in localities where Spanish is the predominating language. Future exec- utives of these branches might be Trade School graduates. This is a good opportunity to learn a foreign language. 4 December 25, 1927 Proper Method of Filing The file goes back in history to the remote past. Prehistoric man made handles for his weapons by sawing or splitting wood and then finishing his work by abrading or filing the work with sand, grit, coral, bone, fish skin, and gritty woods; also stone of varying hardness in connection with sand and water. Up to the time of the discovery of iron, natural abrasives were used extensively. Copper, and later bronze, did not permit of sufficient hardening to be used as files, although attempts were made to use both of these metals. Handmade Files Iron files were first made by hand, a lengthy and laborious work. In 1502 an engineer in Cesare Borgia’s army designed a crude file-cutting machine. Today the majority of files are machine-cut except in special cases. A machine-cut file has greater efficiency than one cut by hand. depending on the material to be abraded and whether it is to be used for roughing or finishing. A single- cut file has a series of single cuts across its face; a double cut has two courses of cuts crossing each other. The length of a file is always measured exclusive of the tang. Nearly all the files used in machine shops are double-cut, the most notable exception being the mill file. The proper way to hold a file is shown in the photographs. The4 The Evolution of Lathe in Pictures Maudslay’s Lathes Concluded from pane 2 Maudslay machined the edges of the lathe bed and fitted a sliding member to these surfaces, this sliding surface carrying a tool holder as in all modern lathes, and moving parallel to the center line of the work. He also arranged a lead screw so that the saddle would travel automatically at a fixed rate of speed as compared with the rotative speed of the work. Furthermore he provided changed gears so that the speed at which the tool advanced could be varied and, as a consequence, screws of various pitches could be cut. In fact, he con- structed the first modern lathe. The most important step, however, was the accurate guiding of the cutting tool by means of the sliding saddle. A much less degree of skill was neces- sary to turn a given form with this guided tool than with hand tools using the old form of lathe. All modern standard lathes embody Maudslay’s principles of construction. The above cuts are illustrations of the double-cut files. When fitting machine parts to- gether there are occasions when a slight reduction in size is required, and the use of a machine tool is impracticable. A file is a piece of high carbon crucible steel, having teeth cut upon its body by parallel rows of chisel cuts. These cuts are made diagonally across the face The above cuts are illustrations of the single-cut files, showing various degrees of coarseness. turn stroke bring the file back lightly on the work so that it will be in position for another stroke. For round work the filing operation should begin on the side facing the filer, and the stroke should continue by drawing the end of the file away from the work as the arc of the stroke increases, as shown in the photo- graph. A certain knack is required in the art of filing and can only be developed by practice. Standing in the proper body position is another important requisite in filing. The height of the work to be filed in the vise should not be above the level of the workman’s elbow as he stands erect. A great fault in filing is filing too fast. Exert pressure and take slow strokes. handle may be grasped in either hand with the palm of the hand against the end of the handle and the thumb on top. The other hand should be placed on the end of the file and guided with the thumb and forefinger. In flat work the file should be held straight. Bear moderately hard on the forward stroke, and on the re- Chipping Methods Develop Technique Chipping is the process of removing stock by means of hammer and chisel. It corresponds to the roughing cut in machine tool work, and the filing which follows it takes the place of the finishing cut. There are two methods of chipping- hand and pneu- matic. The hand method is explained herewith: For ordinary chipping, a hammer weighing one to one and three- quarter pounds and a variety of chisels are used. The most common of these chisels are flat, but the cape, and various forms of side and grooving chisels, are also used. When chipping the hammer should be held at the extreme end in either hand and grasped by the thumb and second and third fingers, the first and fourth fingers being closed loosely around it, as shown by cut. The ham- mer handle may thus be swung more steadily and more freely without tiring the hand so much as if the handle were grasped rigidly by all four fingers. Holding the Chisel The chisel should be grasped in either hand with the head close to the thumb and first finger, and held firmly with the second and third fingers. The first finger and thumb should be left slack, as they are then in a state of rest, with the muscles relaxed, and are less liable to be in- jured if struck with the hammer. The edge of the chisel is held on the point where the cut is desired, and at an angle that will cause the cutting edge to follow the desired finished surface. After each blow the chisel is set to the proper position for the next cut. The depth of the cut depends on the angle at which the chisel is held to the work. Chisels are generally made from octagon-shaped stock. The steel is known as chisel steel and contains about one per cent carbon. The cutting angle of the chisel depends upon the strength of stock to be chiseled. The softer the metal the sharper the cutting angle of the chisel should be. The photographs above illustrate the motion of the file for filing round work, and the proper method of holding a file. It is a common mistake in trying to file around the work. When filing by the above method it is possible to obtain a perfectly round finish. A machinist should be able to file with either hand. DETERMINE RHDIUS X (30 25-X)x-(2.37S-X)t = 2.5' .535 -7.62SX Z -S.6i06 4 7SX-X i2S 2.07SX-2.644S X'.3 302 � . i i: iTt